2007 Wpi Catalog Intl

INTERNATIONAL EDITION
2007
World Precision Instruments Neuroscience
Physiology—
Cardiovascular
Physiology—
Epithelial
Physiology—
Miscellaneous
Biosensing
Microdissection,
Microsurgery
Laboratory
Supplies
Glass, Holders,
Data Acquisition Electrodes
Hardware & Software
See page 70 Micro-
manipulators
Microscopes,
Cameras
Pumps, Fluid
Handling
Spectroscopy,
Fluorometry
Free Radical
Analyzers & Sensors Index
See page 86
Laboratory Equipment
for the Life Sciences
Images of Science Two-photon microscopy
The colorful winner of WPI’s 2006 which houses four two-photon
Images of Science contest was microscopes, allowing investigators
submitted by Dr. Tim Murphy to resolve structures down to one-
of University of British Columbia thousandth of a millimetre in the
Department of Psychiatry in living brain. This makes it possible
Vancouver, B.C., Canada. for investigators to view individual
synapses and provides new tools
Dr. Murphy is a basic research
to investigate models of human
scientist using sophisticated, two-
neurological diseases and stroke.
photon microscopy techniques to
look at individual synapses and brain Dr. Murphy is also listed as a faculty
capillaries in mouse models of stroke member of the International 3D
in vivo. Microscopy of Living Cells Course,
next summer at UBC.
The winning image was created in
one of Canada's first two-photon For submitting the winning entry in
microscope labs. According to the WPI’s Images of Science Contest, Dr.
Brain Research Centre Newsletter, Murphy received an Apple iPod.
the first largescale two-
photon imaging facility
in Canada capable of
high resolution in vivo
investigations of disease
states recently entered
service at UBC. Funding
awarded last year to Tim
Brain blood vessels and synapses in a living mouse, made by two- Murphy and four other
photon imaging—a maximal intensity projection of the first 100 microns researchers enabled
of mouse (YFP-H transgenic line) somatosensory cortex. The small building the facility,
vessels are brain capillaries and are 3-5 microns in diameter. The image
area is 139 microns wide. The animal was prepared using WPI surgical
instruments and Novaflex fiber optic illuminator. Recordings of EEG
activity were made using WPI silver wire and DAM50 amplifiers. For
more information see: J Neurosci. 2005 Jun 1;25(22):5333-8. Dr Timothy H. Murphy
Keep in touch ...
— visit WPI on-line!

Need to request a quote? Looking for an instruction manual?
Looking for references?
In Europe, point your Web browser to www.wpi-europe.com
In the rest of the world, go to www.wpiinc.com
Neuroscience. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Amplifers, Stimulators and Isolators l Stereotaxic Instruments
l Microforges, Bevelers and Pullers.
Physiology — Cardiovascular. . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Blood Pressure Measurement l Force Transducers l Tissue &
Organ Bath l Bridge Amplifier l Modular Transducer amplifier
Physiology — Epithelial. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Voltage/Current Clamp l Epithelial Voltohmmeter l TEER
Measurement l Ussing System
Physiology — Miscellaneous. . . . . . . . 64
Animal Temperature Controller l Microtomes l Data
Acquisition l Micropressure System.
Biosensing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Nitric Oxide Detection l Ion Selective Electrodes l Oxygen
Detection l pH meters
Microdissection, Microsurgery. . . . . . 102

Scissors l Tweezers l Ear Punches l Vessel Clips l Mouse
Surgery Kit l Electrosurgical Unit l Cautery Instruments
Lab Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165

Adhesives l Cables & Connectors l Metal Wire l Luers &
Fittings l Laboratory Bases, Rods, and Clamps
Glass, Holders, Electrodes . . . . . . . . 179

Capillary Glass l Electrode Holders l Metal Microelectrodes
l MicroFil Non-metallic Syringe Needles
Micromanipulators, Stands. . . . 192

Manual & Motorized Micropositioners l Magnetic Stands
l Tilting Base
Microscopes, Cameras. . . . . . . 208

Surgical, Stereo, and Inverted Microscopes l Cameras
l Illuminators l Heater Controller l Culture Dishes
Pumps, Fluid Handling. . . . . . . . . . . 222

Peristaltic, Syringe, and Pneumatic Pumps l Microprocessor
Controlled Injector
Spectroscopy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Spectrometers l Sample Cells l Light Sources l Fiber Optic
Cables l Fiber Optic Dipping Probe
Index. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Ordering Information, Terms & Conditions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Laboratory Equipment 2007

Neuroscience
Intracellular Amplifiers
Electro 705 Electrometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Duo 773 Dual Microprobe System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Extracellular Amplifiers
NEUROSCIENCE
DAM50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
DAM80 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
ISO-80 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
ISO-DAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Miscellaneous Neuroscience Instruments

121 Window Discriminator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
260 Dual Microintophoresis Current Generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Stimulators & Isolators

DS8000 8-Channel Digital Stimulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
DLS100 Digital Linear Stimulus Isolator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
A310 Accupulser™ Signal Generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
A300 Plusemaster™ Multi-Channel Stimulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
A320 Isostim™ Stimulator/Isolator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
A362 Battery Charger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
A360LA High Voltage Stimulus Isolator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
A365 High Voltage Stimulus Isolator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
A385 High Current Stimulus Isolator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
A382 Battery Charger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
A395 Linear Stimulus Isolator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Stereotaxic Instruments & Accessories

Stereotaxic Instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Mouse & Neonatal Rat Adaptor for Stereotaxic Instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Digital Stereotaxic Frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Metal Microelectrodes — Tungsten, Iridium, Platinum-Iridium, Elgiloy® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Ωmega-Tip-Z Millivolt and Megohm Meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Rodent Brain Matrices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Microforges, Bevelers, Pullers

DMF1000 Microforge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
H602 1000x Compound Microscope for DMF1000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
MF200 Microforge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
48000 Microbeveler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
1300M Microelectrode Beveler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
PMP-107 Programmable Multipipette Puller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
PUL-2 Programmable 2-Stage Micropipette Puller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • wpiuk@wpi-europe.com Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • wpide@wpi-europe.com
WPI’s Quietest Intracellular Amplifier!
BAT
POW TE RY
Electro 705 BLE
TA
ERE
D POR
NEUROSCIENCE
A low noise high quality intracellular
amplifier well-suited for the student lab
Photo shows two units arranged for differential recording. Manipulators not included.
● Remote Headstage — Easily mounted in any manipulator, this ● Tickler Circuit — A momentary oscillation that helps achieve cell
small probe, containing the first stage of amplification, includes a penetration.
microelectrode holder, which plugs directly into the probe input. ● Electrode Resistance Test — The 705 provides a 1 nA electrode test
● Battery Power — Four 9V alkaline batteries (included) power the current. Electrode resistance is monitored at the 1X output as a voltage
Electro 705 for approximately 500 hours giving a super clean low noise (1 mV/M).
source of power making the Electro 705 the quietest amplifier available. ● Probe Test Port — Allows the convenience of testing the amplifier's
Batteries can be easily tested by the press of a button. intrinsic noise and gain without cumbersome external test hookups. Gate
● Capacitance Compensation — Corrects for loss of rise time caused leakage current can also be adjusted with minimum effort.
by the presence of electrode capacity. Up to 50 pF of electrode shunt ● Baseline Position Control — Adds or subtracts up to 300 mV to the
capacity may be neutralized. headstage output, allowing artifact voltages such as liquid junction
● Driven Guard Shield — Stray capacitance can be potentials to be nulled prior to recording.
further reduced by placing the driven guard shield ● Differential Output — Two Electro 705s can be connected in tandem
(included) over the microelectrode holder at the to create an optional differential amplifier probe system.
input end of the probe.
705 Electro 705 Electrometer

ELECTRO 705 SPECIFICATIONS Probe, driven guard shield and micropipette holder MEH1SF included for
Input Impedance 1012 Ohms, shunted by 1 pF glass microelectrodes O.D. 1.0 mm, 1.2 mm, 1.5 mm, or 2.0 mm.
Output Impedance 100 Ohms, both outputs
Optional Accessories
Gain X1: ±0.1%
3468 Dual Rack Mount Kit
Input Voltage Range ±5 V
3469 Single Rack Mount Kit
Risetime 15 µs, 10-90% M3301L Micromanipulator (specify left- or right-handed)
Noise Level 500 µV peak-to-peak* M-3 80° Tilting base
Input Capacitance Compensation 0-50 pF RC1T Reference cell (Ag/AgCl)
Gate Leakage Current ±10 pA, adjustable to zero 2541 Driven guard shield for 705PF Probe
Electrode Resistance Test 1 mV/ M Ohms MEH1SF Microelectrode holder
DC Positioning ± 300 mV 705PF Replacement probe (includes calibration)*
Common Mode Rejection >104 (in differential mode) *Instrument must be returned to WPI for free calibration with new probe.
Power Four 9V alkaline batteries, supplied See cables and connectors, page 184.
Dimensions 8.5 x 3.5 x 2.2 in. (22 x 9 x 6 cm) See microelectrode holders, pages 34-37.
See capillary glass, page 29.
Shipping Weight 5 lb (2.3 kg)
Reference
* Full band width, with 20 M Ohms source Koch, U. (2000) “Interdependence of spatial and temporal coding in the auditory midbrain.”
Journal of Neurophysiology 83, 4, 2300-2314
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: sales@wpiinc.com • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
Duo 773 Dual Microprobe System
2-channel intracellular amplifier
NEUROSCIENCE
For intracellular dual or differential studies, the Duo773 has separate negative capacity controls and built-in
active filtering that allows the precise balancing of time constants for artifact-free differential measurement.
Comes complete with two probe headstages, 1015 Ohms & 1011 Ohms probes to monitor signals from ion-specific
micro-electrodes as well as KCl-filled electrodes.
* Although injected currents are “constant,” DUO 773 SPECIFICATIONS

the maximum current in a given situation will
always be limited by the system compliance of HEADSTAGE (PROBE) 712P (red, port “B”) 715P (blue, port “A”)
10 V. ACTIVE PROBE INPUT IMPEDANCE >1011Ω 1015Ω
**The 712P headstage may be used on either GAIN x1, x10 x1
A or B channels, however Current Injection OUTPUT RESISTANCE 100 Ω 100 Ω
specifications do not apply when used on OUTPUT VOLTAGE RANGE ±10 V ± 10V
channel A. The 715P headstage may not be used
on the B channel. MAXIMUM INPUT VOLTAGE ±15 V ±15 V
PROBE LEAKAGE CURRENT 5 X 10-12 A 10-14 A
DC POSITION ADJUST RANGE ± 300 mV ± 300 mV
ELECTRODE RESISTANCE TEST CURRENT 1 nA 1 pA, 1 nA selectable
INPUT CAPACITY COMPENSATION +10 to -50 pF 0 to -10 pF
NOISE
Input shorted <50 µV p-p 10kHz bandwidth <50µV p-p 10kHz bandwidth
20 MΩ carbon resistor <200 µV p-p 10kHz bandwidth <200µV p-p 10kHz bandwidth
RISE TIME
10-90% direct input small signal 1 µs, typical
10-90% through 20 MΩ (-C “on”) 25 µs, typical
References CURRENT INJECTION (712P only)**
L. Pluja (2000) “Electrical and mechanical Internal DC Current ± 50 nA low range, ± 500 nA high range
effects of vasoactive intestinal peptide and Externally commanded Current ± 500nA low range, ± 5 µA high range
pituitary adenylate cyclase-activating peptide External current command factor 20 mV/nA low range, 2 mV/nA high range
Current monitor 100 mV/nA low range, 10 mV/nA high range
in the rat colon involve different mechanisms.”
Compliance 3V low range, 10V high range
European Journal of Pharmacology 389, 217-
Bridge balance 0-100 MΩ, 0-1000 MΩ
224.
Bridge amplifier gain x 10, x 50
LOW PASS FILTER 40 dB/decade, continuously variable 1-30 kHz
G. X. Wang, X. B. Zhou, et al. (2000) “Effects of
METER SECTION
mitoxantrone on excitation-contraction coupling
Display 3.5-digit LED
in guinea pig ventricular myocytes.” Journal of
Ranges 200 mV, 2000 mV, 20 V, 200 nA, 2000 nA
Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics
Accuracy and resolution 1 digit
293, 2, 501-508.
DIMENSIONS
Instrument 17 x 5.25 x 10 in. (43 x 13 x 25 cm)
S. Tsuruoka (2000) “Acute effect of cadmium-
Probe Diameter: 12 mm Length: 34 mm
metallothionein on glucose and amino acid
transport across the apical membrane of POWER 95-135 V or 220-240 V, 50/60 Hz
the rabbit proximal tubule perfused in vitro.” SHIPPING WEIGHT 15 lb (7 kg)
Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental CERTIFICATION CE, CSA
Therapeutics 292, 2, 769-777.
Headstage — Two gold-plated, epoxy sealed miniature active probes can Independent Outputs — The Duo773 has an output for each probe
be positioned directly to the measurement site. Microelectrode holders independent of gain filtering or balancing. In addition the Duo773 has
containing an Ag/AgCl electrochemical half-cells plug directly into the a 10x and a 50x output for easy integration to most data aquisition
probes. Stray capacitance can be reduced by placing the included driven programs.
guard shield over the microelectrode holder at the end of the probe. Digital Meter — The Duo773 comes complete with a 3½-digit display
Capacity Compensation — Channel A can compensate up to 10 pF of for monitoring injection current or the voltages for either probe (single
electrode shunt capacity and Channel B can compensate up to 50 pF. ended or differential).
Tickler Circuit — Assists in cell penetration. The frequency and
773 Duo 773 Electrometer
amplitude of the oscillations may be varied for differences in membrane
thickness or cell size. The duration of tickle can be controlled either by Specify line voltage
using the momentary switch, a foot switch, or by applying a signal to the Includes two probes with driven guard shields and eight
NEUROSCIENCE
remote tickler input. MEH1SF microelectrode holders for 1.0 mm, 1.2 mm, 1.5 mm,
or 2.0 mm glass electrodes.
Active Filters — Low pass settings on a -40 dB/decade active filter
vary the cutoff from 1 to 30 kHz. Either probe or bridge outputs may be OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
selected for filtering. 712P Replacement probe (includes calibration)*
Current Injection — Channel B can eject current through the 715P Replacement probe (includes calibration)*
microelectrode by applying a command signal to the stimulus input *Instrument should be returned to WPI for free calibration with new probe.
connector; the resulting output from the probe will then be a constant 2933 Rack Mount Kit, 51⁄4-in. high
current replica of the input signal. Two ranges of current delivery are 2547 Driven Guard Shield for 712P & 715P Probes
provided: 50 nA and 500 nA or by an external source. This source can 15790 Replacement Probe Handle
be useful for delivering hyperpolarizing currents to stabilize the cell TW100F-4 Glass capillary with filament
membrane potential and as a holding current for microiontophoresis. TW150F-4 Glass capillary with filament
Compliance Alarm — When the electrode voltage exceeds the probe See Dri-Ref, page 112.
input maximum allowed voltage, an audible over-compliance alarm will See cables and connectors, page 184.
sound.
Bridge Balance — Subtracts the excess electrode voltage associated
with delivering current through the recording micropipette. Electrode
resistances up to 1000 MΩ can be balanced in two ranges. The balanced
signal is available from x10 or x50 front panel output connectors. #2547 Driven Guard Shield
Optional Holders
Typical setup: for Intracellular
Amplifiers
Duo773, Intra 767, Cyto 721

50x gain output
)
lied
pp
F (su
H1S
ME
Data
Acquisition
System
SF
H2
ME
W
SF
H2
ME
Recording Electrode Drug or dye current

SF
(with holder MEH1SF) electrophoresis injection H3
ME
W
SF
H3
ME
SF
H6
ME
Micromanipulator Micromanipulator
W
SF
H6
ME
Inverted Microscope
See Microelectrode Holders,
DAM Series Bioamplifiers
A family of very low noise battery-operated amplifiers
Now wi • Gated or manual current generation for histological marking,

th E S D P
rotectio iontophoresis, or cell stimulation.
n !
• Stimulus artifact suppression (SAS) circuitry mitigates
NEUROSCIENCE
amplifier input stage overload from stimulus transients

by dramatically reducing the headstage gain when a
stimulation pulse is applied. This results in quicker
recovery of the input to amplifiy the ensuing
bio-potentials. The SAS circuitry is invoked via a
standard TTL control signal.
• An very low noise remote active headstage

(DAM80 only) is useful for very high impedance
amplification utilizing glass or metal electrodes.
DAM series amplifiers can be used as standalone

units on any tabletop, or use optional clamp-mounting
hardware to locate them conveniently within the work
area. Alternatively, a pair of amplifiers can be mounted
into a standard equipment rack with a rack mount kit
(#3484 ). A variety of hook up accessories are available
to configure your application.
Dam50—Basic Amplifier (optional

#5447 electrode adapter not included)
Optional probe #5489

for use with DAM50 also
includes microelectrode
WPI’s DAM series amplifier’s are well known as a standard of the adapter #5469.
industry for extracellular potential amplification. These battery
powered bio-amplifiers are designed with a compact chassis profile
that enables the user to locate the unit closer to the preparation
and thereby minimize long lead lengths which contribute to noise.
Each amplifier is equipped with selectable high and low filters, and
a position control to offset galvanic potentials which may develop
during recording. A choice of models offer additional features that are
useful for certain applications:
Application Examples
DAM50, DAM60, DAM70

DAM50, DAM60, DAM70 #5447 Adapter
GND A GND B #5371 Cable
Electrode Adapter
#3294 Grounding Clip #5371 Cable
Light
#5489 Probe Stimulation
#300102 electrode
#2033 Adapter extension, held by
micromanipulators
B
#3578 Cable
A
Micromanipulator #5469 Metal Metal Microelectrodes

Microelectrode
Central Ground
Adapter
EP2 Immobilized specimen
Metal Microelectrode Ag/AgCl Half Cell
(i.e., TM33B01) Petri Dish Ag/AgCl pellet
Central Ground
Extracellular recording ERG recording of fly eyes

using metal microelectrode
DAM SERIES SPECIFICATIONS
INPUT IMPEDANCE 1012 Ω, common mode and differential
INPUT LEAKAGE CURRENT 50 pA (typical)
MAX. DC DIFFERENTIAL SIGNAL ± 2.5 V (DAM 50)
NEUROSCIENCE
GAIN AC: 100x, 1000x, 10000x
DC: 10x, 100x, 1000x (DAM50)
COMMON MODE REJECTION RATIO 100 dB @ 50/60 Hz
INPUT CAPACITANCE 20 pF
AC MODE NOISE 0.4 µV RMS (2 µV p-p) 0.1-100 Hz
AC MODE NOISE 2.6 µV RMS (10 µV p-p) 1 Hz-10 kH
Dam80— Metal microelec DC MODE NOISE (DAM50) 7.5 µV RMS (30 µV p-p) 3-10 kHz
With low-noise trode adapter BANDWIDTH FILTER SETTINGS
headstage DAM80P #5469 included.
AC Mode Low frequency, 0.1, 1, 10, 300 Hz
AC Mode (DAM80) High frequency, 0.1, 1, 3, 10 kHz
DC Mode (DAM50) High frequency, 0.1, 1, 3, 10 kHz
OUTPUT CONNECTORS BNC on DAM50; 3.5 mm MiniPhone
DAM80, an AC amplifier only, features a very low noise headstage connector on DAM80
probe which can be mounted in micromanipulators for up-close cortical
OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING ±8 V
recording, for extracellular recording from high impedance glass or metal
OUTPUT IMPEDANCE 470 Ω
microelectrodes. Also provides a gated current for tissue marking. Micro
BATTERY TEST Audible tone
electrode holder MEH3SB is recommended.
CALIBRATOR SIGNAL 10 Hz square wave
POSITION Approximately 250 mV
CURRENT SOURCE
DAM80: DC Generator 0 to ±50 µA, variable
DAM Series amplifiers
EXTERNAL COMMAND Input Voltage ±10 V commands
— and most other
AC or DC current waveform ±50 µA max. amplitude @ 200 KΩ
small WPI instruments
BATTERIES 2 x 9V alkaline (included)
with similar metal
enclosures — may be DIMENSIONS
mounted on a post DAM50 8 x 4 x 1.75 in. (20.3 x 10.2 x 4.4 cm)
near the experimental DAM80 7 x 4 x 1.75 in. (17.8 x 10.2 x 4.4 cm)
site with Ringstand SHIPPING WEIGHT 3.5 lb (1.6 kg)
Mounting Kit (#3485)
#3294 Grounding Clip (included)
DAM80 or ISO-80 DAM80i Probe (included) FEATURE DAM50 DAM80

Input Mode AC/DC AC
#13388 Adapter
#5371 Cable
Input configuration differential/single ended differential
B
Gain Range 100-10K (AC), 10-1K (DC) 100-10K (AC)

A
High / Low Filters yes yes

Offset position control yes yes
#300102 electrode
extension, held by Current Generator No Yes
micromanipulators
Remote Active headstage No Yes
Output connection BNC 3.5 mm mini phone
Standard input connection* unterminated wire mini banana
ERG Metal Microelectrodes
Power supply (2) nine volt alkaline batteries (2) nine volt alkaline batteries
recording Ag/AgCl skin electrode pad
(#EL203)
*see optional accessories for additional alternatives
of a rat
DAM50 Bio-amplifier 3484 Rack Mount Kit (for 2 DAM preamps)

DAM80 Bio-amplifier with active probe (DAM80P) 3485 Ringstand Mounting Kit
5447 Electrode Adapter (DAM50)
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
5469 Metal Microelectrode Adapter for DAM80
DAM80P Replacement Probe
(mini-banana plug to 0.031 in. (0.79 mm) socket)
3072 6 Replacement Modular Cables (DAM50)
5489 Adapter for Metal Microelectrode (DAM50)
3517 2 Optional Shielded Modular Cables (DAM50)
13388 Adapter, mini-banana plug to 2mm socket
CBL102 3.5 mm Phone plug-to-BNC Cable
5371 Cable, Low Noise (2 mm pin to 2 mm pin)
2851 BNC-to-BNC Cable
3578 Adapter Cable for Ag/AgCl pellets (2 mm pin)
2033 Black Insulated Mini-Banana Plug
300102 Electrode Extension, 4-inch
2034 Red Insulated Mini-Banana Plug
3414 9V NiMH Battery
2035 Uninsulated Mini-Banana Plug
2101 9V Alkaline Battery, each (2 required) Also see cables and connectors, metal microelectrodes,
carbon-filled micropipettes.
Isolated
Differential
Amplifier
NEUROSCIENCE
The improved ISO-80 provides low noise AC

coupled amplification and offers excellent
recording performance for monitoring
extracellular nerve action potentials in
vitro and in living animals. The ISO-80 is
provided with a remote headstage (1 m cable)
which incorporates an electrode impedance test
function and a constant current stimulator. The constant
current stimulator can be used for cell marking, stimulation or electrode
cleaning. Typical applications include measuring EMG, EEG, extracellular
and action potentials in vitro or in vivo. The ISO-80 system is DC isolated
from the subject ground and employs state of the art electro-magnetic
shielding for improved noise rejection. The amplifier employs both high
The ISO-80 Startup Kit now contains all the below listed accessories
pass and low pass filtering with gain from 100 to 10,000. The lowest
needed for basic metal electrode electrophysiology research:
low-pass setting is 5Hz and the upper passband is 10 kHz.
CBL102 Cable, BNC-to-3.5mm plug, 6 ft (2m) (one)
5469 Adapter, mini-banana to 0.031 skt. (two)
ISO-80 Specifications 13388 Adapter, mini-banana to 2mm skt. (two)
Input Resistance >1011 Ohms, Common Mode and differential 3294 Cable, ground clip to wire, 3 ft
Input Leakage Current 50 picoamperes, max. 2033 Mini-banana plug, black
Amplification ×102, ×103, ×104 2034 Mini-banana plug, red
Common Mode Rejection Ratio 100 dB typ. @ 50/60 Hz 2035 Mini-banana plug solderable turrent (two)
Equivalent Noise Signal Input 0.4 microvolts rms (0.1-100 Hz) EP1 Ag/AgCl pellet (70 mm wire) 1mm diam x 2.5 mm long
2.0 microvolts rms (1 Hz - 10 kHz)
M3301EH Electrode Holder, 14cm (two)
Filter Settings
Low frequency 5, 10, 100, 300 Hz 5470 0.031-inch jack on 12-inch wire (package of 4)
High frequency 100 Hz, 1, 3, 10 kHz
Max. Output Voltage Swing ±8 volts
Electrode Impedance Range 100 kOhm - 10 MOhm @ 300 Hz
ISO-80 Isolated Bioamplifier w/ active probe (ISO80P)
Stimulation Current 0 to ±20 micro amperes (constant current)
Maximum STIMULATION Voltage ±15 volts Specify line voltage
Maximum Electrode Voltage ±40 volts OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
Display 31⁄2-digit LCD ISO-80P Replacement ISO-80 Probe
CBL102 3.5 mm phone plug-to-BNC cable
BATTERY TEST Low battery display
Power Two 9-volt NiCad batteries & charger,
supplied
SHIPPING WEIGHT 4 lb (1.8 kg)
To ISO-80
To ISO-80
To ISO-80
ISO-80 probe
ISO-80 probe #5470
red socket electrode
ISO-80 probe*
adapter*
micro-
#5469 electrode adapters* #5469 electrode adapter* manipulator
micro-
micromanipulator #2033 connector*
manipulator metal microelectrodes metal microelectrode micro-
manipulator
#M3301
electrode
specimen specimen holder*
red
#3294 grounding socket
specimen
wire & clip* metal
#3294 grounding Cut, strip, and #3294 grounding #5469 microelectrode
secure the wires in wire & clip* electrode
wire & clip* adapter*
#2033 connector. EP1* or similar EP1* or similar
EP1* or similar Ag/AgCl half-cell Ag/AgCl half-cell
Ag/AgCl half-cell #2033
connector*
Differential Application Single-Ended Application Optional Differential Application
demand!
Back by popular Iso-DAM is optically isolated so no significant current can flow from input
terminals of the preamplifier to ground. The instrument is intrinsically
Iso-oDisA M lifier safe and cannot cause any electrical stimulus or shock to the subject.
Noise from ground loops is eliminated. Iso-DAM’s small-box structure
wN e Bio-Amp allows the instrument to be placed close to the site of measurement. The
Isolated Lo front stage of this device is battery powered by six AA Nimh batteries
NEUROSCIENCE
(included). Running time after full charging is about seven days. Power
for the output stage is supplied by a compact wall power unit, which
also charges the Ni-Cd batteries when the amplifier is not in use. Up to
four units may be daisy-chained with Power Jumper Cable (Part #13246),
drawing power from a single AC adapter. Iso-DAMs can be configured in
groups of four in a convenient rack Mount.
ISO-DAM SPECIFICATIONS
Voltage gain x10, x100, x1000, x10,000
Input impedance > 1012 Ohms, nominal
Amp noise, input shorted 0.2 µV RMS (1-100 Hz)
1 µv RMS (1-10 KHz)
Bandwidth DC to 10 kHz
Filter (low pass) 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 3, 10 kHz
Filter (high pass) 0.1, 1, 10, 300 Hz
Input offset voltage adjust ± 100 mV
Common mode rejection > 100 dB @ 50/60 Hz
Output voltage swing ± 5 Volts
Output resistance 270 Ohms
Dimensions 8 × 4 × 1.75 in. (20 × 10 × 4 cm)
Shipping weight 4 lb (1.8 kg)
Up to four units
may be daisy-chained using OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
a single AC adapter with 3545 120V AC Adapter
power jumper cable(s) (#13246). 3546 240V AC Adapter (Euro)
3547 240V AC Adapter (UK)
COMPLETE SYSTEM 13246 Power Jumper Cable
ISO-DAMX Low Noise Preamplifier with power supply 2851 BNC-to-BNC Cable
ISO-DAM Low Noise Preamplifier without power supply 13451 Adapter, two 2 mm pins to BNC (F)
Specify line voltage 5381 Rack Mount (will mount up to 4 units)
Both preamplifiers include input cable, one power jumper cable, miniature 15997 Replacement Iso-DAM cable
ground plug and 10’ BNC cable. 13893 Replacement 3-pin connector
Application
Iso-DAM
Example: 3-pin connector
cable (included)
insect antennae
recording solder
connection
#300102 electrode
extension, held by
micromanipulator
metal microelectrode
Central Ground immobilized
insect antennae
Window Discriminator
● Monitor signals and discriminator levels simultaneously at the multiplex output
● Window height independent of lower discriminator level setting
● Logic level output pulses, TTL compatible
● Output pulses indicated by LED display
NEUROSCIENCE
output (Within Window or Above Window) are generated by the falling

edge of the analyzed signal as it crosses the preset levels. Because the
logic circuit is not time dependent, Model 121 can be used to analyze
This amplitude discriminator is designed for audio and sub-audio signals signals of any duration. Ten-turn controls with dial indicators allow
such as extracellular nerve action potentials. For every waveform peak precise setting and direct reading of the window levels.
that appears “within” the window aperture set by the user, a pulse is Enclosure includes a tilt stand for bench operation. Rack mounting
generated at the “Within Window” output. Signals that exceed the upper hardware is optional.
level of the window produce a pulse at the “Above Window” output. A
visual indication of the pulses is provided at each output by the LED
display. Both the input signal and the window aperture settings are
WINDOW DISCRIMINATOR SPECIFICATIONS
visible at the multiplex port as shown below in the upper trace. By
Input Impedance 100 K Ohms
viewing the input signal as well as the “window” discriminator levels at
the multiplex port provides a convenient visualization and ease in setting Maximum frequency Approximately 10KHz
up an experiment. Model 121’s multiplex circuitry samples input signals Minimum pulse width 80 µs
and window levels on a 70%/30% basis respectively, minimizing loss of Input polarity Positive or negative switchable
signal information. The Lower Level control sets the lower discrimination Maximum input Voltage Up to 50 V (peak-to-peak) in three
level, and the Window Aperture control sets the upper window level with ranges: 0-0.5 V, 0-5 V, 0-50 V
respect to the lower level setting. This means that changing the lower Window range Upper,
level setting has no effect on the window aperture except to displace the lower levels Up to 10 V in three ranges:
window up or down. It is impossible to set the lower level higher than 0-0.1 V, 0-1 V, and 0-10 V
the upper level, a feature unique to Model 121. The pulses from either Discriminator resolution 0.1% of full scale (selected range)
Discriminator accuracy ±2%
Within & above window Output Rectangular pulses, approx. 3.0 V
MULTIPLEX OUTPUTS amplitude (TTL compatible), adjustable
pulse width from 0.1 to 1.0ms. Output
Upper Level
impedance less than 500 Ohms. LED
indicates presence of output pulse.
Lower Level Cycle length nominally 37 µs.
Multiplex Output Signal on time: 26 µs (70%)
Input Signal
Levels on time: 11 µs (30%)
Window Output Output impedance less than 100 Ω
Power requirements 95-135 V or 220-240 V, 50/60 Hz, 10 VA
Above Window Dimensions 17 x 3.5 x 9.5 in. (43.2 x 8.9 x 24 cm)
Output
Shipping weight 11 lb (5 kg)
The diagram above shows the multiplex signal output with the widow
parameters displayed on the input signal. A “within” pulse occurs at the 121 Window Discriminator
lower level crossing point after the input signal is measured within the 2932 Rack Mount Kit, 3.5-in. High
boundaries of the settings and an “above” pulse is generated for those 2851 BNC-to-BNC cable, 6 ft
signals going above the upper level setting. 500184 BNC-to-BNC cable, 10 ft
500257 BNC-to-BNC cable, 6 inch 15 cm
10 UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • wpiuk@wpi-europe.com Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • wpide@wpi-europe.com
Dual Microiontophoresis Current Generator
NEUROSCIENCE
The Dual Microiontophoresis Current Generator (Model 260) is an Compliance Alarms
electrically isolated, battery-operated instrument designed for the Each current generator channel contains an audible and visual alarm
electro-iontophoresis of dyes, drugs and charged substances from circuit that warns when the current amplitude is large enough to exceed
micropipettes. Two identical battery operated current generators are the compliance voltage; in other words, the load resistance is too high
available. In ordinary use, the two current generators are operated in for the amount of current flowing. The user is thus informed that the
parallel providing two distinct currents; one for preventing substances instrument cannot deliver the amount of current indicated on the panel
in the micropipette from outward diffusion (the retain or hold current) ammeter. The alarm will also be triggered if the output path is open-
and the second for actively ejecting charged material. For pipettes with circuited by a loose connection, air bubble or a blocked micropipette.
submicron tips, a hold current may not be necessary if there is little The initial compliance voltage exceeds 100 volts but will decrease
outward diffusion of pipette material. Model 260 is powered by two 9- proportionately as the battery voltage falls with age.
volt alkaline batteries per side (four, in total); unique circuitry converts
the ±9 V to ±100 V without a transformer, yielding an exceedingly quiet
260 Dual Microiontophoresis Current Generator
output.
Single Channel Operation 2933 Rack Mount Kit, 51⁄4-in. high
Model 260 contains two completely independent, battery operated Capillary glass, see page 29.
current generators which may be operated independently or in parallel
connection. The user need only connect his external electrode pair to
the red and black output terminals of channel 1 (HOLD) or 2 (EJECT). 260 SPECIFICATIONS
For currents below 100 nanoamperes the 100 nanoampere range is OUTPUT Constant current, floating
recommended because one may adjust these low current values with OUTPUT RANGES 0 to ±100 nA
better resolution in the lower current range. 0 to ±1000 nA
OUTPUT POLARITY Switch selected
Two Channel Operation, Hold-Eject
COMPLIANCE (EXCURSION) VOLTAGE 100 V
The electrophoretic release of charged substances from micropipettes
METER Analog meters, ±2% accuracy
often requires a second current to counter outward diffusion of material
OUTPUT RESISTANCE >100 MΩ
from the delivery pipette. This current has been referred to in the
NOISE Less than 20 µV typical
literature as “backing, holding or retaining” current. Operation causes
DC to 10 kHz through 1 MΩ
a small current to flow in a direction that will offset the spontaneous
independent of current delivery
leakage of the active agent from the pipette until it is required.
LEAKAGE CURRENT TO GROUND Less than 0.5 nA
AUTO Operation OVERVOLTAGE ALARM Front panel light
The timing of current flow from each channel of the model 260 can HOLD & EJECT SWITCH Manual or by remote logic
be externally controlled by a pulse generator or computer that can POWER Four 9 V alkaline batteries, included
supply a logic level of at least +5 volts to the AUTO INPUT terminal. DIMENSIONS 17 x 5.25 x 10 in.
Upon application of the +5 volt command potential to the AUTO INPUT (43 x 13 x 25 cm)
terminal, the preset current will flow from the output terminals for as SHIPPING WEIGHT 13 lb (5.9 kg)
long as the command potential is maintained. Note: If the instrument
is in the MANUAL mode, the application of the AUTO INPUT signal will
halt the current for as long as this command is maintained. This is the
complement of normal AUTO operation.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: sales@wpiinc.com • Internet: www.wpiinc.com 11
DS8000 8-Channel Digital Stimulator
NEUROSCIENCE
● Single board computer w/ LCD touch screen ● Lifetime firmware upgrades via serial / Ethernet
● Scope mode displays waveforms ● Unipolar, bipolar, paired pulse, sine, ramp, custom
● 8 banks of 3 timers, synchronous / asynchronous ● Custom upload of real biopotentials
● 8 internal and 8 external trigger inputs ● 2 independent full parameter memory banks
● 32 separate outputs ( 24 BNC's front panel ) ● GLP / GCP compliant w / password protection
The DS8000 represents a quantum leap in the performance of the impossible to generate. In fact, this decade old technology has
research stimulator, and is the most advanced stimulator on the serious limitations since each control button has been programmed
market. With a built-in computer, the entire waveform is generated to perform multiple functions. Moreover, it can only display limited
digitally with precision timing. The DS8000 can generate stimulating lines of scrolled text—no graphics! To complicate matters, it is
wave patterns of a complexity unmatched by any other instrument almost impossible to upgrade the software with new functions once
on the market. A built in digital oscilloscope allows the user to the instrument has been manufactured; even the programming is
preview waveforms on the LCD. An Ethernet connection allows the awkward.
user to transfer custom waveforms and upgrade the software using The DS8000 overcomes the hardware limitations of other types of
TCP/IP protocol via remote access. stimulators by being reliant on a flexible software-timing interface.
The DS8000 has 8 analog outputs, 8 TTL outputs and 8 combined The user can then apply this dynamically to almost any kind of
analog or TTL outputs. Each combined output can be comprised of stimulation protocol without being restricted by the hardware
a combination of any of 1 to 8 channels. Eight independent internal limitations of the traditional logical circuit based stimulators. In order
timers and eight independent external triggers are offered. The to suit complex custom protocols, the DS8000 is designed to offer a
built-in waveforms include unipolar, bipolar, and paired pulse, as well unique flexibility by simply reprogramming the pattern output using
as step, sine, ramp and custom. An external trigger, internal analog a few keystrokes under pull-down menus.
channel, internal TTL channel, or any of the eight built-in timers can Although it may be argued that some functions of the DS8000 can
be assigned to control each output channel. be implemented on a standard PC, it is important to recognize that
A unique feature of the DS8000 is the capability to stimulate with the inherent design of a PC operating system makes the accurate
a waveform that is identical or similar to real biopotential wave delivery of precision pulse protocols impossible. Despite the fact that
patterns associated with ECG, EEG or action potentials. A biopotential PCs are very economical, they are simply not designed to generate
waveform captured by a data acquisition system may be transferred highly accurate timing because the microprocessor resources are not
to an Excel spreadsheet for editing or modification, then loaded into prioritized for this function. In addition, analog waveform generation
to the DS8000. is not readily available without adding expensive output boards and
One of the main problems of designing a stimulator is that a user the required programming is non-standard. The DS8000 platform is
might want very different stimulating patterns for different research based on a powerful single board computer that is fully dedicated
applications. In order to satisfy all of these needs, traditional logical to the temporal accuracy and precision required in current biological
circuit based stimulators have control panels that use buttons and neurological research. Indeed, the DS8000 Digital Stimulator
and knobs to give the user as much control options as possible. offers all of these solutions plus Good Laboratory Practices (GLP)
However, even with a full panel of buttons, the selection of the compliance for research traceability.
stimulating pattern is still very limited. These types of stimulators DS8000 — there is no competition!
can not generate complicated waveforms, such as combination
pulses at varying interpulse intervals and amplitudes. Although
microprocessor-based stimulators have made a significant step DS8000 8-Channel Digital Stimulator
in solving these problems, certain complex waveforms are still
A quantum leap in the performance of the research stimulator
Soft Keys and GUI interface

The DS8000 employs “soft keys”, which are
programmable controls widely used in several
menu options to sequentially change the
numerical value of any variable waveform
NEUROSCIENCE
parameter. The DS8000’s soft keys are easily
recognized as single or double “+” and “-“
signs located adjacent to a parameter value
box (Fig.‑1). Soft keys provide quick and easy
access to modify parameter values on the fly
during an experiment. The GUI interface (Fig.‑3)
enables the user to assign the incremental
Fig. 1 value of the soft key to suit the needs of the
Fig. 3
Channel Settings experiment. Alternatively, a pop-up numeric Graphic User Interface
keypad is accessible for each parameter to
Paired Pulse Protocol program a precise value that is not a multiple
CA BNC outputs. The setup in Fig. 4 indicates
The DS8000’s Paired Pulse function allows of the softkey-preset increment.
that all TTL channels are assigned to their
the user to generate triggered paired
respective CTTL outputs with the exception
pulses (including refractory period) from a
of the output of CTTL 1, which is assigned a
single channel without the use of a train
combination of the TTL signals from channels
function. WPI’s paired pulse algorithm
4 and 5. Changing assignments is as easy
simplifies the arduous repetitive task normally
as checking the associated box. The CA tab
associated with manual resetting of interpulse
reveals an identical matrix for programming
intervals in refractory studies. Auto-increment
the COMBINED ANALOG BNC outputs.
eliminates the need to overlap train functions
from multiple channels to generate a complete
protocol. Thus, there is a significant reduction in
setup time and a minimization of the potential
for human error during interactive protocol
modification.
Fig. 1 shows Channel 1 configured in
the TRIGGERED PAIRED PULSE mode.
In this example, a dual pulse event
occurs synchronously with each trigger pulse Fig. 2
from Channel 8, which is set to trigger every Scope Display
300‑ms. The initial interpulse interval is set
to 20 ms. Subsequent interpulse intervals
are automatically incremented by 35 ms for Combined Channel Assignment matrices
each three consecutive paired pulse events. The CTTL (COMBINED TTL matrix) and CA
The resulting paired pulse is displayed in the (COMBINED ANALOG matrix) screens permit
lower trace on the DS8000 scope (Fig. 2). The the assignment of any combination of the
upper trace shows the master trigger pulse set 8 available TTL or Analog signals to any Fig. 4
up on Channel 8. permutation of the respective (8) CTTL or (8) Combined TTL Matrix
DS8000 Specifications
Timing parameters Output Noise < 5 mV rms
Period (total signal width) 0.04 ms to 10,737,418.24 ms Timing Accuracy < 100 ppm
Pulse width 0.02 ms to 10,737,418.24 ms OUTPUT Voltage Resolution 5 mV
Bipolar gap width 0.00 ms to 10,737,418.24 ms Max. output voltage +/-10V @ +/- 10 mA @ 0.005 V/step
Operating Modes Free run, triggered, gated, Train, DC Output impedance 50 Ohm Analog, < 1 ohm Combined Analog
Triggers 8 External, manual, TTL 1-8, combined External TRIGGER sync 40 µs minimum pulse TTL, CMOS
TTL 1-8, timer start or stop 20 µs glitch and spike protection
Train events 1-199 Digital I/O 5V max 10 mA (input); 25V @ 500 mA
Train pulse width 0.02 ms to 10,737,418.24 ms (3 hours) (open collector output)
Train pulse DELAY 0.04 ms to 10,737,418.24 ms Mains voltage 85-260 V AC, 45-65 Hz 50W
Train period 0.06 ms to 10,737,418.24 ms Dimensions 13.3 cm x 42.5 cm x 25.4 cm
5.25” x 16.73” (19” rack) x 10”
BNC Output connectors Analog, combined analog, combined digital (TTL)
SHIPPING Weight 12 lb (5.5 kg)
Waveforms Unipolar, bipolar, rectangular, sine, ramp, step,
paired pulse, custom defined Ambient temperature -10 to +40 °C; -20 to +50 °C (Internal)
Custom waveform 12 steps/ voltage point (1025 if remote Humidity Max. 95% relative humidity, non-condensing
controlled) SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.
VARIABLE step waveform 100 points (1025 if remote controlled)
NEUROSCIENCE
Digital
Linear
Stimulus
Isolator
for use with DS8000

Digital Stimulator
Top View
The introduction of WPI’s digital stimulator (DS8000) caused a major stir

in the physiology community since there was no digital isolator available
DLS100 SPECIFICATIONS
Curent Source Mode
that could take full advantage of the DS8000’s advanced features and
Full-scale* Current 10 mA, 1 mA, 100 µA, 10 µA, 1 µA, bipolar
specifications. To solve this problem, WPI designed a revolutionary new
Compliance Voltage ± 100 volts
breed of digital linear isolators with high compliance and high isolation
Output Impedance Greater than 100 Megohms
— the DLS100 being the first offspring of over two years of research
Zero-signal Leakage Less than 0.01% of full-scale range setting
design. The new DLS100 is a preferentially optimized for applications in ≤ 10 mV @ 100 V / 10,000 Ohms,
which the DS8000 digital stimulator is used. 10 mA Scale = < 1 µA Leakage
DLS100 connects to the DS8000 via a flexible cable through which Linearity Better than 0.05% of full-scale range setting
it receives power and stimulus signals in a digital format. Up to eight Bandwidth Range and load dependant: 20 kHz with
10K load and 100 µA or above range.**
DLS100 isolators can be connected independently to one DS8000. Very
high isolation is achieved through the use of optical coupling of the Voltage Source Mode
Full-scale* Voltage ± 100 volts
digital signal and a galvanically isolated DC power supply within the
Maximum Current 10 mA
DLS100. Unlike some other multi-channel isolators, this digital isolator
Output Impedance Less than 1 ohm
can be located at the site of the experiment, allowing the use of short
Zero-signal Offset Less than 1 mv
connecting leads and thereby preserving high isolation and fast signal
Linearity Better than 0.05% of full-scale range setting
rise and fall times.
Bandwidth 50 kHz
The DLS100 operates in two modes: curent source or voltage source. ISOLATION
In the current source mode, the output current is proportional to the Resistance Greater than 1000 Megohms
amplitude and polarity of the signal generated by the DS8000. In the Capacitance Less than 10 pF, from output terminals to
voltage source mode, the output voltage is proportional to the amplitude DS8000 and earth ground
and polarity of the signal generated by the DS8000. The DLS100 has POWER REQUIREMENTS +12 volts and +5 volts, supplied by DS8000
user-selectable push-button switches that select different current or DIMENSIONS 14 x 9 x 3.5 cm (5.5 x 3.5 x 1.5 in.)
voltage ranges (the full-scale current from 100 nA to 10 mA, or the 10V OUTPUT TERMINALS Mini-banana jacks
and 100V full-scale, respectively). Three status indicators on the DLS100 CONNECTING CABLE 150 cm (5 ft)
indicate power on, activity (presence of signal from DS8000) as well as
an alarm (over-range condition) indicator. Over-range can occur when DLS100 Digital Linear Stimulus Isolator
the resistance of the load (the experiment) is too high for the current or 501670 Adapter, Dual Mini-Banana-to-BNC(F)
voltage that is demanded from the DLS100. 83016 Replacement Cable, DLS100-to-DS8000
A310 Stimulus Isolator
(A360)
NEUROSCIENCE
Optional footswitch #3259
Combining the accuracy of digital

A310 ACCUPULSER™ SPECIFICATIONS
electronics with the convenience of TIMING PARAMETERS
analog controls EVENT INTERVAL 100 µs to1000 s*
A pulse generator/stimulator combining the reproducibility and accuracy EVENT DELAY 10 µs to 100 s *
of digital electronics with the fine resolution and continuous adjustment PULSE WIDTH 10 µs to 100 s *
possible with analog circuitry. All timing parameters are entered with ten- TRAIN DURATION (ENVELOPE) 100 µs to 1000 s*
turn readable potentiometers and six-position range switches. Outputs are PULSE INTERVAL 20 µs to 100 s*
accurate to within 1% of the set value. OUTPUTS
Pulses can be created in continuous run, single-shot, or train/burst SYNC 5 µs, TTL, and 5 V CMOS compatible,
modes. Duration of the train/burst is easily controlled using the onboard 20 mA max.
envelope generator or by using either of two external gating inputs. Used MONITOR 10-15 V, 50 mA max.
in conjunction with the A360, A365, A385, or A395, bipolar pulses or ISOLATOR TTL & 5 V CMOS compatible, 20mA max.
trains may be easily produced. Output stimulus can be fed through Intra
VARIABLE (Pos or Neg)
767 or Duo 773 for iontophoresis. Footswitch allows hands-free operation. PULSED/DC LOW RANGE HIGH RANGE
Three separate outputs are available on the front panel. A Monitor Range 0 to ±1 V 0 to ±10 V
output provides 10-15 V signals (up to 50 mA) for viewing the output on Resolution 1 mV 10 mV
an oscilloscope or for controlling other devices. The stimulator’s signal, NOISE
simultaneously available at the Isolator output, is sufficient to drive any Pulsed at 100 kHz bandwidth <500 µV
WPI A300 Series stimulus isolator (A360, A365, or A385) and is also TTL DC Wide Band <500 µV
and CMOS compatible. The Variable output can provide signals varying OUTPUT IMPEDANCE <1 Ω
between ±10 V with a resolution of 1 mV. Separate variable outputs are INPUTS
provided for positive and negative signals. EXTERNAL SYNC Accepts 1-µs minimum pulses
TTL, CMOS compatible
A310 Accupulser™ Signal Generator EXTERNAL GATE Accepts 1-µs pulse to continuous
TTL, CMOS compatible
Specify line voltage
POWER 95-130 V or 190-260 V, switch selectable
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES single phase, 50/60 Hz
3259 Footswitch for A310
DIMENSIONS 17 x 5.25 x 10 in. (43 x 13 x 25 cm)
2933 Rack Mount Kit, 51⁄4-in. high
*Continuously variable in six ranges. All accuracies better than 1% of set value.
50‑kHz maximum pulse frequency.
A300 Pulsemaster ™
Multi-Channel Stimulator
NEUROSCIENCE
An integrated five-channel pulse generator/stimulator including

one interval generator, five pulse or train channels, two mixer channels and one
very quiet variable voltage output stage
The Pulsemaster™ (Model A300) is WPI’s third generation, a highly accurate and stable crystal oscillator, the EVENT INTERVAL
multichannel, pulse/train generator/stimulator that combines the generates synchronization pulses at regular intervals. The width of
superb accuracy of digital electronics with the “you-see-what-you-get” the sync pulses is fixed at approximately 6 µs, but their repetition
displays only available on single-channel products. In one compact interval is panel adjustable from 10 µs to 999 s, using the display
rack mountable enclosure, the Pulsemaster contains an event interval and its associated switches. Sync pulses may also be generated at
generator, five pulse train channels, two mixing channels and a very random or irregular intervals by using the SINGLE EVENT or the
quiet variable voltage output channel. System timing is accurate to EXTernal SYNC mode. The sync pulses are internally distributed to
100 ppm; output timing is continuously variable in 0.1% of full scale the five PULSE TRAIN channels and are also available externally
increments over a range of eight orders of magnitude. Bright, three- through the SYNC OUT connector.
digit LED displays continuously and simultaneously show all the
variable timing parameters. The Pulse Train
The Pulsemaster is designed for ease of use and flexibility. Each There are five PULSE TRAIN channels in the Pulsemaster. Except for
channel can be operated synchronized with the onboard event sharing a common power supply, each is an independent instrument.
interval generator, triggered manually from any other channel Each channel has two adjustable timing parameters, DELAY and
or external source, and as an independent asynchronous pulse WIDTH, which in combination with internal or external signals may
generator. Except for the external source, all channel interconnec be used to create a variety of pulse and train waveforms. DELAY
tions are accomplished on the panel, without the use of cables. The and WIDTH parameters can be changed while the instrument is
output from each channel is compatible with standard digital circuitry operating.
and is also designed to drive WPI’s A300 series stimulus isolators. The basic difference between PULSE and TRAIN modes is the
If desired, any channel’s output may be internally connected to the number of pulses that can be generated per sync pulse. In PULSE
variable channel, whose amplitude can be continuously adjusted mode, only one pulse is generated for each sync pulse. As the sync
from millivolts to ten volts. pulse is received from one of the selected input sources, the leading
rising edge of the pulse is recognized and a DELAY time/pulse
The Event Interval WIDTH pair is generated. In TRAIN mode, multiple pulses can be
The EVENT INTERVAL is the heartbeat of the Pulsemaster. Based on generated per sync pulse. As in PULSE mode, as the leading rising
A300 PULSEMASTER SPECIFICATIONS
EVENT INTERVAL CHANNEL
edge of the sync pulse is recognized, a pulse WIDTH/DELAY pair is
generated. Pulses (WIDTH/DELAY pairs) are continuously produced Operating Modes EXTernal SYNC, SINGLE EVENT, CONTINUOUS ON
as long as the sync pulse is still “high” at the conclusion of the
DELAY time. Input EXT SYNC accepts ≥ 1-µs pulses; TTL, CMOS,
By means of the INPUT SELECT switch, sync pulses can be RS232C compatible
received from an external source through the EXT SYNC connector,
Timing EVENT INTERVAL 10 µs to 999 s (100 kHz - 0.001 Hz),
manually by the SINGLE switch, from any of the other PULSE TRAIN
NEUROSCIENCE
±0.1% of full scale, continuously variable in 0.1% of full
channels, or one of the MIXER channels. The channel may also be
disabled by switching to one of the OFF positions. scale increments, through three orders of magnitude, in
six ranges
EXT SYNC position: permits control of the PULSE TRAIN channel by
other instruments and computers. Output SYNC OUT pulse of ≈6 µs, TTL, 5 V CMOS compatible
SELF SYNC position: the channel becomes a free running pulse gen
erator. The symmetry of the waveform can be adjusted by varying PULSE TRAIN CHANNEL (5 provided)
the DELAY and/or the WIDTH times.
Operating Modes EXTernal SYNC, SELF SYNC, manual SINGLE event,
SINGLE EVENT position: pulses are generated at your discretion. sync from Event Interval, sync from any of other four
Every time the SINGLE button is pressed, one and only one DELAY/ Pulse Trains, sync from one of the MIXers, off,
WIDTH sequence is generated.
TRAIN/PULSE
EI position: connects the output of the EVENT INTERVAL generator
to the input of the PULSE TRAIN channel. For every output sync Input EXT SYNC accepts ≥ 1-µs pulses; TTL, CMOS,
pulse from the EVENT INTERVAL generator, one DELAY/WIDTH pair RS232C compatible
is generated.
Timing DELAY and WIDTH 10 µs to 999 s, ±0.1% of full scale,
PT positions (4): internally connect the outputs from the respective
continuously variable in 0.1% of full scale increments,
PULSE TRAIN channels to the input of this PULSE TRAIN channel. In
the PULSE mode, for every OUTPUT pulse from the other selected through three orders of magnitude, in six ranges
PULSE TRAIN channel, one DELAY/WIDTH pair is generated from this (.0005 Hz to 50 kHz in the SELF SYNC mode)
channel. In the TRAIN mode, pulses are generated from this channel
Output OUTPUT PULSE/TRAIN of preset timing, TTL, 5 V
as long as the pulse from the other channel remains “high.”
CMOS compatible, 4 mA sink and source
MIX positions (2): internally connect the outputs from the respective
MIXER channels to the input of this PULSE TRAIN channel. In the MIXER CHANNEL (2 provided)
PULSE mode, for every OUTPUT pulse from the MIXER channel, one
DELAY/WIDTH pair is generated from this channel. In TRAIN mode, Inputs Any combination of an EXTernal pulse, the outputs of
pulses are generated from this channel as long as the pulse from the the five Pulse Train channels, and DC continuous ON/
MIXER channel remains “high.” DC MOMentary EXT INPUT accepts ≥ 1-µs pulses; TTL,
OUTPUT connector: supplies the waveforms generated by the CMOS, RS232C compatible
PULSE TRAIN channel. This OUTPUT is designed to drive WPI’s
A300 series stimulus isolators. It is also useful for synchronizing Output OUTPUT, TTL, 5V CMOS compatible, 4 mA sink and
other instruments (recorders, oscilloscopes, computers, etc.) with the source
pulses generated from the Pulsemaster.
VARIABLE CHANNEL
The Mixer
Inputs Output from any one PULSE TRAIN channel
The MIXER does what its name implies, it combines any or all of the
outputs of the PULSE TRAIN channels with external signals into one or one of the two MIXER channels or DC
waveform. It can also provide a continuous (DC ON) or momentary
Output 0 to +1 V low range, 1 mV resolution
(DC MOM) “high” level signal. The Mixer OUTPUT connector sup
0 to +10 V high range, 10 mV resolution
plies the combination waveforms generated by the MIXER channel
to drive WPI’s A300 series stimulus isolators or to synchronize the 5 mA max sink and source
operation of other instruments with the Pulsemaster.
Output Impedance <1 ohm
The Variable Channel
Noise <500 µV peak @ 100 kHz bandwidth, PULSED mode
The VARIABLE channel can replicate the OUTPUT waveforms from
<500 µV, wide band, DC mode
any of the PULSE TRAIN or MIXER channels at amplitudes that can
be varied from millivolts to ten volts. The channel also provides a Signal Ground Floating, i.e., not connected to chassis
very low noise, adjustable DC voltage source: the DC mode which
converts the VARIABLE channel into a constant voltage source. The POWER 95-135 V or 220-240 V, 50/60 Hz
OUTPUT connector supplies the amplitude modified waveform or the
DC voltage level of the VARIABLE channel. BATTERIES Three 1.2 V DC, size AA, NiMH batteries
DIMENSIONS 8.5 x 19 x 8.75 in. (22 x 45 x 22 cm)
A300 Pulsemaster™ Multi-Channel Stimulator SHIPPING WEIGHT 21 lb (9.5 kg)

Isostim™ Stimulator/Isolator
Combining the ease of use and accuracy of WPI’s 300 Series stimulators
with the power output of a stimulus isolator
NEUROSCIENCE
Timing
Pulse interval
and width are set
with single-turn
continuously variable
controls from 5 ms to 5.5 s in three ranges. Pulse width is
Current delivery
continuously variable from 50 µs to 550 ms in four ranges.
Stimulus currents up to 10 mA can be set on the front panel with a control
Modes of operation knob and a two-position range switch. Output current is load-independent.
In FREE RUN, Isostim™ generates continuous square waves. In EXT GATE or
Power
EXT SYNC modes, externally applied pulses can generate trains or single
events. Single pulses of finite duration can be produced using a push-button Isostim model A320D is powered by readily obtainable 9-volt alkaline
on the instrument’s front panel. EXT/DC mode converts Isostim to a passive batteries (included). Under average use these will last several months before
stimulus isolator. replacement is required. The rechargeable A320R is supplied with a nickel
metal hydride battery stack which provides 10-12 hours of operation before
Dual tone audible alarm recharge is required. The A362 Battery Charger must be used with the
A tone sounds when an open circuit is detected or when system compliance A320R.
is reached. A second tone, which sounds when a signal is applied to the
input, can only be heard if the batteries have sufficient charge to operate the
isolator. A violation light advises when pulse width exceeds the interval.
ISOSTIM™ SPECIFICATIONS
TIMING PARAMETERS
Interval 5 ms to 5.5 s continuously variable
in three ranges (0.18 to 200 Hz)
Pulse width 50 µs to 550 ms continuously
variable in four ranges
INPUT
External sync Accepts 1-µs minimum pulses
External gate Accepts 1-µs pulse to continuous
Ext. command voltage threshold 2.5 V at 3.5 mA min., 8.5 V max.
A362 Battery Charger

OUTPUT
Waveform DC, pulse from internal timing or
externally generated pulse Required for A320R, A365R and A395R
Current ranges 0-1 mA, 0-10 mA Recharges the high-voltage nickel-cadmium or NiMH battery stack in the
Load voltage excursion (compliance) 100 V nom., 150 V max. A320R, A365R or A395R. LED lamp indicates charging status. Full charge
Output polarity Reversible, manual switch overnight. Dimensions: 2.8 x 4.1 x 5 in. (7 x 10 x 13 cm). Shipping
Current rise time and delay 8 µs, typical (1 KΩ load) weight: 4 lb (1.8 kg).
Current fall time and delay 10 µs, typical (1 KΩ load)
A362 Battery Charger for A320R, A365R, A395R
Leakage resistance, output to ground 1012 Ohms
A320RC A320R with Charger (A362)
Optocoupler 2500 V rated min. breakdown voltage
A320D Isostim™ Stimulator/Isolator
POWER
A320R Isostim™ Stimulator/Isolator (rechargeable)
Dry Cell (Version D) 16 alkaline 9V batteries included Specify line voltage
Rechargeable (Version R) 16 rechargeable NiMH 9V batteries incl
DIMENSIONS 8.5 x 3.5 x 4.9 in (22 x 9 x 12 cm) DRL Dummy Load Resistor Kit (set of 3)
SHIPPING WEIGHT 4 lb (1.8 kg) 13347 BNC-to-Double Banana Adapter
Stimulus Isolators / Precision Current Sources
NEUROSCIENCE
A365
A360LA
Model A365 includes the same features and specifications as A360
but with the added capability for automated bipolar pulsing for zero net
charge on biological preparations.
Polarity — Output polarity is determined by a push switch on the front
panel. Bipolar current is toggled by the command waveform, setting alter
nating pulses as positive or negative.
Activated by conventional logic-level commands, Model A360LA can be
gated by any pulse generator, stimulator, or computer output. A365D High Voltage Isolator, Bipolar, alkaline batteries
Dual tone audible alarms — A tone sounds when an open electrode A365RC A365R with charger (A362)
circuit is detected or when system compliance is reached. A second A365R High Voltage Isolator, Bipolar, rechargeable
optional tone sounds when a signal is applied to the input. A test switch A362 Battery Charger for A320R, A365R, A395R
is also provided to check battery charge. Specify line voltage
Current delivery — Stimulus currents are set using a three-digit control OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
knob and a three-position range switch. Output current tracks control DRL Dummy Load Resistor Kit (set of 3)
settings to better than 1%. Output current is load independent; voltage 3468 Dual Rack Mount Kit for A365
sufficient to push the desired current through the load is automatically 3469 Single Rack Mount Kit for A365
developed, subject only to compliance limits. Model A360LA produces 13347 BNC-to-Double Banana Adapter
up to 10 milliampere current, in three ranges, at more than 100 volts
compliance.
DRL —
Polarity — Output polarity is determined by a three-position switch on
Dummy Load
the front panel (+/-/off).
Resistor Kit
Converts current
A360LA High Voltage Isolator, charger included
output to precise
voltages.
DRL Dummy Load Resistor Kit (set of 3)
13347 BNC-to-Double Banana Adapter
A360LA SPECIFICATIONS
OUTPUT WAVEFORM DC or current pulse
A365 SPECIFICATIONS
OUTPUT CURRENT RANGES 0.1, 1.0, and 10 mA
OUTPUT CURRENT RANGES 0.1, 1.0, and 10 mA
CURRENT AMPLITUDE ERROR 0.5% of full scale, max.
CURRENT AMPLITUDE ERROR 0.5% of full scale, max.
CURRENT RESOLUTION 0.1% of full scale, typical
CURRENT RESOLUTION 0.1% of full scale, typical
OUTPUT LOAD VOLTAGE
EXCURSION (COMPLIANCE) 100 V minimum, 130 V nominal OUTPUT LOAD VOLTAGE
EXCURSION (COMPLIANCE) 100 V
EXTERNAL COMMAND THRESHOLD 2.2 V at 2.6 mA, min. 8.5 V, max. (TTL)
EXTERNAL COMMAND THRESHOLD 2.2 V at 2.6 mA, min. 8.5 V, max.
OUTPUT POLARITY Reversible, manual switch
OUTPUT POLARITY Reversible, manual switch or automatic
CURRENT RISE TIME & DELAY 2 µs, typical (1 KΩ load) 5 µs @ 10 KΩ
CURRENT RISE TIME & DELAY 6 µs, typical (1 KΩ load)
CURRENT FALL TIME & DELAY 5 µs, typical (1 KΩ load) 8 µs @ 10 KΩ
CURRENT FALL TIME & DELAY 10 µs, typical (1 KΩ load)
OUTPUT TO GROUND RESISTANCE 1012 Ω
OUTPUT TO GROUND RESISTANCE 1012 Ω
OPTOCOUPLER 2500 V, rated min. breakdown voltage
OPTOCOUPLER 2500 V, rated min. breakdown voltage
NOISE <0.1 µA (10 mA),
< 50 nA (1 mA, 100 µA) POWER
Model A365D (dry cell) 16 alkaline 9 V batteries, included
CURRENT LEAKAGE ±10 nA ± 0.01% of full scale
Model A365R (rechargeable) 16 rechargeable NiMH 9 V batteries incl.
POWER Two 6-V lead/acid batteries, 2.4 Ah
DIMENSIONS 8.5 x 3.5 x 5 in (22 x 9 x 12 cm)
RECHARGE TIME 4 hours
RECHARGER INCLUDED 100-240 VAC, 50-60 Hz, universal
DIMENSIONS 4.5 x 3.5 x 5.5 in. (11 x 9 x 14 cm)
Combines optical isolation with a ±100 mA current generator
NEUROSCIENCE
A385 High
Current Stimulus
when the 36-volt limit is reached. Internal circuitry maintains electrodes
short-circuited during inactive periods (“electrode exhauster” feature).
A385 is not appropriate for transcutaneous stimulation.
Isolator The 1.2 amp-hour rating of the six heavy-duty lead-acid rechargeable
batteries ensures that experiments will not be interrupted by dead batter
ies — even at peak currents. Indicator lights and audible alarms keep the
Delivers positive, negative, or bipolar currents. For bipolar delivery, user constantly apprised of battery charge status. These batteries must
polarity of the output is toggled to the opposite state with each pulse be recharged by the A382 System Charger designed especially for the
presented to the input. Pulse duration is controlled by an externally A385.
applied voltage. Input connector is a standard BNC, allowing signals from
any source — such as computer D/A or I/O lines — to be used.
Output amplitude is set on a 3-digit, ten-turn dial as a percentage of A385RC A385R with A382 Charger
the range selected: for example, a setting of 45.6 in the 0-10 mA range A385R High Current Isolator, rechargeable
translates to 4.56 mA at the output. Accuracy and repeatability are excel A382 Battery Charger for A385 (see below)
lent. Designed for subcutaneous stimulation, maximum output voltage at Specify line voltage
the stimulating electrodes is 36 volts, reducing the possibility of serious OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
accidental transcutaneous shocks. A compliance/output alarm sounds 3468 Dual Rack Mount Kit
A385 SPECIFICATIONS
OUTPUT CURRENT RANGES
CURRENT AMPLITUDE ERROR
1, 10, and 100 mA
0.5% of full scale, max A382
CURRENT RESOLUTION
REPEATABILITY 0.1% of full scale, typical Battery
OUTPUT LOAD VOLTAGE
EXCURSION (COMPLIANCE) 36 V Charger
EXTERNAL COMMAND VOLTAGE An innovative three-
THRESHOLD 2.2 V, min step charger, A382
employs fast, medium, and
OUTPUT POLARITY Reversible, manual switch, or
electronically switched bipolar delivery trickle charges at a safe, low current, greatly extending battery life. After
a fast initial phase, the charger automatically switches to a constant
CURRENT RISE TIME AND DELAY 6 µs, typical (1 KΩ load)
voltage mode. When charging is complete, the charger switches to the
CURRENT FALL TIME AND DELAY 10 µs, typical (1 KΩ load) trickle-charge mode. LED lamps indicate charging status. (For use only in
OUTPUT TO GROUND RESISTANCE 1012 Ω charging batteries installed in the A385.)
OPTOCOUPLER 2500 V, rated minimum breakdown
voltage
POWER Six rechargeable lead-acid batteries
A382 SPECIFICATIONS
(Requires companion charger A382) POWER 95-135 V or 220-240 V, 50/60 Hz
DIMENSIONS 8.5 x 3.5 x 5 in. (22 x 9 x 12 cm) DIMENSIONS 8.5 x 3.5 x 5 in (22 x 9 x 12 cm)
A395 Linear Stimulus Isolator
Replicates a programmed waveform of any shape or polarity
NEUROSCIENCE
Current Delivery —A 10 V input
produces the maximum output
current for the current range
selected, i.e., 100 µA, 1 mA,
or 10 mA. Front panel controls
allow DC current to be generated.
Externally applied signals can be
superimposed simultaneously (DC
offset). Warning lamps indicate
open circuit or excessive current
conditions.
All WPI stimulus isolators are designed to supply constant current
because current threshold (not voltage) is the most quantitatively Digital Meter — Measures DC or average output current.
reproducible parameter for stimulation of nerve and muscle. Model A395 Overload Lamps — Indicate when output voltage has reached positive or
dispenses current reproducibly from its Output terminals; the amplitude negative compliance voltage limit.
being determined by the selected current RANGE and the input voltage.
Current amplitude is “constant”, that is, load resistance independent, A395RC A395R with Charger (A362)
provided that the I x R (load) product does not exceed the available A395D Linear Stimulus Isolator
battery supply voltage. An audible alarm (the compliance alarm) will A395R Linear Stimulus Isolator, Rechargeable
sound if I x R reaches this limit. Model A395 D can generate a voltage of A362 Battery Charger
70 volts or more across its OUTPUT terminals. Thus, the user can be sure Specify line voltage
that the amplitude of the current will be as dialed as long as the voltage
drop accross the load (stimulus electrode path) does not reach the
magnitude of the supply voltage. The compliance alarm would then be
heard. The user would then know that (a) too much current was dialed
for a given load or (b) inter-electrode resistance was too high or the
electrode circuit path was open (this is illustrated by the Quick Instrument
A395 SPECIFICATIONS
Test below).
OUTPUT CURRENT, Imax 3 ranges: 100µA, 1 mA, and 10 mA
Model A395 generates an output current of arbitrary (user-defined) wave
OUTPUT VOLTAGE RANGE ± 70 V
shape; DC, AC, pulse, and combinations thereof. Battery operated, and
OUTPUT BANDWIDTH 10 kHz (measured across 1KΩ load R)
photoelectrically-isolated from the input voltage drive, the instrument
INPUT RESISTANCE > 20 MΩ
regenerates output currents which are linearly proportional to the analog
voltage waveforms provided by your D/A converter or signal generator INPUT VOLTAGE @ Imax ± 10 volts
(see diagram below). INPUT/OUTPUT LINEARITY ERROR < 0.5%
The A395 is ideally suited for data acquisition and stimulator generators. RISE, FALL TIME 26 µs @ 10 K Ω
It can be easily daisy-chained for mutiple channel requirements. POWER
Model A395D 17 alkaline 9 V batteries
Model A395R 17 rechargeable NiMH 9 V batteries
10 V
DIMENSIONS 6.5 x 4 x 3.5 in. (16 x 10 x 9 cm)
INPUT SHIPPING WEIGHT 4 lb (1.8 kg)

0V
-10 V
A362 Battery Charger
+100 µA, +1 mA, +10 mA
Required for A320R, A365R and A395R
OUTPUT 0 Recharges the high-voltage nickel-
cadmium or NiMH battery stack in
-100 µA, -1 mA, -10 mA
the A320R, A365R or A395R. LED
lamp indicates charging status. Full
charge overnight. Dimensions:
pts
Acce g
2.8 x 4.1 x 5 in. (7 x 10.5 x
12.7 cm). Shipping weight: 4
o
anal t lb (1.8 kg).
inpu
Precision Stereotaxic Instruments
Single and Dual Manipulator Models
● 5 mm linear movement
per revolution on each
axis
NEUROSCIENCE
● Large, easy to read vernier

scales– accurate to 100 ● Absolute lock at 90º
microns (vertical)
● Triple lead screws for fast ● Entire frame is electri-
positioning cally continuous, ideal
for Electrophysiology
● 80 mm of vertical, lateral
and anterior-posterior ● Accessories available for
travel use with a wide variety
of small animals
WPI’s Precision Stereotaxic Instrument is

built around the time-proven U-frame design
concept, providing stability, and adaptability
to most species. Precision alignment ensures
accurate placement of electrodes, micropipettes,
and other devices. It is ideal for researchers
in need of a versatile, reliable instrument for
stereotaxic procedures with small animals.
Versatility of Positioning
The manipulator arm controls medio-lateral and
vertical positioning via lead screws with 80 mm
of travel. This allows the fastest positioning
possible, consistent with lining up the scales
easily at a given coordinate. The antero-
posterior movement is controlled via a dovetail
slide movement, with 80 mm of travel possible
in each direction. A universal joint allows the
investigator to change the angle of the probe
up to 90° in either the antero-posterior or
medio-lateral planes. The locking mechanism
will hold any angle position without drift or

creep. It also provides an absolute lock at 90°
vertical.
Easily Read Scales

All scales are oriented to be read easily from
the open end of the “U”. This is the position
from which most scientists prefer to work. The
numerals on the scales are clear and easy to
read. Precise alignment with facing vernier
scales gives accurate resolution to 0.1 mm.
Vernier scales can also be augmented with
a digital LCD position readout similar to a
digital Vernier caliper. This option extends the
readable resolution to 10 microns.
Convenient for Electrophysiology

The entire Stereotaxic frame including the
Dual Manipulator Stereotaxic Frame Digital readout aids accurate dovetails, manipulator arms and base are
electrically continuous. Grounding of the
502603. positioning — 502900. entire frame including the base plate can be
accomplished by connecting the provided
grounding stud to earth. This is ideal for
502204
electrophysiological studies where the animal
and surrounding structures need to be
grounded to reduce electrical noise.
Dual Manipulator Model

The 502603 Dual Manipulator has 3-dimen-
sional manipulator arms on both sides. The
NEUROSCIENCE
second manipulator arm can be installed at
time of order or added later by the user. Dual
manipulators are very useful in studies in which non-puncture 45° ear bars instead of 18° ear
double injections or simultaneous stimulation bars.
and recording are necessary.
Selection of Accessories
Included Components Species adaptors are available to fit rat, cat/
Both the 502600 and 502603 include the U- monkey, mouse, guinea pig and small bird.
frame base plate, manipulator arm(s), standard Probe holders and species adaptors for “U”
probe holder(s) with corner clamp, and Rat frame stereotaxic instruments from other
Adaptor (nose clamp assembly and 18° taper manufacturers are generally compatible with
ear bars). The 502650 and 502653 include the WPI’s stereotaxic frame.
502062
SAVE
when you buy an
UltraMicroPump with any
of these stereotaxic frames!
See page 232.
502600 WPI Stereotaxic Frame with 18° Ear Bars

502650 WPI Stereotaxic Frame with 45° Ear Bars
502603 Dual Manipulator Stereotaxic Frame with 18° Ear Bars
502653 Dual Manipulator Stereotaxic Frame with 45° Ear Bars
502045 U-Frame, Base Plate and Rat Adaptor only, without Manipulator Arm
502204 Rat Adaptor
502062 Mouse Adaptor
TAXIC-600 WPI Stereotaxic Frame with 18° Ear Bars plus UMP3 System
TAXIC-650 WPI Stereotaxic Frame with 45° Ear Bars plus UMP3 System
TAXIC-603 Dual Manipulator Stereotaxic Frame plus UMP3 System
TAXIC-653 Dual Manipulator Stereotaxic Frame with 45° bars plus UMP3 System
502201 V-clamp for UMP3
Mouse and Neonatal The WPI Mouse and Neonatal Rat Adaptor employs light, Delrin® ear bars
with tapered points on one end and rubber pads on the other to facilitate
surgery on mice and rat pups.
Rat Adaptor Ear bars may be independently adjusted in height to level the skull.
Laser engraved scales show the vertical positions of the ear bars. A tooth
bar and nose clamp secures the nose. A well in the thick aluminum body
For 502600 Series Stereotaxic may be filled with dry ice and alcohol for hypothermic anesthesia of
neonatal animals. The 502063 Adaptor clamps securely on the right side
Instruments of the “U” frame of the stereotaxic instrument.
Model organisms with soft skulls, such as the mouse and the neonatal
rat, are difficult to secure firmly in a traditional stereotaxic instrument.
The stainless steel ear bars used for adult rats are too heavy to provide
a secure hold without compressing the sides of the skull inward (which
closes the airways and impedes blood flow.) Further, the neonatal rat pup
has no external opening of the auditory canal into which to insert the ear
bar points.
The specialized jaw holder cuffs (502080) securely clamp the
zygomatic processes of the skull. The jaw holder cuffs fit over
the ends of the ear bars, replacing the rubber pads, providing
an alternative non-invasive means of securing the animal’s head
502063 in the stereotaxic stage. These options for “triple point” securing
of the animal’s head in this adaptor make it the most versatile
mouse stereotaxic available. Set of two jaw holder cuffs included.
502063 Mouse/Neonatal Rat Adaptor for 502600

502080 Jaw Holder Cuffs, set of 2
Metal Microelectrodes
Superior microelectrodes for outstanding extracellular recording — tungsten, iridium,
platinum-iridium, and Elgiloy®
Kapton* tubing, indicated by “KT” in

EXPOSED TIP DIMENSIONS Metal the part number, extends from the
Exposed tip
(nominal) connector to within 5 mm of the tip,
25:1 taper
Nominal Platinum Pure providing stiffness and additional
NEUROSCIENCE
Impedance Tungsten Elgiloy Iridium Iridium insulation to the electrode shaft.

0.1 MegΩ 100 µ 120 µ 60 µ 45 µ Kapton-clad electrodes are recom
0.5 MegΩ 55 µ 66 µ 18 µ 14 µ mended when the electrode is to be
1.0 MegΩ 30 µ 36 µ 10 µ 10 µ
2.0 MegΩ 12 µ 15 µ 6µ 5µ
inserted through a cannula for extra
5.0 MegΩ 5µ 6µ 3µ 2.5 µ Parylene-C* deep penetration.
Gold-plated connector pins Parylene-C

Gold-plated connector pin Parylene coating 2-, 3-, 5-inch lengths Polyimide tubing
Insulation Exposed
Shrink tubing 0.014" O.D. for 0.005" O.D. WE Glue tips
Type A 3" and 5" total length

5 mm
typical
Tip separation
125 microns
Note: Electrode diagrams not shown to scale. Type B

Polyimide tubing
Gold-plated connector pin 0.016" O.D. Glue seal
3µ Parylene 5 mm
Gold-plated connector pin Polyimide tubing
Glue
29 gauge stainless steel tubing 0.003" Iridium

or 0.005" Tungsten electrode,
29 gauge stainless steel tubing 0.003" IR
Type C 12"
Parylene-coated
5 mm
3" total length
typical Type D
core conductor
Concentric Bipolar Electrodes exposed stainless steel surface

stainless steel tubing Polyimide tubing
Excellent for shielded macro recording as well as evoked
potentials — especially well suited for bipolar stimulation x W
The tungsten electrode is sharpened to a point and is 75 microns in

shrink tubing
diameter. The outer stainless steel conductor is insulated with Polyimide Y <0.4 mm
Y
tubing to within 0.2 mm of the end of the stainless steel tube. Also L=3" or 5" (2" for PTM)
available without the outer Polyimide insulation.
Insulated metal conductor with exposed concentric surface
Heat Treated Tip
.389"
(above) is ideal for (9.88 mm)
penetraing tough .031"
membranes (not (0.79 mm) Gold-plated pins (#5482)
recommended pin #5482 and sockets (#5483) may be
for chronic attached to 24-, 26-, or 28-
.404"
implantation). This process is performed using a microforge in which the
(10.26 mm) gauge wire.
heating element is positioned in close proximity to the tip in order to melt the
Parylene-C distal to the exposed metal. It provides a smooth transition and
produces better adherence of the Parylene-C to the metal. socket #5483 0.51 mm ID
To have your electrodes heat treated, just add the suffix “H” to any of the
“KT” numbers on the facing page. Cost of the treatment is $10 per package of
#5470 (mount in M3301EH
10 electrodes ($20 per package for Type B).
holder, see page 200)
* Parylene is a trade mark of Union Carbide. Kapton is a trade mark of DuPont. Elgiloy is a trade
mark of Elgiloy Ltd.
Electrode
plugged into
ACCESSORIES
adapter #5470
300102 Micromanipulator holder, 4 in., 2mm to 0.031 socket
5468 2 mm receptacle to 0.031-inch jack (for Omega-TipZ)
5469 Adapts mini banana plug (DAM80) to 0.031-inch #5468
receptacle (metal microelectrode)
5470 0.031-inch jack, 28 ga. wire, 12 inch (pkg of 4)
5482* Pins, 0.031-inch, gold-plated (pkg of 50)
5483* Sockets, 0.031-inch gold-plated (pkg of 50)
*Gold-plated pins (#5482) and sockets (#5483) may be attached to 24-, 26-, or #300102 #5469
28-gauge wire.
Introductory Assortments
Each of these assortment kits includes electrodes with different impedance within each style. Use an assortment kit to determine which electrode you need
for your experiment. Ten electrodes per box, no mixing. See next page for electrode nomenclature.
Item Contains the following electrode impedances by quantity (pkg of 10) Price
TM31/33Axx TM33A05 (2), TM33A10 (3), TM33A20 (3), TM31A50 (2) US$
170
TM31/33AxxKT TM33A05KT (2), TM33A10KT (3), TM33A20KT (3), TM31A50KT (2) US$
229
TM33Bxx TM33B01 (2), TM33B05 (2), TM33B10 (3), TM33B20 (3) US$
170
TM33BxxKT TM33B01KT (3), TM33B05KT (2), TM33B10KT (3), TM33B20KT (2) US$
229
TM53Axx TM53A05 (3),TM53A10 (3),TM53A20 (4) US$
177
NEUROSCIENCE
TM53AxxKT TM53A05KT (3),TM53A10KT (3),TM53A20KT (4) US$
265
TST33AxKT TST33A05KT (3), TST33A10KT (4), TST33A20KT (3) US$
476
TST53AxKT TST53A05KT (3), TST53A10KT (4), TST53A20KT (3) US$
518
PTM23Bxx PTM23B05 (3), PTM23B10 (3), PTM23B20 (4) US$
382
PTM23BxxKT PTM23B05KT (4), PTM23B10KT (3) , PTM23B20KT (3) US$
437
Concentric Electrodes*
Item Metal Core Length Imp Probe Outer Tip Core diam. Y dim. X dim. w/ polyimide Price
Diameter (total) Diam. (pkg of 5)
TM33CCNON Tungsten 3” (76) 10-15K 0.013” uninsulated (325 µm) 3-4 µ .003” (76 µm) 0.4 mm .005” (127 µm) US$
265
TM53CCNON Tungsten 5” (127) 10-15K 0.014” uninsulated (350 µm) 3-4 µ 005” (127 µm) 0.4 mm .008” (203 µm) US$
299
TM33CCINS Tungsten 3” (76) 10-15K 0.016” insulated (400 µm) 3-4 µ 003” (76 µm) 0.4 mm .005” (127 µm) US$
288
TM53CCINS Tungsten 5” (127) 10-15K 0.018” insulated (450 µm) 3-4 µ 005” (127 µm) 0.4 mm .008” (203 µm) US$
322
PTM23CC001NON Pt/Ir 2” (51) 10K 0.020” uninsulated (525 µm) 3-4 µ 0.01” (254 µm) 0.4 mm .014” (356 µm) US$
380
PTM23CC001INS Pt/Ir 2” (51) 10K 0.029” insulated (760 µm) 3-4 µ 0.01” (254 µm) 0.4 mm .014” (356 µm) US$
380
PTM3CC02INS Pt/Ir NS fine 3” (76) 200K 0.013” insulated (325 µm) 2-4 µ 0.002” (50.8 µm) .25 mm .004” (114 µm) US$
403
*All have a stainless steel outer shaft
Selection Guide for Metal Electrodes

Item Length Insul. Shaft Nominal Tip Diam. Typical Use Price
Thick. Diam. Impedance
(± 20%)
Platinum Iridium — Profile A Package of 10
PTM23B05 51 mm 3µ 0.254 mm 0.5 MΩ 1-2 µ Single and multi unit recording, stimulation, Chronic implants US$
382
PTM23B05KT 51 mm 3µ 0.356 mm 0.5 MΩ 1-2 µ Single and multi unit recording, stimulation, chronic implants US$
437
382
465
382
465
Tungsten — Profile A Package of 10

TM31A10 76 mm 1µ 0.127 mm 1.0 MΩ 1µ Multi unit and single unit recording and microstimulation US$
177
TM31A10KT 76 mm 1µ 0.216 mm 1.0 MΩ 1µ Multi unit and single unit recording and microstimulation US$
242
177
242
177
242
TM31C05 76 mm 1µ 0.085 mm 0.5 MΩ 1µ Recording from small tightly packed cells US$
177
TM31C05KT 76 mm 1µ 0.145 mm 0.5 MΩ 1µ Recording from small tightly packed cells US$
242
177
242
177
242
177
242
170
229
170
229
170
229
TM33B01 76 mm 3µ 0.254 mm 0.1 MΩ 1-2 µ Single and multi unit recording and microstimulation US$
170
TM33B01KT 76 mm 3µ 0.356 mm 0.1 Ω 1-2 µ Single and multi unit recording and microstimulation US$
229
170
229
170
229
170
229
TM33C05 76 mm 1µ 0.085 mm 0.5 MΩ 1µ Single unit and stim / chronic use US$
177
TM33C05KT 76 mm 1 µ 0.145 mm 0.5 MΩ 1 µ Single unit and stim / chronic use US$
242
TM33C10 76 mm 1 µ 0.085 mm 1.0 MΩ 1 µ Single unit and stim / chronic use US$
177
242
177
242
177
242
TM53A05 127 mm 3 µ 0.127 mm 0.5 MΩ 2 µ Deep penetrations for single and multi unit recording and stimulation US$
196
TM53A05KT 127 mm 3 µ 0.216 mm 0.5 MΩ 2 µ Deep penetrations for single and multi unit recording and stimulation US$
292
216
265
177
NEUROSCIENCE
242
196
265
TM53B05 127 mm 3 µ 0.254 mm 0.5 MΩ 1 µ Deep penetrations US$
196
TM53B05KT 127 mm 3 µ 0.356 mm 0.5 MΩ 1 µ Deep penetrations US$
242
196
242
196
242
Elgiloy®/Stainless Profile A Package of 10

SSM33A05 76 mm 3µ 0.229 mm 0.5 MΩ 1-2 µ Recording and Stimulating (Prussian blue staining) US$
154
SSM33A05KT 76 mm 3µ 0.356 mm 0.5 MΩ 1-2 µ Recording and Stimulating (Prussian blue staining) US$
229
154
229
170
230
177
177
Tungsten Profile B Package of 10

TST33A05KT 76 mm 3µ 0.356 mm 0.5 MΩ 1µ Stereotrode / Bipolar, differential measurements US$
481
481
478
TST33C05KT 76 mm 3µ 0.216 mm 0.5 MΩ 1µ Stereotrode / Bipolar, differential measurements—extra fine US$
495
495
495
TST53A05KT 127 mm 3µ 0.356 mm 0.5 MΩ 1-2 µ Stereotrode / Bipolar, differential measurements US$
497
497
497
Pure Iridium Profile C Package of 5

IRM23E01 50 mm 3µ 0.106 mm 0.1 MΩ 2-3 µ Multiunit & ERP recording & stimulation US$
454
IRM23E01KT 50 mm 3µ 0.180 mm 0.1 MΩ 2-3 µ Multiunit & ERP recording & stimulation US$
500
IRM23E05 50 mm 3µ 0.106 mm 0.5 MΩ 2-3 µ Single and multiunit recording and stimulation US$
454
IRM23E05KT 50 mm 3µ 0.180 mm 0.5 MΩ 2-3 µ Single and multiunit recording and stimulation US$
500
454
500
454
500
IRM23E20 50 mm 3µ 0.106 mm 2.0 MΩ 1-2 µ Greater selectivity & microstimulation US$
454
IRM23E20KT 50 mm 3µ 0.180 mm 2.0 MΩ 1-2 µ Greater selectivity & microstimulation US$
500
IRM23E25 50 mm 3µ 0.106 mm 2.5 MΩ 1-2 µ Greater selectivity - small cells US$
454
IRM23E25KT 50 mm 3µ 0.180 mm 2.5 MΩ 1-2 µ Greater selectivity - small cells US$
500
454
500
454
500
Platinum Iridium Profile D Package of 5

PTM123B05KT 305 mm 3µ 0.61 mm 0.5 MΩ 1-2 µ Deep brain studies US$
469
469
469
Tungsten Profile D Package of 5

TM123A05KT 305mm 3µ 0.406 mm 0.5 MΩ 1µ Deep brain studies US$
409
409
409
Elgiloy®/Stainless Profile D Package of 5

SSM123B05KT 305 mm 3µ 0.61 mm 0.5 MΩ 1-2 µ Deep brain studies US$
373
373
373
Eligoy Steel *Cobalt/chromium/nickel alloy. The KT suffix refers to Kapton™ cladding.
All Metal Microelectrodes are available in custom lengths, blunt or heat treaded (extra charge).
Ordering:
Add the B suffix where blunt electrodes are desired. (For example, an IRM123A10KT ordered as a blunt will be IRM123A10KTB.)
Add the H suffix where heat treated electrodes are desired. (For example, an IRM123A10KT ordered as with heat treatment will be IRM123A10KTH .)
Ω
Ωmega-Tip-Z ™
NEUROSCIENCE
Millivolt and megohm meter measures impedance
of metal or glass capillary microelectrodes
Omega-Tip-Z was created especially for measuring impedance in
etched tungsten, platinum-iridium* and steel microelectrodes, as well as
electrolyte-filled micropipettes. The meter’s AC impedance-measuring
circuit is unaffected by electrode offset or tip junction potentials. The
gold-plated miniature probe lets you conveniently monitor micro-
electrode impedance in electrolytes, and an electrode tip cleaning feature
lets you remove buildup quickly. Omega-Tip-Z can also measure DC
electrode tip potentials up to 2000 millivolts. The instrument operates for
hundreds of hours without battery failure.
NOTE: Metal microelectrodes which have been precalibrated at 1 kHz
should be baselined for use with Omega-Tip-Z.
*See Metal Microelectrodes, page 24.
OMEGA-TIP-Z SPECIFICATIONS
INPUT RESISTANCE 1012Ω, typical
INPUT LEAKAGE CURRENT 1 pA, typical
MAX. INPUT VOLTAGE SWING ±2V
VOLTMETER
Range 0 to ±2000 mV DC
Accuracy ± 0.1% of reading, ± 1 least significant digit
Resolution 1 mV (3.5 digits)
OHMMETER
Range 0 to 20 MΩ (metal)
0 to 200 MΩ or 0 to 2000 MΩ (glass)
OMEGA-Z Ωmega-Tip-Z with Probe & Holder Measurement 10 nA and 1 nA (500 Hz square wave)
711P Replacement Probe Resolution 10 KΩ
5468 Adapter to connect metal microelectrodes to Accuracy ± 20%
probe, 2 mm socket to .031 in. receptacle PROBE 1.2 cm diameter × 3.2 cm long
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES PROBE HANDLE 4.7 mm diameter × 8.9 cm long
NOVA Novaflex Fiber Optic Illuminator (115v, 60HZ) PROBE CABLE 1.5 m
NOVA-Z Novaflex Fiber Optic Illuminator (230v, 80HZ) MAIN HOUSING 7 × 4 × 2 in. (18 × 10 × 5 cm)
500186 Bifurcated Light Guide with lenses POWER 6 AA 1.5-volt alkaline cells, supplied
NOVA-186 Novaflex Illuminator and bifurcated light guide SHIPPING WEIGHT 4 lb (1.8 kg)
Rodent Brain Matrices • Large species selection

• From mouse to rat
• Repeatable sections to 1 mm
• Can be chilled and sterilized
• Available in acrylic or stainless steel
RBMA-200C Adult mouse, coronal slices, acrylic
RBMA-200S Adult mouse, sagittal slices, acrylic
RBMA-300C Rat, 175-300g, coronal slices, acrylic
RBMA-300S Rat, 175-300g, sagittal slices, acrylic
WPI offers one of the largest selections RBMA-600C Rat, 300g-600g, coronal slices, acrylic
of brain matrices available. Made RBMA-600S Rat, 300g-600g, sagittal slices, acrylic
of acrylic, or stainless steel, these RBMS-200C Adult mouse, coronal slices, stainless steel
matrices are sturdy and can be heated, RBMS-200S Adult mouse, sagittal slices, stainless steel
chilled, autoclaved (stainless steel only), scrubbed RBMS-300C Rat, 175-300g, coronal slices, stainless steel
— and stand up to rigorous daily use. Coronal matrices RBMS-300S Rat, 175-300g, sagittal slices, stainless steel
have the additional feature of a mid-line sagittal cut to facilitate RBMS-600C Rat, 300g-600g, coronal slices, stainless steel
splitting of the left and right hemispheres. Sections can be as fine as RBMS-600S Rat, 300g-600g, sagittal slices, stainless steel
1‑mm. The olfactory/spinal/notch is cut into each matrix. BLADES Single-Edge Blades (pkg of 100)
Microforging, Micropipette Calibration
and Microinjection — in a single device!
The DMF1000 is a ‘state-of-the-art’ microprocessor-
controlled microforge offering unmatched
performance. Designed for fabrication of both small
patch clamp glass pipettes and larger injection
pipettes, the DMF1000 should find many uses in
NEUROSCIENCE
the laboratory. The DMF1000 is based on a design

similar to that first used in WPI’s extremely popular
microforge model, the MF200. The extensive
improvements incorporated into the DMF1000 greatly
increase its versatility and performance, making it one
of the most powerful microforges on the market.
Digital Signal Processor (DSP)

Technology
The DMF1000 is powered by the latest digital signal
processor (DSP) technology. A digital timer is used
to precisely control the polish heating time. Ten
memories can be used to store settings of the heating
power and heating duration. All of the settings are
controlled and displayed digitally for better accuracy
and reproducibility. Two different operating modes
are provided: Manual and Auto. In the Manual mode,
the DSP will memorize the duration of the time that
is used to achieve a desired polishing. In Auto mode,
the heat will be applied for the duration of the timer
setting.
Filament Holder mounts directly to objective to provide precise control
Unique Features of the DMF1000 of heating element position.
DMF1000
System
The DMF1000 system includes a specially configured
WPI model H602 research grade compound
microscope equipped with a high quality metallurgic
40x long-working distance objective and a pair of 10x
eyepieces (a 15 x option eyepiece is also available). It
is the most powerful long-working distance objective
currently available on any commercial microforge. The electrical resistance of the tip, leading to lower noise The low heat capacity and low thermal
long working distance objective reduces the danger during patch-clamp recordings (Goodman & Lockery, coefficient of linear expansion of the filaments
of damage to the objective lens during the heating 2000). are key design features of the DMF1000. The low
process. heat capacity of the filament allows it to reach
Other benefits of the DMF1000 design include
Ease of use fire-polishing temperatures without excessive
the use of a Kohler illuminator and Abbe condenser, The Heating Filament heat. This permits the user to bring the pipette
which provide the reduced glare and sharper image With a conventional microforge often the most tip close to the filament during polishing without
contrast necessary when polishing pipettes as small as difficult and time-consuming part of using a high fear of collapsing the pipette tip. Low heat
half a micron (0.5 µm) in diameter. magnification objective is being able to move both capacity eliminates the need for an auxiliary air-
the heating filament and the pipette into the same cooling system. The low coefficient of expansion
Pressure Polishing viewing area. Finding and moving both the heating characteristic of the filament ensures minimal
The DMF1000 incorporates a unique digital pneumatic filament and the pipette without collision can be a
displacement of the filament during heating. This
pressure feature that enables pressurized air to be challenge. However, this difficulty is eliminated with
delivered through the pipette during fire polishing. In the DMF1000 because the heating filament is directly
feature eliminates much of the guesswork out of
the fabrication of patch pipettes, the pressurized air attached to the microscope’s objective. Hence it can tip placement in relation to the filament.
can be used to blunt the taper at the pipette tip with- be easily adjusted to any position within the viewing Two different heating filaments are provided with
out changing the size of the tip opening. This reduces area. the DMF1000 to accommodate various applications.
The H5 filament is large gauge and can be reformed
into a “U” for fabrication of pipettes, air forming of
patch pipettes and other applications. The H4 is a
smaller gauge filament and is ideal for polishing patch
clamp pipettes.
The Pipette and Microscope Stage
The pipette rests on a specially designed holder that
sits on top of the microscope stage. The position
of the pipette, relative to the heating filament, is
controlled by the (X, Y, Z) adjustment of the stage.
This unique design makes locating and polishing the
pipette extremely easy. The stage of the microscope
has a high quality rail that gives precise, smooth
and stable control of the pipettes movement. This
Fire Large Tip Tip Sealing Tip Reducing Tip Bending Carbon Fiber configuration also eliminates the need and expense
Polishing Sharpening (holding Sealing in of an additional micromanipulator to control pipette
(contact pipettes) Plastic Sensor movement.
stretching)
Typical applications of the DMF1000
Polishing the Patch Pipettes H602 1000× Compound Microscope
It is well known that the proper fire polishing of patch pipettes is the single most
important factor for forming a stable giga-seal in patch clamp recording. This is
even more important than the type of glass capillary used. Difficulties often arise
in forming giga-seals because the polishing of patch pipettes using a conventional
low magnification microforge is inadequate. However, since the DMF1000 uses a
40X long-working distance objective, pipette polishing is much more accurately l Coaxial coarse
controlled. Pipettes polished using the DMF1000 achieve excellent stable giga-seals and fine focusing
with a wide variety of cells. Both whole cell patch pipettes and single channel patch control, including a locking
pipettes can be conveniently polished with the DMF1000 to the highest quality and mechanism.
NEUROSCIENCE
reproducibility achievable with any microforge.
For the single-channel patch clamp pipettes the pipette needs to be pre-coated l Spring-loaded achromatic
with Sylgard 184 before polishing. For this procedure the user can follow a simple objectives prevent broken
and effective coating method described previously (Li, 1999) slides.
Microforging Holding Pipettes l Centerable Abbe
A holding pipette with a large blunt tip and a small opening is used to hold a condenser.
floating cell in place prior to microinjection by applying suction to the rear of the
pipette. The procedure for making holding pipettes involves three steps: squaring l 20-Watt solid state Kohler
off, large bore flame polishing, and tip reducing. These steps are accomplished with illuminator with variable lamp
a larger heating filament. intensity control.
Microforging Beveled Injection Pipettes l Total magnification

Occasionally, a beveled large bore pipette is not sharp enough to penetrate a cell of 1000x.
without damaging the area around the pipette. With the DMF1000 and the large
l Stage is graduated in
heating filament, a sharp point can be formed on the beveled tip to assist the
both x- and y-axes.
penetration of the cell. This process is referred to as contact stretching.
Pipette Tip Calibration & Microinjection

The integrated digital pneumatic pressure system can be used to calibrate the
H602 1000× Binocular Microscope (120 V)
precise diameter (I.D.) of a micropipette tip, based on a technique described
H602-240 1000x Binocular Microscope (240 V)
previously (Hagag & Randolph 1990, Bowman & Ruknudin 1999). The pressure
system can also be used separately as a simple but highly accurate controller for OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
microinjection applications. 14253 Replacement Lamp, 20W 6V (pkg of 5)
500292 Optional 15x Eyepiece (pair)
500329 25× Long-Working Distance Objective, 5 mm 0.50NA
800292 40× Long-Working Distance Objective, 3 mm 0.25NA
DMF1000 SPECIFICATIONS
AC POWER MODULE 100-240 VAC 50/60 Hz
TIMER RANGE (for heater & timer) 0.01 to 360 sec
NUMBER OF MEMORYS 10
PRESSURE ADJUSTING RANGE 0.5 – 60 PSI (3.5 – 414 kPa
PRESSURE RESOLUTION 0.1 PSI (0.7 kPa)
FILAMENTS H4 — Small filament for working with 40×
long working distance objective.
H5 — Large filament for working with 10×
objective. Filament adjustment assembly
provided for both objectives.
HEATER AND TIMER CONTROL Auto or Manual via Pushbutton, TTL,
or Optional Foot switch.
OBJECTIVE 40× Long-Working Distance (3 mm)
EYEPIECE 10× (pair)
15× (pair) optional
RETICLE (10x eyepiece only) 1.25 µm/division (at 40×)
0 – 90º angle at 5º/division
DIMENSIONS: Control Unit 10.2 × 17.8 × 4.8 cm (4 × 7 × 17⁄8 in.)
DMF1000-1 Complete Microforge, incl H602 Stereo Microscope (110 v) SHIPPING WEIGHT 1.8 kg (4 lb.)
DMF1000-2 Complete Microforge, incl H602 Stereo Microscope (220 v) MICROSCOPE See H602, page 209
DMF1000-M1 Microforge without microscope (including 40X long SHIPPING WEIGHT 7.3 kg (16 lb.)
working distance objective) (110v)
DMF1000-M2 Microforge without microscope (including 40X long
working distance objective) (220v) H602 SPECIFICATIONS
EYEPIECES 10× Widefield, 18 mm field
CONDENSER Centerable Abbe, 1.25 NA
500292 Optional 15x Eyepieces (pair) for H600 Series Microscopes
ILLUMINATOR Kohler, 6 V 20-watt halogen
Note: No reticle for 15x eyepieces
95-135 V or 220-240 V, 50/60 Hz
DMF1000-H5 Replacement heating filament (large gauge) POWER
(Specify line voltage & power cord.)
MF200-H4 Replacement heating filament (small gauge)
13142 Optional foot switch
OBJECTIVES 4X 0.1 NA Achromatic WD 35.8 mm
DMF-UPGRADE Converts MF200 to DMF1000
10X 0.25 NA Achromatic WD 6.81 mm
Includes new metallurgical 40x objective 40X 0.65 NA Achromatic WD 0.62 mm
100X oil 1.25 NA Achromatic WD 0.35 mm
Sometimes the simplest designs work best.
The MF200 Microforge is a versatile instrument
designed specifically for the fabrication of
glass micropipettes and other related tools. The
MF200 Microforge
system was developed in collaboration with Dr.
Ming Li of the Department of Pharmacology,
University of South Alabama. It is perfect for
NEUROSCIENCE
patch pipette tip polishing, tip size reduction,

contact stretching, in vitro fertilization pipette
production and a variety of other pipette
configurations. The MF200 simple, reliable and
is priced economically.
Features of the MF200

The MF200 system includes: An easy to use
analog temperature controller, a specially
configured WPI model H602 research grade
compound microscope, 40x long-working
distance objective and 10x eyepiece. 40x
magnification is essential when polishing
pipettes as small as half a micron (0.5 µm)
in diameter. Compared to a conventional
40x objective, the long working distance
objective reduces the danger of damage to
the pipette and/or objective lens during the
polishing process. It is also the only commercial
microforge using the Kohler illuminator and
Abbe condenser for illumination. This provides
less glare and sharper image of the pipette than
frosted glass illuminator, which was used on all
of the other commercial Microforge.
MF200 SPECIFICATIONS
AC POWER MODULE 100-240 VAC 50/60 Hz
FILAMENTS (3) H2, H3, H4
FILAMENT ON Pushbutton Controlled or Optional Foot
MF200-1 Complete Microforge System, incl. H602 Microscope (110 v) Switch Controlled
MF200-2 Complete Microforge System, incl. H602 Microscope (220 v) FILAMENT ADJUSTMENT ASSEMBLY For 40× and 25× Long-Working
MF200-M1 MF 200 without microscope (110v) Distance Objectives: mounts on objective
MF200-M2 MF 200 without microscope (220v) OPTIONAL Filament Holder for standard 10× Objective
500292 Optional 15× Eyepieces (pair) for H600 Series Microscopes (Model H602 microscope)
Note: No reticle available for 15× eyepieces OBJECTIVE 40× Long-Working Distance (3 mm)
500329 25× Long-Working Distance Objective OPTIONAL 25× Long-Working Distance (5 mm)
(fits most microscopes with a 160 mm Focal Length) EYEPIECE 10× (pair)
MF200-H2 Replacement heating filament (large gauge) RETICLE (10× eyepiece only) 1.25 µm/division (at 40×)
MF200-H3 Replacement heating filament (medium gauge) 0-90º Angle at 5º/division
MF200-H4 Replacement heating filament (small gauge) OPTIONAL EYEPIECE 15× (pair)
75070 Filament Adjustment Assembly for 10× Standard Objective GLASS HOLDER Mounts on Microscope Stage
(fits microscope model H602 only) DIMENSIONS: Control Unit 10.2 × 17.8 × 4.8 cm (4 × 7 × 17⁄8 in.)
13142 Optional foot switch SHIPPING WEIGHT 1.4 kg (3 lb.)
MICROSCOPE See H602

SHIPPING WEIGHT 7.3 kg (16 lb.)
Microforge Feature COMPARISON

MF200 DMF1000
H602 Microscope ✔ ✔
40x Long Working Distance Objective ✔ ✔
Analog Controller ✔ ✔
Digital Controller — ✔
Pressurized Air Control — ✔
Microinjection Capability — ✔
Optional Foot Switch ✔ ✔
Memory — ✔
Auto-sense of Filament Type — ✔
Digital Temperature Control — ✔
The only microbeveler system
with Guided Light!
NEUROSCIENCE
System now
includes PZMIII
stereo microscope
Bevel micropipette tips larger than 1 micron,
for applications such as microinjection
l Tool holder on microscope keeps l Stereo zoom microscope PZMIII l Abrasive surface can be easily
pipette in focus during beveling Included in MBS system replaced by several types of Diamond
and Alumina Lapping Film
l Steel base provides solid support for l Variable speed, reversible
beveler and other magnetic stands l Pipette tip illuminated internally via
Fiber optic illuminators
The advantage of WPI’s MicroBeveler over other types of solid-surface MBS MicroBeveler System
bevelers is that the abrasive surface can be easily refreshed. Instead
of using a conventional solid abrasive disk, the MicroBeveler abrasive Includes all components pictured above: 48000 MicroBeveler,
surface is made of a high quality lapping film, widely used in the fiber NOVA illuminator, fiber optic cable, PZMIII Stereo Zoom Microscope
optics industry. When the surface is damaged or loaded up with glass with tilting base especially adapted for use with MicroBeveler, tool
particles, the abrasive film can be easily replaced. holder, and pipette holder FOIMPH.
The solid polishing surface of WPI’s new MicroBeveler, turning at 6,000
rpm, provides sufficient cutting force for a very sharp tip in a very short 48000 MicroBeveler
time. The cutting surface is very flat and turns very smoothly, ensuring
an undamaged tip.
optional accessories
48000 SPECIFICATIONS 48015-03 Lapping Film, Alumina, 0.3 micron (50-pack)
48015-10 Lapping Film, Alumina, 1 micron (50-pack)
Beveling Surface 3.5 inch diameter disk
48015-30 Lapping Film, Alumina, 3 microns (50-pack)
Abrasive Material alumina, diamond
48014-01 Lapping Film, Diamond, 0.1 micron (3-pack)
Speed of Rotation 6000 rpm 48014-05 Lapping Film, Diamond, 0.5 micron (3-pack)
Motor Reversible Direction 48014-10 Lapping Film, Diamond, 1 micron (3-pack)
Power Requirements 120 volts, 60 Hz or 48014-30 Lapping Film, Diamond, 3 microns (3-pack)
240 volts, 50 Hz, 20 VA 48025 Fiber Optic Cable for Pipette Illumination
to supplied power supply 15934 Replacement Beveler Disk Plate
Dimensions 48300 Tilt Base Assembly for PZMIII binocular head
Base Plate 22 × 28 × 1 cm (8.7 × 11 × 0.4 in.) 48200 PZM Tool Holder
Overall Height 8 cm (3 in.)
SHIPPING WEIGHT (48000) 16 lbs. (7.6 kg.)
SHIPPING WEIGHT (MBS) 35 lbs. (16 Kg.)
Glass
Micropipette
Beveler for
submicron
NEUROSCIENCE
tips
Easier cell impalement results in

less damage and longer cell life
An optically-flat mirrored glass disk, wetted with an abrasive slurry, spins Model 1350M Micropositioner — This package (shown with beveler
at 60 rpm (120 V), producing sharply beveled tips on fluid-filled glass above) includes WPI’s M3301R Manipulator and an M10 magnetic
microelectrodes of one micron or smaller. This eases cell impalement stand. The stand-manipulator assembly mounts directly onto the beveler
and improves the electrode's linearity. The microelectrode’s resistance baseplate, allowing convenient positioning of electrodes onto the
can be monitored during beveling with WPI’s Ωmega-Tip-Z™ megohm beveling surface. Three axes of adjustment, including coarse and fine
meter (see page 31). The beveler is permanently mounted on a precision control in the axis of the electrode.
magnetic plate that gives stable support for the optional 1350M
Micropositioner shown. Start-up kit includes 0.05 µm alumina abrasive
powder #3531, “O” ring, wick electrode, and wick support.
1300M Microelectrode Beveler & Start-Up Kit

(micropositioner not included)
1300M SPECIFICATIONS
Specify line voltage.
BEVELING SURFACE 7.8 cm diameter, optically flat reflective glass
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES MAXIMUM BEVEL 0.5 µ , I.D.
2478 Replacement Mirrored Disk ALUMINA ABRASIVE POWDER 0.05 µ size supplied (0.3 µ also available)
3531 Alumina Abrasive, 0.05 µm (5 g) fine RPM 60 rpm at 120 V, 60 Hz; 50 rpm at 240 V, 50 Hz
3551 Alumina Abrasive, 0.30 µm (5 g) MOTOR AC synchronous
2479 Replacement “O” Ring POWER REQUIREMENTS 95-135 V or 220-240 V, 50/60 Hz
1350M Micropositioner and Magnetic Stand DIMENSIONS
OMEGA-Z Ωmega-Tip-Z with Probe & Holder Steel base plate 8.5 x 11 x 0.375 in. (22 x 28 x 1 cm)
711P Replacement Probe Overall height 4 in. (10 cm)
5468 Adapter to connect metal microelectrodes to Height of abrasive surface 2.75 in. (7 cm) above base plate
probe, 2 mm socket to .031 in. receptacle SHIPPING WEIGHT 20 lb (9.1 kg)
NOVA Novaflex Fiber Optic Illuminator (115v, 60HZ)
NOVA-Z Novaflex Fiber Optic Illuminator (230v, 80HZ)
500186 Bifurcated Light Guide with lenses
NOVA-186 Novaflex Illuminator and bifurcated light guide
MES Microelectrode Beveler System
MES includes: 1300M Microelectrode Beveler; 1350M Micropositioner
& Magnetic Stand; OmegaZ; 5052 Steel Base Plate; 5468 Adapter; M9
Magnetic Stand; 3485 Kit Ring stand Mount. Shipping Weight: 59 lb. (27 kg)
Programmable
Multipipette
Puller
NEUROSCIENCE
PMP-107
● Double top panel structure.

● Automatic 4-Barrel or 7-Barrel
Pipette Puller.
● Exclusive Optical-Digital Ruler
Measurement.
● Computerize Real-Time Feedback
Heater Control.
● Pneumatic Pulling Force and Very PMP-107 SPECIFICATIONS
Compact Size. PIPETTES Single- to 7-Barrel
EACH BARREL O.D. 1 mm (2 mm for single-barrel)
● Programmable and Savable PULLING FORCE Pneumatic
Sequences for Creation and HEATER Nichrome coil or foil
Reproduction. HEATER CONTROL Microcontroller
● Manufacture Preset Pulling HEATING 74 general heat levels (24-99), 64 automatic heat levels (45-98)
NUMBER OF SEQUENCES 25
Programs for 4 and 7-Barrel
STEPS PER SEQUENCE 18
● The PMP-107 has all the features of TAPER LENGTH SETTING 0.5 - 20 mm
the PMP-100 Micropipettes. PRESSURE 1 Adjustable 0.1 - 10 psi
PRESSURE 2 Adjustable 0.1 - 60 psi
COOLING PRESSURE Adjustable for rotation speed
With Just processing one key, the PMP-
GAS INPUT PRESSURE 30-60 psi
107 Programmable Multipipette puller can
ACTIONS Pull 1, Pull 2, Pull2/Cool, Rotation, Cool Air, Return
successfully pull a one to 7-barrel pipette.
DISPLAY 20x4 LCD
Equipped with a microcomputer, pneumatic
puling arm, pneumatic rotator, optical-digital POWER INPUT 110 / 240 VAC
ruler and a new designed clamp, the PMP- POWER CONSUMPTION Maximum 150 watts
107 can automatically heat, twist and pull a DIMENSIONS 14 x 11 x 7 in. (35.6 x 27.9 x 17.8 cm)
multibarrel pipette. There is no need for any WEIGHT 15 lb (6.8 kg)
manual rotation or any inconsistent timing
interrupt control. The whole pulling processing
is programmable and under control of a preset PMP-107 Programmable Multipipette Puller (110 V)
sequence. The PMP-107 is a new upgrade PMP-107-Z Programmable Multipipette Puller (240 V)
model from the PMP-100 multipipette puller.
The rotation (twist) speed is adjustable.
Programmable two-stage
micropipette puller
NEUROSCIENCE
PUL-2 is a microprocessor-
controlled two-stage puller for
making glass micropipettes
or microelectrodes used
in intracellular recording,
patch clamp studies, or
microinjection. It can produce
pipettes with tip diameters
from less than 0.1 micron to
tens of microns. Heat setting
is digitally controlled with
0.1% accuracy. Pulling length
can be adjusted to control the
taper of the pipette.
This two-stage puller
is a compact, versatile,
reliable workhorse at a
very reasonable cost.
The microprocessor in
combination with LED, digital
display and sound generator
makes the PUL-2 easy to the status of an operation. An LED indicator
use and foolproof. Controls are intuitive and confirms that the glass capillary is properly The importance of the
self-explanatory. Every keypad function is installed at the initial pulling position for better
confirmed or rejected with an audible signal.
multistage puller
reproducibility.
The digital display indicates heat setting or A single-stage puller is good only for
Two-stage pulling is automatically
producing intracellular electrodes that have
accomplished according to the microprocessor
less than 0.1 micron tips. When the pull
setting, with no need of hand intervention.
starts, the glass is too soft for a larger tip to
Heat settings for both stages can be stored in
PUL-2 Specifications form. For pulling pipettes with a tip larger
memory. The permanent memory stores up to
Heater Element Nickel-chromium coil than 0.1 micron, a two (or more) stage
99 heat settings.
Pulling Force Gravity, selectable at puller is required. The first pulling stage
250g & 330g Another unique feature of this puller is the produces a thin section on the capillary.
high quality switching power supply that not The pulling force is then more concentrated
Max. Capillary Length 210 mm
only reduces size and weight and can be used on the thin section, on which the stress is
Min. Capillary Length 55 mm
anywhere in the world without worry about increased during the second pulling stage.
Memory 99 sets
the line voltage differences, but also solves the With concentrated force during second
Power 90-240 V, 50/60 Hz. problem of pulling reproducibility due to line stage pulling, the capillary can be separated
Dimensions 21x 21 x 20 cm voltage fluctuation. Heating voltage can be at a lower temperature (i.e., higher glass
Shipping Weight 15 lb controlled within 0.1% accuracy even when line viscosity) to form a larger tip. By controlling
voltage fluctuates from 90 to 240 VAC. the pulling length of the first pull, PUL‑2
can produce tapers suitable for most
PUL-2 Programmable Two-stage Micropipette Puller applications.
502194 Heating Coil, Nickel-Chromium, for PUL-2 (package of 5)
Physiology
Cardiovascular
TBM4M Transbridge 4-channel Transducer Amplifier....................................................................................................................................36
BP1 Blood Presure Monitor.................................................................................................................................................................................... 37
BLPR2 Blood Pressure Transducer....................................................................................................................................................................... 37
Using WPI Data Acquisition Systems in Cardiovascular Applications.........................................................................................................38
CELS Temperature Transducer...............................................................................................................................................................................40
LUME Light Transducer...........................................................................................................................................................................................40
PNEU Pressure Transducer.....................................................................................................................................................................................40
PHYS IOLOGY — CARDIOVASCU LAR

DSPL Displacement Transducer............................................................................................................................................................................40
FORT Force Transducers.......................................................................................................................................................................................... 41
Dual Range Force Transducer................................................................................................................................................................................. 41
25g Force Transducer............................................................................................................................................................................................... 41
FOMS Fiber Optic Measurement System for blood pressure........................................................................................................................ 42
ISO-DAM8A Modular DC Ampliers..................................................................................................................................................................... 44
Bridge8 Modular Transducer Amplifiers............................................................................................................................................................. 44
DBA8000 Digital Bridge Amplifier for Pharmaceutical Drug Screening...................................................................................................46
Myobath II Multi-Channel Tissue Bath...............................................................................................................................................................48
Haake DC10 Circulating Bath................................................................................................................................................................................. 53
Epithelial
EVC4000 Multi-Channel Voltage/Current Clamp............................................................................................................................................. 54
Acquiring Data from the EVC4000....................................................................................................................................................................... 55
Ussing System.............................................................................................................................................................................................................56
DVC-1000 Two-Channel Voltage/Current Clamp.............................................................................................................................................58
EVOM Epithelial Voltohmmeter.............................................................................................................................................................................59
EVOMX Epithelial Voltohmmeter with BNC output.........................................................................................................................................60
STX100 Electrodes for 24-well HTS plates........................................................................................................................................................60
CaliCell™ culture cup with synthetic membrane for testing electrodes and chambers........................................................................60
Multi-96 resistance measurement probe for 96-well PAMPA plates......................................................................................................... 61
Endohm™ chambers for TEER measurement of cell cultures in individual cups................................................................................... 61
REMS Automated TEER Measuring System....................................................................................................................................................... 62
REMS-KIT — add WPI’s TEER electrode to your own robot sampler........................................................................................................ 63
Miscellaneous
Microprobe Thermometers...................................................................................................................................................................................... 64
ATC1000 Animal Temperature Controller...........................................................................................................................................................66
MPS-2 Multichannel Perfusion System............................................................................................................................................................... 67
Vibroslice manual and motorized microtomes................................................................................................................................................68
IntegraSlice™ Oscillating Blade Microtome......................................................................................................................................................69
Peltier Temperature Controllers for Vibroslice....................................................................................................................................................69
Lab-Trax™ 4- and 8-channel data acquisition hardware............................................................................................................................... 70
WPI-118 High Performance Digital Data Recorder......................................................................................................................................... 71
Data-Trax™ software for data acquisition and analysis................................................................................................................................. 72
Data Analysis with Data-Trax™............................................................................................................................................................................ 74
FluoroDish™ glass bottom dishes........................................................................................................................................................................ 76
Cover Slips................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 77
ABM Audible Baseline Monitor............................................................................................................................................................................. 77
LPF30 Low-Pass Filter.............................................................................................................................................................................................. 77
900A Micropressure System................................................................................................................................................................................... 78
4-Channel Transducer Amplifier
Transbridge (TBM4M) is a
four-channel analog transducer
manifold, specifically designed
to amplify output voltage
signals from pressure, force,
displacement, and temperature
transducers as well as a
wide variety of other signal
sources. Analog output signals
available from each channel
can be recorded on magnetic
tape, displayed on an
oscilloscope or applied to the
input of a multichannel data FORT100
acquisition for digital signal
processing in a computer. PNEU DSPL
Each channel contains a
regulated 10-volt power supply Transducers not included. See WPI’s complete line of transducers for
(+5 and -5 volts with respect to signal ground) to provide DC power to physiological measurement.
transducers, and a precision differential amplifier with selectable voltage
amplification and variable position adjustment control.
Transducers can be connected to Transbridge via any of the 8- TRANSBRIDGE SPECIFICATIONS
pin connectors on the front panel. Four spare 8-pin DIN plugs are
Channels 4
provided with each instrument to allow you to rewire cables of other
Voltage amplification x1, x10, x100, x1000
manufacturers’ transducers and connect them to Transbridge. Each
Voltage offset adjustment > ± 50 mV
Transbridge channel may be used in either Full Bridge or the Half Bridge
mode independently. For transducer types other than resistive bridges, Noise .4uV p-p (0.1 to 10Hz, G=100)
such as active transistor circuits, magnetic, photocell or piezoelectric Linearity +/-.001% of FSR G=1;
devices, the instrument’s differential amplifiers may still be used +/-.01% of FSR, G-=1000
effectively for signal amplification in differential (full bridge) and single- Output voltage swing ± 10 V
ended (half bridge) modes. See WPI’s complete line of TRANSDUCERS for Maximum output current 2 mA
physiological measurements. Input impedance, each input 1010 ohms
Transducer Excitation 10 V DC (±5 V) approx.
Bandwidth, small signal 1 MHz (x1), 80 KHz (x10),
TRANSDUCERS 10 KHz (x100), 1.0 KHz (x1000)
CELS Temperature Transducer Dimensions 8.5 x 5.12 x 10 in. (21.6 x 13 x 25.44 cm)
PNEU01 Pressure Sensor, 1 psig Shipping weight 11 lb (5 kg)
PNEU05 Pressure Sensor, 5 psig
PNEU15 Pressure Sensor, 15 psig
DSPL Displacement Transducer TBM4M Transbridge Transducer Amplifier
LUME Photocell Specify line voltage
FORT10-100 Force Transducer, Dual Range (10 g and 100 g)
FORT25 Force Transducer (25 g)
500184 BNC-to-BNC cable, 10 ft
3161 8-pin DIN plug
3718 Package of 4, 8-pin DIN (startup kit)
3491 Probe Extension Cable
See Transducers, pages 49, 52, 53
Caution: Extension cable may diminish signal-to-noise ratio.
Blood Pressure Monitor and Transducer
● Monitors pressure, force, temperature
● Monitors animal arterial or venous blood pressure
● Displays systolic, diastolic or average blood pressure
BP1 accepts WPI’s BLPR blood pressure transducer (below) as well as other
blood pressure transducers.
An audio monitor provides a signal with variable pitch and amplitude,
allowing you to hear changes in blood pressure. Digital LCD display provides
average or peak signal values from 0 to 1999 mV. With an optional pressure
gauge (not provided — see PM015D/R, page 239), the user may calibrate the
display to read mm Hg. Recorder output connector allows direct connection to
a pen recorder, oscilloscope or computer via a data acquisition system.

BP1 Pressure Monitor (transducer & cable not included)
ACCESSORIES
BLPR2 NEW Blood Pressure Transducer & Cable
BPCABLE2 NEW Cable (12 ft) with DIN connector for BLPR2
503067 BLPR2 Transducer without cable
3491 Extension Cable, 5 ft
500184 BNC-to-BNC Cable, 10 ft
BP1 SPECIFICATIONS 14036-15 4-Way Luer Stopcock, Blue Tint (package of 15)
AMPLIFICATION x1, x10, x100, variable (x5 to x1000) KZ1101 Micro Cannula, 3 inch
BANDWIDTH, SMALL SIGNAL (-3 dB) 300 kHz (x1) Note: BLPR2 is intended for animal research only and may not be
30 kHz (x10) used for human blood pressure measurement.
3 kHz (x100)
0.3 kHz (x1000)
OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING ± 5 volts
MAXIMUM OUTPUT CURRENT 2 mA
INPUT IMPEDANCE, EACH INPUT
TRANSDUCER APPLIED VOLTS
100 kΩ || 0.01 µF
10 V nominal, varies with load. 25 mA,
BLOOD PRESSURE
DIGITAL PANEL METER
maximum
0 to 1999 mV (calibrated in mm of Hg
TRANSDUCER
pressure when supplied with pressure BLPR2 can be used for the direct arterial and
gauge). Meter reads average value or venous pressure measurement in animal
± peak (1 to 20 Hz). blood vessels. Supplied sterile, BLPR2
POWER 95-135 V or 220-240 V, 50/60 Hz is accurate, linear and stable with
DIMENSIONS 8.5 x 5.12 x 10 in. (21.6 x 13 x 25.44 cm) temperature. May be sterilized cold
with Cidex or a similar bactericide.
SHIPPING WEIGHT 11 lb (5 kg)
BLPR2 is equipped with a
twelve-foot cable and connector
compatible with WPI’s four-channel
signal conditioning unit, TBM4M Transbridge, and the single-channel
BP1 blood pressure monitor. Cable has moisture-resistant locking
BLPR2 SPECIFICATIONS connector. A continuous, uniform lumen eliminates places for bubbles to
WORKING PRESSURE -50 to + 300 mm Hg
form and lodge. The clear fluid path is easy to inspect. Easy to mount —
OVERPRESSURE -400 to +4000 mm Hg
slotted transducer body accepts
EXCITATION VOLTAGE 1-10 VDC or RMS to 5 kHz
Velcro strap.
INPUT IMPEDANCE 350 Ω ±10%
To facilitate setup and
OUTPUT IMPEDANCE 300 Ω ±10%
operation, a four-way stopcock
ISOLATION < 5 µA leakage at 120 VAC
that allows easy filling, flushing,
SENSITIVITY 5 µV‑/‑V‑/‑mm Hg
and zeroing of the transducer is
DYNAMIC RESPONSE 100 Hz
included. Typically, the stopcock is
EIGHT HOUR DRIFT 1 mm Hg after 5 minute warm-up
located between the transducer and
MAXIMUM ERROR Total combined effects of Sensitivity, Linearity,
Hysteresis (at 25°C and 5 µV/V/mm Hg) do not the animal catheter where it can be
exceed ±2% or 1 mm Hg, whichever is greater. used to quickly zero, flush, or de-bubble the
ENVIRONMENTAL transducer.
Operating Temp. Range +15°C to +40°C
Storage Temp. Range -30°C to +60°C
Light Sensitivity Not affected by light under 3000 ft/candles
(32,000 lux)
SHIPPING WEIGHT 1 lb Stopcock #14036
included with BLPR2
Using WPI Data Acquisition Systems in
Cardiovascular Applications
Cardiac Hemodynamics the atria, pulmonary artery, or systemic arteries.
Hemo-dynamic studies require the measurement of
Hemodynamics is the study of the dynamic behavior of pressure, flow, and electrical signals from the heart, and
blood as it flows around the heart, the lungs and the body. electrical signals from nerves, such as the vagus. WPI
Pressure is generated in various parts of the heart as a has everything you need for research studies in hemody
result of this movement. These pressures can be measured namics, and associated studies in cardiac electrophysiol-
and monitored through catheters whose tips are placed in ogy and cardiopulmonary function.
Hardware
The Lab-Trax 4/24T is the perfect recorder for
cardiovascular applications. The T Series has
built-in transducer amplifiers so blood pressure
transducers or other transducers plug directly
in. Each channel has its own independent
stimulator output so complex waveforms can
be generated as well as simple things like vagal
stimulation or extra stimulus pacing of cardiac
preparations. In addition, 8 programmable digital
I/O lines can control pumps or drug delivery in
For complete description, see page 70. the laboratory environment. The Lab-Trax series
connects to your computer via the USB port so
installation is truly plug and play.
Software
Online Analysis
Data-Trax can calculate rate, systolic,
diastolic and mean pressures, as well
as dp/dt and integral from any raw
data input in real time. All of the same
functions can be applied offline, too.
A powerful baseline-tracking
algorithm ensures that even if your
signal moves or changes shape, the
calculated rate or systolic/diastolic/-
mean pressure is faithfully reported.
Offline Analysis
All of the online functions can be
applied offline. In addition, a series of
functions applied from the Analysis
window can be used to reduce raw
data. Functions operate on a selection
of data and return a single value,
which can be written to the Data-Trax
Journal. Currently supported functions
Simultaneously record and

Automark LDEVP (Channel 1) and
systolic and dichrodic notch values
(Channel 2) from a blood pressure
curve.
Capture data and post to the Marks Window to preview prior
to export.
include: mean, integral, area, dp/dt, mean dp/dt, mean systolic,

mean diastolic, and mean rate. Analysis window functions used in
conjunction with the Data-Trax Find command, can automatically Easily export data to Excel or other analytical program for
analyze the entire record. further analysis.
Input/Output
The built-in stimulator allows delivery of a single, continuous, or
train of pulses. Pulse durations, frequencies and amplitudes can be
changed as the protocol is being delivered. The software also offers Real Time Annotations
full control of digital 1/0 lines that can be used to count events, or
While recording, you can mark your data with text messages.
control devices in the lab environment.
These marks are searchable and appear in the field of data to
Display which they apply. Marks are time locked to the record and can be
Data-Trax allows you to easily convert voltage to real units, such as used to “Go To” any marked region of the data.
mmHg or percent for pressure or flow measurements, respectively. Data Reduction
The display allows you to toggle between a preferred Y-axis scaling
Data can be analyzed and reduced in the Analysis window. Here,
(between 40 and 140 mmHg, for example) and the “best view” as
selections of data can be averaged and written to a report. For
determined by the AutoScale feature. Alternately, you can zoom-
example, the software can be instructed to break the record up
in or zoom-out by factors of two with a single mouse click. In a
into five-minute pieces, determine the average systolic or average
similar fashion, X-axis scaling can be expanded or compressed by
heart rate for the data in each segment, and write those values to
factors of two with a single click.
a report.
XY Window
Any channel can be displayed
in XY format. Data-Trax
supports area measurements
and segment slopes from such
plots. And, of course, you can
save the plots as pictures or
text.
Export
All recorded data can be
exported to a MatLab, DADiSP,
Excel or text file or as a
picture (.png), making reports
or posters much easier to
create. Of course, you can
always print your data from
any window at any scale.
For more information

about Data-Trax, see
pages 72-75.
XY Window
Transducers for Physiological Measurement
These transducers are designed for general use in data acquisition and recording instruments and systems. They are supplied
with 5-ft cables terminating in an 8-pin DIN connector which readily plugs into Transbridge, a 4-channel analog signal
conditioner and Bridge8 . Transducers can be easily converted with adapter cables and plugs to work with most standard
recording systems and polygraphic instruments.
CELS SPECIFICATIONS LUME SPECIFICATIONS

TEMPERATURE RANGE 10 to +100 degrees Celsius POSITIVE SUPPLY VOLTAGE +50 V, maximum
OUTPUT 10 mV per degree C ± 2% NEGATIVE SUPPLY VOLTAGE -20 V, maximum
OUTPUT RESISTANCE 270 Ω LIGHT VOLTAGE 50 mV minimum
(per 5 mW/cm2 with 2870°K source)
PROBE 5 mm diam x 100 mm length, stainless steel,

epoxy tip DARK OUTPUT VOLTAGE 100 µV max. (+ 5 V supply)
SUPPLY VOLTAGES ±25 V maximum ANGULAR FIELD OF VIEW ± 12 degrees off axis
SUPPLY CURRENT 150 µA maximum SPECTRAL RANGE 400 - 1200 nm (peak at 860 nm)
PROBE 5 mm diam x 100 mm, stainless steel
TEMPERATURE LIGHT
Based on an integrated-circuit When powered by +2 volts or
temperature sensor, CELS moni more, LUME provides an output
tors temperature at the probe tip voltage signal proportional to inci
and produces 10 millivolts per dent light over the visible to near
degree Celsius when powered by infra red spectrum. Containing a
an excitation source of 10 volts miniature silicon photodiode, the
(±5 V). Stainless steel probe with slender stainless steel probe can
epoxy tip. be easily mounted to do a wide
variety of useful jobs, such as
CELS Temperature
monitoring transmitted, reflected
Transducer
or interrupted light beams. Optic
3491 Probe Extension PNEU
fibers up to 2 mm diameter may
Cable
be inserted into the tip.
Caution: Extension cable may
diminish signal-to-noise ratio. LUME Photocell
CELS 3491 Probe Extension
Cable
Caution: Extension cable may
diminish signal-to-noise ratio.
PRESSURE
PNEU transducers are accurate
DSPL LUME
differential pressure measuring
devices for noncorrosive gases
and gaseous fluids. Linear and
repeatable, with little temperature DISPLACEMENT
drift, they convert hydrostatic DSPL smoothly converts
pressure levels to stable and mechanical displacement into
proportional voltage signals. a proportional voltage with
PNEU01 Pressure Sensor, 1 psig virtually infinite resolution and essentially zero frictional drag. Based on
PNEU05 Pressure Sensor, 5 psig the Hall effect, which uses a magnetic sensor.
PNEU15 Pressure Sensor, 15 psig DSPL Displacement Transducer
3491 Probe Extension Cable 3491 Probe Extension Cable
Caution: Extension cable may diminish signal-to-noise ratio. Caution: Extension cable may diminish signal-to-noise ratio.
PNEU01, PNEU05, PNEU15 SPECIFICATIONS DSPL SPECIFICATIONS

WORKING PRESSURE DISPLACEMENT 24 mm (±12 mm)
PNEU01 0-1 psi, differential (52 mm Hg)
OUTPUT VOLTAGE RANGE 16 mV /mm (± 10% with 10 V DC applied)
OUTPUT RESISTANCE 10 kΩ, differential
NOISE 0.5 mV p/p (10 kHz bw), typical
MAXIMUM PRESSURE 3x Full Scale Pressure
DRIFT 0.05% Full Scale / change in °C
TRANSDUCER SENSITIVITY PNEU01: 18 mV, Full Scale (±10% at 10 V)
PNEU05: 60 mV, Full Scale (±10% at 10 V) EXCITATION VOLTAGE 7 V DC minimum to 12 V DC maximum
PNEU15: 90 mV, Full Scale (±10% at 10 V) CURRENT DRAIN 10 mA typical, 20 mA, maximum
SUPPLY VOLTAGE 10 V (±5 V) LINEARITY 2%
INPUT & OUTPUT RESISTANCE 4 kΩ, nominal STYLUS WEIGHT 2.5 grams
LINEARITY ERROR 0.5% maximum STYLUS STATIC FRICTION 1.0 gram
FORT
5000
FORT FORCE TRANSDUCERS

1000
These rigid-lever force transducers transform applied force into propor
tional voltage. Using balanced strain gauges, FORT transducers produce
FORT linear output voltage vs. applied force input with very little deflection.
250 To use, clamp the handle of the FORT transducer in a horizontal
position and apply the forces to be measured to a rivet or hook mounted
in the hole at the end of the flat sensing leaf.
FORT
100

FORT SPECIFICATIONS
FORT10-100 FORT100 FORT250 FORT1000 FORT5000
FORCE RANGES, FULL SCALE 10 grams or 100 grams 100 grams 250 grams 1000 grams 5000 grams
OUTPUT SENSITIVITY (± 10%) 75-100 µV/V/g, 7.5-10 µV/V/g 7 µV/V/g 3 µV/V/g 0.84 µV/V/g 0.38 µV/V/g
INPUT & OUTPUT RESISTANCE N/A 350 Ω 350 Ω 350 Ω 350 Ω
RESOLUTION 0.03% of full scale force 0.01% of full scale force 0.01% of full scale force 0.01% of full scale force 0.1% of full scale force
RESONANT FREQUENCY — 300 Hz 300 Hz 300 Hz 60 Hz
LINEARITY ERROR < 0.1% of full scale Less than 0.1% of full scale Less than 0.1% of full scale Less than 0.1% of full scale Less than 0.1% of full scale
MAX. OPERATING VOLTAGE ± 5V DC 10 V AC or DC 10 V AC or DC 10 V AC or DC 10 V AC or DC
MAXIMUM APPLIED FORCE 1× rated full scale force 3× rated full scale force 3× rated full scale force 3× rated full scale force 3× rated full scale force
<30 mg/hr, thermally
DRIFT thermally compensated thermally compensated thermally compensated thermally compensated
compensated
1.125” x 3” x 0.6” 0.3 inch diam × 4 in. 0.3 inch diam × 4 in. 0.3 inch diam × 4 in. 0.3 inch diam × 4 in.
DIMENSIONS
Handle 2.54” x 0.38” diam (7.6 mm diam × 10.2 mm) (7.6 mm diam × 10.2 mm) (7.6 mm diam × 10.2 mm) (7.6 mm diam × 10.2 mm)
WEIGHT (excluding cable) ____________ 0.3 oz (8 g) 0.3 oz (8 g) 0.3 oz (8 g) 0.3 oz (8 g)
25g Force Transducer

This 25-gram force transducer is a reliable tool for high precision
force measurement. Using balanced semiconductor strain gauges,
FORT25 produces linear output
voltage vs. applied force input with
very little deflection. The rigid lever
force transducer transforms the
Dual Range Force applied force into a proportional

voltage. It is a temperature-compensated full-bridge configuration with
four high sensitivity semiconductor strain gauges. FORT25 has a broad
Transducer dynamic measuring range and a very high sensitivity.

To use, clamp the handle of the FORT25 transducer in a horizontal
The FORT10-100 is a high sensitivity dual-range research grade force position and apply the forces to be measured to a rivet or hook mounted
transducer designed to measure forces in the 0.005 to 10 gram and in the hole at the end of the flat sensing leaf.
0 to 100 gram ranges. The FORT10-100 exhibits excellent isometric FORT25 Force Transducer (25g)
properties. In addition, its unique optical technology makes it resistant
to drift and offers intrinsically low noise characteristics. The FORT10-
100’s on-board amplifiers reduce gain and adjustment requirements on FORT25 Specifications
recording amplifiers to which it may be connected. Force Range, full scale 0-25 grams
The transducer is highly resistant to mechanical damage; its body is Output Sensitivity 300 µV/volt/gm, nominal
machined from aluminum and mounts to a standard ring stand or, with INPUT & OUTPUT ResistANCE 1500 Ω
the handle removed, clamp mounts. The cable that connects the FORT10- Resolution < 2mg
100 to the recording amplifier is detachable, allowing for multiple cables Resonant Frequency 450 Hz
to be configured for the user’s choice of amplifiers. FORT10-100 requires Linearity Error 0.5%
a transducer conditioning amplifier such as the Bridge8 or TBM4M.
Maximum Operating Voltage 10 V DC (-5V ~ +5V or 0 ~ 10V)
MAXIMUM APPLIED FORCE 3× rated full scale force
FORT10-100 Force Transducer (10g and 100g)
Dimensions 40mm × 22mm × 19mm
Weight 100 gram
Fiber Optic Measurement System
Immune to EMI/RFI and MRI, MW/RF compatible ● Small sensor size: diameter = 590 µm, 1.8F
Intrinsically electrically isolated ● Fast, automated calibration of sensors
1000 Hz bandwidth ● Biocompatible
Sensors are re-usable ● High accuracy and fidelity
FOBPS is a unique family of fiber optic an external transducer. Furthermore, the use cavity of the sensor tip via a multimode fiber
pressure sensors incorporating the design of noise-immune fiber optic communication with an outer diameter of 170 μm (0.5 F). The
advantages of both internally placed catheter- eliminates problems associated with electrically measurement tip is insensitive to any pulling
tip sensors and more conventional invasive energized transducers when recording data or manipulation of the fiber. All the materials
methods in which catheter fluid is coupled in strong electromagnetic or RF fields, such used in the sensor tip are biocompatible and
directly to an external transducer (WPI as those generated by electronic scalpels or are anti-thrombogenic. As such, the sensor can
#BLPR2). The tips of the FOBPS sensors MRI systems. WPI also offers fiber optic blood be positioned even in regions where the blood
range from 1.3 F (430 μm) to 2.8 F (914 μm) pressure sensors with extra long 60 ft (18 m) flow rate is high, e.g., the abdominal aorta.
so that they can be implanted directly at fiber connection length for MRI applications.
the measurement site (e.g., intra cardiac, This allows the FOMS instrument to be located Fiber Optic Measurement System
blood vessel) for different sized animals. Thisan adequate distance from the MRI field coil In order to obtain blood pressure measure-
sensor is not subject to the physical artifactsto ensure the lowest possible noise. No signal ment, the FOBPS must be connected to the
is lost across the length of the fiber. Like the
typically associated with similar invasive blood Fiber Optic Measurement System (FOMS),
pressure measurement devices which utilize entire family of FOBPS sensors, the FOBPS MRI which is dedicated for use with the FOBPS and
sensors are MRI translucent and have offers 1000 Hz bandwidth (via analog ouput).
FOMS SPECIFICATIONS complete immunity to EMI, RF, ESD, This bandwidth is fast enough to capture
and MRI field potentials. These new any details of pressure tracing (e.g., dicrotic
Number of Channels 1
sensors are available in all standard notch), especially for small animals such as
Measurement Range -50 to 300 mmHg sizes (FOBPS-14LG: 1.4 F; FOBPS- rats or mice. The FOBPS design incorporates a
Accuracy ±2 mmHg or ±3% at reading, 18LG: 1.8F; and FOBPS-28LG: 2.8F). memory chip that stores its unique calibration
whichever is greater
parameters. This elegant design makes the
Display Resolution 1 mm Hg Principles of Operation system very convenient to use. Once the
Output Voltage Range -0.5 to 3.0 VDC, 10 mV/mm Hg A small cavity is embedded in FOBPS is connected to the FOMS, the meter
Frequency Response DC to 1000 Hz the sensor tip. Blood pressure is captures the calibration parameters and adjusts
measured by observing the changes automatically to deliver precise pressure
Temperature 15 to 35°C
in length of the cavity by way of an measurement data. The user can easily
Display 4-digit LED display optical signal conditioner using a establish an arbitrary zero reference point (i.e.,
Power Requirement 110/220 VAC, 50/60 Hz measurement scheme based on white for 0 mm Hg) within the pressure operating
Dimensions 10 x 10 x 2.75 in light interferometry. Sensing light range by pressing a single button. These two
is transmitted to and reflected back steps encompass the entire calibration process
Weight 4.5 lb. 2.25 kg
from the detecting diaphragm and for the measurement system.
with biologically compatible pressure sensors
FOBPS SPECIFICATIONS
FOBPS-13 FOBPS-13LG FOBPS-18 FOBPS-18LG FOBPS-28 FOBPS-28LG
Sensor 1.3 F (430 μm) 1.3 F (430 μm) 1.8 F (590 μm) 1.8 F (590 μm) 2.8 F (914 μm) 2.8 F (914 μm)
Catheter - - 0.5 F (170 μm) 0.5 F (170 μm) 2.8 F (914 μm) 2.8 F (914 μm)
Effective length 2”, 5cm 2”, 5cm 12”, 30 cm 12”, 30 cm 12”, 30 cm 12”, 30 cm
Total Catheter length 6’, 180 cm 60’, 18 m 6’, 180 cm 60’, 18 m 6’, 180 cm 60’, 18 m
Catheter material Polyimide Polyimide Polyimide Polyimide Nylon Nylon
Rat Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Mouse Yes Yes Yes Yes No No

Repairable No No No No No No
Reusable Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
0.5 F (170 µm)

50 mm
1.3 F
430 µm
5 mm
FOBPS-13
1.8 F (590 µm)
FOBPS-18 Optical Fiber

30 cm
Diam: 0.5 F (170 µm) 2.8 F
914 µm
5 mm
1.8 F
590 µm
FOBPS-28 Optical Fiber
Typical pressure tracing in left ventricle of a rat Blood pressure tracing in aorta of a rat
140
120
Pressure (mmHg)
120
110
Pressure (mmHg)
100
100
80
90
60
80
40
70
20
60
0
50
0 0.5 1 1.5 2
0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8
Time (Seconds)
Time (Seconds)
A recording was made with the FOBPS sensor located within A recording was made with the FOBPS-18 sensor located in the
the left ventricle of a rat. The relative smoothness of the wave- aorta of a rat. The resolution of the sensor is demonstrated by
form peaks indicate an absence of “whipping effect”, which can the articulation of the dichrotic notch.
occur with sensors that are too large to avoid contact with the
ventricular walls during contraction.
FOMS Fiber Optic Measurement System

Applications
FOMS-13 FOMS and FOBPS-13 Sensor In vivo pressure monitoring:
FOMS-18 FOMS and FOBPS-18 Sensor ● Blood Pressure
FOBPS-13 Fiber Optic Blood Pressure Sensor, 1.3 F, length 6 ft (180 cm)
FOBPS-13LG Fiber Optic Blood Pressure Sensor, 1.3 F, length 60 ft (18 m) Intra-uterine
FOBPS-18 Fiber Optic Blood Pressure Sensor, 1.8 F, length 6 ft (180 cm) Intra-cranial
FOBPS-18LG Fiber Optic Blood Pressure Sensor, 1.8 F, length 60 ft (18 m)
Intra-ocular
FOBPS-28 Fiber Optic Blood Pressure Sensor, 2.8 F, length 6 ft (180 cm)
FOBPS-28LG Fiber Optic Blood Pressure Sensor, 2.8 F, length 60 ft (18 m) Intra-peritoneal
2851 Cable, Standard BNC, 6 ft (1.8 m)
● Research Applications
See Lab-Trax data acquisition system, page 82.
● Product Development
ISDB System lets you combine
Iso-DAM8A Modules Isolated Low Noise Bio-Ampliﬁer

The ISO-DAM8A is a compact modular standard rack-mountable DC
amplifier system. Each channel is electrically isolated from the others
and from ground. No current can flow from the input terminals and
electrodes, thus, the instrument is intrinsically safe and cannot cause
any electrical stimulus or shock to the preparation, in addition ground
loop noise is minimized. Systems can be purchased with one, two,
three or up to eight preamplifier modules or mixed with Bridge8
transducer amplifier modules (see next page). The user can then select
an appropriate low pass filter setting, gain and offset on the channel
amplifier panel. A notch filter has been added to reduce line frequency
interference. An optional headstage preamplifier (10x gain) allows low
noise extracellular (DC) recording with Iso-DAM8A and adds greater
signal bandwidth than a shielded cable of the same length. The Iso- Optional
DAM8A amplifier and headstage configuration is optimally suited for
use with our metal microelectrodes and can be easily configured for
Recording probe
#74040 plugs into the
many applications. Each amplifier channel has a coaxial (BNC) connector
Iso-DAM8A input jacks.
located on the rear panel.
ISO-DAM8A SPECIFICATIONS
EACH CHANNEL
INPUT IMPEDANCE > 1012 Ohms
INPUT LEAKAGE CURRENT 10 pA (typical)
INPUT DC OFFSET ± 100 mV
GAIN ×10, ×100, ×1000, ×10,000
COMMON MODE REJECTION > 100 dB @ 50/60 Hz SYSTEMS Specify any combination of ISO-DAM8A or BRIDGE8 module (s)
EQUIVALENT NOISE SIGNAL INPUT < 0.36 µV rms (1.8 µV p-p) 0.1-10 Hz, Gain>10
ISDB-1 Bio-amplifier System (1 channel) Specify ISO-DAM8A or BRIDGE8 module
< 1 µV rms (5 µV P-P) 0.1-10 kHz ISDB-2 Bio-amplifier System (2 channels) Specify ISO-DAM8A or BRIDGE8 modules
BANDWIDTH FILTER SETTINGS
ISDB-3 Bio-amplifier System (3 channels) Specify ISO-DAM8A or BRIDGE8 modules
High Filter (Low Pass) (kHz) 0.1, 0.5, 1, 3, 10 ISDB-4 Bio-amplifier System (4 channels) Specify ISO-DAM8A or BRIDGE8 modules
Low Filter (High Pass) (Hz) 0.1, 1, 10, 300 ISDB-5 Bio-amplifier System (5 channels) Specify ISO-DAM8A or BRIDGE8 modules
Notch Filter (Hz) 50, 60 ISDB-6 Bio-amplifier System (6 channels) Specify ISO-DAM8A or BRIDGE8 modules
OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING ± 7.5 Volts ISDB-7 Bio-amplifier System (7 channels) Specify ISO-DAM8A or BRIDGE8 modules
OUTPUT RESISTANCE 220 Ohms ISDB-8 Bio-amplifier System (8 channels) Specify ISO-DAM8A or BRIDGE8 modules
SYSTEM Each configuration above includes enclosure, power supply, and blank panels for empty slots.
ENCLOSURE DIMENSIONS 7 × 17 × 9.2 in. Included with each ISO-DAM8A bioamplifier:
(18 × 43 × 23 cm) 8-pin DIN connector with shielded, unterminated 5-ft cable.
SHIPPING WEIGHT 10 to 21 lb (4.5 to 9.5 kg) Specify line voltage
modules in the same chassis

Bridge8 Modules
Low Noise Transducer Amplifier
Bridge8 is a modular, rack-mountable amplifier system based on
a similar architecture to the popular ISO-DAM8A amplifier system.
Bridge8 is specifically designed to be used as a signal conditioning
amplifier with strain gauges and other powered transducers. Bridge8
includes differential amplifiers featuring high input impedance, high
Yes, Bridge8
common mode rejection and low current leakage input terminals for
low noise operation. The Bridge8 also features a half bridge switch and
and Iso-DAM8A modules can be
channel offset A wide variety of WPI transducers are available for force,
temperature, pressure and light measurements. The Bridge8 amplifier
mixed in the same chassis!
is a clear choice where convenience and quality are required. Any
combination of ISO-DAM8 or Bridge8 modules may be combined in the
same enclosure. The ISO-DAM8A module is also available in this rack
configuration. Optional Accessories
FORT25 Force Transducer 25 g
47610 Force Transducer 100 g Myobath only
BLPR Blood Pressure Transducer & 12‘ (3.6m) Cable
PNEU01 Pressure Sensor, 1 PSIG (6.8 Kpa)
BRIDGE8 SPECIFICATIONS
Input impedance > 1012 Ohms
DSPL Displacement Transducer (± 12mm)
Amplification 1, 10, 50, 100, 500, 1000 & Adjustable CELS Temperature Transducer –10 to 100 °C
Input leakage current 0.1 pA at 25 °C LUME Photocell (50mV / 5mW/cm2)
Voltage offset adjustment ±50 mV (low); ±100 mV (high) 74020 Iso-DAM8A Single Channel Module
Amplifier output voltage ±4.4 volts (10 mA, max.) 74030 ISDB chassis and power supply
Excitation Voltage 10 volts (±5.0 V) 100 mA, max. 74040 Iso-DAM8A Active Headstage (separate)
Equivalent noise signal input < 0.4 µV RMS (2 µV p-p) 0.1-10 Hz Gain >10 74050 ISDB Blank panels
< 3 µV RMS (15 µV p-p) 0.1-100 Hz Gain >10 BRIDGE8 Bridge8 Transducer Amplifier Module
Low pass filter band (KHz) 0.03, 0.1, 0.3, 1, 5, 10, 2933 ISDB Rack Mount Kit, 51/4-in. High
"Wide Band" R-C Butterworth 6 dB /octave 500184 BNC to BNC 10 foot cable
System enclosure dimensions 7 x 17 x 9.2 in. 3161 8-pin DIN plug
Shipping weight 10 to 21 lb ( 4.5 to 9.5 kg ) 3718 Package of 4, 8-pin DIN (startup kit)
3491 Extension Cable (DIN male, DIN female), 5 ft (1.5m)
DBA8000
● The World’s Most Advanced Digital Bridge Amplifier 4

● Eight Analog Output Channels c l u des of
In s
● Eight Analog Inputs With Independent Excitation Voltages s d ucer e!
● LCD With Touch Screen Input And Scope Screen Dump tran r choic
you
● Serial Port and/or Ethernet Telnet FTP Communications
● Direct Digital Output Via TCP/IP (Compatible With Generic
Acquisition Software)
● Parameter Menus Store Different Experimental Setups
● Easy Transducer Calibration and Testing
● Selectable and Programmable Output Gains
● GLP /GCP Compliant With Password Protection
The DBA8000 is a compact state-of-the-art Digital Bridge Amplifier. It
is built to the latest standards in digital and analog technology. WPI’s
Digital Bridge Amplifier (DBA8000) has 8 identical channels that can
be configured and calibrated independently and used as a Full Bridge
Amplifier, Half Bridge Amplifier or as a Differential Amplifier (DC coupled).
In any of these modes, analog input signals are converted in real-time
into digital values (24-bit resolution) and processed by a Digital Signal
Processor (DSP) microcontroller. Real-time digital signals are then
converted into analog signals that are available from the BNC output
sockets. This same digital data are also made available at the Ethernet
Calibration Settings Screen
port or displayed on the LCD in a resolution up to five significant figures.
In the bridge amplifier mode, eight digital signal synthesizers generate The Calibration Settings Screen is used to assign minimum and maxi-
the excitation amplitudes (with the desired phase and frequency) for mum display values to acquired reference measurements. The acquisition
the bridges. All parameter settings can be stored in up to 10 different time over which a calibration value will be averaged can be adjusted to
parameter memories to ensure quick installation and start-up. The enable correct calibration with minimum noise. Use the “Min. & Max.”
DBA8000 is fully menu driven using the touch screen LCD that displays and “Acquisition” functions keys to copy the calibrated values and acqui-
menus and enables the operator to select or enter data. A password sition time from channel one to all channels. This time saving feature
protected hierarchical structure limits the privileges for users and eliminates the tedious process of calibrating each channel independently
owners; the administrator always has full control over all parameters when using the same transducer in multiple channels. Note that the units
of the DBA8000. The Digital Bridge Amplifier’s programmed software of measurement are shown for each channel.
parameters and, or, memories can be exported to (or imported from)
an FTP server for easy updates. The DBA8000 is fully compatible with
most brands of biomedical transducers and is pre-configured for WPI’s DBA8000 Digital Bridge Amplifier
popular FORT force transducers. What makes this amplifier so unique is Includes 4 transducers — specify when ordering
that measurements from experimental subjects can be displayed in the 15657 Grass Transducer Cable
standard units (such as mmHg, mmO2, mV, KPa) or any other units that
See transducers, pages 52, 53.
can be programmed with defined parameters. Indeed the DBA8000 is
the new workhorse of Bridge Amplifiers!
for pharmaceutical drug screening

Excitation Settings Screen
This screen is used is used to set the magnitude of the excitation voltage
for each channel. Excitation voltages can be either AC or DC. The AC mode
allows the user to choose from 12 preset frequencies which can be set inde-
pendently for each channel. The DC mode is adjustable to 10 volts.
Measurement Settings Screen
The Measurement Settings Screen summarizes the operating display

mode for each channel. Submenus can be accessed from this screen
that allow the user to select from a variety of data display options for
each channel. The Bridge option allows the user to select between
“Normal” and Minimum, Maximum and Mean mode. Bridge mode
permits a selection of different output formats, e.g., scaling the output
of the transducer to display standard units of force, pressure, or
displacement “cal”, direct transducer output (mv), or the bridge balanced.
The output can also be configured to display the unscaled 24 output bits
from the ADC.
DBA8000 SPECIFICATIONS
Number of channels 8 independent channels.
Bridge input modes Full bridge, half bridge, differential amplifier
Bridge excitation Fully differential, 0 to 15 V DC or 0 to
Bridge Settings Screen 10Vrms, 500 to 15,000 Hz (sine wave)
Bridge digital output Via Serial or TCP/IP socket over Ethernet
The Bridge settings Screen lets the user configure each channel as a at up to 1000 samples/sec maximum
full wave bridge, half wave bridge or as a straight differential amplifier. Bandwidth 1000 Hz
The maximum input signal voltage range a can be adjusted in order
Filtering: Low Pass 4 Hz to 1000 Hz
to achieve maximum analog to digital conversion resolution. Lowpass
(bandwidth ) filter settings can also be adjusted to reduce unwanted Filtering: 50/60 Hz Variable to 120 dB depending on band
pass (120 dB @50/60 Hz / 6 Hz pass)
noise. The user can assign a unique name for each channel. The
frequency response characteristic Digital remote control 24 digital I/O lines
(attenuation ) of the channel is Absolute max. input voltage + or – 12 V DC
provided at 50 Hz, 60 Hz and at a Absolute max. input current + or – 50 mA
user defined frequency. Sample frequency 240 kHz before the digital LPF (Low Pass
Filter), 125 to 3750 Hz after the LPF
Input impedance 110K ohm (+/-10V) 1 G ohm (20 mV to
1280 mV ranges)
Max. output voltage -10 to +10 V @ +/_ 10mA
Output impedance 0.1 Ohm typical
Digital I/O 5V max 10 mA (input) ; 25V @ 500mA max.
(16 open collector outputs)
Mains voltage 85-260 V AC, 45-65 Hz 50W
See Myobath — page 48. EMC CE certification pending
Dimensions 13.3 cm x 42.5 cm x 25.4 cm
(5.25” x 16.73” (19” rack) x 10” )
Weight Approximately 9 lb (4.0 kg)
Environment -10 to +40 °C
Humidity Max. 95% relative humidity, non-condensing
Myobath II
Multi-Channel
Tissue Bath
System
System Overview of vascular and non-vascular smooth design of Myobath II enables the
For more than 100 years muscle. Tissue holders are also system to be readily located even
pharmacologists and physiologists available for cardiac muscle and other in tight quarters. WPI’s Custom
have been studying cardiac and tissue preparations. tailored systems are sold complete
smooth muscle in tissue baths. WPI’s The Myobath is available in 2-, with every hook, every hanger
multi-channel isolated tissue bath 4- and 8-channel configurations. Its and all of the tubing and fittings
system was developed over a period modular design allows up to four you need to get right to work. We
of several years in collaboration with individually mounted baths to be provide well documented, clear
top cardiovascular research scientists. studied simultaneously. Multiple assembly/operation instructions and
The result is a feature packed, cost- systems can be linked together free telephone support in case you
effective system for the in vitro study if more bath setups are required. encounter a problem.
The convenient compact bench-top
SYSTEMS
MYOBATHII-2 Myobath II, 2-channel (choose 2 each — baths, positioners, tissue holders — from price tables on following pages)
Tissue Bath Automated Filling and Draining
WPI offers five different tissue baths: In the standard configuration, both the filling and draining are fed by
2 mL, 5 mL, 10 mL, 25 mL, and gravity. Optional automated control of filling and draining is available for
50 mL. This range is sufficient to four-bath configurations. This option provides efficiency and statistical
cover a broad variety of applications stability in multi-channel experiments by reducing human interaction. In
including those involving smaller this configuration, each channel has a solenoid valve control in the filling
vessels and tissues from mice or connection and a solenoid valve control in the draining connection.
other small animals. While filling is still fed by gravity, draining is enhanced with a built-in
Each tissue bath has 6 ports. The pump. The solenoid valves are controlled with SVC108 controller, which
baths are jacketed to maintain the has 9-pin D-Sub connector for external TTL control signals. The 4-channel
temperature of the perfusate in the auto filling and draining system 472-4AFD includes two 4-channel
center well. The jacket has in inlet solenoid valves and one 8-channel solenoid valve controller.
and an outlet. A separate inlet with FILLING & DRAIN OPTIONS
a ceramic frit is used to aerate the 472-4AFD 4-channel Auto Filling and Draining System
perfusate. The frit is designed to SVC108 8-channel Solenoid Valve Controller

produce smaller bubbles that are 472-4SV 4-channel Solenoid Valves
less prone to strike the tissue or supporting hangers hard enough to
cause a perturbation in the force signal. The bath is also provided with
a drain port at the bottom of the chamber, an overflow port and a fill Stands and clamps
port positioned at the top. The overflow insures that perfusate delivered The skeleton of WPI’s tissue bath system is constructed of a system of
into the bath will not overflow the chamber and contaminate the work bases, rods and clamps. The modular design allows systems of almost
surface. It is also critical for automated fill and drain operations using the any number of baths to be created and, systems can be expanded at a
optional valve bank and valve controller. later date. The base system is comprised of a weighted base, 4 steel rods,
a stabilizing bar and a jacketed 1-liter perfusate reservoir with stand and
Baths
support.
47262 Tissue Bath 2 mL
47264 Tissue Bath 10 mL Positioners
47266 Tissue Bath 50 mL Micrometer Positioner/Tensioner
The optional Micrometer
Transducer Positioner
Perfusion and Manifolds (#47700) can be used
to precisely tension
tissues and keep track
of the exact position or
extension of the tissue.
The Y axis position can
actually be read out from
the positioner and fed to
a channel of the data system so
length and tension can be simultaneously
plotted. The user should specify P (for transducer position) or
M (micrometer head) in the name.
Classic leadscrew driven positioner/tensioner

The Transducer Positioner (#502198) holds any transducer
firmly on a stand or rack. The transducer carrier is slotted
to accommodate transducers that have their connecting
cable exiting from the handle. The device allows
the vertical position of the transducer to be easily
Aeration adjusted with excellent resolution. The compact
A 6-channel aeration manifold, designed to regulate the flow of O2/CO2 design keeps the distance between transducer and
mixtures, is mounted on the top of the center stainless steel post. Four mounting pole to a minimum. This results in better
regulators (needle valves) are used to regulate the flow of O2/CO2 to each stability and less vibration pickup. A release button on
individual tissue bath. The remaining two regulators are used to supply the positioner allows it to slide freely up or down for
O2/CO2 to the buffer reservoir and dissection dish. The buffer reservoir quick coarse adjustment. Fine adjustment is achieved by
holds warmed, oxygenated buffer solution to fill the tissue baths. The turning the knob on the top.
tissue baths and the buffer reservoir are jacketed and require a heating The positioner can be mounted on a pole with
and circulating pump to maintain the desired temperature (e.g., WPI a diameter of up to 12.7 mm (1/2-in.). Transducer
#500787). handles from 7 mm to 11 mm can be mounted
on the holder block. Sensor cables can be fed
Drain Manifolds through the open slot in the clamp so that transducers
One five-port drain manifold with mounting clamp is supplied with each with both ends larger than 11 mm can still be mounted.
two channels ordered. Each channel bath connects its drain and overflow Total end-to-end travel is 85 mm.
ports to the manifold. Five ports are sufficient to accommodate two baths.
The fifth port is connected to waste. The advantage of using a manifold
is that vacuum may be optionally connected to the waste port, greatly
reducing drain times.
Positioners
47700 Micrometer Positioner/Tensioner
502198 Classic Lead Screw driven positioner/tensioner
Tissue Holders The devices that actually hold tissue for experimentation in a tissue bath
are critical to success. They need to be robust, appropriately sized and
well thought out in terms of the attachment to the tissue. Since many
different sizes and types of tissue can be used in the study of smooth
Micrometer allows fine adjustment (0.01‑mm) of
tension on tissue sample. muscle, variety is also critical. WPI offers 10 different application specific
tissue support devices.
Five types of tissue holders are available for 10-50 mL organ baths
and five types of Miniature Tissue Holders are available for smaller tissue
preparations.
In many applications it is desireable to deliver electrical stimulation to
the tissue. WPI offers a series of tissue holders with built in stimulation
electrodes. Connection to the stimulation device is accomplished with low
mass connectors and wire. These ultimately connect to BNC connectors
mounted in the stabilizing par of the frame. Connections to isolators or
stimulators can then be made with standard coaxial cables.
Glass Hook (G)

The glass hook is a universal design
utilizing made from a glass rod
terminating in an S-shaped glass hook.
Transducer
adapter Stainless steel hooks or fine wire hangers
sleeve are used to secure the tissue between the
glass hook and the force transducer. The
Force transducer glass rod has a diameter 6.5mm and the
hook is 2.5 mm away from the side of
the glass rod.
AS Holder (#47030)
The AS holder is used for mounting atrial
muscle preparations. This holder is equipped
with stimulation electrodes. The tissue is
mounted onto the two S-shaped hooks (made
Electrical connection from from 301/2 gauge needles), The S-hooks
stimulation manifold measure 2 mm in diameter on both ends
Tissue is held under with a sharp tip on one end where tissue is
tension between pieced. The two point stimulation platinum
holder and force trans (Pt) electrodes on the holder are 2.54 mm
ducer. S-hooks (2‑mm (0.1in.) apart.
point stimulation high, of 30‑ga. wire)
electrodes are used for atria and V Holder (#47040)
other tissues. The V holder is used to mount vascular rings.
The bottom hook consists of a U-shaped wire.
The top hook is an L-shaped wire. The tissue
Heated water is mounted as shown. The hooks are made
outlet from 0.48 mm (0.019 in.) stainless steel wire.
The U-shaped hook measures 6.35 mm (0.25
in.) in base.
VS Holder (#47050) V Holder with Stimulation

The VS holder uses the same tissue-
mounting mechanism as the V holder, but
Overflow has two 5 mm flexible platinum stimulation
electrodes, which can be positioned around
the tissue. The stimulation connector and
electrodes are designed to be replaceable.
The VS holder can only be used in the 25mL
or 50mL baths.
Oxygen aeration Tissue bath
inlet with built-in B Holder with Stimulation (BS)
bubbling frit The B holder is designed for custom-made
hooks. The bottom tissue hook is secured with
a nylon screw. Stainless steel wire (0.56 mm
or 0.022 in.) provided in the startup kit can
be used to make the top hook that connects
Heated to the strain gauge. Platinum electrodes for
water inlet
point stimulation are identical to those on the
AS holder.
Drain
Microtissue holders
(MH1, MHS1, MV100,
MVS100 and MVS200)
are not supplied with
the Myobath system For use with FORT100
and must be purchased transducer and >5 mL bath
separately.
Stainless steel Vessel

Microvessel (7500- (1mm in diameter) (> 2 mm
600 µm (I.D.) ID)
Micro Tissue Holder Stainless steel

MHS1 (#47075) (250 µm in diameter)
— For force measurments

smaller than 5-10 g
Pt Spiral
Micro Tissue Holder stimulation
MVS100 (#47120) electrodes
Point stimulation Micro Tissue Holder

For vessels as small as
electrodes MVS200 (#47130)
500-600 microns (I.D.)
(MHS 1 Only) Stainless steel wire
(250) µm in diameter) FORT-100 Transducer
Micro Tissue Holder

MV100 (#47110) Micrometer
Connect to
Microsensor
2 mL or Cable #15810
5 mL baths
Held in micro-
manipulator
L-Shaped Free Radical 3 mm
Sensor (nitric oxide, carbon fiber
Micro Tissue Holders hydrogen peroxide,
With the wide use of transgenic mice in studies of this kind, the need for oxygen) 10 mm
tissue support mechanisms capable of handling the extremely small size
of vessels and muscle strips harvested from small animals is paramount.
WPI offers five micro-tissue holders for use with micro tissue strips, micro
vessels and other tissues where the force measurements are less than
10 g. Bath
≥ 10 mL
Micro tissue holders are designed to be used with the 2 mL and 5 mL
volume tissue baths and FORT 25 transducer. Microtissue Holders MH1
and MHS1 are designed for muscle strips as small as 0.5 mm in width
and 5 mm in length. The muscle strip is held between two miniature
vessel clips with a clamping pressure of 60 grams. These holders are
most suitable for measuring isometric force of less than 5-10 grams.
MHS1 differs from MH1 only in that it has an in-built stimulation circuit
and electrodes.
Micro vessel holders MV100, MVS100 and MVS200 require a tissue
bath larger than 5 mL and the use of FORT 25 or comparable transducer.
These holders are designed for studying tension in vascular rings. When Holders
used with the micrometer driven tensioner/positioner they can also be 503201 Glass Hook
used for measuring the lumen diameter of vessel preparations. The 47040 Vascular Hook Style V
MV100 and MVS100 can be used for micro vessel preparations as small 47050 Vascular Hook with Stimulation Style VS
as 500-600 microns (ID). MVS200 is designed for larger vessels (> 2 mm 47030 Atria Holder with Stimulation Style AS
ID). MVS100 and MVS200 feature specially designed spiral stimulation 47060 Blank Holder with Stimulation Style BS
47110 Mini Vessel Holder Style MV
electrodes fabricated from 250-micron diameter platinum wire. The two-
47120 Mini Vessel Holder with stimulation, size 1 - Style MVS1
and-a-half turns of each spiral electrode span appropriately 4-5 mm.
47130 Mini Vessel Holder with stimulation, size 2 - Style MVS2
The positions of the spiral electrodes can be adjusted with respect to
47070 Mini Tissue Strip Holder Style MH1
the tissue placement, a feature that is very useful in controlling stimulus
47075 Mini Tissue Strip Holder with Stimulation - Style MHS1
intensity.
Data Systems
Hardware — Lab-Trax
Although the WPI tissue bath can be configured to work with any data
acquisition system, WPI’s Lab-Trax is the preferred recording platform.
Transducers Each channel in the Lab-Trax contains its own 24-bit analog-to-digital
converter, an independent stimulator output and a built-in variable
FORT25 gain bridge amplifier. In addition, 8 programmable digital outputs
The rigid-lever force transducers transform applied force into proportional are provided. These are easily configured and are used to control the
voltage. Using balanced strain gauges, FORT transducers produce linear automated filling and draining of individual baths. By combining all
output voltage vs. applied force input with very little deflection. The
MYOBATH II system is designed to use together with WPI’s force
transducers, including the FORT100 (full scale, 100 g) and FORT25
(full scale, 25 g). These transducers can be directly connected to
either the 4-channel Transbridge™ amplifier or the more advanced
8-channel Bridge8 or digital DBA8000 amplifiers. Bridge8 and

DBA8000 are the preferred amplifiers for small vessel applications
because they provide additional noise filtration (0.03-10Hz). In this
way, the noise produced by increased sensitivity of the FORT25
transducer can be significantly attenuated.
FORT10-100 of these functions into a 4- or 8-channel device, cost goes down and
The FORT10-100 is a high sensitivity dual-range research grade force performance goes up. The low-profile box fits virtually anywhere and
transducer designed to measure forces in the 0.005 to 10 gram and 0 because all functions are integrated into the same instrument, system
to 100 gram ranges. FORT10-100 exhibits excellent isometric properties. noise is low — and best of all, the wiring hookup is reduced to plugging
In addition, its unique optical technology makes it resistant to drift and in transducers and power. The bundled Data-Trax software includes dose
offers intrinsically low noise characteristics. FORT10-100’s on-board response software that can manage multiple runs, calculate ED-50 and
amplifiers reduce gain and adjustment requirements on recording draw Schild plots.
amplifiers to which it may be connected.
SoftWare — Data-Trax
Although the bundled Data-Trax software can be seen as a general
purpose digital chart recorder, there are many features that make
recording and analysis of isolated tissue bath data easier and less time
consuming.
The Data-Trax software allows you to easily convert voltage to real
Grass/Narco/Kent/Harvard
units, such as grams or mmHg. The display allows you to toggle between
WPI positioners, baths, amplifiers, and data systems are completely a preferred y-axis scaling (between 0 and 6 grams, for example) and
compatible with sensors from Grass, Narco, Kent and Harvard. the “best view” as determined by the AutoScale feature. Alternately, you
can zoom-in or zoom-out by factors of two with a single mouse click.
Amplifiers In a similar fashion, x-axis scaling can be expanded or compressed by
factors of two with a single click. Where multiple channels are being
Transbridge viewed simultaneously the user can define additional “Views”of the
All of the transducers above data. For example in addition to the main or default display showing all
can be directly connected to channels, the user might create additional views, each showing only a
the 4-channel Transbridge™ few channels to allow a better online presentation of the data
amplifier. This basic device While recording, you can mark your data with text messages. These
offers 4 channels of variable marks are searchable, and appear in the field of data to which they
gain transducer conditioning. apply. Marks are time locked to the record and can be used to “Go To”
Each channel has x1 x10 any marked region of the data. They are also used post recording by the
x100 and x1000 gain and DOSE RESPONSE software to calculate ED50 values and Draw Schild
offset control. Bandwidth is plots.
fixed at 1kHz.
Bridge 8/IsoDam Rack
Bridge8 is the preferred amplifier system for microvessel applications

because it provides additional signal filtration (0.03-10Hz). In this way,
the noise produced by more sensitive tansducers such as the fort 25 can
be significantly attenuated.
Record dose response.
ABE
The dose response software provided is based on ABE, an open source
freeware Module written by Gordon Webster. The package as provided
has been modified to accept Data trax formated data and provide a
smooth transition from recording to analysis
ABE is written in Python 2.2 and uses the Tkinter graphic library to
generate a friendly graphical user interface (GUI) for manipulating and
visualizing the data.
For the data modeling, ABE uses the nonlinear regression routines
from the Scientific Python (SciPy) and Numeric libraries as well as the
polyfit function from Raymond Hettingers Public Domain Matfunc module
for computing the fitted polynomial coefficients from the supplied data.
Functions for computing the derivatives of the fitted polynomials, solving
polynomial roots and estimating the initial parameters for the nonlinear
regression were added by the author and are included in the body of

Automark and extract maximum response values. the main Abe module. In addition to the libraries of the standard Python
distribution therefore, only the SciPy, Numeric and Matfunc modules
need to be included in the Python path for ABE to be run. These are
provided on the Data-Trax install disk
Options
Heating Circulator
Ideal for controlling temperatures of external systems. This heating
circulator features a polyphenyleneoxide (PPO) construction with a
powerful 17 liter per minute flow rate pump for optimum heat exchange
with a 12 mm hose. The working temperature range is 25-100°C. A tap
water cooling coil (with a working temperature range of 20-100°C) is
fitted as a standard feature. The unit comes with a stainless steel cover.
The 115 V model is equipped with a 1200-watt heater and the 230 V
model comes with a 2000-watt heater.
The bath has a volume of 5 liters and an opening of 13 x 17 x 16
cm. The overall dimensions of the unit are 16 x 33 x 36 cm. Shipping
weight: 22 lb (10 kg).
Use a custom script to build dose response graphs ...

Menu-driven control module allows
easy temperature setting, correc
tion and display. Temperature
accuracy of ± 0.02°C.
Heated bath Fluid ports

inflow and for external
outflow cooling.
Stainless steel
bath cover.
Bath made from

polyphenylene
oxide (PPO).
... and Shild plots.
Data-Trax also controls the built in stimulator in The WPI-118 and T-

500787 Haake DC10-P5/U Circulating Bath (115 V)
series recorders. Pulse protocols can be created in advance, stored and
delivered automatically or on command. Pulse durations, frequencies
and amplitudes can be changed as the protocol is being delivered. The
software also offers full control of digital I/O lines that can be used to
count events, or control devices in the lab environment such as valves or
injectors. Using WPI’s AUTODRAIN together with the Data-Trax protocol
generator, the entire process of draining, filling, and drug delivery can be
automated.
Multi-Channel Voltage / Current Clamp
EVC4000
EVC4000-4 (complete four-channel system)

PHYSIOLOGY — EPITHELIAL
More channels and a wider range of voltage clamp commands than WPI’s classic
DVC-1000. The superior design of the cartridge electrodes makes 100-volt current
excursion unnecessary, so this safe, low-voltage system is easier to adjust and use.
A four-channel Voltage/Current clamp apparatus, EVC4000 employs
the voltage clamp technique to monitor membrane permeability as a EVC4000 SPECIFICATIONS
function of membrane voltage or applied chemicals. When combined PREAMPLIFIER
with WPI’s patented EKC and EKV cartridge electrodes, EVC4000 can Input Resistance 1012 Ohms
efficiently voltage or current clamp up to four sample membranes Input Leakage Current 100 pA, max.
simultaneously using safe moderate voltages on the current wire leads. Maximum Input Voltage ±15 volts
The superior design of the cartridge electrodes makes 100-volt current VOLTAGE CLAMP
excursion unnecessary, so this safe, low-voltage system is easier to adjust Panel Display ±200 mV ±0.1 mV
Clamp Voltage / External Input 100 mV per Volt
and use. Extremely stable and accurate, each module, with its companion
Range of Voltage Electrodes ±32 Volts
preamplifier, can operate independently in one of three different modes: Max. Clamp Voltage ±100 mV
Voltage Clamp (VC), Current Clamp (CC), or Open Circuit Potential (PD) Fluid Resistance Compensation 0 to 1000 Ohms
measurement. EVC4000 can be controlled from the front panel of the CURRENT CLAMP
instrument or from computer generated commands applied at the rear Panel Display ±999 µA ±1 µA
panel of the instrument. A feature unique to EVC4000 is an electronic Maximum Clamp Current ±1 milliampere
potentiostat in the preamplifier box that maintains the serosal electrode Current Clamp Output 1 µA / mV
invariant potential at zero relative to system ground. The preamplifier DISPLAY RESOLUTION
apparatus actively maintains one surface of the test membrane close to Voltage 0.1 mV
ground potential under all operating conditions. Current 1 µA
DIMENSIONS 18.25 x 7.2 x 9.6 in.
(46 x 18 x 24 cm)
References SHIPPING WEIGHT (EVC4000-4) 26 lb (12 kg)
W. K. MacNaughton (2000) “Role of constitutive cyclooxygenase-2 in
prostaglandin-dependent secretion in mouse colon in vitro.” Journal of OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
Pharmacology and experimental Therapeutics 293, 2, 539-544 EVC4000 Replacement Voltage Clamp & EVC3 Preamplifier
EVC3 Replacement Preamplifier Module
EK1 Ussing Electrode Kit (2 voltage, 2 current)
EVC4000-4 4-Channel Voltage Clamp & preamps (shown above)
EKV Extra Ussing Voltage Electrode (each)
EVC4000-3 3-Channel Voltage Clamp & preamps
EKC Extra Ussing Current Electrode (each)
EVC4000-2 2-Channel Voltage Clamp & preamps
2851 BNC Cable
EVC4000-1 1-Channel Voltage Clamp & preamp
Acquiring Data from the EVC4000 Current/Voltage
The use of Lab-Trax hardware and bundled Data-Trax software not only long experiments. In addition, searchable marks and a point-and-click
provides an easy, low cost system to record epithelial voltage clamp data, interface to control the x-axis scaling make navigation of long records
but also provides powerful tools for experimental control and analysis. easy.
Digital outputs can be used to change the clamping mode and state Analytical routines designed to follow conductance changes in
(Current/Voltage or from zero to a preset value). Since there is no natural the membrane are easy to create and can be adjusted according to
limit to how long you can record with Data-Trax, it is ideally suited to experimental requirements.
Hardware
WPI-118 (see page 71) offers the higher
speed recording necessary to perform
membrane surface estimations. It has
8 digital outputs for control and 2
independent DACs that can be used to
command clamp level.
".# ".# FT ELEVEN
)NTERNAL 0ROGRAMMED 6OLTAGE OR #URRENT #LAMPING
%XTERNAL 0ROGRAMMED 6OLTAGE OR #URRENT #LAMPING

70) ANALOG OUTPUT PROGRAMMED FOR 44, PULSE OF VARIABLE WIDTH
VOLTAGES WITH MANUAL ## OR 6# SELECTION

70) ANALOG OUTPUT PROGRAMMED FOR RAMPS OR VARIABLE
6OLTAGE 2EC
#URRENT 2EC
6OLTAGE 2EC
#URRENT 2EC
6OLTAGE 2EC
#URRENT 2EC
6OLTAGE 2EC
#URRENT 2EC
%6#
6OLTAGE #LAMP
6OLTAGE #LAMP
6OLTAGE #LAMP
6OLTAGE #LAMP
#URRENT #LAMP
#URRENT #LAMP
#URRENT #LAMP
#URRENT #LAMP
%XT #LAMP
%XT #LAMP
%XT #LAMP
%XT #LAMP
".# h4v NINE

COAX NINE
Lab-Trax 4/16 (see page 70)

provides four channels of
recording at an affordable price.
The S-series recorder has 2/4
digital outputs and does not offer
a DAC.
Ussing Glass
circulation
reservoir
System
#5210
For electrophysiological investigation

of epithelial transport
● Direct connect low-resistance electrodes

● Simplified operation, easy to control temperature and
clean after use Ussing
● Luer type leak-free attachement of tubing and Chamber

electrodes
● Recessed electrode ports to avoid air bubble formation
● Secure membrane holding by sharp stainless steel pins
or O-ring
● Specialized chamber adapts cell culture insert (Costar
Snapwell) for monolayer cell culture
● Chambers with rectangular openings for tubular tissues
from small animals
WPI’s Ussing System offers researchers a quick, effective means of

Complete Ussing System includes stand, glass reservoir, electrodes,
making low-resistance electrical connections to the Ussing chamber
Ussing chamber and tubing (EVC3 preamp and ringstand clamp not
without need of long agar bridges or Calomel half-cells. Ag/AgCl half-
included—see page 54).
cells screw into short tubes which plug firmly into place in the chamber’s
luer ports. These direct-connect electrodes eliminate the inconvenience
and expense of Calomel half-cells in open liquids. The System includes
one Ussing Chamber (eight sizes available), Support Stand, Electrode Kit, Two small chambers with rectangular openings are designed for tubu-
Glass Circulation Reservoir (two sizes available), and a Tubing start-up kit lar tissue from small animals such as the mouse intestinal tract mem-
(25 feet of 0.375-in. tubing, 10 feet of 0.156-in. tubing, plus four male brane (CHM6) and rat intestinal tract membrane (CHM7). The rectangu
luer fittings, two compressor clamps, one Y-connector, and one clip). Six lar opening more closely matches the shape of the tissue than would a
teen possible system configurations are listed at right. Components are circular opening, significantly increasing the membrane area available
also available separately. (Preamplifier in photo not included.) for testing. The larger membrane area increases the transport rate of low
permeability chemicals; it also reduces the electrical resistance of the
Ussing Chambers system for easier current clamping.
WPI’s classical Ussing Chambers are well established perfusion chambers
that are easy to operate, easy to control temperature, and easy to clean
Optional Drains
after use. Hundreds of them are used daily by scientists in the field. Drains may be added to Ussing chambers to allow quick and complete
Ussing Chambers are machined from solid acrylic with eight entry ports evacuation of radioactive or toxic substances. To have drains added at
for fluid lines, electrodes, or agar bridges. For easy, leak-free attachment the time of order, add a “D” to the part number (such as “USS1LD”);
of tubing and electrodes, all eight ports are luer type. The four ports $100 will be added to the cost of the chamber or system you order.
for voltage and current electrodes are recessed to prevent formation of
air bubbles in the chamber. The fluid compartments in each side of the
Cartridge Electrodes
chamber are separated by the epithelial membrane being studied. Sharp The Electrode Kit contains four
stainless steel pins on one side of the chamber hold the membrane in voltage/current electrodes, plus four
U.S. Patent No. 4,912,060
position and mate with holes in the opposite chamber interface. (In the luer-tipped cartridges. Electrodes are
CHM4, tissue is held by an O-ring instead of pins.) threaded and screw securely into the
The CHM5 chamber adapts the Costar Snapwell, a cell culture insert end of each cartridge. The luer tip
for monolayer cell culture, into WPI’s “classical” epithelial voltage clamp then plugs securely into the luer open
system. Until now, classical Ussing Chambers have not been widely used ings of the chamber. The cable from
for monolayer cell culture inserts because most inserts have a very deep each electrode terminates with a 2
profile, limiting good fluid perfusion at the surface of the membrane — mm pin which may be plugged into
and limiting voltage electrodes from measuring the potential close to the voltage/current clamps such as WPI’s
surface of the membrane. CHM5 solves these problems: Perfusion fluid is DVC1000 or EVC-4000. EKV and EKC
introduced into the chamber at an angle so that it will flow directly to the The miniature electrode-gel cartridge Cartridge Electrodes
surface of the membrane. The voltage electrode is also inserted into the is a small plastic tube with a male luer tip identical to those at the tip of
chamber at an angle so as to reduce the distance between the surface of hypodermic syringes. The tube may be filled with different gel materials;
the membrane and the electrode. agar is commonly used but other gel materials may also be satisfactory.
CHM8 CHM2
New CHM8 Chamber 0.5 mm
pins CHM1
Clear acrylic chambers let you see
your experiment in progress . . . Voltage Fluid out Reservoir 4 mm
Electrode openings and 5.5 mm

12 mm
17 mm
9 mm
12 mm
pins
Suture quality pins CHM4
minimize tissue damage Fluid in
CHM3 CHM5
4 mm
Current
Current 13.5 mm
Electrode
Electrode 18.5 mm 6 mm 12 mm
Alignment
Optional
Optional drain
drain Dots
for
for hazardous
hazardous Guide CHM6 CHM7
material
material also
also Luer ports allow easy fitting
Pins
7 mm
5 mm
9 mm
7 mm
available
available of fluid lines and electrodes 14.5 mm
16.5 mm
30 mm
32 mm
CHM1 CHM2 CHM3 CHM4 CHM5 CHM5M12 CHM6 CHM7 CHM8

(Medium) (Small) (Large) (Extra Small) (Snap) (MilliCell) (Rect., Small) (Rect., Large) (Extra Small)
Reservoir Opening 12 mm 9 mm 13.5 mm 4 mm 12 mm 10 mm 5 x 14.5 mm 7 x 30 mm 4 mm
Half-Chamber Volume 1.0 mL 0.75 mL 1.2 mL 0.5 mL 1.7 mL 1.25 mL 0.8 mL 5.5 mL 0.5 mL
Pin Circle Diameter 17 mm 12 mm 18.5 mm 6 mm* N/A NA 7 x 16.5 mm 9 x 32 mm 5.5 mm
*O-ring diam.
Assembled chambers are 101.6 mm (4 in.) long.
Circulation Reservoirs
Hand-blown borosilicate glass, with jacketed cham
bers for temperature control. Available in two sizes
— #5210 holds 20 mL per side, and #5362 (at left)
holds 10 mL per side (useful when expensive chemi Ussing chamber
cals are involved). Reservoir condenser caps prevent
for Millipore
air bubbles and turbulence in fluid reservoirs.
Millicell 12mm
Water Bath tissue insert
The Haake DC10-P5/U Constant
Temperature Water Bath has been New to our family of Ussing chambers is one designed specifically for the
tested at WPI and found to be ideal Millipore Millicell 12 mm tissue insert. This is the first chamber on the market
for WPI’s Ussing system. It can to compensate for the deep profile of the Millipore insert. This deep profile
makes it difficult to bring either the voltage measuring electrodes or fluid
provide simultaneous warming for up to 16 systems.
flow to the surface of the tissue membrane. Our innovative design virtually
Menu-driven control module allows easy tempera
eliminates the “unstirred layer” of fluid which would otherwise slow down the
ture setting, correction and display, with temperature response of perfusion experiments. In addition, voltage measurements are
accuracy of ± 0.02°C. brought right up to the surface of the tissue membrane, facilitating voltage
clamping, current clamping and TEER measurements.
USSING SYSTEMS, LARGE RESERVOIR

USS1L Medium Chamber, Stand, Reservoir, Electrodes, Tubing
USS2L Small Chamber, Stand, Reservoir, Electrodes, Tubing System components also available separately:
USS3L Large Chamber, Stand, Reservoir, Electrodes, Tubing xxxxD Drain option (add “D” to part number of chamber or system)
USS4L Extra Small Chamber, Stand, Reservoir, Electrodes, Tubing CHM1 Medium Chamber
USS5L Snap Chamber, Stand, Reservoir, Electrodes, Tubing CHM2 Small Chamber
USS5M12L Millipore Chamber, Stand, Reservoir, Electrodes, Tubing CHM3 Large Chamber
USS6L Small Rectangular Chamber, Stand, Reservoir, Electrodes, Tubing CHM4 Extra Small Chamber with O-Ring Seal
USS7L Large Rectangular Chamber, Stand, Reservoir, Electrodes, Tubing CHM5 Snap Chamber (fits Costar Snapwell cups)
USS8L Extra Small Chamber, Stand, Reservoir, Electrodes, Tubing CHM5M12 Millipore Chamber (fits Millipore 12 mm insert)
USSING SYSTEMS, SMALL RESERVOIR CHM6 Small Rectangular Chamber
USS1S Medium Chamber, Stand, Reservoir, Electrodes, Tubing CHM7 Large Rectangular Chamber
USS2S Small Chamber, Stand, Reservoir, Electrodes, Tubing CHM8 Extra Small Chamber with Mounting Pins
USS3S Large Chamber, Stand, Reservoir, Electrodes, Tubing EK1 Ussing Electrode Kit (2 voltage, 2 current)
USS4S Extra Small Chamber, Stand, Reservoir, Electrodes, Tubing EKC Extra Ussing Current Electrode (red) (each)
USS5S Snap Chamber, Stand, Reservoir, Electrodes, Tubing EKV Extra Ussing Voltage Electrode (blue) (each)
USS5M12S Millipore Chamber, Stand, Reservoir, Electrodes, Tubing DRIREF-L Reference Electrode w/ Luer Tip
USS6S Small Rectangular Chamber, Stand, Reservoir, Electrodes, Tubing 5210 Large Glass Circulation Reservoir, (20 mL per side)
USS7S Large Rectangular Chamber, Stand, Reservoir, Electrodes, Tubing 5233 Replacement Stopper for 5210
USS8S Extra Small Chamber, Stand, Reservoir, Electrodes, Tubing 5362 Small Glass Circulation Reservoir, (10 mL per side)
* Add EVC4000 at reduced price when buying Ussing System with 5361 Replacement Stopper for 5362
equivalent number of channels 3955 EKV Cartridges, 35 mm (pkg of 12)
EVC4000-1 1-Channel Voltage Clamp & Preamps 3960 EKC Cartridges, 58 mm (pkg of 12)
EVC4000-2 2-Channel Voltage Clamp & Preamps 3669 Tubing Kit (flexible hose and luer fittings)
EVC4000-3 3-Channel Voltage Clamp & Preamps 3579-20 Replacement luer fittings for tubing connections (pkg of 20)
EVC4000-4 4-Channel Voltage Clamp & Preamps 5153 Support Stand
Two-Channel Voltage / Current Clamp
DVC-1000
The FIRST — and still

the most popular, with
thousands of users
around the world!
WPI’s DVC-1000 Two-Channel Voltage/Current Clamp is well-known
and widely used for studying epithelial tissues. Each DVC-1000 consists DVC-1000 SPECIFICATIONS
of two separate clamp instruments, one for clamping a control tissue, PROBES
another for clamping a test tissue. This dual clamp technique lets you INPUT IMPEDANCE 1012 Ω
monitor changes in membrane permeability as a function of voltage LEAKAGE CURRENT 100 pA max
or applied chemical agents. Either clamp unit operates in five modes. MAXIMUM INPUT VOLTAGE 10 V
Voltage clamp: Clamps the tissue voltage to a given level and displays VOLTAGE CLAMP
the current required to maintain that level. Amplify: Shows the poten- CLAMP VOLTAGE RANGE:
tial difference between the two voltage electrodes. Current clamp: SET CLAMP POT ±100 mV
Lets you deliver a constant current between the two current electrodes EXTERNAL COMMAND ±1 V
while simultaneously monitoring voltage changes at the tissue. Timer: COMMAND FACTOR 10 mV/mV
MAX. CLAMP CURRENT ±1 mA
Functions in either current clamp or voltage clamp experiments, letting
CURRENT CLAMP
you cycle automatically between zero clamp and a preset clamp level.
CLAMP CURRENT RANGE:
Remote: Allows you to control clamp operation from a computer or
SET CLAMP POT ±1 mA
other logic level source. Small preamplifiers (included) which mount close
EXTERNAL COMMAND ±1 mA
to the chamber let you connect to voltage and current electrodes without COMMAND FACTOR 1 mV/µA
long cables or agar bridges. DVC-1000 also features a unique ±100 V COMPLIANCE ±100 V
power supply capable of delivering up to 1 mA of clamp current. Each INPUT OFFSET RANGE ±130 mV
clamp lets you correct for input offset voltages and fluid resistance error. FLUID RESISTANCE
COMPENSATION RANGE 0-1000 Ω
DVC1000 Voltage/Current Clamp
TEST CURRENT 10 µA to 180 µA adjustable
Includes two DVC3 preamps and one DVC2 dummy membrane.
OUTPUT RESISTANCE 100 Ω
Specify line voltage TIMER RANGE 500 ms to 500 s each side
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES LCD METER
DVC2 Replacement Dummy Membrane TYPE 31⁄2 digits with Noiselok™
DVC3 Replacement Preamplifier MAX. READING 2000 µA, 200 mV
2935 Rack Mount Kit POWER REQUIREMENTS 95-135 V or 220-240 V, 50/60 Hz
EK1 Ussing Electrode Kit (2 voltage, 2 current) DIMENSIONS 17 x 8.75 x 9.5 in.
EKC Extra Ussing Current Electrode (red) (each) (43 x 22 x 24 cm)
EKV Extra Ussing Voltage Electrode (blue) (each) SHIPPING WEIGHT 21 lb (9.5 kg)
3485 Ringstand Mounting Kit (see page 7)
Trans Epithelial Electric Resistance (TEER)
During the last two decades TEER measurements have electrode for resistance measurements in the Millipore
become universally established as the most convenient, 96-well PAMPA (parallel artificial membrane permeability
reliable and non-destructive method to evaluate and assay) plate.
monitor the growth of epithelial tissue cultures in vitro. The TEER measurement technology, which was first
confluence of the cellular monolayer is quickly determined introduced by WPI in the mid-1980’s, has since been
by a sharp increase in TEER. Recently there has been a perfected and expanded to include a range of TEER related
significant surge of interest in introducing a combined manual and automatic instrumentation.
EVOM ™
Epithelial
Voltohmmeter
The EVOM was the first instrument designed specifically to
perform routine TEER (Trans Epithelial Electric Resistance)
measurement in tissue culture research. The battery-powered
EVOM produces an AC current that avoids adverse effects
on tissues, which can otherwise be caused, by a DC current
— including electrode metal deposits. The EVOM has an easy-
to-read LC display and is also available with a BNC recorder
output (EVOMX). Input impedance of the EVOM is greater than
1010 ohm, and resistance ranges from 0 to 1999 ohm; and 0
to 20,000 ohm can be monitored using the switchable range
setting located on the instrument front panel.
One unique feature of the EVOM is that resistance readings are
unaffected by membrane capacitance and membrane voltage.
The membrane voltage reading range is ±200‑mV. EVOM comes
● Manual TEER measurement of epithelial cells in
complete with the popular STX2 “Chopstick” electrode set. The
STX2 consists of a fixed pair of double electrodes, 4 mm wide 24- and 96-well plates
and 1 mm thick. Each stick of the electrode pair contains a silver/ ● Battery powered electrically isolated meter
silver-chloride pellet for measuring voltage and a silver electrode
for passing current. The small size of each electrode is designed ● AC current avoids adverse effects on tissue
to facilitate placement of the electrodes into cell culture wells.
STX2 can be used with all tissue culture inserts currently on the ● Compatible with Endohm chambers
market. For more accurate quantitative measurements and/or for ● STX2 manual electrode enclosed with meter
lower resistance measurements (e.g., endothelial tissue cultures)
the EVOM can be used in conjunction with the optional Endohm ● STX2 can be sterilized with EtO, alcohol or a
chambers. bactericide
EVOM SPECIFICATIONS
MEMBRANE VOLTAGE RANGE ±199.9 mV
INPUT IMPEDANCE >1010 Ω EVOM Epithelial Tissue Voltohmmeter (includes STX2 electrode set)
RESISTANCE RANGES 0 To 1999 Ω, 0 to 20,000 Ω REPLACEMENTS AND ACCESSORIES
AC SQUARE WAVE CURRENT ±20 µA at 12.5 Hz STX2 Replacement “Chopstick” Electrode Set
POWER One 9 V alkaline battery, and six STX3 Adjustable Tip Spread “Chopstick” Electrode Set
1.5 V alkaline AA batteries, supplied 3993 Electrode Adapter (for electrodes with 2 mm pins)
SHIPPING WEIGHT 3 lb (1.4 Kg) 500168 4-Way Switchbox
TEER measurements in High Throughput
EVOMX STX100
● BNC output for Data Acquisition System Series Electrodes
● Toggle switch for continuous measurement ● Designed for 24-well HTS plate (Corning Costar
and BD Falcon) and with 96-well plates (Millipore
and BD Falcon)
● Improved accuracy down to 5 Ohm
● Sterilized with EtO, alcohol or bactericide
With the development of a High Throughput Screening (HTS) protocol
for faster drug discovery, a new line of cell culture filter plates have
been introduced by several major cell culture insert manufacturers.
These HTS plates normally have either 24 or 96 individual cell culture

For use with HTS plates, the inserts “bonded” together as one plate so that it can be handled by a
EVOMX is modified so that robot apparatus. In response to these developments, WPI has developed
the “Measurement” button an automatic REMS system and a manual electrode, STX100, for TEER
stays on while you move the measurements using HTS plates.
electrode from well to well. STX100’s design is based on the same reliable design principle
as the universally used STX2 electrode, with several important
modifications. The size of the electrode tip has been reduced to 1.5 mm
to facilitate positioning through the narrower slit of the HTS plate. The
STX100 electrode itself is constructed using a stronger material for higher
durability and maximum usage applications. The bottom section of the
electrode is shaped to fit neatly into the “keyhole” shaped filter well.
This enables the STX100 electrode to produce increased accuracy and
reproducibility of TEER readings (±5Ω) compared to the standard STX2.
Several versions of STX100 are available, designed to fit the Corning
Costar 24-well HTS plate, the Falcon 24 well HTS plate, the Millipore
Multiscreen CaCo 96-well plate, and BD Falcon HTS 96-multiwell plate.
Measurement can be directly performed when the HTS plate is in either
a common or divided tray, reducing the possibility of contamination as
well as mechanical damage to the cultured cells.
STX100C STX100 for Corning Costar HTS Transwell-24

STX100F STX100 for Falcon HTS Multiwell Insert System
STX100M STX100 for Millipore MultiscreenTM CaCo 96 Well Plate
EVOMX is a modified version of the EVOM and is recommended for use STX100F96 STX100 for BD Falcon HTS 96 Multiwell Plate
with STX100 series electrodes. Its measurement switch and circuits have STX100C96 STX100 for Corning HTS 96 Well Plate
been modified to remain ON continuously. This enables the user to have one OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
hand free to move the electrode while using the other to note the readings. 13685 Modular Cable, 7 ft
A BNC recorder output connector is provided on the EVOMX to permit direct
13347 Chart Recorder Adapter
recording of TEER measurements to a chart recorder or computer-based data-
2851 Standard BNC Cable, 6 ft (1.8m)
acquisition system.
500184 Standard BNC Cable, 10 ft (3m)
EVOMX EVOM with switch adaptation for multi-well testing See Chart Recorders — page 186
CaliCell™
Cell culture cups with synthetic membrane for testing
STX electrodes, Endohm and Ussing chambers
It takes a long time and a lot of work to grow a batch of cells, so you will want to make
certain that your test apparatus is functioning properly. The CaliCellTM provides a quick and
positive way to test STX electrodes, EVOMs, Endohm, and Ussing chamber.
The CaliCellTM is a major improvement in TEER electrode calibration. Its membrane makes
use of our unique electric current constriction technology to produce resistance readings
comparable to those obtained with real cell cultures. The CaliCellTM does not have to be
refrigerated, and can be cleaned and sterilized with alcohol. Readings will not drift over time
as long as the unit is kept in good physical condition.
CALICELL-12 12 mm Calibration Cell for Endohm-6/Endohm-12

CALICELL-24 24 mm Calibration Cell for Endohm-24
Screening (HTS) cell culture filter plates
Multi-96
Resistance measurement with 96-well
PAMPA (parallel artificial membrane
permeability assay) plates
Non-cell based 96-well PAMPA assays have been designed for predictive
drug candidate testing. To ensure that the donor/acceptor fluxes are
not due to porous or unstable hexadecane layers, the stability of the
hexadecane membrane can be tested at the end of the incubation period
by electrical resistance measurements. To conduct the measurement a
PAMPA plate is transferred to MULTI-96. Like the other Endohm models
(designed for individual cell culture cups), the base of MULTI-96 is a fluid-
filled receptacle for the PAMPA plates, also serving as the bottom half
of the electrode pair. Inserting the top electrode into each well allows
the user to obtain the resistance of the synthetic membrane layer of
that well. MULTI-96 provides a stable and reproducible reading of tissue
culture resistance. EVOMX is recommended for use with MULTI-96.
MULTI-96 Endohm for Millipore MultiScreen 96-well PAMPA plate
Endohm™
For TEER measurement of endothelial cell cultures in individual cups
● Compatible with EVOM and EVOMX Using WPI’s EVOM resistance meter, Endohm’s fixed electrode geometry,
Endohm chambers provide repro- variation of readings on a given sample
● Improved accuracy of 1-2 Ohm ducible resistance measurements of is reduced from 10-30 Ω with STX2
● Accommodates 6mm, 12mm, 24mm cups endothelial tissue in culture cups. electrodes (depending on the experi-
and Costar Snapwell cup Transfer cups from their culture wells to ence of the user) to 1-2. Compared
● Sterilized with EtO, alcohol or a bactericide the Endohm chamber for measurement with other resistance measurement
rather than using hand-held electrodes. methods, Endohm with EVOM offers a
The chamber and the cap each contain much more convenient and economic
a pair of concentric electrodes: a solution to “leaky tissue” measurement.
voltage-sensing silver/silver chloride Because of the uni-form density of the
pellet in the center plus an annular AC square wave current from EVOM,
current electrode. The height of the errors owing to electrode polarization
top electrode can be adjusted to fit cell or membrane capacitance are largely
culture cups of different manufacture. eliminated. Endohm together with
Endohm’s symmetrically apposing EVOM offers the most accurate and
circular disc electrodes, situated above economical endothelial ohmmeter now
and beneath the membrane, allow a avail-able. To date, cups from Costar,
more uniform current density to flow Millipore, ICN Biomedicals, and Falcon
across the membrane than with STX2 have been tested. Endohm chambers
electrodes. The background resistance may be sterilized with EtO, alcohol or a
of a blank insert is reduced from 150 Ω bactericide (also see: Cidex, Microsur-
(when using WPI’s hand-held STX2 gery section); not autoclavable.
electrodes) to less than 5 Ω. With
ENDOHM-6 Endohm for 6 mm culture cup (24 wells per plate)

ENDOHM-12 Endohm for 12 mm culture cup (12 wells per plate)
ENDOHM-24SNAP Endohm for 24 mm & Costar Snapwell™ cup (6 wells per plate)
Also for use with Millicell ERS
Requires EVOM or EVOMX to operate
Automated TEER Measuring System
The REMS AutoSampler automates measurements of electrical systems, and Millipore Multiscreen™ CaCo 96-well plate.
resistance of transepithelial, transendothelial or Caco-2 cell The REMS AutoSampler is designed to facilitate integration with
membranes being grown to confluence on microporous filters of other robotic systems. Special locating bars are installed on the
high throughput screening (HTS) 24- and 96-well microplates. It is REMS base platform that allow other system robots to place an HTS
a PC-controlled, tissue resistance measurement system that offers tray into a precise location on the REMS base.
reproducibility, accuracy, flexibility and ease-of-operation for this The REMS AutoSampler will automatically measure and record
kind of measurement. Automated measurement of tissue resistance tissue resistance from a user-specified matrix of culture wells on
in cell culture microplates provides the important advantages of the microplate. According to the specified sequence, the robotic
speed, precision, decreased opportunity for contamination and the arm moves over the identified wells taking TEER measurements.
instant availability of measured resistance data on a computer. These By means of a x-y-z locating system, the electrode-containing arm
measurements are useful in applications such as drug bioavailability is positioned precisely and reproducibly over each well. The ability
studies and studies on the mechanisms of drug transport. of the REMS AutoSampler to reproducibly and precisely locate
The main components of the REMS AutoSampler include: the the electrode results in highly reproducible TEER measurements.
robotic sampler that moves the electrode over each well of the TEER measurements are stored in the computer as the electrode
microplate, the electrode which is located on the robotic arm, a base moves from one well to the next. The Windows-based software
plate for the 24- and 96-well tray, a Windows-based data acquisition provides user-friendly features to acquire, display and store the tissue
card, the REMS interface unit and the REMS software to operate the resistance measurements.
system on a Windows-based computer. The REMS electrode is very compact and robust in design. Each
The REMS AutoSampler automates TEER measurements previously of two rod-shaped probes, 1.5 mm in diameter, consists of a pair
made with WPI’s EVOM Epithelial Voltohmmeter. Automated tissue of electrodes: one electrode for injecting current and the other
resistance measurements up to 20 kΩ can be performed on 24- or for measuring the voltage. The use of two pairs of electrodes
96-well HTS microplates. Microplates presently supported include eliminates the error caused by the electrode-liquid interface. To take
the Corning Costar HTS Transwell-24, Falcon HTS Multiwell insert a measurement, the robot inserts one probe into the center of the
filter well and the other into the opening slot of the 24- or 96-well
plate. The use of AC current to measure resistance provides several REMS AUTOSAMPLER SPECIFICATIONS
advantages over DC current, including: MEMBRANE RESISTANCE RANGE 0 to 2000 Ω and 0 to 20 kΩ
● Absence of offset voltages on measurements; AC SQUARE WAVE CURRENT +/- 20 µA @ 12.5 Hz
● There is a zero net current being passed through the ELECTRODE POSITIONING Resolution in X, Y and Z: +/- 1 mm
membrane and therefore it is not adversely affected by a ELECTRODE PERFORMANCE Repeatability in X, Y and Z: +/- 0.25 mm
current charge; ELECTRODE ARM SPEED X- and Y-axis: 250 mm/sec
● No electrochemical deposition of electrode metal. Z-axis: 247.3 mm/sec
The REMS AutoSampler also features a rinse and calibration TYPICAL MEASUREMENT TIME
24-WELL 1 min, 10 sec
check station. If occasional rinsing of the REMS electrode is
required it may be sent to a rinse station by pressing the rinse SCAN PATTERN Choice of any well pattern sampling
station button on the menu bar. The rinse station can also function LINE VOLTAGE User specified: 100/120 V or 220/240 V
as a calibration check station when fitted with a calibration cell DIMENSIONS 53.5 × 43.7 × 37.1 cm
containing a synthetic membrane (WPI’s optional CALICELL-HTSF). (213⁄32 × 173⁄16 × 145⁄8 in.)
The use of this calibration cell, which mimics a confluent epithelial WEIGHT 24 kg (52 lb)
membrane’s resistance in fluid, provides a
quick and effective test to determine when REMS Automated Tissue Resistance Measuring System
the REMS measurement system is fully Includes robot sampler, data acquisition board, base plate, software with Win
dows 95, 98, 2000, NT, and electrode for either 24-well plate (Corning Costar
initialized following start-up and to check its
HTS Transwell-24 or Falcon HTS Multiwell) or 96-well plate (Millipore Multiscreen
functionality during operation. CaCo) — SPECIFY WHEN ORDERING.
ACCESSORIES
REMS-24 Replacement REMS STX Electrode for 24-well HTS Plate
REMS-96 Replacement REMS STX Electrode for MilliporeTM 96-well Plate
CALICELL-HTSF Optional Calibration Cell for REMS System
Specify type: 24- or 96-well, Millipore, BD, or Corning plate
Contact WPI for detailed information.
Give your HTS WPI’s REMS TEER measurement system is also available in a fully
customizable package that does not include the robot. The REMS-KIT
system the ability to is designed to enable manufacturers and users of robotic and HTS
systems to incorporate TEER measurement capability into their own
perform REMS TEER automated protocols. Essentially the REMS-KIT provides the same
TEER measuring system as the REMS but without the robot positioner.
measurements Control over TEER measurement is accomplished using the DDE
protocol. Virtually any Windows-compatible programming language
that uses the DDE protocol (including LabView and Visual Basic)
can be used. The REMS-KIT is designed for use with Corning Costar
HTS Transwell-24, Falcon HTS Multiwell Insert System and Millipore
MultiscreenTM CaCo 96-well plates. The system includes the following
components:
● REMS TEER electrode with 5-ft cable
● Dummy TEER electrode for training robot
● REMS TEER measurement electrode interface unit
● Windows PCI A/D data acquisition card
● Interface software using the DDE protocol
● Instruction Manual
REMS KIT Specifications

Resistance range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 to 20 k Ohms
Time for each measurement . . . . . . . 1 to 2.5 seconds
Minimum Configuration: Pentium processor (90 MHz) running on
Windows 95 or Windows 98 and having at least 16 Mb of RAM. 10
Mbytes of free disk space.
REMS KIT includes one electrode which fits either the Corning
Costar 24-well microplate, the Falcon 24-well microplate, or
the Millipore Multiscreen CaCo 96-well microplate.
REMS-KIT REMS Kit for Corning Costar HTS Transwell-24 or Falcon HTS Multiwell Insert System
REMS-KIT-M REMS Kit for Millipore MultiscreenTM CaCo 96-well
Microprobe Thermometers
● Super Accuracy ● Fast Response
● Analog output signal ● Multiple inputs
● Differential Temperature Measurement
BAT-10
Stand sold
separately
BAT-12
A Microprobe Thermometer is the instrument of choice for biological and laboratory

temperature measurements. These thermometers are very versatile, providing
fast response, high accuracy and stability with digital display and analog signal
for connection to a computer or recorder. With the wide selection of probes, the
PHYSIOLOGY — MISCELLANEOUS
instruments can be used in almost any application.

BAT-12 This thermometer has a sealed construction making it water, dust and
fume resistant. The BAT-12 has a single microprobe input and a single range with
accuracy is NIST traceable and in each of the two temperature ranges, the accuracy
the same high accuracy as the BAT-10. Comes complete with carrying case.
is the same as the resolution. There are three microprobe inputs, 1 and 2 can be
The thermometers can be used with any “Type T” thermocouple. Select a selected as separate inputs while 2 and 3 will read the differential temperature
temperature microprobe on the following page for your specific application. measurement between the two. The instrument has automatic warnings for low
BAT-10 This is the most versatile thermometer available. The instrument has battery or faulty probes on the digital display. The linearized analog output (LOP)
a wide temperature range and fast response with most microprobes. The BAT-10 signal allows ease of connection to a data acquisition system or recorder.
BAT-10R/LOP Multiple Input Type T Thermocouple Thermometer, rechargeable NiCad battenes and 110 VAC adapter (microprobes ordered separately)
BAT-10R/LOP-220 Multiple Input Type T Thermocouple Thermometer, rechargeable NiCad battenes and 220 VAC adapter (microprobes ordered separately)
BAT-12R Single Input Type T Thermocouple Thermometer, rechargeable NiCad battenes and 110 VAC adapter (microprobes ordered separately)
BAT-12R-220 Single Input Type T Thermocouple Thermometer, rechargeable NiCad battenes and 220 VAC adapter (microprobes ordered separately)
EXT-6 Probe Extension Lead, 180 cm long
SBT-5 Thermocouple Switch Box, 5 probe inputs on back with numbered push button switches on the front. Connects 5 microprobes to one BAT-12R
501608 Tripod Stand for BAT-12
MICROPROBE THERMOMETER SPECIFICATIONS

BAT-10 BAT-12
Temperature Range -200°C to +400ºC, 1ºC resolution -100°C to +199.9ºC, 0.1ºC resolution
& Resolution -100°C to +199.9ºC, 0.1ºC resolution
Differential Temp. Range -19.99°C to +19.99ºC N/A
Linearization centered at 40°C
0.01°C resolution
ACCURACY
1° Range 1°C ±1 least significant digit 0.1°C ± 1 digit between 0-50°C
0.1° Range 0.1°C ± 1 least significant digit 0.1% ± 1 digit over full range
Diff. Range 0.01°C ± 1 least significant digit
REPEATABILITY ± 1 least significant digit
Calibration CONFORMITY Conforms to NIST tables Follows NIST thermocouple tables
within 1 digit
Display 31⁄2 Digit LCD 31⁄2 Digit LCD
INPUT SOCKET Miniature, quick disconnect, copper-constantan Miniature, quick disconnect, copper-constantan
Analog output Non-linearized set at 1.6 V, ≈ 10 mV per degree C
corresponding to temperature of 401°C
POWER SUPPLY / BATTERIES BAT-10: 4 alkaline “C” cells (life: 1000 hr) BAT-12: 9V cell
BAT-10R: 4 Ni-Cad “C” cells (rechargeable unit) BAT-12R: 9V Ni-Cad with charger
SensorS Three Type T thermocouple inputs One Type T thermocouple input
AMBIENT OPERATING RANGE 15-45°C Auto-compensated to 0.1°C from 0°C to 50°C
dimensions 21.6 x 22.9 x 8.9 cm (8.5 x 9 x 3.5 in.) 12.7 x 6.4 x 15.2 cm (5 x 2.5 x 6 in.)
WEIGHT 1.6 kg (3.5 lb), including carrying case 1 kg (2 lb), including carrying case
Temperature Probes
● Flexible Teflon microprobes are used for implantation in tissue, in
spectrophotometer cuvettes, rectally in neonatal mice, in water baths,
PCR thermal cyclers, etc.
● Animal rectal temperatures during surgical procedures and pyrogen
testing.
● Skin temperature measurement during exercise physiology studies.
When precise temperature measurements an accuracy that is usually to 0.5°C or worse.

are required, WPI can provide you with a Furthermore, all our type T clinical probes
very accurate monitor and thermocouple are guaranteed accurate to 0.1°C, due to our
microprobes. WPI monitors have both resolution stringent wire standards. These are five times
and accuracy of 0.1°C in the 0-50°C range more accurate than competitive probes made
and are traceable to NIST standards, whereas, with regular “Special Limits” wire.
other competitive electronic thermometers have
Probe Type Size Style Time Isolated Max. Lead Description
Constant Temp. Length
NEEDLE MICROPROBES
Fast-response needle probes for instant readings in tissue, semisolids, liquids, very small specimens, powders and materials.
Needle tip is sealed to ensure only stainless steel contacts specimen.
MT-29/1 29 ga / 1 cm A 0.125 sec No 200°c 5 ft 29 gauge approximately 0.013-in
MT-29/2 29 ga / 2 cm A 0.125 sec No 200°c 5 ft -
MT-4 29 ga / 1 cm A 0.025 sec No 200°c 5 ft Similar to MT-29/1 but has a blunt tip.
Good for instant skin and surface temperatures, liquids
MT-D — C 0.025 sec No 200°c 5 ft Fast response surface probe (stainless steel for locating
inflammation, arteries, etc. Also for dental use.
MT-29/1B 29 ga / 1 cm B 0.015 sec No 150°c 5 ft Insect Probe. Similar to MT-29/1 except sensor is
welded into tip for maximum heat transfer.
Other sizes made to special order.
FLEXIBLE IMPLANTABLE PROBES
Designed for high accuracy on extremely small specimens such as insects, seeds, etc. Maximum insertion depth 1/8". Totally sheathed in chemical resistant Teflon.
Sensor
Lead Diameter
IT-14 0.050" dia D 0.3 sec Yes 150°c 3 ft -
IT-18EXLONG 0.025” dia. D - Yes 150°c 5 ft -

IT-23 0.009" dia E 0.005 sec Yes 150°c 3 ft For ultra fast measurements and for use on micro-size
specimens. Tissue implantable with 239a. Needle
(supplied). Rather fragile. Teflon coated.
IT-1E 0.025" dia F 0.005 sec Yes 150°c 3 ft As IT-18 sensor except bead exposed. Combines ultra-
fast reponse of IT-23 with sheath strength of IT-18.
RECTAL PROBES
RET-2 - G 0.8 sec No 125°c 5 ft Rectal probe for rats typically for fast intermittent
measurements. Smooth ball tip (0.125-in. dia.) with
1" long (0.59-in. dia) stainless steel shaft.
RET-3 - G 0.5 sec No 125°c 5 ft Rectal probe for mice similar to RET-2 except tip diam.
0.063-in. and shaft 3/4-in. long (0.028-in. diam.)
GENERAL PURPOSE
HT-1 H 0.5 sec No 400°c 5 ft “Workhorse” probe for liquids, gases, semi-solids.
Plastic handle with straight stainless steel shaft. Not
good for surface temperatures.
HT-2 H 0.5 sec No 400°c 5 ft Like HT-1 except shaft length is 9-in.
BT-1 I 0.15 sec No 240°c 5 ft Plastic handle with welded stainless steel, immersible
shaft used for surface temperatures of solids, liquids,
gases and semisolids. Tip is 0.02-in. diam., at right
angle to probe to facilitate surface measurement.
Animal Temperature Controller
l PID control for maximum temperature stability

l Low noise DC heater
l Flexible pad or rigid plate option
l Dual temperature sensor inputs
l Audible alarm protects the pad/element from overheating
ATC1000 is a low noise heating system for maintaining animal has a built-in temperature sensor inside. The flexible silicone heater is
body temperature during experimental procedures. The DC heater designed to provide the ability to fit different platform shapes and to
is extremely quiet in terms of electromagnetic radiation. This is wrap or cover the animal. It has no built-in sensor inside. All heaters are
essential in electrophysiological recordings which are very sensitive to washable with water and detergent.
electromagnetic interference.
The controller uses proportional, integral, and derivative (PID)
technology in adjusting the DC voltage output. Compared with switched ATC1000 Specifications
on/off type controllers, PID controllers provide a much more precise and Resolution..................................................... 0.1 °C
Accuracy......................................................... ±0.3 °C
stable control of temperature. The PID approach is also more immune
Sensor.............................................................. RTD ∅ 2.0 mm x 25 mm
to the variation of the experimental conditions such as change in animal Maximum DC Output................................. 27 V, 1A
size and unexpected disturbances. TEMPERATURE RANGE................................... Up to 45 °C
The controller has dual temperature sensing inputs. One input is Power................................................................ 90-240 V, 50-60 Hz
used to monitor and control the animal temperature. The other is used DIMENSIONS.................................................... 45 x 30 x 7 cm
to monitor the temperature sensor in the heating pad to prevent the WEIGHT.............................................................. 11 lb (5 kg)
localized hot spots under animal. The auto tuning feature of the fuzzy-
logic PID controller is easy to use and the manual setting of parameters
provides the extra control ability if need. The temperature resolution ATC1000 Animal Temperature Controller
Including rectal probe and one heating plate (specify small or medium)
of the controller is 0.1 °C. A rectal temperature probe has a 6-ft ultra-
flexible shield cable and an RTD sensor. It makes convenient and precise OPTIONAL Accessories
animal temperature measurement. ATC Animal Temperature Controller with rectal probe
Two different types of heaters are offered, a metal heating plate and 502195 Small Heating Plate with built-in RTD sensor, 10 x 15 cm
a flexible silicone heating pad. The heating plate is compatible with 502196 Medium Heating Plate with built-in RTD sensor, 15 x 25 cm
stereotaxic systems. Its rigid flat surface fits under the U frame. The plate 502197 Rectal Temperature Probe
● Manual or Programmable PC control
MPS-2 with user-friendly GUI interface
Multichannel ● Fast LAFF solenoid valve
● Color-coded polyurethane tubing for
Perfusion easy identification
System ● Super low dead volume (<80 nL)
for single ion channel and micromanifold
whole-cell solution exchange ● Economically priced
inputs from 1/16” ID tubing internal

passage ID:
250 µm
output: 100
mounting rod or 200 µm ID
connector quartz/polymide
tubing
14 mm OD
internal junction
OD: 600 µm
Micromanifold closeup: Fluid-filled passages are shown in magenta.

MPS-2 is a programmable 8-channel perfusion system designed for single allows the user to assign a master channel that will keep the system flow
channel and whole-cell patch preparations. It offers the best combination when all other channels are switched off. User-friendly graphic timing
of performance and value. The MPS-2 incorporates the same high quality software is included, and the programmed perfusion sequence can be
solenoid valves found on similar but much more expensive systems. started by computer, a patch clamp amplifier or other external trigger, or
Unlike other perfusion systems on the market, which often compromise manually by the user
performance to fit every possible application. The MPS-2 is the only The perfusion fluid flows through specially designed color-coded
perfusion system designed and optimized specifically for single-channel polyurethane ribbon style tubing. The color-coding allows the user to
and whole-cell patch perfusion applications. The MPS-2 is therefore the best easily trace each channel for diagnostic or set up. The ribbon style of
perfusion system on the market for these specific applications and is offered the tubing keeps the system very neat and clean. Unlike PVC based
at a very attractive price. tubing, polyurethane tubing contains no plasticizer, which can caused
The system can be controlled manually (i.e., via membrane switches on contamination. The tubing ribbon is designed as an economical disposable
the front panel) or through a PC. Two different manual control modes are item, which is often critical when cleanness is needed.
offered. One controls each channel independently and the other mode The most unique feature of the MPS-2 is its perfusion micromanifold.
Using the latest microfluidic techniques, the injection molded micromanifold
provides the least flow resistance and
MPS-2 Multichannel Perfusion System & Control Software
dead volume of any product on the
Replacement Parts market. The flow channel inner diameter
502109 Color-coded Polyurethane Tubing, 1/16” ID x 8 Channels, 15 ft is approximately 1.0 mm, except for the
502110 Micromanifold, 100 µm ID tip, 2 pcs/pk last 5 mm before the junction point. This
502125 Micromanifold, 200 µm ID tip, 2 pcs/pk design allows a fast flow rate without
Specify line voltage and Micromanifold tip OD when ordering. using a pressured system. The maximum
flow rates are 1 and 16 microliter per
MPS-2 SPECIFICATIONS second for the 15 mm long 100 µm
Channels 8 and 200 µm ID tips, respectively. Small
Valve Response Time 2 ms
channels and a unique design at the
merging point further reduce the chance
Valve Control Serial Port, TTL, and Manual
of cross contamination. Dead volume is
Syringe Reservoir Volume 10 mL
less than 80 nL.
Manifold 8 to 1
Tip ID 200 micron and 100 micron.
Maximum Flow Rates (gravity fed) 100 µm ID tip, 60 µL/min. (equivalent linear speed: 12.7 cm/sec)
200 µm ID tip, 960 µL/min. (equivalent linear speed: 51 cm/sec)
Dead Volume < 80 nL excluding the single outlet tubing
An economical, easy-to-use precision microtome
for preparing live tissue sections for physiological,
pharmacological and biochemical research
Blade speed up
to 4500 rpm
Sensitive parts sealed to avoid
damage from spillage
Removable molded NVSL

top cover for easy (manual)
maintenance
Model NVSL offers a manual advance for posi-

tioning the specimen holder and bath chamber.
Sample positioning on Model NVSLM1 is motor-
Advance speed as ized. Other features include independent, remov
low as 0.07 mm/sec able specimen holder and bath chamber, variable
advance speed and hands-free operation via a
footswitch.
Blade angle variable

through 90 degrees NVSL & NVSLM1
from horizontal to SPECIFICATIONS
vertical SECTION THICKNESS
MINIMUM 20 µm (fixed tissue)
50 µm (fresh tissue)
MAXIMUM 700 µm
STEP SIZE 5 µm
CHAMBER
DIMENSIONS 21⁄8 × 31⁄4 × 11⁄4 in.
(55 × 82 × 31 mm)
VOLUME 8.5 cu. in. (140 mL)
NVSLM1 BATH
ADVANCE SPEED 0.07 to 1.6 mm/s
(motorized) (NVSLM1)
(continuously variable)
REVERSE SPEED 4 mm/s (NVSLM1)
VIBRATION
SPEED 60 to 4500 rpm
AMPLITUDE 1 mm (approx.)
POWER 95-135 V, 50/60 Hz, or
220-240 V, 50/60 Hz
Vibroslice uses a vibrating blade to slice tissues without the
trauma produced by other methods. Live brain or other tis
sues can be cut into slices 50- to 700-microns thick. Fixed
tissues can be cut down to 20-micron slices (these need not NVSL Manual Vibroslice
be embedded or frozen). Particularly useful for improving NVSLM1 Motorized Vibroslice
the access for certain histological reagents (e.g., during pro Specify line voltage
cessing for horseradish peroxidase). OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
The blade has a lateral displacement of about 1 mm, and VSLM1H Spare Specimen Holder
its oscillating frequency may be varied between 60 and VSLM1C Spare Bath Chamber
4500 rpm. This allows you to achieve clean cuts in tissues 5450 Replacement Belts for NVSL (2)
of different mechanical consistencies. 5451 Replacement Belts for NVSLM1 (4)
BLADES Blades, Single Edge (100)
7600 Petlier Temperature Controller, Standard Power
7600S Peltier Temperature Controller, High Performance
See adhesives, in Lab Supplies section. See Cidex, in Microsurgery section.
IntegraSlice™
Fully Programmable Oscillating Blade Microtome
INTEGRASLICE SPECIFICATIONS
BLADE MOTION Arcuate with minimal vertical movement
OSCILLATION SPEED Linear from 20-120 Hz
AMPLITUDE OF CUT Nominally 0.5 to 1.5 mm
BLADE ADVANCE SPEED Between minus 1.00 mm to plus 3.00 mm/sec in 0.01 mm steps
BLADE RETURN SPEED 4.0 mm/sec whilst tissue is automatically lowered from blade
VERTICAL RANGE 32 mm total, in 1 µm steps or maximum speed of 1 mm/sec
SECTIONING RANGE 1-40 mm
MAXIMUM SIZE OF SPECIMEN 30 x 40 mm
TISSUE BATH OPTIONS Standard, Autoclavable, or Temperature Controlled
CUTTING HEAD OPTIONS Standard or autoclavable
BLADES Stainless steel or ceramic single bevel
OBSERVATION Inspection Microscope 10x-40x with zoom and “Clearview” window
VOLTAGE INPUT 115/230 Volts
RATED FREQUENCY 50-60 Hz
IntegraSliceTM is controlled using sealed Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) with associated membrane keypad to set
the cutting parameters of blade speed, advance speed and section thickness. There is a rotary brightness control
for the cold light source. The IntegraSliceTM operation is commenced by actuating the two-stage footswitch. The
first stage starts the oscillating blade and the second stage starts the advance of the blade.
The unprecedented quality of slice of IntegraSliceTM
stems from its technical design features including
cutting head mounted upon a parallel leaf-spring
Two models available:
assuring blade travel along a line and arcuate path
of the blade avoiding static contact of the blade with IntegraSlice-P — Fully programmable cutting profiles of speed, distance, section thickness
the advancing tissue. Sophisticated control allows the ● Dynamically Adjustable Speed and Amplitude (DASA) - both the speed and the amplitude of
advance speed to be varied from minus 1.00mm/sec
the cut can be dynamically adjusted, whilst the blade is in motion
and up to 3.00mm/sec in steps of 0.01mm. During
blade return the machine automatically lowers the
● Instrument “learns” manually controlled cycle, which can be repeated automatically
tissue away from the blade and then readjusts to ● Cutting profiles can be set and stored
the original height once blade retraction has been
IntegraSlice-M — Motorized or Manual advance of the oscillating blade
completed. In all operations, even at the slowest
rates, blade advance and blade speed is accurately
● A set speed motorized advance or manual advanced controlled by rotary knob dial
maintained exactly as the user has specified due
to constant feedback control. Slice thickness can be INTEGRASLICE-P Programmable Vibroslice for Speed, Distance and Section Thickness
incremented in 1 micron steps and controlled to a INTEGRASLICE-M Vibroslice with Motorized and Manual Control
maximum speed of 1 micron per second.
IntegraSliceTM design combines accuracy, speed Accessories
and the flexibility to remove the tissue bath and
501634 Magnifying Glass, integrally mounted
mounting for transport of the tissue, for cleaning and
autoclaving. integrasliceTM is supplied with a standard
501629 Inspection Microscope, integrally mounted 10x-40x
tissue bath and holder, which can be replaced by the 501630 Cold Light Source, integrally mounted
autoclavable version or the temperature controlled 501631 Ceramic Blades (5)
version. 501632 Stainless Steel Blades (50)
Tissue Bath Coolers for Vibroslice

thermoelectric elements in the base of the tissue
bath. These act as energy transfer units so that heat is
drawn off through the heat exchanger and removed MODEL 7600
by tap water flow. The unit uses P.I.D. (proportional SPECIFICATIONS
A integral derivative) temperature control to
Display Resolution: 0.1 ºC
take the bath temperature to within
Temp. Accuracy: +/- 1 ºC
0.5ºC at the point of measurement.
The temperature feedback thermistor Temperature Range: +8ºC to 0ºC
is located in the bath floor and (Note that the actual temperatures achievable
will be dependent upon the solutions used and
B software calculates an offset
automatically. local temperature conditions)
Voltage requirements: 230V 50Hz or
Immediate cooling of the tissue prevents anoxia by
115V 60Hz
Once removed from the animal, tissue must be lowering the oxygen demand. Once removed from the
Power Rating: 60W
immediately cooled to lower the oxygen demand and animal tissue should be immediately place in cooled
saline or sucrose buffer before mounting in the tissue Inlet Fuse Rating: 2A
prevent anoxia. Holding the tissue close to 4°C must
continue throughout the slicing procedure. This can bath. (See adhesives, pages 166-168.)
be done with passive cooling where a known amount
of ice is used to maintain the cooled a.c.s.f. or with an
electronically controlled Tissue Bath Cooler. 7600 Controller & Standard Tissue Bath Cooler (A)
7600S Controller & Autoclavable Tissue Bath Cooler (B)
The control unit supplies power to the Peltier
Enjoy the easiest, most powerful data acquisition with
Lab-Trax
we rful ™
d es po
Inclu
re!
so ftwa
New T-Series Lab-Trax includes built-in transducer amplifiers.
Lab-Trax hardware is available in electrophysiology, hemodynamic

4-channel configurations and may studies of the pulmonary and coronary Lab-Trax S-Series
include, at the user’s option, built- systems, and studies of isolated tissues Number of Inputs.............................. 4
in amplifiers for force or pressure in organ or tissue baths. Equipment ADC Resolution.................................. 16 bit
transducers. from WPI can also be used to tailor
Maximum Sampling Rate................ 10,000 samples / sec aggregate
S-Series (standard) devices offer 16- systems for epithelial studies, and
bit resolution over the ± 10 volt input many applications in neurophysiology. Input Connectors............................... BNC, 50 ohm (T-series: DIN-8)
range and exhibit less than a millivolt For higher speed applications, see Input Impedance................................ 1M Ohm
of noise. Data communication as well WPI-118 (next page). This 8-channel Input Range......................................... +/- 10 V
as power is managed over the USB device will acquire at 100,000 samples System Noise...................................... < 1mV (1 part in 20,000)
port, making it easy to use a laptop per second at 16-bit resolution. Digital Input/Output.......................... 4 inputs 4 outputs
or a low-profile desktop computer that
may not be equipped with expansion Gang multiple 4-channel Power Source...................................... Powered via USB (T-series: 120/240V)
slots or serial ports. systems in the same copy of Operating Current ............................ 100 mA
Data is delivered to the recorder Data-Trax PC Interface ....................................... USB 1.1
by way of very standard front-panel- Multiple Lab-Trax units can be “ganged” Maximum Input Voltage.................. 10 volts (100 with x10 probe)
mounted BNC connectors. using the Data-Trax software (version
T-Series devices offer the same high 2.0). When pluged into different USB
quality recording capability but are line ports of a computer, the Lab-Trax Lab-Trax T-Series
powered and have built-in transducer inputs are collected by Data-Trax and
Number of inputs.............................. 4/16 differential
amplifiers. A wide range of force, displayed just as channels from a single
displacement and pressure sensors can source. For example, two 4-channel Input Connectors............................... DIN-8
be plugged directly into the recorder units can be ganged to produce an 8- PC Interface ....................................... USB 2.0 full speed
using the DIN-8 connectors on the channel acquisition system. As many Excitation Power................................ ± 5 volt (±10%)
front panel. as eight units can be ganged to collect Input Impedance................................ 10 G ohm
The available Lab-Trax hardware as many as 32 channels at once. The
Input Range......................................... ± 10 volt
together with WPI’s range of signal Views feature in Data-Trax makes it
conditioners and the Data-Trax software easy to keep track of all the channels. CMR
make it the perfect choice for research And, of course, all analytical features Gain = 1................................... >80 dB (minimum)/>92 dB (typical)
systems addressing cardiovascular are incorporated — including scripting Gain = 10................................. >95 dB (minimum)/ >110 dB (typical)
studies, blood pressure, cardiac and Matlab compatibility. Gain = 100.............................. >110 dB (minimum)/>120 dB (typical)
Gain = 1K ............................... >112 dB (minimum)/ >135 dB (typical)
LAB-TRAX-4 4-Channel Data Acquisition System Noise .................................................... <10 mV (RTI)/< 2µ volt (RTI)
LAB-TRAX-424T 4-Channel Data Acq Sys w/ Transducer Amps Frequency Response ....................... 100 Hz (±10%) 8-pole low pass Bessel filter
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES Gain .................................................... 1 to 10k (set by transducer)
2851 BNC-to-BNC Cable, M-M, 6 ft Power.................................................... 120/220 V AC, 60/50 Hz (switched)
3491 DIN8 Extension Cable, M-F, 5 ft
High Performance Digital Data Recorder
l 100 KHz max. sample rate

l Low noise
l Two independent DAC
stimulator outputs
l 16 programmable I/O lines
l USB interface
WPI-118 is a fast, high-resolution data acquisition system suitable for

most data recording studies in the research laboratory. It offers eight
analog input channels, eight digital outputs, four digital inputs and WPI-118 Specifications
two DACs. The hardware connects to PC-compatible computers via the
popular USB interface, so setup is plug-and-play easy. The small physical Input
size of the WPI-118 requires very little bench space. Number of Inputs 8 single-ended BNC
Input Impedance 1 MOhm
Key Hardware Features Input Range ±10V
Analog Outputs — WPI-118 offers two +/- 10V Analog Outputs (DACs). Each
Noise 1 LSB (1mV typical)
is independently programmable and can be synchronized to work together.
Basic stimulus parameters for each DAC, such as pulse width, frequency and Gain x1
amplitude, can be changed on-the-fly using handy controls located in the Digital Input Lines 8 (4 dedicated and 4 programmable)
Data-Trax software toolbar. Standard protocols include pulse, train, and step
waveforms. Each standard protocol allows the quiescent state to be a holding Output
voltage, thereby making it ideal for voltage clamping applications.
Number of DACs 2
Resolution and Noise — WPI-118 employs a 16-bit A/D converter to sample
DAC Resolution 12 Bit
data over its 10-Volt input range. Typical noise on any input is less than 1
millivolt. This allows the recording of signals from 10 mV to 10 V without DAC Speed 100k s/sec, independent of sample speed
the need for additional external gain. DAC Output Range ±10V
Digital Input/Output — Eight digital output lines are available. The digital DAC Modes Pulse, Train, Step, DC
output connectors are industry standard BNC, eliminating the need for custom
cables. Programming the output lines is point-and-click easy as well, no DAC Performance
complicated scripting language is required. Four digital input lines are also Pulse Width 0.01ms-6,500 ms (pulse mode)
provided, with one configured as an external trigger.
Frequency 0.2Hz-50kHz (pulse Mode)
Speed — The WPI-118 is a fast recorder. At top speed it can collect 100,000,
16-bit samples per second on a single channel. With eight channels enabled, Digital Output
it can collect data at 10,000 samples per second on each of the open Lines 8 (4 dedicated and 4 programmable)
channels.
Digital Output Connector BNC
USB Connection — Connection to the computer is accomplished over the
A/D Converter Sample Speed
popular USB port. This eliminates the need to install special interface cards
and even makes the WPI-118 compatible with notebook computers. The WPI- 1 sample/second - 100k samples /second
118 has a small footprint, so it fits in even the tightest rack spaces. Resolution 16 bit
System Requirements — WPI-118 requires a minimum Pentium II-level Interface USB

computer running Windows 98, ME, 2000 or XP with at least 64 megabytes Enclosure Aluminum (CE compliant)
of RAM, and at least 10 megabytes of free space on the hard drive. Internet Power 120V/220V, 50/60Hz
connection is required for free automatic upgrades.
Software Data-Trax
See complete specifications at www.wpiinc.com
Trigger Modes External Trigger, Threshold Trigger from Data, User
Trigger
Display Real time, user definable screen time independent
of sample rate, user definable units, AutoScale,
WPI-118 High Performance Digital Data Recorder full scale or user defined scale
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES Upgrades Software and firmware upgrades are free, and are
2851 BNC-to-BNC Cable, M-M, 6 ft automatically delivered to registered users via the
3491 DIN8 Extension Cable, M-F, 5 ft Web. Data-Trax software may be freely distributed.
Record and analyze your data with
Powerful software
included with Lab-Trax™
The acquisition and data display in Data‑Trax the screen. Scrolling, zoom-in and zoom-out
is easy and straight forward. It supports real tools, together with a searchable list of user
units and a time-based display that is not interventions, make finding important areas
coupled to sample rate. You can display up of data easy. And, of course, you can print or
to 1,000,000 data points per channel on export anything that you see.
The Main Display

Data recorded with Data-Trax is presented
as distance-per-unit of time, e.g., cm/sec,
exactly as it would be on a traditional
paper chart recorder. The x-axis display
is compressed or expanded using point
and click icons in the Data-Trax toolbar.
Data-Trax’s display can smoothly scroll
data at any speed. The display scroll rate
is not determined by sampling rate, so
you have full control over resolution and
display. This is particularly useful when
you want to compress high-resolution
data on the time axis to create a data
overview. Currently the software can
display 100,000 points per channel
online and one million points per channel
offline so you can see quite a bit of data
at a glance.
Data-Trax’s Main Window currently
supports functions that can show you
the real-time rate, integral or any of
16 online analyses. Each of these is
set up from a single click in the Main
Window. Data-Trax also has an “Analysis
Window” where students can make more
in-depth measurements and build lab
Main Display reports. There are 31 different kinds of
measurements supported in this window.
WPI’s coordinated system of hardware

and software allows life science
researchers to record and analyze a range
of data types with ease and simplicity. Low profile,
low cost, high flexibility and utility make Lab-Trax devices
the perfect choice for applications involving tissue and organ
bath recordings, epithelial voltage clamp studies and a host of
cardiovascular applications — just to mention a few.
AutoScale Real-Time Marks
A single button allows you to find the data on Researchers can insert
a channel, wherever it is, center it and expand “Text Marks” from the
it to fill the available channel space. AutoScale keyboard into their
used with high-resolution recorders ensures that data to indicate when
you will never again lose data because they are events like drug delivery
“out of range or off scale“. or stimulus points are
occuring. Marks are easy
Cursors to search and the ”Go
Most measurements students make on To Mark” feature will
recorded data involve a distance in time or take you to a selected
a difference in amplitude. For this reason, event from anywhere in
Data-Trax places two easy-to-move cursors in the data. For reporting,
researchers
can position
the text in Stimulator Window
a given mark over the data it
applies to, just like writing on
chart paper. from an easy-to-use sequence builder that
can include both the digital outputs and the
Twin DACs (WPI-118 only) analog outputs. Sequences are remembered
by Data-Trax and can be called manually or
Data-Trax allows you to program
automatically.
two independent analog outputs.
They can be used as independent
Lab Settings
stimulator outputs, or as linear
controls for pumps or other Settings or templates for the various lab
hardware that accept an analog protocols are stored in the program’s settings
voltage as control. Built-in wave menu. Each setting can include a Lab procedure
protocols include pulse, step, pulse and Journal format, as well as the program
train and DC. The two outputs can acquisition and analysis settings. This makes
be combined to produce more changing program settings to accommodate
complex protocols. different experiments point-and-click easy.
Digital Inputs Free Upgrades and Built-in Site License

Units Window Data-Trax software upgrades are free. Better yet,
Up to eight digital inputs can be
configured from Data-Trax. Raw data, count Data-Trax may be freely distributed and copied
frequency, and open times can be displayed in to other lab computers.
each display of data. Data-Trax displays the real time. That means that researchers can record data
difference in time and the difference in voltage in the lab and work on analysis and lab reports
(or calibrated units) between the cursors. Digital Output at their leisure in different locations.
Cursors can be moved with the mouse, or for Up to eight digital outputs can be configured Data-Trax is provided on an open license so
precise placement, with the arrow keys on the from the Data-Trax software. Digital outputs you can record data in the lab and analyze it
keyboard. can be used to control valves or relays in the in your office without buying multiple copies of
experimental rig, or they can be configured in the software..
Real World Units parallel to control
Data-Trax allows you to calibrate the displayed serial devices.
data in any unit that you choose. Reading your Output
data in mmHg or grams or micro amps takes sequences of
the guesswork out of analysis. events are created
Marks Window Input/Output Window

Not just data acquisition, but powerful analysis too!
Today’s analog to digital converters make straightforward, general operations that everyone
acquiring data very easy. The challenge to all uses and the vertical, complex routines that only
users is to extract meaning from the mountains YOU use. So, Data-Trax is a powerful analytical
of recorded data in order to generate conclusions, tool that can go to work on data right away, or
reports, and Nobel Prizes. This process is called be customized to execute very specific, complex
analysis. analysis routines.
Built into the Data-Trax data recording software is Analysis in Data-Trax is divided into five types
a powerful array of data analysis tools. The variety or kinds, each addressing specific analytical
of tools available strike a balance between the requirements.
Analyses of the First Kind — used on-line, they can operate at the top
acquisition rate of the program, 100,000
Wave-to-Wave Transforms samples per second.
Each of these functions takes all of the
Analyses of the First Kind that are
data in a channel and applies a transform
supported, include: Rate, Frequency,
to the data. The transform converts the
Period, Minimum, Maximum, Mean,
entire waveform described by the data
RMS, Regular Integral, Absolute Value
points into a completely new wave that
of Integral, First Derivative, Second
is displayed on an adjacent channel.
Derivative, User Definable Channel Math
Examples of these functions are the 1st
Function, Digital Filter, Power, Gain
derivative and the integral. Currently there
Telegraph (25 amplifiers supported),
are 27 functions of this type included in
Calculated Cardiogram Leads (4), Cardiac
the Data-Trax program. They are called
Angle, HRV Power (3 bands), Spirometry
from the right-click menu of a channel
Volume.
and can be used on-line or off-line. When
Analyses of the Second

Kind — Reduced Data
Functions in this class take a user-selected
group of data points and “digests” them to a
single value. These values are then saved to an
on-board Journal where they can be saved or
exported to other programs. There are currently
31 functions of this type available within the
Data-Trax software.
Analyses of the Second Kind that are
supported, include: T1,Y1,T2,Y2,T2-T1 Y2-Y1,
Maximum, Minimum, Maximum-Minimum, Mean, Mark, Count, Units,
Standard Deviation, RMS, Maximum dV/dt, Minimum dV/dt, Mean dV/dt,
dV1/dt, dV2/dt, Area, Integral, Absolute Value of Integral, Average of
Maximums, Average of Minimums, Average of Means, Average Period,
Count, Average of Maximum-Minimum
Analyses of the Third Kind — Redisplayed

Data
Capture “R” wave values and pass to the Marks Window prior to export.
above or below a specified level, or data at a particular time. The

program can look for values at a mark containing a particular string,
or any combination of these (e.g. look for a value 10 seconds after a
comment containing the string “DRUG”). The Find command can be made
to automatically drop the values that it finds into a tab-delimited table
that can later be opened in Excel, Matlab, or other analysis programs.
SPECIFIC events are detected using algorithms to find the point or
region of interest. The Left Ventricular End Diastolic Pressure (LVEDP) and
Analysis of the Third Kind (FFT) finding R waves or P waves in an ECG are good examples. Detection of
these data points requires specific software that resides in the Data-Trax
program, accessible from the Auto Mark menu. AutoMark allows the
Redisplayed data involves the plotting of recorded data in an “Other than
user to choose a detection algorithm and a data set. When the detection
Y, T” format. Examples include the XY plot or the Fast Fourier Transform
algorithm is completed, the software marks the record with comments
(FFT). Currently, Data-Trax 1.8 supports XY and FFT. Measurements of
at the appropriate places. Commenting or marking in this context
areas, segment lengths and slopes, as well as data point values are
accomplishes two things; it identifies the data points that need to be
available as “Second Kind” analyses from these windows.
operated on, and it also provides the user with visual cues as to whether
or not the software did its job in detecting the points that it was to find.
Analyses of the Fourth Kind — Detected Data-Trax can be directed to export the found data as text or load it into
Data Conditions a user-defined script. The Auto Mark can currently detect LVEDP, the QRS
Data-Trax software can be used to identify Regions of Interest (ROI) in components of the ECG dichrotic notch, maximal response for organ or
recorded data. Measurements can be extracted from these detected tissue bath studies, and spikes.
data points or areas, and then, be sent to the Journal where the Analyses of the Fourth Kind include: Auto Find: Min, Max, Threshold,
Mark with Specific String, Time Auto Mark: R waves, LVEDP, Dichrotic
Notch, Maximal Response, Spike Detection, ECG Analysis.
Analyses of the Fifth Kind — Scripting

It is impossible to include all of the analyses and plotting capabilities
required for biological research in a single program. We have provided
what we believe to be useful tools for the most common kinds of
analyses. In those circumstances where the built-in analysis tools fall
short of what is required, we have provided a scripting function. A script
is a program written in
any of the languages
supported by Data-
Trax. Scripts appear as
items in the Data-Trax
Scripting menu. When
elected, the script
takes a user selected
range of recorded data
and executes the script
Record and Automark the “R” wave. on the data.
Scripting languages
supported: DADiSP,
measurements can be included in a report. The measurements can also
Python, MatLab,
be exported in a variety of formats.
LabView, C++.
Data-Trax can detect events in two categories: general and specific.
Easily export “R” values to Excel or other ana-
GENERAL events are the ones located in the Find dialog. Using stock
lytical program for further analysis.
parameters, Data-Trax can identify Minimums and Maximums, data
FluoroDish ™
Cover-glass bottom for observing

and growing cells in imaging related
research
l Optical quality glass bottom for better

imaging quality (RI=1.525)
l Low sample volume for expensive
chemicals
l Lowest access angle for micropipette
l Available in black wall for low
background fluorescent measurement
l Low toxicity adhesive for embryo
research
WPI’s FluoroDish™ tissue culture dishes are background scattering of light and reduced to the uncoated glass bottom dish. The poly-
now available in a larger range of sizes, color intrinsic “auto” fluorescence, which occurs when D-lysine coating has been reported to improve
and coatings. These polycarbonate dishes using standard plastic bottom dishes. The glass the adhesion of neuron cells, and type I rat
provide exceptional imaging quality for many bottom permits the use of immersion objectives tail collagen has been reported to improve the
applications requiring the use of inverted with medium such as water, glycerin or oil for adhesion of muscle cells. The users can also
microscopes such as high resolution image the highest magnification possible. To optimize apply to the uncoated dish any special coating
analysis, microinjection and electrophysical heat-exchange, WPI’s glass-bottom dish is that is best for their cell line.
recording of fluorescent-tagged cells. Taking designed to be flush (flat) with the microscope The 10 mm glass window dish (FD3510) is
advantage of WPI’s extensive experience stage or heating unit, therefore eliminating the available with clear wall and black wall. It has
with low toxicity adhesives, FluoroDish uses a air gap that exists with modified plastic dishes low sidewall for easy microelectrode access and
specially formulated adhesive that is optically in which a glass cover slip has been inserted. low solution volume. The low microelectrode
clear, durable and with extremely low toxicity. Three different sizes of FluoroDish are offered, access angle is the lowest among all of 35 mm
Tests by an independent laboratory have shown one type of 50 mm diameter dish and two dishes on the market (very close that of a 50
that the 96-hour surviving rate of embryos is types of 35 mm diameter dishes. An inner well mm dish). The dish needs only 100 ~ 200 mL
100% when kept in FluoroDish, substantially is created within the dish by the glass bottom to cover the bottom well, an important feature
better than some other brands. The bottom and the tissue culture grade plastic which when using expensive drugs and chemicals.
glass has superior UV transmission (30% forms the sides of the dish. All WPI dishes have
transmission at 300 nm, compared to less The 50 mm dish (FD50) has a large growth
the advantages of low toxicity and good UV area (35 mm well diameter), a low access
than 7% for the most popular German glass). transmission bottom glass. They are individually
Stringent quality control ensures that glass angle for microelectrodes, and grips for easy
packed and gamma sterilized. handling. They are available with clear wall and
thickness stays within the 0.17 ±0.01 mm
range. The 35 mm dish has outside dimensions black wall.
similar to that of a Corning 35 mm dish and
Conventional plastic dishes and chambers has ø23.5 mm glass window (FD35) or
limit the utility of the inverted scope for many OD
ø10 mm glass window (FD3510). Most ID
applications because the thick plastic bottom heaters and perfusion adapters designed
requires a long working distance objective for the Corning 35 mm dish will also fit
available only in lower magnifications. Each this dish. The 23.5 mm glass window dish Access
WPI dish has a flat (0.17 mm thick) optical is available uncoated, poly-D-lysine-coated, H
h
Angle
quality glass bottom, allowing the use of a or collagen-coated with clear wall and
much shorter objective working distance, uncoated with black wall. Certain types of
larger numerical aperture (NA), and a higher cell lines (e.g., PC3 and HEK) adhere well
magnification (up to Glass Ø
100x). The larger NA
and higher magnification Part Number ID (mm OD (mm) Glass Ø (mm) height (inside) Height (outside) Access Angle
provide superior quality FD35 33 35.5 23.5 7.8 9 29°
imaging for both classical FD3510 10 35.5 10 1.5 4.65 17°
and fluorescence FD5040 47.5 49.82 35 7.25 7.4 17°
microscopy. Higher
effective NA yields l Choose from poly-D-lysine or collagen coated, or uncoated
brighter images for
fluorescence and FD35-100 FluoroDish Sterile Culture Dish, clear wall, 35 mm, 23 mm well, box of 100
higher resolution in FD35B-100 FluoroDish Sterile Culture Dish, black wall, 35 mm, 23 mm well, box of 100
Image Analysis. The FD35COL-100 FluoroDish Sterile Culture Dish, Collagen Coated, clear wall, 35 mm, 23 mm well, box of 100
glass bottom dish with FD35PDL-100 FluoroDish Sterile Culture Dish, Poly-D-Lysine Coated, clear wall, 35 mm, 23 mm well, box of 100
black colored wall is
FD3510-100 FluoroDish Sterile Culture Dish, clear wall, 35 mm, 10 mm well, low sidewall, box of 100
particularly suitable
for fluorescence FD3510B-100 FluoroDish Sterile Culture Dish, black wall, 35 mm, 10 mm well, low sidewall, box of 100
imaging which FD5040-100 FluoroDish Sterile Culture Dish, clear wall, 50 mm, 35 mm well, box of 100
requires lower FD5040B-100 FluoroDish Sterile Culture Dish, black wall, 50 mm, 35 mm well, box of 100
Cover Slips
These cover slips made of German glass
can be used for growing and culturing
cells that normally have poor adhesion to
plastic surfaces. They are small enough to
be placed in the micro plate or other cell
culture devices. The 5 mm size will fit inside
the 96-well culture plate and leave enough
room to pick it up from the bottom of the
well with forceps. The 8 mm size fits inside
the 24-well plates.
Order Number Diameter Thickness Quantity Price
502040 5 mm #1.5 (0.16 - 0.19 mm) 100
502041 8 mm #1.5 (0.16 - 0.19 mm) 100
Audible Baseline Monitor ABM SPECIFICATIONS

FREQUENCY RANGE Audible
The ABM, a battery-operated voltage-con INPUT RESISTANCE 1012 Ω
trolled oscillator, lets you monitor potential MAXIMUM APPLIED INPUT VOLTAGE ±10 V
audibly. ABM is particularly useful because POWER Nine-volt alkaline battery, supplied
it allows the user to estimate voltage levels PITCH (VOLTAGE SENSITIVITY) 1 octave per 100 mV @ 1 kHz
when using a microscope or engaged in other DIMENSIONS 3 × 2.75 × 2 inches (8 × 7 × 4 cm)
tasks which do not allow viewing an oscillo SHIPPING WEIGHT 2 lb (0.9 kg)
scope or recorder. An audible tone is generat
ed with increasing pitch as the input voltage
becomes increasingly positive.
ABM Audible Baseline Monitor
Low-Pass Filter A complete, ready-to-use instrument

LPF30 SPECIFICATIONS
INPUT IMPEDANCE 1 MΩ
GAIN ×1, ×10
BANDWIDTH FILTER 100 Hz to 30 kHz (2 pole R/C)
SHARPNESS 40 dB/decade
EQUIVALENT SHORTED INPUT NOISE AT x10 GAIN
100 Hz Bandwidth 10 µVpp
30 kHz Bandwidth 30 µVpp
OUTPUT VOLTAGE RANGE ±8 V
MAX. INPUT VOLTAGE ±10 V
OUTPUT RESISTANCE 100 Ω
LOW BATTERY INDICATOR LED lights when approximately 60
hours of battery life remain.
POWER 2 nine-volt alkaline batteries, supplied
BATTERY LIFE About 400 hours
Upper frequency band limit can be smoothly varied between 100 Hz and DIMENSIONS 5 × 3 × 2 inches (13 × 8 × 5 cm)
30‑kHz using a single knob. WPI’s new low-pass filter is small, consumes SHIPPING WEIGHT 2 lb (0.9 kg)
little power, and can be located almost anywhere in your workspace.
Features switch-selectable gain of ×1 or ×10 and low noise. An ideal tool
for filtering an analog signal before digital conversion by data acquisition LPF30 Lo-Pass Filter
systems.
Measure hydrostatic pressure
in small vessels and oocytes
Model 900A Micropressure System
● Simultaneously measures electric potential and pressure

● Preset internal microelectrode pressure
● Air-filled system — no debubbling
Model 900A is designed to measure hydrostatic a positive pressure for flushing the tip, or a negative tubing and the pressure transducer on the outlet
pressure in small vessels and cells. Pressure ranges pressure for pulling solution into the tip. By discon side of the piezoelectric valve. The 900A accurately
of -200 to +400 mm Hg can be measured with necting the microelectrode holder and attaching the controls and adjusts the pressure in the chamber to
stability and accuracy. The system’s sensing element tubing to a manometer, you can check the calibra match pressures applied externally to the microelec
is an electrolyte-filled glass microelectrode with a tip tion against a standard. trode tip.
diameter range of 2 to 5 microns. A built-in alarm sounds to indicate maximum pres The response time of the piezoelectric valve is
Pressures of electrolyte solutions are measured sure. The alarm also sounds when the tip is blocked 0.5 ms from fully closed to fully open. Overall sys
by maintaining a salt concentration gradient at the or electrical continuity is broken (e.g., the micro tem response time depends largely on the amount
tip of the sensing electrode in dynamic equilibrium electrode comes out of the solution, too little filling of residual volume in the tubing. When this volume
by applying an equal air pressure inside the micro solution to cover the Ag/AgCl pellet, disconnected is small, the system responds very rapidly (typically
electrode. The pressure reading appears on the front ground reference, etc.). 10 milliseconds).
panel display and via the BNC recorder output. The piezoelectric pressure controller regulates inter The lightweight pressure controller pod may be
Because the piezoelectric pressure controller uses nal pipette pressure by controlling air flow into and mounted close to the microelectrode using small-
external pressure and vacuum sources, pressures out of a small pressure chamber. A vacuum source bore tubing, to minimize system dead space.
lower than -200 to greater than +400 mm Hg can is connected on the outlet side of the chamber, and Microelectrode holders MEH6RF and MEH6SF
be quickly and accurately measured at the micro a piezoelectric valve meters air entering the pressur for 1.0 mm O.D. capillary glass included. (1.2, 1.5
electrode tip. ized chamber. The residual volume of the pressure and 2.0 mm also available — please specify when
The open pressure chamber is almost immune chamber includes the micropipette, the connecting ordering.)
to vibrations and movements and, unless they are
extremely large, the open system is unaffected 900A Micropressure System
by leaks. The pressure controller is contained in System price includes a one-day technical training session at WPI in Sarasota, Florida.
a small, lightweight enclosure that can easily be Specify line voltage
mounted near the micropipette to help reduce dead OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
space. It includes an amplifier, a piezoelectric valve 900AP Replacement Probe
and a pressure transducer. The user supplies fluid- CAL900A Pressure Calibration Chamber
filled microelectrodes, +500 mm Hg pressure source 3491 Probe Extension Cable
and a -300 mm Hg vacuum source. 2933 Rack Mount Kit
Measuring electric potential and pressure simulta 5332 Replacement Liquid Trap
neously lets you use potential recording as an addi MEH6RF Micropipette Holder (1.0, 1.2, 1.5 or 2.0 mm — Specify O.D.)
tional cue for locating the electrode where visibility MEH6SF Micropipette Holder (1.0, 1.2, 1.5 or 2.0 mm — Specify O.D.)
is limited, or correlate pressure and potential when TIPTW900A Prepulled Micropipette for 900A (1 mm thin-wall, 2 µTip) (pkg of 10)
this is meaningful. LV140-Y Vacuum Pump (120V)
The unique “Set Pressure” mode lets you preset 900APP Replacement Pressure Pod
the internal pressure of the microelectrode — select PM015D Pressure Manometer (15 psi)
Biosensing
Sensor Guide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Applications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Hypodermic Sheath . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Free Radical Detection

Hydrogen Peroxide & Oxygen Sensor Guide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
ISO-HPO-2, ISO-HPO-100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
ATP Sensors WSA2001 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
NEW APOLLO 1000 One-channel Free Radical Analyzer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
APOLLO 4000 Free Radical Analyzer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Multi-Port Measurement Chambers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
SuperLuminol Superoxide/Reactive Oxygen Species Determination Kit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
PeroxiLuminol Hydrogen Peroxide Determination Kit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
GSH Assay Kit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Nitric Oxide Detection

Nitric Oxide Sensor Guide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
BIOS EN S I NG
ISO-NOP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
ISO-NOPNM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
ISO-NOPF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
ISO-NOPMC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
ISO-NOP007, ISO-NOP30. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
ISO-NOP30-L, ISO-NOP70-L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
NSA NO Sensor Pre-Polarizer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
JUV ISO-NOP Rejuvenator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
SNAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
GSNO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Nitralyzer-II Nitrate to Nitrite Reduction Kit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
GRNK Griess Reaction Nitrite Kit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Neurotransmitter Detection
Micro C Carbon Fiber Potentiostat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Carbon Fiber Microelectrodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Oxygen Detection
OxyMini & OxyMicro Fiber Optic Oxygen Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
ISO2 Dissolved Oxygen Meter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
pH Meters and Electrodes

pHOptica™ Fiber Optic pH System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Beetrode™ Micro pH Electrodes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
pH Meters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
CALBUF Calcium Calibration Solutions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Dri-Ref™ Reference Electrodes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Kwik-Tip™ Ion-selective Electrodes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Liquid Ion Exchangers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Sensors
Macro sensors
Hydrogen
Species Nitric Oxide Oxygen Hydrogen Sulfide
Peroxide
Order Number Iso-Nop ISO-HPO-2 ISO-OXY-2 ISO-H2S-2
Price
Available Diameters 2 mm 2 mm 2 mm 2 mm
Response Time < 5 sec < 5 sec < 10 sec < 5 sec
Detection Limit/Range 1 nM < 100nM to 100mM 1%-100% < 5nM
Sensitivity 2 pA/nM 0.02 pA/nM N/A 2 pA/nM
Drift None 0.1pA/min < 1%/min
Temperature Dependent Yes Yes Yes Yes
Physiological Interference None None None None
Replacement Sleeves (pkg of 4) #5436 #600012 #5378 #600016
Filling Solution #7325 #100042 #7326 #100084
Start-up Kit #5435 #600011 #5377 #600015
Mini Sensors
BIOS EN S I NG
Hydrogen
Species Nitric Oxide Oxygen ATP
Peroxide
Order Number ISO-NOPF ISO-HPO-100 ISO-OXY-100 WSA2001 (starter kit)
Price (pkg of 2) (pkg of 3) (pkg of 2) (pkg of 5 + 5 null)
Available Diameters 100 & 200 µm 100 µm 100 µm 50 µm
Available Length 2 mm, 4 mm 2 mm, 4 mm disk 0.5 mm, 2 mm
Response Time < 5 sec < 5 sec < 5 sec 10-90% rise time 10 sec
Detection Limit/Range 0.2 nM < 10 nM-1mM 0.1%-100% 0.5 µM to 50 µM
Sensitivity 10pA/nM 1 pA/nM N/A 0.5 nA per µM
Drift none 1.0 pA/min < 1%/min none
Temperature Dependent slight slight slight slight
Physiological Interference Yes Yes Yes
Microsensor Cable #15810 #15810 #15810
Available with Hypodermic Sheath ISO-NOPFH ISO-HPO-100H ISO-OXY-100H
Price (pkg of 2) (pkg of 3) (pkg of 2)
Available as “L”-shaped for tissue bath ISO-NOP70L ISO-HPO-100L
Price (pkg of 2) (pkg of 3)
Micro Sensors for NO

Order Number ISO-NOP30 ISO-NOP007 ISO-NOPNM
Price (pkg of 3) (pkg of 3) (pkg of 3)
Available Diameters 30 µm 7 µm 100 nm
Available Length 0.5 mm, 2 mm 0.1mm, 2 mm 0.2 mm
Response Time < 3 sec < 3 sec < 3 sec
Detection Limit/Range 1nM 0.5 nM 0.5 nM
Sensitivity 1~4pA/nM 1~4pA/nM 0.5 pA/nM
Drift none none none
Temperature Dependent yes yes some
Physiological Interference none none none
Cable #15810 #15810 #15810
Applications
Nitric Oxide Hydrogen Hydrogen Sulfide Oxygen ATP
Peroxide
Cell Culture ISO-NOP ISO-HPO-2 ISO-H2S-2 ISO-OXY-2 WSA2001
Cell Suspensions ISO-NOP ISO-HPO-2 ISO-OXY-2
Mitochondria ISO-OXY-2
Subcutaneous ISO-NOPF
ISO-NOPF3
ISO-NOP30
Brain Slice ISO-NOP007
ISO-HPO-100 ISO-OXY-100 WSA2001
ISO-NOPF
Arteries ISO-NOP30
WSA2001
ISO-NOPF
Microvessels ISO-NOP30
ISO-HPO-100 ISO-OXY-100
Kidney Tubules ISO-NOP007

Tissue ISO-HPO-100 ISO-OXY-100 WSA2001
Single Cell ISO-NOPNM
ISO-NOP30-L
Tissue Bath ISO-NOP70-L
ISO-HPO-100L ISO-OXY-100L WSA2001
BIOS EN S I NG
in vivo WSA2001
FORT-100 Transducer
Micrometer
* Hypodermic Sheath
Any of the 100 micron electrochemical mini-sensors can
be purchased (at extra charge) with a hypodermic
connect to
Microsensor
cable #15810
sheath. This implementation uses a 24-ga.

hypodermic needle to mechanically shield
the sensor from damage. Its use allows
effortless insertion into blood vessels,
muscle and
tissue of all Held in micro-
kinds without manipulator
breakage.
3 mm
carbon fiber
Specify "NEEDLE" when ordering.
10 mm
Organ & Tissue Bath Studies

Bath
The L-shaped 100 micron electrochemical mini sensors were designed
≥ 10 mL
specifically for use in tissue bath studies and similar applications. The shape of
the sensor has been engineered to facilitate placement of the electrode within
the lumen of the tissue vessel under study. The ISO-NOP70-L is similar in
construction to the ISO-NOP30 but with the advantage of having a flexible tip
(70 µm diameter).
Nitric Oxide Sensor Guide
All WPI NO sensors are 100% compatible with the original ISO-NO, the more recent ISO-NO Mark II (NOMK2)
and the new APOLLO 4000 Free Radical Analyzer.
APPLICATIONS in vivo Cell Cultures, Tissue Bath Tissue Bath Microvessels Microvessels Single Cell
NO2- , NO3- ,
SENSOR ISO-NOPF ISO-NOP ISO-NOP30L ISO-NOP70L ISO-NOP30 ISO-NOP007 ISO-NOPNM
SENSOR DIAMETER 100 & 200 µm 2 mm 30 micron 70 micron 30 micron 7 micron 100 nm
RESPONSE TIME (with NOMK2) < 5 sec < 5 sec < 3 sec < 3 sec < 3 sec < 3 sec < 3 sec
LOWEST DETECTION LIMIT 0.2 nM 1 nM 1 nM 1 nM 1 nM 0.5 nM 0.5 nM
TEMPERATURE SENSITIVITY some yes yes yes yes yes some
DRIFT none none none none none none none
SENSITIVITY 10 pA/nM 2 pA/nM 1.4 pA/nM 1.4 pA/nM 1.4 pA/nM 1 pA/nM 0.5 pA/nM
PHYSIOLOGICAL INTERFERENCE none none none none none none none
Selectivity of WPI’s NO sensors WPI’s unique NO sensor technology utilizes an novel surface membrane
which amplifies the response to NO whilst eliminating responses to a vast
The ideal NO sensor should be insensitive to other reactive species likely
range of reactive species, including nitrite, absorbic acid, hydrogen peroxide,
to be present within the measurement environment. Conventional Nafion
catecolamines, and much more.
coated carbon fiber NO sensor exhibits a large response to such species.
ISO-NOP – The original nitric NO–3 and NO–2 Detection

oxide probe – ideal for cell cultures, cell A simple change in experimental protocol will
suspensions and many other applications enable the ISO-NOP to be conveniently used
BIOS EN S I NG
for rapid accurate determination of nitrite

(NO –2) and nitrate (NO –3) concentration in
samples. Using this method a detection limit
for NO –2 or NO –3 as low as 1 nM is routinely
possible.
Abdominal X-ray showing the appratus

The ISO-NOP is a popular, robust and high
consisting of two customized ISO-NOP nitric
performance sensor encased within a 2 mm oxide probes, 4-channel pH catheter, and
diameter disposable stainless steel protective Teflon nasogastric tube. (Courtesy Prof. K.E.L.
sleeve. The tip of the sleeve is covered with McColl, University Department of Medicine
a NO-selective membrane. Replacement and Therapeutics, Western Infirmary, Glasgow,
membrane sleeves can be purchased Scotland.) Iijima, K., et al. Gastroenterology
separately (WPI #5436) and require an 2002: 122: 1248-1257.
internal electrolyte (WPI #7325).
ISO-NOP Replacement 2 mm shielded sensor and cable
The ISO-NOP is an excellent general purpose 5435 ISONOP Startup Kit (recommended with first purchase)
NO sensor and is included with each 5436 Replacement Sleeve Kit for 2 mm sensor, pkg of 4
NOMK2. 7325 ISO-NO Electrolyte (10 mL)
7521 ISO-NO Electrolyte, CO2-insensitive (10 mL)
5399 T-Adapter Kit (pkg of 3) for ISO-NOP
ISO-NOPNM – The world’s — making it indisputably the smallest and

most sensitive NO sensor in the world!
smallest nitric oxide NanoSensor, designed 800
The ISO-NOPNM is based on a novel design

Current / pA
y = 0.5968x + 6.4967
600
for measurement of NO at the cellular level.
Current / pA
R2 = 0.9973
400
in which an electrochemically “activated” 200
composite graphite nanofibre is used as 0

0 300 600 900 1200
Ag/AgCl Sensing WPI the NO-sensing element. The surface of the Concentration / nM
Element Membrane
NanoSensor is then modified using a unique
multi-layered NO-selective membrane. Figure
100 nm at right illustrates the response of the ISO-
NOPNM following successive additions of
nanomolar concentrations of NO. The ultra-
Time / S
≈150 µm
low noise of the ISO-NOPNM (0.5 pA) enables
Amperometric response of the NO nanosensor (ISO-
a detection limit of just 0.5 nM NO. The NOPNM) to the successive additions of 2nM, 4 nM,
Schematic drawing of the new integrated NO response time of ISO-NOPNM is less than 3
nanosensor. (US Patent Pending) 8 nM NO into 0.1 M PBS (pH=7.4).
seconds.
The ISO-NOPNM NanoSensor has a tip

diameter of just 100 nm (0.1 µm) and a ISO-NOPNM 100 nm NanoSensor, pkg of 3 (requires cable #15810)
detection limit for NO of less than 0.5 nM 15810 Microsensor Adapter Cable
ISO-NOPF – unique flexible NO
sensor! Designed for arteries, microvessels, Sensor Body
50 pA
in vivo applications, and similar 60 mm x < 2 mm diam. Ag/AgCl
Current (pA)
flexible
applications. 10 sec
8 nM
ISO-NOPF electrodes are the newest addition 4 nM

100 µm
or
to WPI’s nitric oxide sensor family and are 200 µm
2 nM
available in 100 µm and 200 µm diameters. 1 nM 5 mm
Utlilzing the latest advances in nano-
technology and material science, scientists at 2 mm
WPI’s Sensor Laboratory have created these
Time (s)
completely flexible and virtually unbreakable
NO sensors. The new sensors are based on Schematic drawing of ISO-NOPF.
Response of ISO-NOPF to NO.
a composite graphite NO-sensing element
combined with a reference electrode. The ISO-NOPF100 100 µm Flexible NO Sensor, pkg of 2
surface of the sensor is then coated with a ISO-NOPF200 200 µm Flexible NO Sensor, pkg of 2
unique multi-layered NO-selective membrane. 15810 Microsensor Adapter Cable
Glucose Sensor Specifications

In Vitro Precision Coefficient of variation (CV) ≤5%
Glucose Range 36 - 450 mg/dl (or 2-25 mM/L)
Response Time (sec) 100 - 300s
In vivo calibration In vivo calibration
Interference species Acetaminophen, ascorbic acid,
NEW! ISO-Glu – Implantable glucose sensor uric acid
Length 5 cm
BIOS EN S I NG
Measuring glucose in vivo over the long term is challenging and Sensor Size 0.6 × 0.7 mm
difficult. Previous measurement systems were limited to acute studies or Reference Electrode Ag/AgCl
a few days at best. WPI introduces a new kind of implantable glucose Polarization voltage (V) 0.65 -0.7V vs. Ag/AgCl
sensor based on a patented technology. This sensor provides a tool for Sensor Life 3-4 months in solutions at room
researchers to directly detect glucose in chronic studies in vitro or in temperature under continuous
vivo. The sensor is fully compatible with WPI’s Apollo system. polarization; 15-30 days in vivo
Shelf Life 6 months
ISO-GLU Implantable Glucose Sensor (pkg of 2) Operation Conditions 20° to 40° C (68° to 104° F)
15810 Microsensor Adapter Cable Storage Conditions 10° to 25° C (50° to 77° F)
ISO-NOP007
ISO-NOP30 – 7 and 30 micron
300 pA
sensors with exceptional performance

Current (pA)
— ideal for tissues and microvessels 20 sec
1600
The ISO-NOP007 and ISO-NOP30 have 1200

y = 1.3583x + 16.15
R2 = 0.9985
Current / pA
recently been improved in design and 800
performance. The ISO-NOP007 has a tip 400
diameter of just 7 microns and a length of 0
2 mm. The ISO-NOP30 has a tip diameter of 0 300 600
Concentration / nM
900 1200
30 microns and is available in two different

tip lengths (i.e., ISO-NOP3020 has tip length Time (s)
of 2 mm, ISO-NO3005 has tip length of
The response of a 7 µm NO sensor (ISO-NOP007) Simultaneous measurement of force (top trace) and
0.5 mm). The response of the ISO-NOP007
to successive additions of NO (100 nM). Inset shows changes of NO concentration (lower trace) in (A)
and ISO-NOP30 is linear over a wide dynamic the linearity of the resulting calibration plot. the rat superior mesenteric artery relaxed with ACh
concentration range of NO. The design and (B) a small human artery relaxed with ACh
of both electrodes is based on a single and SNAP. In this artery oxyhaemoglobin(oxyHb)
Sensor Body Ag/AgCl
carbon fiber coated with WPI’s NO-selective 60 mm x < 2 mm diam. partly reversed the increase in NO concentration,
membrane. A detection limit of approximately 2 mm with only a small change in force. [U. Simonsen, et
or al., J. Physiol., 1999, 516: 271-282.]
1 nM NO makes these electrodes ideal for use 0.5 mm 7 µm
in tissues and microvessels. or
30 µm
2 mm
Schematic drawing of ISO-NOP007 and ISO-
NOP30.
ISO-NOP007 7 µm Nitric Oxide Sensor (pkg of 3)
ISO-NOP3020 30 µm Sensor Tips (2 mm length), pkg of 3 (requires #15810)
ISO-NOP3005 30 µm Sensor Tips (0.5 mm fiber), pkg of 3 (requires #15810)
15810 Microsensor Adapter Cable
Hydrogen Peroxide & Oxygen Sensor Guide
ISO-HPO-2 ISO-HPO-100 ISO-HPO-100-L ISO-OXY-2 ISO-OXY-100
APPLICATION Cell Cultures, etc. Tissue/Microvessels Tissue Bath Cell Cultures, etc. Tissue/Microvessels
SENSOR DIAMETER 2.0 mm 100 micron 100 micron 2.0 mm 100 micron
RESPONSE TIME <5 SEC (90%) <5 SEC (90%) <5 SEC (90%) <10 SEC (90%) <5 SEC (90%)
DETECTION LIMIT <100 nM to 100 mM <10 nM to 1 mM <10 nM to 1 mM 0.1 % to 100% 0.1 % to 100%
DRIFT <0.1 pA/min <1.0 pA/min <1.0 pA/min <1%/min <1%/min
SENSITIVITY 0.2 pA/nM 1 pA/nM 1 pA/nM N/A N/A
PHYSIOLOGICAL INTERFERENCE none Contact WPI Contact WPI none Contact WPI
Hydrogen Peroxide Sensors applications. The graph below Illustrates the linearity of response
of the sensor following successive increases in hydrogen peroxide
Hydrogen Peroxide is produced in biological systems by controlled
concentration in solution.
pathways at low concentrations that impact on cell signaling. At higher
concentrations inflammatory cells produce local intense amounts The ISO-HPO-100 is a 100 micron tip diameter hydrogen peroxide
of this oxidant to kill pathogens. In the progress of human disease,
uncontrolled formation of hydrogen peroxide from the mitochondrial
respiratory chain and enzymes, such as xanthine oxidase, can occur
ISO-HPO-100
(Prof. Victor Darley-Usmar, Univ. of Alabama, personal communication).
Despite the recognized importance of this oxidant in biology real-time micro sensor designed for use in tissues and similar applications.
measurements at low concentration have been difficult. The hydrogen The sensor design is based on a flexible “activated” carbon fiber
peroxide sensors developed by WPI are designed to compliment sensing electrode coated with a proprietary membrane that enhances
existing high sensitivity fluorescent approaches with direct quantitative hydrogen peroxide detection.
measurement in biological samples in the low nM range. Both sensors incorporate WPI’s proprietary combination electrode
Two hydrogen peroxide sensors are currently available. The ISO- technology whereby the hydrogen peroxide sensing element and
BIOS EN S I NG
HPO-2 is a 2.0 mm stainless steel sensor, with replaceable separate reference electrode are encased within a single Faraday-
membrane sleeves (#600012) and an internal refillable shielded probe design. This design has been shown to enhance
electrolyte (#100042). The sensor is designed performance during measurements and minimizes overall sensor size.
for use in cell cultures and
similar 600011 ISO-HPO Startup Kit (recommended with first purchase)
ISO-HPO-2 ISO-HPO-2 2mm Shielded HPO Sensor & Cable
ISO-HPO-100 100 µm HPO Sensor (requires #15810), pkg of 3
600012 Replacement Sleeve Kit for ISO-HPO-2, pkg of 4
100042 ISO-HPO-2 Electrolyte (10 mL)
ISO-NOP30-L Oxygen Sensors

FORT-100 Transducer
ISO-NOP70-L Two oxygen sensors are currently available. The ISO-OXY-2 is a

2.0 mm stainless steel sensor, with replaceable membrane sleeves
ISO-HPO-100-L
Micrometer
connect to (#5378) and an internal refillable electrolyte (#7326). The sensor is

ISO-OXY-100-L Microsensor
cable #15810 similar in design to WPI’s popular OXELP oxygen sensor (see page
58).
ISO-NOPF200-L10
The ISO-OXY-100 is a 100 micron tip diameter oxygen sensor. The
L-shaped sensors for tissue bath
sensor design is based on a flexible “activated” carbon fiber sensing
studies
Held in microelectrode coated with a proprietary membrane that enhances oxygen
manipulator
The ISO-NOP30-L is a unique L- 3 mm
detection.
shaped nitric oxide sensor designed carbon fiber
ISO-OXY-2 2 mm Shielded Oxygen Sensor & Cable
specifically for use in tissue bath 10 mm
ISO-OXY-100 100 µm Oxygen Sensor, pkg of 3
studies and similar applications
5377 ISO-OXY Startup Kit (recommended with first purchase)
(e.g., see WPI’s MYOBATH). The
5378 Replacement Electrode Sleeve Kit, pkg of 4
shape of the sensor has been Bath
≥ 10 mL 7326 ISO2 Filling Solution (electrolyte)
engineered to facilitate placement
of the electrode within the lumen
of the tissue vessel under study.
The ISO-NOP70-L is similar in Temperature Sensor
construction to the ISO-NOP30 but
with the advantage of having a
flexible tip (70 µm diameter). L-shaped NO sensor used with
The temperature sensor (#ISO-TEMP-2) is based on a 2.0 mm
Myobath.
tip diameter high quality miniature platinum RTD (Resistance
Temperature Detector) electrode. This design has been shown to
ISO-NOP30-L NO Sensor, L-Shaped 30-micron (pkg of 3) provide greater accuracy, stability and interchangeability during
ISO-NOP-70-L NO Sensor, L-Shaped 70-micron (pkg of 2) temperature measurements than traditional thermistor and
ISO-NOPF200-L10 NO Sensor, 200 µm Flexible L-shaped (pkg of 2) thermocouple sensors.
ISO-HPO-100-L HPO Sensor, L-Shaped 100-micron (pkg of 2) ISO-TEMP-2 2 mm Platinum RTD Temperature Sensor (requires #15810)
ISO-OXY-100-L Oxygen Sensor, L-Shaped 100-micron (pkg of 2) 15810 Microsensor Adapter Cable
15810 Microsensor Adapter Cable
Real-time measurement of ATP
Benefits
• Ready to use
• Easy to use
• Simple to calibrate
• Exquisitely sensitive
• Wide linear range
• Reusable
• Minimally invasive
The ATP sensor is the first of a series of sensor-
BIOS EN S I NG
probes, designed for in vivo and in vitro experimental
studies into the physiological and pathophysiological roles
of the purines. Real-time Measurement of ATP
platinum wire
The device has been designed by neurophysiologists for fellow 50 µm diameter
experimentalists and incorporates a number of practical features
that have user-appeal. The novel design concept is based on
enzyme layer
the deposition of an active enzyme matrix, including glycerol
kinase and glycerol-3-phosphate oxidase, onto the surface of a ATP + glycerol
40
Platinum needle microelectrode. This is housed in a glass sheath
glycerol kinase
and incorporates a simple connector device, enabling linkage 30
to a potentiostat (WPI’s MicroC and Apollo series detectors). The
I / nA
ADP + glycerol-3-phosphate
sensor is easy to use and exquisitely sensitive, with a broad linear 20
range and fast response time. It is also easy to calibrate and glycerol-3-phosphate
2 nA
10 100 s
capable of repeat use. oxidase
µM ATP 1 5 10 50
0
glycerone phosphate + H2O2
0 25 50 75 100
WSA2001 SPECIFICATIONS [ATP] / µM
Construction Needle-shaped microelectrode
enzyme-coated platinum/iridium wire
Sensor length (tip) 2 mm X 50 µm (diam)
Response time 10-90% rise time ≤ 10 sec
Sensitivity 0.5 nA per µM
Linear Range 0.5 µM to 50 µM
Selectivity specific for ATP versus UTP, ADP and Adenosine
Shelf-life Dry: ≥6 months @ 4ºC
Wet: ≤5 days
Calibration Single point
Re-use characteristics Subject to calibration
Applications in vitro in vivo
Suitable tissues brain, blood vessels gut, retina
WSA1001 ATP Sensor (package of 5)

WSA1002 ATP Null Sensors (package of 5) Use of null sensor requires a second MicroC.
WSA2001 ATP Starter Kit (5 ATP sensors, 5 null sensors, reference electrode, calibration bottles) Use of null sensor requires a second MicroC.
WSA1003 Adenosine Sensor (package of 5)
WSA1004 Inosine Sensor (package of 5)
WSA2003 Adenosine Starter Kit (5 adenosine sensors, 5 null sensors, reference electrode, calibration bottles) Use of null sensor requires second MicroC.
300305 MicroC Adapter for ATP/Adenosine/Inosine Sensors
Apollo 1000
One-channel Free Radical Analyzer
Analog and digital circuits are separate,

allowing you to combine ion
concentrations with other types of
signals (BP, force, etc.) with the data
acquisition system of your choice.
You control signal conditioning
— adjust filters, gains and smoothing
to suit your signal, or use templates
in the Data-Trax software.
Poise voltage is controllable by
external command, allowing ramps,
pulses, and techniques other than
chronoamperometry, including
cyclic voltametry, differential pulse
polarography — or simply sweeping
the poise voltage with a ramp to determine
concentration of endogenous species. severe extent and cannot be considered RAW. Further, the output from these
connectors is very much noisier than the signal seen after processing by the
Separate inputs for amperometric (free radical sensors),
BIOS EN S I NG
Apollo software. If you are recording in a beaker and are not interested in
potentiometric (pH and other voltage sensors) and anything beyond the change in concentration of the free radical, this scheme
temperature. works well. If, however, you are examining the effect on other physiological
parameters such as blood pressure or blood flow or developed force in a
Analog vs. Digital vascular ring, you are required to take the analog out from the Apollo 4000
and feed it to an external data system or chart recorder where the facility to
A not-so-obvious difference between this new device and its predecessor is
process the noise may not exist or at least not be obvious.
that the Apollo 4000 is an inherently digital device and the Apollo 1000 is an
inherently analog device. Both have a current-to-voltage converter as their first In the Apollo 1000 the user has complete control of the bandwidth and the
electronic stage. Both use filters after the I/V conversion, and both digitize to strength of the smoothing. In the Apollo 4000 these parameters are fixed.
get the final signal onto the computer screen. If you are looking at Nitric Oxide from low current output sensors it becomes
In the Apollo 1000 the current signal from the electrode enters the device necessary to sacrifice bandwidth and rise time to get the noise down. This is
and is converted to a voltage at a user-selectable gain. Thereafter it passes to a time-honored and inescapable tradeoff. In free radical measurement, noise
a user-selectable filter block. After filtration the signal is buffered and sent to levels are directly related to detection limit — lower is better. But what if you
the output. WPI recommends that the analog signal then be presented to a are looking at a species like oxygen or some other species where output
Lab-Trax™ digital recorder where, under user control, software can be used currents are larger? In the non-user-controllable environment of the Apollo
to smooth, additionally filter and calibrate the signal. Lab-Trax is provided with 4000 you have permanently sacrificed bandwidth for noise. Your signal is
Data-Trax™ software that runs on the user’s computer. really quiet but any hope of doing fast kinetics or stop flow experiments is
gone. In the Apollo 1000 scheme the bandwidth of higher current signals can
In the Apollo 4000 (and the two-channel Apollo 2000) the current signal
be increased at the expense of additional noise where it does not matter.
from the electrode enters the device and is converted to a voltage at a user-
selectable gain. The gain control in the Apollo 4000 is in the Apollo software. Poise Voltage Control
(In the Apollo 1000, the control is a physical switch on the device itself.) The
signal then passes to a fixed 0.05 Hz first order passive filter and is then The Apollo 4000 is able to create poise voltage from 0 to +2V. For species
digitized. Some manipulations to the digital signal then occur to compensate requiring negative poise voltage, the wiring in connectors needed to be
for the increase in response time caused by the heavy fixed filter. The digital changed to reverse the polarity. Beyond this, poise voltage was set from within
signal is then split; one path is converted back to analog and sent to BNC the Apollo software and was limited to DC.
connectors on the back of the unit. The other path takes the digital signal The Apollo 1000 has a poise voltage range of 0V~ ±2V. In addition the
to an onboard Windows-based computer where the Apollo software further Apollo 1000 can allow the poise voltage to be driven by an external signal.
processes the signal by applying a non-adjustable 512-point Savitsky Golay The split supply (+ and - voltages) together with the external command
smooth and automatic calibration. allow cyclic voltametry, differential pulse polarography and a host of
There are several problems with the Apollo 4000 approach that do not exist other electro-chemical techniques not possible with DC poise voltages. In this
in the Apollo 1000. Raw data from the Apollo 4000 is the signal coming connection, if the poise voltage is changing with time the preferred medium
from the rear panel. This signal has already been processed to some fairly of display is the XY plot. (The Apollo 4000 software is limited to linear (Y,T)
displays.) Data-Trax v2.0 offers XY as well as other features that make it better
suited to analysis and display of electrochemical data.
APOLLO1000 1-Channel Free Radical Analyzer System
Includes meter, one sensor (specify), temperature sensor and start-up kit Potentiometric input
INST-APOLLO Installation and Training In addition to its free radical sensor input, the Apollo1000 has a separate
LAB-TRAX-4 4-Channel Data Acquisition System potentiometric input. This is a 1015 input, capable of accepting pH electrodes
See sensors on pages 80-85. directly without buffer amps. Because of the linear calibration feature in Data-
Trax, other units such as pCa or pK can be easily set up even if the slope of
the sensor is unknown.
Apollo
4000
World’s first fully-integrated
NO / Free Radical Analyzer
l 4-channel isolated architecture allows

simultaneous measurement of up to 4 different
species in the same preparation or simultaneous
measurement in 4 different preparations.
l Ultra low noise and fast response times allow you
to record from a variety of sensors
l Current measurement range from 100 fA to 10 µA (4
ranges) permits wide dynamic range for detection.
l Real-time detection using electrochemical
microsensors.
l Measure NO from < 0.3 nM to 100 µM.
l Measure hydrogen peroxide < 10 nM to 100 mM.
BIOS EN S I NG
l Measure oxygen from 0.1% to 100%.
l Measure Independent temperature and display on
all channels.
l Slim-line desktop control unit can be used on the
bench or rackmounted
The APOLLO 4000 is an optically isolated 4-channel free radical analyzer

designed for the detection of a variety of redox-reactive species of
biomedical importance. The electrochemical (amperometric) detection Now Includes 2 Sensors Free!
principle used enables detection of a broad range of redox-reactive
species with unsurpassed accuracy and sensitivity.
APOLLO 4000 Specifications
APOLLO 4000 incorporates a powerful single board computer software
Number of Channels 8 (4 Sensor + 4 Temperature)
that enables real-time display and data-acquisition of experimental
A/D resolution 24 bit
data. An extensive graphical user interface (GUI) based on a full color
Sample Speed 1 s/s to 50 s/s
LCD monitor with touch-screen-control allows complete control and
Poise DAC Voltage Range 0 – 2V
programming of all detection and data-acquisition parameters to be made
Poise Voltage Setting Accuracy 50 µV
at a single touch. Alternatively, the instrument can be controlled using a
Concentration Measurement
standard keyboard and mouse (included).
Ranges of Measurement 10nA, 0.1µA, 1µA, 10µA
APOLLO 4000 is designed for use with WPI’s range of nitric oxide, Signal to Noise Ratio 106 dB (100,000 : 1)
hydrogen peroxide and oxygen sensors. The user simply plugs the Limit of Detection 50 fA
required sensor into any one of the input channels located on the Absolute Accuracy 1%
instruments main front panel and then selects the detection and Temperature Measurement
acquisition parameters using the software. Each channel is also provided Measurement Element Platinum RTD
with an independent temperature input port that allows real-time Accuracy 0.1 % Degree Celsius
monitoring of temperature using the available temperature sensors. Interchangeability Error 0.2 % Degree Celsius
User Interface
Display 12" Diagonal Color LCD
Touch screen Resistive
APOLLO 4000 System Resolution SVGA (600x800); 16,777,215 colors
Operating System Windows XP Professional
System includes the APOLLO 4000 instrument and associated software,
Compatibility (Interface) Printer port, 2 USB ports, 10/100
color LCD display, temperature sensor, cables, keyboard, mouse, manuals. Base T Ethernet, PS2 keyboard and
APOLLO4000-4 4-Channel Free Radical Analyzer System mouse
Includes one sensor (specify) and one start-up kit Dimensions (H x W x D) 13.3 x 42.5 x 25.4 cm
APOLLO4000-2 2-Channel Free Radical Analyzer System (5.25-in. x 16.73-in. x 10-in.)
Includes one start-up kit with purchase of sensor (specify) (compatible with 19-in. rack)
UPGRADE-APOLLO Converts APOLLO4000-2 to APOLLO4000-4 Weight 5.9 kg (13 lb)
See sensors on pages 80-85 Note: Due to continued development, the functionality and the
performance parameters of the system may be changed without a notice.
Multi-Port
Measurement
Chamber
Temperature stabilized four-port closed
chamber for measurements of nitric
oxide, oxygen hydrogen peroxide and
other species in cell culture
● Four port (WPI #NOCHM-4) chamber accommodates WPI’s 2-mm

sensors for nitric oxide (ISO-NOP), oxygen (OXELP), hydrogen peroxide,
and WPI’s KWIK-TIP ion selective electrodes in combination with WPI’s
2 mm Dri-Ref™ reference electrodes.
● Two additional top ports for injection of reagents using WPI’s
MicroFil™ syringe needles
● Closed chamber design greatly reduces the surface area of the solution
BIOS EN S I NG
exposed to air
● One top port and up to three side ports configuration provides
adequate space for convenient sample and electrode manipulation
● Temperature control through an external circulating bath
● The chamber can be used for nitric oxide and other species calibration
at temperatures from 4-40 ºC
The measurement of NO and other reactive gases dissolved in solutions
will be underestimated in stirred conditions if the solution is allowed to
equilibrate with air. In the case of NO, accelerated decomposition occurs
as the result of diffusion of NO from the solution into the gas phase
and the reaction of NO with oxygen. This reaction with oxygen makes
a significant and variable contribution to NO decomposition, and hence
accuracy of measurement, at concentrations of NO between 0.1-5 µM.
These problems can now be eliminated with the use of WPI’s two-port
NOCHM or four-port NOCHM-4 closed chambers. The chambers consist
of a close fitting cap through which a NO probe (ISO-NOP) or other
Multi-port measurement chambers electrode can be inserted. When the probe is in place and the cap is
fitted to the chamber the surface area of the solution exposed to air is
Volume of Sample 1-3 mL
greatly reduced. Up to three optional side ports are also provided through
Sample Injection Ports 2 (top)
which an oxygen electrode* (e.g., OXELP), WPI’s hydrogen peroxide, or
Number of Electrode Ports 4
KWIK-TIP ion selective electrodes in combination with WPI’s 2 mm Dri-
Electrode Compatibility Ref™ reference electrodes can be inserted.
Nitric Oxide Electrode ISO-NOP
Oxygen Electrode* OXELP* The multi-port measurement chambers can be conveniently
Hydrogen Peroxide Electrode ISO-HPO-2 temperature-controlled by circulating water through the outer sleeve
Calcium Electrode KWIKCAL-2 of the chamber using an appropriate heating/cooling circulator bath.
Hydrogen Electrode KWIKH-2
The inner volume of the chamber (and hence sample volume) can be
Potassium Electrode KWIKPOT -2
TPP (tetraphenylphosphonium) Electrode KWIKTPP-2 continuously adjusted in volume from 1.0 mL to 3.0 mL and is suitable
Dri-Ref Electrode DRIREF-2 for most cell suspension experiments.
SUPER-Dri-Ref Electrode SDR2
REFERENCE
Temperature Range of Circulating Water 4-40 ºC
Water inlet and outlet require 1/4-in. ID tubing P. S. Brookes, E. P. Salinas, K. Darley-Usmar, J. Eiserich, B. A. Freeman,
* Caution: Not recommended for low oxygen concentration V. M. Darley-Usmar, P. G. Anderson. “Concentration dependent effects
(<1%) measurements. of nitric oxide on mitochondrial permeability transition and cytochrome c
release”. J. Biol. Chem. 275, 20474-9 (2000).
NOCHM-4 Four-Port Closed Chamber for use with WPI’s 2.0 mm electrodes (e.g., ISO-NOP and OXELP, etc.)
NOCHM-P Spare Plug-adapter for ISO-NOP nitric oxide electrode
800100 Spare Center Chamber Gasket (package of 2)
GSNO
S-nitrosoglutathione
S-Nitroso-N-acetyl-D,L-penicillamine
SNAP is a stable green
crystalline S-nitrosothiol
compound that mimics
GSNO has been identified in vivo as a potential storage and transport the action of nitric oxide
vehicle for NO in the body. GSNO has been used in clinical trials to in vivo. It has vasodilatory
treat a form of preeclampsia and to prevent platelet aggregation. It properties and has been
also has considerable potential as NO donor in medicine. shown to relax isolated
bovine coronary artery
SNO rings by activating soluble granulate cyclase. This reagent also
O actuates apoptosis in mouse thymocytes and has been accounted
H for reversible inactivation of
HO2C N CO2H protein Kinase C. SNAP can be O H3C CH3
N
used for calibration of all WPI N
H COOH
NH2 O NO sensors. Call for details.
S
M.W. 220.2
M.W.336.3 • C10H16N4O7S • Purity > 98% • Soluble NHAc
in water or DMSO • Storage: -20°C Purity > 98% by NMR or TLC
REFERENCES REFERENCES
A. R. Butler, Anal. Biochem. 249:1-9 (1997). S. C. Askew, et al. Bioorg. Med. Chem. 3, 1 (1995).
D. Nikitovic, J. Biol. Chem. 271(32), 19180-19185 (1996). K. Fehsel, et al. J. Immunol. 155, 2858 (1995).
D. R. Noble, Nitric Oxide 4:392-398 (2000). R. Gopalakrishna, et al. J. Biol. Chem. 268, 27180 (1993).
D. L. H. Williams, Acc. Chem. Res. 32:869-876 (1999). E. Southam, J. Garthwaite, Neurosci. Lett. 130, 107 (1991).
P. J. Henry, et al. J. Pharmacol. Exp. Therap. 248, 762 (1989).
GSNO-50 GSNO 50 mg vial
GSNO-100 GSNO 100 mg vial SNAP25 SNAP, 25 mg vial
GSNO-500 GSNO 500 mg vial SNAP50 SNAP, 50 mg vial
BIOS EN S I NG
SNAP100 SNAP, 100 mg vial
Pre-polarizer ISO-NOP Rejuvenator

Keep extra NO sensors ready to use
Achieve a stable background current quickly. This small battery-powered

device applies a potential to the NO electrode equivalent to the potential
applied by the ISO-NO meter. Consequently, a sensor which has been connect
ed to the activator may be transferred to the meter for immediate use. For After an ISO-NOP 2‑mm sensor is used for long periods, sensitivity may
use with all WPI NO electrodes. become reduced and response time may increase. This little device can
restore ISO-NOP performance to original levels by applying an electric
NSA-3 ISO-NO Activator (for three sensors) waveform for a few seconds. 9v alkaline battery included.
JUV ISO-NOP Rejuvenator
SuperLuminol PeroxiLuminol
Superoxide/Reactive Oxygen Species Hydrogen Peroxide Determination
Determination Kit based on Enhancer- Kit Based on Peroxidase-Catalyzed
Amplified Luminol Chemiluminescence Luminol Chemiluminescence
1200
140 1200
Phagocyte Oxidative Burst
y = 10.291x + 1.0278
1000
120 R 2 = 0.9996
Luminescence (mV)
1000
Luminescence (mV)
800
100
Luminescence (mV)
+ Luminol
600
800
80 + Enhancer 400
60 200
600
+ Luminol 0
40 – Enhancer
0 20 40 60 80 100
20 400
0 1000 2000 200
Time (s)
Assay Principle: Luminol reacts with superoxide and other reactive 0

0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500
oxygen species resulting in a luminophore that has an emission peak
BIOS EN S I NG
Time (s)
at ~425 nm. The intensity of the chemiluminescence is proportional
to the amount of superoxide or reactive oxygen species in the sample.
Hydrogen Peroxide is produced in biological systems by controlled
The superoxide reaction shown above exemplifies chemiluminescence
pathways at low concentrations that impact on cell signaling. At higher
production from luminol.
concentrations inflammatory cells produce local intense amounts of
The kit is based on a proven assay which is used to quantify gross this oxidant to kill pathogens. In the development of human disease
cellular production of reactive oxygen species including; superoxide, uncontrolled formation of hydrogen peroxide from the mitochondrial
hydroxyl radical, peroxynitrite and hypochlorite. When the other reactive respiratory chain and enzymes such as xanthine oxidase can
oxygen species are mostly derived from superoxide, this assay provides occur (Prof. Victor Darley-Usmar, University of Alabama, personal
an indirect measure of cellular superoxide production. Indeed, luminol communication). Hydrogen peroxide concentrations at µM level elicit
assay is one of the most important methods in the analysis of metabolic a broad spectrum of cellular responses ranging from mitogenic growth
activities of phagocytes and is widely used in biomedical research. stimulation to apoptosis and necrosis. PeroxiLuminol is a hydrogen
WPI Enhancer: A number of compounds are known to increase the peroxide chemiluminescence bioassay kit developed by WPI to provide
intensity of luminescent emission from luminol. The WPI SuperLuminol an accurate analytical tool by which to measure hydrogen peroxide
kit utilizes a patented non-toxic enhancer to provide ~50 times increase formation in the living system. The kit is designed to compliment
in luminescence emission intensity from cells. The figure above shows WPI’s new range of hydrogen peroxide electrochemical sensors. When
oxidative bursts from phagocytes in whole blood (after 400 times combined together these detection methods will greatly aid hydrogen
dilution) induced by phorbol myristate acetate (PMA) in the absence and peroxide research.
presence of the enhancer. Significantly lower amounts of reactive oxygen Assay Principle: Horseradish peroxidase (HRP) reacts with hydrogen
species can be assayed when using the enhancer. peroxide to form reactive Compound I and Compound II, which in turn
Kit Contents: The WPI SuperLuminol kit contains a complete reagent oxidize luminol with concomitant production of chemiluminescence
set to assay superoxide/reactive oxygen species for cell cultures, isolated (see reaction scheme below). The PeroxiLuminol Kit has been optimized
phagocytes, un-isolated phagocytes in whole blood, and other biological so that hydrogen peroxide concentration is linearly proportional to
samples. The kit can be purchased with or without a chemical stimulant/ luminescence intensity. Our formulation assures that luminescence
agonist (PMA) for superoxide/reactive oxygen species production in cells. intensity doesn’t decay too quickly so that measurement can be made
The kit includes the following reagents: accurately and precisely. The slow decay rate also allows luminescence
measurement with simple luminometers that may not include injection/
• Luminophoric Reagent: Luminol mixing devices. The figure above shows hydrogen peroxide standards as
• Assay Buffer: HBSS assayed by the HRP-catalyzed luminescence method.
• Enhancer Benefits
• KO2 (qualitative test control reagent)
• Determine hydrogen peroxide concentration in minutes.
• PMA (optional)
• Simple and extensively tested method with an increased sensitivity.
• PMA solvent (dimethyl-sulfoxide, optional) • More stable signals.
Benefits: • Inexpensive measurement instrument.
• Simple and extensively tested method with an increased sensitivity
than chemical methods Note: This kit is designed to assay hydrogen peroxide in cell cultures.
Samples with high hemoglobin content and/or metal content may not
• Further improvement of sensitivity using a proprietary enhancer
be suitable for assay. Due to continued development, the kit format and
• Minimal cellular toxicity from luminol and the enhancer performance parameters may be changed without a notice. Contact WPI for
SUPERLUMINOL Superoxide/Reactive Oxygen Species Determination Kit further information.
SUPERLUMINOL-II SuperLuminol + PMA (1 mg)/solvent PEROXYLUMINOL Hydrogen Peroxide Determination Kit
The kits provide material for 100 assays in cuvette or test tubes This kit provides material for 100 assays in cuvettes or test tubes
(assay volume: 1 mL/assay). (assay volume: 1 mL/assay).
GSH ASSAY KIT
Quantitative Determination of Glutathione Using Tietze’s Enzymatic Recycling Method
1.8
0.6 30 µM GSH
Rate (A412nm/min)
y = 0.0175x + 0.0096
1.6 0.5
R 2 = 0.9996
0.4
0.3
Absorbance (412 nm)
1.4
0.2 24 µM GSH
0.1
1.2 0
0 10 20 30
GSH Concentration (µM) 18 µM GSH
1
0.8 12 µM GSH
0.6
6 µM GSH
BIOS EN S I NG
0.4
0.2
0 µM GSH
0
0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5
Time (minutes)
Glutathione (GSH), a tripeptide antioxidant, to regenerate GSH using Glutathione Reducatse
plays multiple biological functions. It is involved and NADPH, to provide specificity and improved GSH GR
in detoxification of harmful molecules, such sensitivity for the assay. The reaction mechanism GSSG NADPH GSHt DTNB
as reactive oxygen species (i.e., hydrogen is depicted schematically in the following figure.
peroxide and hydroperoxides) through Since glutathione reductase is used, the amount
glutathione peroxidaes, and xenobiotics through of glutathione measured represents the sum
glutathione transferase. It is also involved in of reduced and oxidized glutathione in the
NADPH GR
signal transduction, gene expression, apoptosis sample ([GSH]t = [GSH] + 2 x [GSSG]). The rate
and interaction with nitric oxide. Glutathione of absorbance change (∆A412nm/min) is made to
antioxidant status is frequently measured in be linear for the convenience and consistence of TNB GSTNB TNB
physiology and pathophysiology. measurement, and is linearly proportional to the (λ 412nm) (λ 412nm)
Assay principal: GSH reacts with Ellman’s total concentration of GSH. The concentration of
reagent (5,5’-dithiobis(nitrobenzoic acid) or DTNB) an unknown (sample) is determined by calculating
GSHt ↔ ∆TNB/min ↔ ∆A412nm/min
to produce a chromophore TNB with maximal from the linear equation generated from several
absorbance at 412 nm and oxidized glutathione standards of glutathione.
GSSG. Tietze formulated an enzymatic method
Selective References Other Benefits

1. Sies H., “Glutathione and its role in cellular function”, Free Rad. ● Formulated for convenient and fast assay for biological samples —
Biol. Med. (1999), 27, 916-921. 3 minutes/assay at room temperature.
● Use simple spectrophotometers or microtiter plate readers.
2. Griffith, O. W., “Biological and pharmacologic regulation of
mammalian glutathione synthesis”, Free Rad. Biol. Med. (1999), ● No interference from cysteine and metal ions.
27, 922-935. ● Wide assay range from 0.1 µM to 30 µM in sample (dilution is
required for samples with higher GSH concentration.)
3. Tietze F., “Enzymic method for quantitative determination
of nanogram amounts of total and oxidized glutathione: ● Kit includes all required reagents and standards.
applications to mammalian blood and other tissues”, Anal.
Biochem. (1969), 27, 502-522. GSH-KIT Total Glutathione Determination Kit
50 cuvette assays/200 microplate well assays
NITRALYZER™-II Griess REACTION
Nitrate to Nitrite Reduction Kit NITRITE KIT
This kit uses disposable copper-coated cadmium granules to convert
nitrate into nitrite in minutes, with consistent ~100% efficiency. It is Quantitative Determination of Nitrite
compatible with both WPI’s Griess REACTION NITRITE KIT and ISO-
This kit uses the
NOP electrochemical nitrite assay method.
standard colorimetric Standard Curves
Griess Reaction (After 10x dilution with deproteinization
to measure nitrite reagents/NITRALYZER-II treatment)
concentration in
0.25
biological samples. y = 0.0021x + 0.0029
Absrbance (540 nm)

When nitrate or total 0.2
2
R = 0.999
nitrate plus nitrite (Nox) Nitrite Standards
is measured, samples 0.15
must first be treated by
NITRALYZER-II Kit to 0.1
convert all nitrate into y = 0.0021x + 0.0044
nitrite. 0.05 R 2 = 0.999
Nitrate Standards
Spectrophotometric
0
quantification of nitrite 0 20 40 60 80 100
using Griess reagents
Original Concentration (µM)
is simple, reliable and
cost-effective. It is
widely used in numerous laboratories around the world and remains the
method of choice for some applications. Nox assay requires reduction
to nitrite before Griess Reaction. Nitrate concentration can then be
BIOS EN S I NG
Nitrate and nitrite are end products of short-lived nitric oxide in- determined by calculating the difference between Nox concentration and
vivo. Nitrite concentration can be measured by a number of well- nitrite concentration.
established methods. Nitrate assay requires conversion into nitrite
before the measurement. Copper-coated cadmium is the most popular
chemical reducer
among researchers.
Alternative methods Copperized Cadium Nitrate Reducer
based on enzymatic 120
reduction of nitrate 100 µM Nitrate (two sets)
100
require much longer
Nitrite (µM)
reaction times and 80

their conversion 50 µM Nitrate
60
efficiency decreases
at high nitrate 40 25 µM Nitrate
concentrations.
Advantages of 20 10 µM Nitrate (two sets)
cadmium based 0
method include 10 20 30 40 50 60
stability upon storage Reduction Time (minutes)
and invariability
between different lots.
Benefits
● ~100% conversion efficiency in minutes (up to 100µM nitrate). Benefits
● Disposable – used only once to yield consistent results. ● Simple (fast) and reliable, suitable for large number of samples.
● Conversion takes place at room temperature. ● Low cost.
● Compatible with both Griess REACTION NITRITE KIT and ISO- ● 0.3 µM – 100 µM assay range (assuming that no deproteinization is
NOP electrochemical nitrite assay technique. required).
● Scalable – smaller volumes for hard-to-obtain biological samples ● Kit includes all required reagents, including deproteinization reagents.
(12 µL minimum sample volume).
● Assay at room temperature.
● Kit includes all required reagents, including deproteinization reagents.
● Extensively tested in our laboratory.
● Extensively tested in WPI’s laboratory.
Spectrophotometer and semi-micro cuvettes are required for the assay (see
Spectroscopy Section). Alternatively, a microtiter plate reader can be used
NITRALYZER II Nitrate to Nitrite Reduction Kit
for absorbance measurement.
Kit contains material for 100–500 conversions
GRNK Griess Reaction Nitrite Kit, 100-500 Nitrite tests

GRNK-II GRNK + NITRALYZER-II, 100-500 Nox tests
™
Records redox
currents with
carbon fiber
microelectrodes Advanced
Neurotransmitter
Detection
Measures oxidizable compounds

such as catecholamines (epineph
rine, norepinephrine, dopamine),
indolamines (serotonin,
melatonin), ascorbic acid and
Fe (II) with exquisite sensitivity,
low noise and site specificity
BIOS EN S I NG
1‑picoampere to 2 microamperes. The built-in
carbon electrode activation feature allows the
easy renewal of electrode sensitivity. In addi
tion, MicroC features a low-pass filter and the
option of applying DC potential externally. A
wide range of compounds can be detected:
dopamine, epinephrine, norepinephrine, sero
tonin, ascorbic acid, etc. Other compounds,
such as glutamate, glucose, acetylcholine and
alcohol, can also be detected with MicroC using
Use with WPI electrodes — see next page enzyme-modified biosensors.
See Application Notes, “Carbon Fiber Microelectrodes”,
available as a PDF file which may be downloaded from
WPI”s web site.
MicroC, WPI’s low cost and elegant instrument for electrochemical The MicroC Potentiostat is supplied with a carbon electrode probe,
detection using carbon microelectrodes, will record the presence and with 5 feet triax cable, which accepts 0.79 mm connector pin, and a
concentration of oxidizable biological compounds in vivo and in vitro. reference electrode with a 4 mm Ag/AgCl half cell (see page 27). For
It also features inherently low noise and a sensitivity of 1 millivolt applications where smaller half cells are needed, please call WPI for more
per picoampere of oxidation current. Response time to quantal cate information.
cholamine release is less than 1 millisecond. When used with carbon
fiber microelectrodes, redox current can be recorded over a range of References
G. A. Gerhardt, “Nafion-coated electrodes with high selectivity for CNS electrochem
istry” Brain Research, 290: 390-395 (1984).
MICROC SPECIFICATIONS R. M. Wightman, et al., “Temporally resolved catecholamine spikes correspond to
Method 2 electrode, DC potentiostat single vesicle release from individual chromaffin cells.” Pro. Nat’l Acad. of Sci. 88:
APPLIED POTENTIAL 0.65 V, variable ± 2.5 V 10754-58, (1991).
Current ranges 2000 pA, 20 nA, 200 nA, 2 µA Z. Zhou and S. Misler, “Action Potential-induced Quantal Secretion of Catechola
BANDWIDTH 1.67 Hz, 167-1000 Hz mines from Rat Adrenal Chromaffin Cells”, J. Biol. Chem. 270; 3498-3505, (1995).
NOISE < 1 pA
Display 31⁄2-digit LCD display, ±2 V
MICROC Potentiostat
Recorder Output ± 4.5 volts
MICROCP Replacement Probe for MicroC
Rise Time < 1 millisecond
Electrode probe/cable length Triax shielded, 5 feet
300305 ATP Adapter (0.031" pin to 1 mm socket)
Power Six 1.5 volt alkaline batteries (included)
Battery Life > 1000 hours, est.
Shipping weight 4 lb (1.8 kg)
Carbon Fiber Microelectrodes
● Sensitive, renewable/durable and economical
carbon fiber electrodes for electrochemical
detection of oxidizable compounds 50
Potential (µV)
Carbon fiber microelectrodes have been used in both the detection
of oxidizable compounds (Gonon, et al., 1978; Cahill and Wightman, 0
1995) and extracellular single-unit recording (Armstrong-James and
Millar, 1979). WPI’s ultra-sensitive and low-noise carbon fiber (CF) -50
electrodes can be applied, with our Micro-C Potentiostat or similar instru
ments, in the electrochemical detection of catecholamines (epineph
rine, norepinephrine and dopamine), indolamines (serotonin, 5-HT or -100
melatonin), ascorbic acid, Fe (II), and other oxidizable compounds.
CF electrodes (diameter of 10 or 30 µm) respond with an excel 0 5 10
lent linearity to the oxidizable compounds (Fig. 1) and can detect
the compounds as low as 0.2 nM. While the shorter (25-100 µm) CF
Time (ms)
electrodes are suitable for in vivo amperometric and voltammetric
Fig. 2 — Extracellular recording using a carbon electrode in CA1
measurements, the longer CF electrodes provide higher sensitivity and
region of the hippocampus in an anesthetized rat shows ultra-low
are especially useful for the in vitro studies (amperometric or differential
noise (‑<5 µV‑). Courtesy: Dr. Carolyn Harley of Memorial University,
pulse voltammetry). When used with the Micro-C Potentiostat, these CF
Newfoundland, Canada.
electrodes can be activated and renewed in sensitivity for multiple use.
The selective detection of catecholamines can be achieved with our
CARBON FIBER MICROELECTRODES, UNCOATED
Nafion-coated CF electrodes. For selective detection of 5-HT and ascorbic
acid, please contact WPI for more information. Diameter Length (pack of 5)
CF10-25 * 10 µm 25 µm
References CF10-50 10 µm 50 µm
BIOS EN S I NG
P. S. Cahill, R. M. Whightman, Anal. Chem., 67, 2599-2605 (1995). CF10-100 10 µm 100 µm

F. Gonon, et al., Hebd Seances Acad. Sci. Ser. 286, 1203 (1978). CF10-250 10 µm 250 µm
M. Armstrong-James, J. Millar, J. Neurosci. Methods, 1, 279 (1979). CF10-500 * 10 µm 500 µm
CF30-25 * 30 µm 25 µm
CF30-50 * 30 µm 50 µm
Dopamine Concentration/Response Curve CF30-100 30 µm 100 µm
CF30-250 * 30 µm 250 µm
1000000 CF30-500 * 30 µm 500 µm
CF30-1000 * 30 µm 1000 µm
100000
CARBON FIBER MICROELECTRODES, NAFION-COATED*
Current Output (pA)
10000 Diameter Length (pack of 5)

CFN10-25 * 10 µm 25 µm
1000
CFN10-50 * 10 µm 50 µm
100
CFN10-100 10 µm 100 µm
CFN10-250 * 10 µm 250 µm
10 CFN10-500 * 10 µm 500 µm
CFN30-25 * 30 µm 25 µm
1
CFN30-50 * 30 µm 50 µm
0.1
CFN30-100 * 30 µm 100 µm
1 10 100 1000 10000 100000 1000000 CFN30-250 * 30 µm 250 µm
Concentration (ng/ml) CFN30-500 * 30 µm 500 µm
CFN30-1000 * 30 µm 1000 µm
Fig. 1 — Excellent linearity in the response of carbon fiber electrode * Built to order — allow up to 4 weeks manufacturing time.
(CF30-500) to dopamine recorded on Micro-C. Courtesy: Drs. D.
Yeomans and X.-T. Wang, University of Illinois at Chicago.
glass insulation
1 mm O.D. glass pipette or 2 mm plastic tube
Gold-plated connector pin 30 M or 10 M

0.031 in. (0.79 mm) carbon fiber
Carbon fiber microelectrodes, approximately

25-50 mm (1-2 in. ) long, feature a gold-plated
pin for connection to the probe. cement
25-1000 Mm
OxyMini & OxyMicro MicroFlow
The MicroFlow fiber optic oxygen sensor (WPI
#501657) is a miniaturized fiber optic chemical
sensor optimized for fast response time (t90 < 1 sec in gases, < 5 sec in liquids).
A new generation of fiber optic oxygen The tiny probe has a tip size of 50 µm and is integrated in a T-shape flow cell for
easy connection via Luer-Lock adapters to external tubings. Liquids (like water,
sensors based on luminescence lifetime blood, etc.) can be pumped through the cell.
MicroImplant
The OxyMini system is optimized for process control and biotechnology
The MicroImplant fiber optic oxygen sensor (WPI #501658) is a implantable probe
applications. The OxyMicro is designed for biological research applications
(IMP) with a tiny probe tip size 50 µm, an exposed fiber length of 5‑mm and a
including implanting into tissues, cell cultures, profiling of biofilms and sediment
jacket diameter of 900 µm. The IMP sensor was successfully implanted
related bioassays. The measurement principle of the sensor system is based on the
in crabs, fishes and soil.
detection of oxygen concentration as a function of luminescence lifetime either in
dissolved or gaseous phase environments. OxyMini systems
OxyMini and OxyMicro Benefits The OxyMini is a single-channel fiber optic oxygen meter for WPI’s fiber optic
oxygen minisensors. These sensors are based on 2 mm polymer optical fibers
● Oxygen is not consumed during the experiment
and have a length of 2.5 m. A wide range of applications is possible with these
● Immune to electrical and magnetic interference sensors.
● Excellent long-term stability ● Process control: bottling plant in breweries and quality control of packages
● No lengthy polarization necessary (e.g., as Clark-type oxygen electrodes require) ● Biotechnology: Control of cell culture media and non-invasive control of
● Fast response time < 0.5 s for MicroTip sensors bioreactors
● Probe size of MicroTip sensors as small as 50 µm ● Implantation of oxygen sensors into soil and trees.
● Measurement is feasible in dry gas
MiniTip
● Optical isolation of sensor tip available for fluorescent or photosynthetically
active samples This oxygen dipping probe (WPI #501641) has a
tip diameter of 4 mm and consists of a polymer
Measurement Principle optical fiber, with a oxygen sensitive coating.
The MinTip’s range is 0 to 100%. This robust sensor has a response time (t90) of
Conventional fiber-optic oxygen sensor systems based on intensity measurements approximately 40 s.
are limited in their accuracy by light source stability and ambient light fluctuations.
Using a luminescence lifetime detection, measurements are not affected by light MiniFlow
source stability, intensity fluctuations caused by fiber bending or changes of the
The MiniFlow oxygen probe (WPI #501642) is a
optical properties of the sample (turbidity, refractive index, coloration, etc.). These
miniaturized fiber optic chemical sensor integrated in a
BIOS EN S I NG
advantages make WPI’s OxyMini and OxyMicro the most advanced and reliable
T-shape flow through cell. The standard T-shape flow cell
fiber-optic oxygen system available.
can be easily connected via Luer-Lock adapters to external tubings. Liquids (e.g.,
Calibration: The sensors can be calibrated by a simple two point calibration, water, blood, etc.) can be pumped through the cell. The sensor has a response
100% air-saturation and 0% air saturation. time (t90) of approximately 40‑s and an excellent long-term stability.
OxyMini and OxyMicro oxygen meters: The OxiMini and OxyMicro fiber optic MiniFoil
oxygen meters are compact, easy to transport. The instruments are designed for
in/outdoor use and can be connected WPI offers the sensor material on a 1 cm2 support disk made of
to a PC via a RS232 interface. Data polyester. This material can be glued, for example, inside glass vials
can be visualized, analyzed and stored and the oxygen concentration can be measured non-invasively
with the supplied software. A full range and non-destructively from outside through the wall of the flask.
of sensors covering most biomedical A plastic fiber optic cable (WPI #501644, WPI #501645) is used
applications are available. to illuminate the sensor foil. The wall of the flask must be transparent/non-
fluorescent. Response time (t90) of approximately 50 s. The material can be
OxyMicro systems implanted into animal tissues or custom-made housings.
The OxyMicro is a single channel fiber optic oxygen meter for
WPI’s fiber optic oxygen microsensors. Applications include: MINISENSOR SYSTEM
● Oxygen profiles of marine sediment, soils, or tissue OXY-MINI-AOT Fiber-optic Oxygen Meter for Minisensors *
● Implantation into living tissue (e.g., heart or muscle tissue) Minisensors (not interchangeable with Microsensors)
● Control of cell culture media in Biotechnology. 501641 MiniTip, fiber-optic oxygen sensor
MicroTip 501642 MiniFlow, flow-through cell with integrated planar oxygen sensor
501643 MiniFoil, planar oxygen-sensitive foils, 1x1 cm (1 cm2)
The MicroTip (WPI #501656) is a needle-
type (27 ga.) oxygen micro sensor designed
REQUIRES #501644
for applications where a small tip size of 50 501644 Polymer optical fiber with 1 SMA connector
µm and a fast response time (t90) of 1 s are
necessary. The oxygen sensitive sensor tip MICROSENSOR SYSTEM
consists of 140 µm fiber tapered to a 50 µm tip. The sensor is housed inside OXY-MICRO-AOT Fiber-optic Oxygen Meter for Microsensors *
a stainless steel needle of 22 mm length and 0.4 mm diameter. This allows
penetration through a septum rubber or similar material. These sensors are ideal for
Microsensors (not interchangeable with Minisensors)
oxygen profiling in sediments and biofilms. 501656 MicroTip, needle-type housing fiber-optic oxygen sensor
501657 MicroFlow, flow-through housed oxygen microsensor
501658 MicroImplant, implantable oxygen microsensors
Contact WPI or visit Web site for additional details. *Meter contains two analog outputs and one trigger input
MiniTip MiniFlow MiniFoil MicroTip MicroFlow MicroImplant
Measurement Range 0-45 ppm, 0-100% 0-45 ppm, 0-100% 0-45 ppm, 0-100% 0-45 ppm, 0-100% 0-45 ppm, 0-100% 0-45 ppm, 0-100%
dissolved/gaseous 0-760 mmHg 0-760 mmHg 0-760 mmHg 0-760 mmHg 0-760 mmHg 0-760 mmHg
Response Time [t90] 40 s 40 s 40 s <2s <2s <2s

dissolved/gaseous 10 s 10 s 10 s < 0.5 s < 0.5 s < 0.5 s
Sterilization (EtOH, H2O2) Y Y Y Y Y Y

autoclavable (130°C, 1.5 atm) N Y Y N Y Y
Drift (100,000 datapoints, 20°C) < 0.1% < 0.1% < 0.1% < 0.3% < 0.3% < 0.3%
Accuracy (20°C) 0.2%
Resolution (20°C) 2.75 ±0.01 ppm, 9.00 ±0.05 ppm, 220 ±0.15 ppm, 45.0 ±0.25 mmHg, 150 ±0.75 mmHg, 375 ±2.6 mmHg
Temperature Range -10°C to 50°C
Probe Assembly Length 2.5 m
Dissolved oxygen meter & oxygen electrode
Electrically isolated, the electrode can function in recording situations
where ground-referred electrodes would fail
● Measures gas and dissolved oxygen

● Low O2 consumption
● 2 mm tip
Isolation prevents adverse interaction with other

electrodes and instruments. Highly accurate and stable
ISO2 measures oxygen concentrations in aqueous
solutions and in gas mixtures. Measurement modes
are percent oxygen, parts per million, and oxygen
reduction current in nanoamperes.
The lower detection limit (DL) for ISO2 (in gaseous or
in liquid phase) is 0.1 ppm or 0.1%. Oxygen concentra
tion around 0.5 ppm or 0.5% and up can be routinely
measured in the gaseous or in the liquid phases.
DL for a particular sensor tends to be different in
gaseous and liquid phases when the baseline noise
level is also different. In the case of ISO2, however, the
BIOS EN S I NG
baseline noise level is very close whether the electrode

is immersed in solution or used in the gaseous phase,
so DL for the ISO2 remains relatively close in either
phase.
The small tip size (2 mm diameter) and low oxygen
consumption of the OXELP electrode make it ideal
for measurements in vivo or in vitro. With a T-Adapter
(#5399), the sensor probe can be used also for contin
uous-flow monitoring of oxygen in small fluid volumes.
OXELP also features a fast response time, typically 10
seconds, and the rugged stainless steel sleeve covering
the sensor is autoclavable. Optional BNC-to-double
banana adaptor (#13347) and BNC cable (#500184)
allow ISO2 to be connected directly to your chart
recorder.
ISO2 Dissolved Oxygen Meter & Electrode

ISO2 SPECIFICATIONS
OXELP Replacement Oxygen Electrode for ISO2
MEASUREMENT MODES
5378 Replacement Electrode Sleeve Kit (pkg of 4)
% O2: 0-100%
Four sleeves with membranes, plus 10 mL refill solution. ppm: 0-20
7326 ISO2 Filling Solution (10 mL) Current: 0-200 nA
5377 Replacement ISO2 Start-up Kit RESOLUTION 0.1 ppm
Includes T-Adapter Kit 5399, Calibration Bottle, 10mL Refill Solution,
ACCURACY ± 1.5%
1 cc Syringe, 2 Replacement Membranes Sleeves, MicroFil (28 ga.)
RECORDER OUTPUT 1000 Ω resistance for chart recorders
5399 T-Adapter Flow-Through Kit
Includes 3 female luer T’s, 3 luer lock fittings, 3 2mm gaskets, DISPLAY 3.5-digit LCD
6 male luer to 1/8-in. tubing, 3 luer lock fittings POWER 2 nine-volt alkaline batteries, supplied
5381 Rack Mount Kit (up to 4 units) BATTERY LIFE 1000 hours, estimated
13347 Chart Recorder Adapter (requires BNC cable) DIMENSIONS 8 x 4 x 2 inches (20 x 10 x 5 cm)
500184 BNC Cable SHIPPING WEIGHT 5 lb (2.3 kg)
OXELP OXYGEN ELECTRODE

TIP DIAMETER 2 mm
STAINLESS STEEL SLEEVE 66 mm
OVERALL LENGTH 125 mm
CABLE LENGTH 122 cm (4 feet), including BNC connector
Also see WPI’s RESPONSE TIME 10 seconds, 90% response typical
temperature stabilzed in well-stirred solution
chamber, page 88.
pHOptica™
A novel fiber optic pH system
pHOptica™ is a pH measuring system which

uses fiber optic sensors and patented DLR
technology. This method allows referenced
measurements with single excitation to be
implemented.
Features of pHOptica Meter Features of
● Single-channel, compact, easy to transport fiber-optic meter for pH pH optical sensors
measurements with miniature sensors. ● No reference electrode is needed
● Two 12-bit, programmable analog outputs, with electrical isolation. ● Immune to electrical interferences and magnetic fields
● One external trigger input, with electrical isolation. ● Low drift
● Computer with RS232 interface required for operation. ● High spatial resolution due to small tip size
● User-friendly software saves and visualizes measured values. ● Measurement in very small sample volumes
● Several pHOptica meters can be connected to one computer. ● Additional optical isolation of the sensor tip is available for
● Temperature variation is recorded using a temperature sensor. measurements in colored or photosynthetically active samples.
pHOptica Micro system pHOptica Mini system
BIOS EN S I NG
The pH Optica micro system is a single channel pH system for use with fiber optic The pH Optica micro system is a single
micro sensors. The applications include: channel pH system for use with fiber optic
● Penetration or implantation into living tissue (heart, muscle or animal blood mini sensors, foil and spot surface sensors.
vessels). The applications include:
● Soil implantation for pH measurement. ● Non-invasive and non-distractive pH
measurements from outside through flask
● Implantation into customer-made housing.
walls (cell culture)
To protect the small
● Online pH monitoring by flow through cells
glass fiber tip against
breaking, suitable ● Dipping probe pH measurements
housings and tubings
around it, depending pH mini sensors
on the respective ● OD of the dipping sensor is 4 mm. ● Sterilization of the pH sensor spots
application, were via gamma radiation. ● The pH mini sensor meter is based on 2 mm PMMA
designed. waveguides. ● Drift of 0.1 pH units for 10,000 measurements (4 days measurement
in the 30 sec data update mode).
Two different housings and sensor spots (sensorfoils) are offered:
Needle-Type Housing Sensor— Implantable sensor—

the glass-fiber with its pH-sensitive without any housings POF Coated with a pH- Flow-Through Cell Planar pH Sensitive Foils
tip is protected inside a stainless implantation into animal Sensitive Foil—Small with Integrated and spots—non-invasive
steel needle (18 ga.); fiber has to blood circuits; soil implantation; and robust pH dipping pH Sensor—On-line and non-destructive
be extended during measurement; implantation in customer-made sensor; no reference monitoring; can be measurement from outside
penetration through septum. housings electrode needed. easily connected via through the wall of the
Luer-Lock adapters. flask; online monitoring.
pH micro sensors
● Tip size 140 micrometer. MINISENSOR SYSTEM (cannot be used with microsensors)
● Drift of 0.1 pH units for 2000 measurements (16 hours measurement in the 30 PH-OPTICA-MINI Fiber Optic pH Meter for minisensors,
sec data update mode). foils and spots
502119 pH MiniTip, fiber optic pH sensors (4 mm OD), pkg of 3
pHOptica Specifications 502120 pH MiniFlow, fiber optic pH flow sensor, pkg of 3
Data Interface RS232 502121* pH MiniFoil, fiber optic pH foil sensors, 3x3 cm2
Sample Rate 1 sample per second 502122* pH MiniSpot, fiber optic pH spot sensors, pkg of 10, OD 5 mm
Measuring pH Range 5-9 *Requires #501644
Resolution (at 20 °C) ± 0.03 (microsensors); MICROSENSOR SYSTEM (cannot be used with minisensors)
± 0.01 (minisensors)
PH-OPTICA-MICRO Fiber optic pH meter for microsensors
Response Time < 1 min
502123 pH MicroTip, fiber optic pH sensors (140 um OD), pkg of 3
Dimensions 185 x 110 x 45 mm
502124 pH MicroImplant, fiber optic pH implantable sensor
Weight 630 g
(140 um OD), pkg of 3
Power Supply 100 - 220 V AC
501644 Polymer optical fiber with 1 SMA connector
Beetrode ® BEE-CAL
ZBEECAL
Micro pH Electrodes
with 100-micron sensing tips!
● NEW—IMPROVED—super-miniature, superfast
3508
coated wire pH electrodes 1358
● 100-micron diameter — ideal for monitoring fast
pH changes in very small places
BEETRODE SPECIFICATIONS
NMPH3 TIP DIAMETER 100 µ (0.1 mm)
NMPH2B TIP LENGTH 2 mm (approx.), except
5 mm (approx.) on NMPH5
NM BODY DIAMETER (NMPH 1, 3, 3L, 5) 0.187 in. (5 mm)
PH2 PH
1 BODY LENGTH (NMPH 1, 3, 5) 1.875 in. (48 mm)
NM BODY LENGTH (NMPH 3L) 0.75 in. (19 mm)
NMP
3L
RESPONSE TIME 1 s (90%) typical

pH RANGE 0-14
PH
SLOPE Nernstian
H5
NM
BIOS EN S I NG
RESISTANCE 100 kΩ (max)

SELECTIVITY No significant interference by K+,
Na+, Ca++ in 0.1 to 1 M solutions
NMPH1* Beetrode—2 mm receptacle

Beetrode® is a solid state pH sensor with ideal characteristics over a NMPH2 Beetrode with 1 m cable (unterminated)
wide pH range. Exhibits a larger Eo than conventional glass electrodes. NMPH2-LF Beetrode, Luer-Tip, with 1 m cable (unterminated)
Requires a separate reference electrode, such as WPI’s Dri-Ref Series. NMPH2B Beetrode w/ BNC cable, 1 m cable
Beetrodes (except the NMPH2) connect to your pH meter via a BNC- NMPH3* Dental Beetrode, 45° Bend, 2 mm receptacle
terminated cable. Beetrodes generate mV readings on standard pH meters. NMPH3L* Dental Beetrode w/ 2 mm loop, 2 mm receptacle
To obtain pH-scale readings on standard pH meters, use BEE-CAL™, a NMPH5* Beetrode, 2 mm receptacle
small, battery-operated compensator (AA battery included) that adjusts the BEECAL Beetrode Offset & Cable (BNC, 2 mm pin)
electrode offset potential so that Beetrodes will produce standard pH-scale ZBEECAL Level Shifting Device
readings. (NMPH2B requires ZBEECAL.) 3508 BNC-to-US Standard Adapter
1358 BNC-to-2 mm Pin Adapter
*Requires BEE-CAL or 1358 BNC-to-2 mm Pin Cable (4-ft)
for connection to a pH meter.
pH-Silver l Special internal fill offers full range linear temperature

Low-noise combination pH electrode compensation
l Very low sensor glass membrane resistance
WPI’s pH-Silver, single/double-junction, gel-sealed Ag/AgCl
combination pH electrodes are very low noise. They are designed l Zero and Isopotential: ~pH 7
for both laboratory and field use, especially for applications l Compatible with almost all pH meters
involving strong magnetic fields. The unique features of these
electrodes provide unparalleled performance. PH-SILVER Combination pH Electrode, Low Noise
l Superior stability pH-Silver Specifications

l Fast response Bulb Shape Ball
Body Material / Color Epoxy / Blue
l Minimum sodium (alkaline) error Type of Reference Ag/AgCl
l pH 0 -14 full range Sealed/Refillable Gel-Sealed
measurement pH range 0-14
Junction Material Ceramic wick
Junction Type Single
Max. Temperature 80 °C
Dimensions 12 x 115 mm
Cable Length 1.0 m
Connector BNC
ISE/pH/mV/ORP/Temperature Meter
Use up to 5 Standards for Calibration
Dual Channels for Multiple Analyses
Meet GLP Requirements with GLPdoc™
With dual electrode inputs, the OR720AP allows the user to select measurement
from either electrode without the need for two independent meters—perfect for
a busy, multi-user laboratory. Measure pH with ROSS Resolution™ to 0.001 pH
units. The pH autocalibration feature recognizes five pH buffers using built-in
buffer/temperature tables. Express concentration results to three significant digits.
Full five point concentration calibration with automatic blank correction improves
results of low level measurements. User prompting walks you through each meter
operation. Store data using the internal datalogger or print, via the RS232 port.
An analog voltage output is provided for continuous recording by an external data
acquisition system or chart recorder. GLPdoc records calibration parameters such
as slope, temperature, mV of standards, and time and date of calibration, providing
a convenient record-keeping system compatible with “Good Laboratory Practices”.
Three-year meter warranty.
OR720AP
Basic Benchtop pH Meter

● Digital LogR™ Temperature Compensation
BIOS EN S I NG
● Simultaneous Display of pH or mV (ORP) and Temperature
● Custom Buffer Feature Stores User Defined Buffers
OR320 PerpHecT meter gives you the benchtop pH basics for routine pH
measurements plus mV (ORP) mode and selectable pH resolution (0.01/0.1).
Calibration is fast and accurate using the autocalibration system with built-in
Auto-Buffer-Recognition of three buffers. Temperature compensation can be LogR,
automatic (with an ATC probe) or manual. Custom buffer option allows you to enter
non-standard buffer values for accurate measurement over the entire pH range. pH
electrode 9202BN included. Three-year meter warranty.
OR320A
MODEL OR720AP OR320 JE671P

RANGE
pH -2.00 to 19.999 0.00 to +14.00 00.00 - 14.00
mV ±1600.0 mV — -1999 to +1999
Temp -5.0 to 105.0°C 0.0 to +100.0°C 0.0 to +100°C
Ion 0.000 to 19900 —
RESOLUTION
pH 0.1 / 0.01 / 0.001 0.1 / 0.01 0.01
mV 0.1 mV — 1 mV
Temp 0.1°C 0.1°C 0.1°C
ACCURACY
pH ±0.002 ±0.02 ± 0.1
mV ±0.05% or ±0.2 mV — ± 0.1% JE671P
Temp ±0.1°C ±0.1°C ± 0.5°C
OR720AP pH/ISE Meter, 110V AC Adapter

pH Meter
OR720BP pH/ISE Meter, 220V AC Adapter Hard-to-find, classic pH meter JE671P allows the
OR320A pH/ Temperature Meter, pH/Ref Electrode, 110V AC Adapter scientist to control all the parameters manually.
OR320B pH/ Temperature Meter, pH/Ref Electrode, 220V AC Adapter Especially useful for non standard pH and ISE
JE671P pH Meter, pH Electrode, Temperature Probe, 110V AC Adapter electrodes.
JE671PZ pH Meter, pH Electrode, Temperature Probe, 220V AC Adapter
• All solid state design
• Low drift and high stability
• Fast input response
• Manual and automatic temperature compensation
• Auto polarity mV measurement
Dri-Ref™ Reference Electrodes
Although the internal filling solution contains KCI, the low fluid leakage
means Dri-Ref may be used in combination with ion selective electrodes,
450
R EF- including those for K+ and Cl-, without significant contamination from the
DRI reference electrode.
5 The Dri-Ref electrodes are chemically resistant to strong acids and alkalines.
R EF-
DRI Dri-Ref electrodes are not suitable for use in organic solvents. In addition, the
long, thin FLEXREF may be easily manipulated to accommodate a difficult
experimental setup.
EF-2
DRI R SUPER-Dri-Ref
Most recently, WPI’s research staff have created an exciting new addition
REF
FLEX to the field of reference half-cell electrodes. SUPER-Dri-Ref, a reference elec
trode with a diameter of 2‑mm, does not leak electrolyte at all. Exhibiting the
electrical stability of a classic flowing junction reference cell, this electrode
DR2
ef, S exhibits low resistance and a stable half-cell potential essentially independent
D ri-R of sample electrolyte concentration. SUPER-Dri-Ref is ideal for small volume
ER-
SUP EF-L and low salt concentration measurements.
DRI R
Micro-Reference Electrode
H
F-5S
Only 450 µm in diameter and 2 inches long, WPI’s new DRIREF-450
R E
DRI reference electrode can be used along with other sensors in space-restricted
areas and very small sample volumes.
2S H
IR EF- Luer-Tip Reference
DR
The male luer fitting at the front of the DRIREF-L allows it to be easily
connected to a female luer port (see WPI’s luer fittings kit, page 182) to form
BIOS EN S I NG
a tight seal — a very convenient installation for a flow-through system.

FLEXREF Flexible Dri-Ref, 1.5 mm diam.
Dri-Ref™ reference electrodes were developed by WPI to have extremely DRIREF-2 Dri-Ref, 2 mm diam.
low electrolyte leakage properties, hence the name “Dri-Ref”. In addition to DRIREF-2SH Dri-Ref, 2 mm diam. (Short)
this key feature, these electrodes exhibit stable and reproducible potential DRIREF-5 Dri-Ref, 4.7 mm diam.
and low resistance. Stored in KCl when not in use, they have a long life DRIREF-5SH Dri-Ref, 4.7 mm diam. (Short)
expectancy. Low leakage is achieved by using KONBO™, a product com SDR2 SUPER-Dri-Ref, 2 mm diam.
bining modern ceramic and conductive polymer technology, as the liquid DRIREF-450 Micro-Dri-Ref, 450 µm diam.
junction. Electrode resistance is low, an important consideration when mak DRIREF-L Reference Electrode with Luer Tip
ing low-noise measurements.
DRI-REF SPECIFICATIONS
DRIREF-450 DRIREF-5 DRIREF-2 FLEXREF SDR2 DRIREF-L DRIREF-5SH DRIREF-2SH
Length 8 cm 9 cm 13 cm 13 cm 9 cm 7.5 cm 3.5 cm 2 cm
Diameter 450 µm 4.7 mm 2 mm 1.5 mm 2 mm Standard Luer 4.7 mm 2 mm
Construction Coated Glass Epoxy Isoplast™ Teflon™ PVC Polypropylene Epoxy Isoplast™
Lead Length 30 in. (76 cm) 30 in. (76 cm) 30 in. (76 cm) 30 in. (76 cm) 30 in. (76 cm) 30 in. (76 cm) 30 in. (76 cm) 30 in. (76 cm)
CONNECTOR 2 mm pin 2 mm pin 2 mm pin 2 mm pin 2 mm pin 2 mm pin 2 mm pin 2 mm pin
Resistance (typical) < 5 KΩ ~500 Ω ~2.7 KΩ ~2.7 KΩ < 5 KΩ ~500 Ω ~500 Ω ~2.7 KΩ
Filling Solution KCl KCl KCl KCl KCl KCl KCl KCl
ELECTROLYTE Leakage (ml/hr) — ~7.4×10-7 ~5.7×10-8 ~5.7×10-8 — ~7.4×10-7 ~7.4×10-7 ~5.7×10-8
Isoplast is a trade mark of Dow Chemical. Teflon is a trade mark of DuPont.
Calcium Calibration Solutions

CALBUF-1 CALBUF-2
For use with calcium For use with calcium fluorescent indicators
electrodes CALBUF-2 is especially suitable for calibrating fluorescent Ca++ indica
tors. It provides eleven buffer standards in the 10-4 to 10-8 M Ca++ range,
A set of eight calcium buffers
whereas other commonly used fluorescent Ca++ indicators have the
covering the range of concentration
apparent Kd in the range of 100 to 300 nM. As with any ionic sensitive
from 10-1 to 10-8 M Ca++. Each
indicator, the sensitivity range of these indicators is about 1.0 log unit
buffer contains 20 mL of solution
above and below the Kd. CALBUF-2 provides seven calibration points
and enough potassium chloride
in this sensitivity range. It has an osmolarity of 0.305, which is isotonic
to set the ionic strength to 0.1 M.
with most mammalian cells.
Limited shelf life; use within 30 days.
Concentration: 1x10-8, 4x10-8, 1x10-7, 2.5x10-7, 5x10-7, 7.5x10-7, 1x10-6,
Concentration: 1x10-1, 1x10-2, 1x10-3, 1x10-4, 1x10-5, 1x10-6, 1x10-7,
4x10-6, 1x10-5, 4x10-5, and 1x10-4 M at 20°C. Ionic strength: 0.150 M. 11
1x10-8 M at 20°C. Limited shelf life; use within 30 days.
bottles, 20 ml each. Limited shelf life; use within 30 days.
CALBUF-1 Kit of 8 Calcium Buffer Solutions
CALBUF-2 Kit of 11 Calcium Buffer Solutions
Kwik-Tip ™ Each kit
includes three
Ion selective electrodes electrode tips.
● Superior, stable PVC membrane

e , f ast al!
t c
ura onomi
● Fast response
Ac c
● 2mm diameter tips ec
● Interchangeable tip holder and MicroFil filling
syringe (included).
These highly stable electrodes accurately measure
calcium, potassium, hydrogen and TPP ion
activity. Tips consist of 2 mm diameter plastic
tubes sealed at one end with an ion-sensitive
membrane. After filling with electrolyte solution, the user inserts the COMPLETE KITS
tube into the holder and connects it to a pH meter. Tips and holders are KWIKCAL-2 Holder & 3 Calcium Electrodes
interchangeable, so one tip may be replaced with another sensitive to a KWIKH-2 Holder & 3 Hydrogen Electrodes
different ion. Replacing a tip takes less than a minute. Electrode tips nor KWIKPOT-2 Holder & 3 Potassium Electrodes
mally last several months, when stored properly in saline solution. When KWIKTPP-2 Holder & 3 TPP (Tetraphenylphosphonium) Electrodes
replacement is necessary, only the tip need be replaced. HOLDERS AND REPLACEMENT TIPS
BIOS EN S I NG
Kwik-Tip electrodes are available separately and as kits. Each “KWIK” KWIK-2 Electrode Holder with BNC cable
Electrode Holder kit includes a reusable holder and three removable tips. TIPCA Calcium Electrode Tips (3)
In addition to a 4-foot BNC cable and an electrolyte filling syringe; “TIP” TIPH Hydrogen Electrode Tips (3)
Electrode Kits contain three electrode tips for a specific ion. A separate TIPK Potassium Electrode Tips (3)
reference electrode, such as WPI’s Dri-Ref™, is also required. TIPTPP TPP+ (Tetraphenylphosphonium) Electrode Tips (3)
If your pH meter requires a US Standard connector, also order Part ACCESSORIES
#3508 (BNC-to-US pH Standard adapter). 3508 BNC-to-US pH Adapter
Also see Dri-Ref Reference Electrodes
TIP ELECTRODE SPECIFICATIONS

Recommended Min.
Part No. Electrode Color Filling Slope / Concentration Selectivity
Code Solution Decade Range Coefficients (-log)
TIPCA Calcium Green 0.1 M CaCl2 28 mV 0.1 M - 10-6.75 M Na+ 5.5, K+ 5.4, Mg++ 4.9
TIPH Hydrogen Orange 1 M Citric Acid, 54 mV pH 5.0 - 12 Na+ 10.4, K+ 9.8, Ca++ 11.1
0.01 M NaCl, pH 5.6
TIPK Potassium Yellow 0.1 M KCl 54 mV 0.1 M - 10-4.5 M Na+ 4.0, Ca++ 3.9, Mg++ 3.0
TIPTPP TPP+ Purple 10 mM TPP+ 54 mV 0.001 M - 10-4 M K+ 6.0
Liquid Ion Exchangers

CATIONS
ION H+ K+ Ca++
When used in
CATALOG NO. IE 010 IE 190 IE 200
micropipettes to
SELECTIVITY COEFFICIENTS*
record cellular ion
Na+ 12.7 1.97 5.5
Mg++ — 2.95 4.9
concentrations,
K+ — — 5.4 consider using
Ca++ — 2.7 — WPI’s Duo 773
USEFUL pH RANGE 2-10 4-10 4-10 electrometer
SLOPE 56 mV 58 mV 28 mV (channel A).
LINEAR RANGE pH 4-12 pK 0-3 pCa 1-7
APPROX. EQUIV. — Corning ETH1001 IE010 Hydrogen Ion Exchanger (0.1 mL)
477317 IE190 Potassium Ion Exchanger (1.0 mL)
*Selectivity Coefficients are expressed here as -log Kij or pKij. IE200 Calcium Neutral Ion Exchanger (0.1 mL)
Surgical & Microdissection Tools
Tweezers
Dumont . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
MICROSURGERY
Most Popular #5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Forceps & Hemostats

Ceramic-tip forceps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Tissue & Dressing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Titanium. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Filter & Gel Handling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Hemostats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Scissors
Vannas & other spring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Dissecting & Surgical. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
SuperCut. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Mayo & Metzenbaum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Needle Holders
Micro & Castroviejo. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Standard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Olsen-Hegar. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Needles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Clips & Clamps

MICRODISSECTION
Clips & Applying Forceps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138

Bulldog Clamps & Vessel Clips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Retractors, Knives, & Cutters

Retractors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Sapphire Knives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Scalpel Blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Ear Punches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Rongeurs & Bone Cutters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Dermal Punches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Surgical Accessories & Animal Handling Gloves

Hooks & Probes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Gloves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Binocular Loupes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Surgery Table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Electrosurgery
Disposable Cautery Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Thermal Cautery Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Electrosurgical Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Instrument Care
Instrument Protection Tray. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Ultrasonic Cleaners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Dry Sterilizer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
● Rounded tip micro scissors - page 120

2 007
n
New i
● Atraumatic DeBakey forceps - page 112
● Micro Olsen-Hegar needle holder - page 135
Forceps and Tweezers
MICRODISSECTION
Mini Dumont #M5S
Material: Stainless Steel
Length: 8.2cm
Tips: 0.09 x 0.05 mm
501764 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
US$
1:1
Dumont #1
Material: Inox
Length: 12 cm (4.75 in.)
Tips: 0.20 x 0.12 mm
Tip Profile: 1:1
500335 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . US$
24
Dumont #1
Material: Stainless steel, Medical Biology
Length: 12 cm long (4.75 in.)
Tips: 0.1 x 0.06 mm
Tip Profile:
500229. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . US$38 1:1
Dumont #2
Material: Inox
Tips: 0.34 x 0.14 mm tips
500336. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . US$
24 Tip Profile: 1:1
MICROSURGERY
Dumont #2
Tips: 0.17 x 0.07 mm Tip Profile:
1:1
500230 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . US$
37
Dumont #3C
Material: Dumostar, Biology, non-magnetic, non-corrosive
Tips: 0.08 x 0.04 mm
Tip Profile: 1:1
500064 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . US$43
Dumont #3
Material: Dumostar, Biology, non-magnetic,
non-corrosive
Tips: 0.08 x 0.04 mm
Tip Profile:
500337. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . US$41 1:1
Dumont #3
Material: Inox
500338 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . US$
25 Tip Profile:
1:1
Hardness Max. Temp. Corrosion

Magnetic
(Rockwell) Resistance Resistance
Stainless Steel & Inox 55-56 350° C Excellent Ye s
Dumoxel 36 350° C Excellent No
Dumostar 62 550° C 100% Non-Corrosive No
Titanium 37 550° C 100% Non-Corrosive No
Dumont #4
Material: Dumostar, Biology, non-magnetic,
non-corrosive
Length: 11 cm (4.3 in.) Tip Profile:
Tips: 0.06 x 0.02 mm 1:1
500339 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . US$
46
MICROSURGERY
Dumont #4
Material: Inox
500340 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . US$
26 1:1
Dumont #4
Tips: 0.02 x 0.06 mm Mod Tip Profile:
500231. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . US$
44 1:1
Dumont #5
Material: Dumostar, Medical Biology,
non-magnetic, non-corrosive
Tips: 0.025 x 0.015 mm
500085 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . US$
68 Tip Profile: 1:1
MICRODISSECTION
Dumont #5
Material: Inox
Tips: 0.025 x 0.05 mm
501985. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . US$
69 1:1
Dumont #5
Material: Dumostar, non-magnetic, non-corrosive
Tips: 0.1 x 0.06 mm Tips
Tip Profile:
500233 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . US$44 1:1
Dumont #5
Material: Dumoxel, non-magnetic stainless steel
ST
Length: 11 cm (4.3 in.) MO AR!
UL
Tips: 0.1 x 0.06 mm tips POP
14098 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . US$31 Tip Profile: 1:1
Dumont #5
Material: Inox
Tips: 0.10 x 0.06 mm
Tip Profile:
500342 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . US$
29 1:1
Dumont #5
Material: Inox, Biology
500341 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . US$
35 Tip Profile: 1:1
Dumont #5
MICRODISSECTION
Tips: 0.05 x 0.01 mm
14095. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . US$
41 Tip Profile: 1:1
Dumont #5
Material: Dumoxel, self-closing
Tips: 0.1 x 0.06 mm
501203 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . US$
39 Tip Profile: 1:1
Dumont #5
Material: Inox, Biology, self-closing
Tips: 0.05 x 0.01 mm
501202 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . US$
37 Tip Profile: 1:1
Dumont #5
Material: Medical, 90° bent
Tips: 0.05 x 0.01 mm
501201. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . US$
41 Tip Profile:
1:1
MICROSURGERY
Dumont #5
Material: Stainless steel, Medical Biology, bent at 45°
Tips: 0.05 x 0.01 mm
14101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . US$
45
1:1
Dumont #5
Tips: 0.02 x 0.06 mm half curved
500232 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . US$46 Tip Profile: 1:1
Dumont #5
Material: Titanium
Tips: 0.1 x 0.06 mm
Tip Profile: 1:1
14096 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . US$
38
Dumont #55
Material: Dumostar, Biology, non-magnetic, non-corrosive
Tips: 0.05 x 0.01 mm
500235 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . US$51 Tip Profile: 1:1
Dumont #55
Material: Inox, Biology
Tips: 0.05 x 0.01 mm
Tip Profile:
14099 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . US$
35 1:1
Dumont #5B
Material: Inox, Biology, bent at 45°
Tips: 0.05 x 0.01 mm
Tip Profile: 1:1
500234 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . US$
39
MICROSURGERY
Dumont #6
Material: Stainless Steel, Medical
Length: 12 cm (4.75 in.) sharp points
Tips: 0.17 x 0.1 mm
Tip Profile:
501204 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . US$38 1:1
Dumont #7
Material: Dumoxel, non-magnetic
stainless steel
1:1
14188 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
US$
Dumont #7
Material: Inox
Tips: 0.17 x 0.1 mm
Tip Profile:
14097. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . US$
32 1:1
Dumont #7
Material: Titanium
MICRODISSECTION
Tips: 0.17 x 0.1 mm

Tip Profile:
14187 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
US$ 1:1
Dumont #7
Material: stainless steel
Length: 11 cm (4.3 in.), curved, serrated jaws
Tips: 0.17 x 0.10 mm
Tip Profile:
501302 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . US$56 1:1
Dumont #7
Material: Inox, Biology, self-closing,
Tips: 0.07 x 0.03 mm, curved
501205 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . US$
37 Tip Profile: 1:1
Dumont #7
Material: Dumoxel, Biology, self-closing
Tips: 0.08 x 0.04 mm
501206 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . US$44 Tip Profile: 1:1
Protect your valuable instruments with a

sterilizer/storage tray
500252 Sterilizer tray, 15 x 6 x 2 cm (6 x 2.5 x 0.75 in.), base, silicone mat, lid US$
35
500253 Sterilizer tray, 19 x 10 x 2 cm (7.5 x 4 x 0.75 in.), base, silicone mat, lid US$
60
500254 Sterilizer tray, 25.5 x 15 x 2 cm (10 x 6 x 0.75 in.), base, silicone mat, lid US$
90
501728 Sterilizer Tray, 25.5 x 15 x 4 cm (10 x 6 x 1.5 in.), base, insert tray, lid, 2 mats US$
207
501729 Sterilizer Tray for Knife 15 x 6 x 2 cm (6 x 2.5 x 0.75 in.), base, lid, 2 bars US$
35
500255 Silicone mat, 38 x 25.5 cm (15 x 10 in.) US$
83
For more information, see page 161
Economy Fine Tweezers
Made of quality stainless steel, these tweezers are useful for general dissections where ultrafine tips are not necessary. Economically priced per
package of 6, they are affordable enough for everyone to have their own instruments.
MICRODISSECTION
All tweezers on this page are sold in packages of 6
Economy Tweezer Style 1

Tips: 0.45 x 0.55 mm
501974-6. . . . . . . . . . . . . US$
46 1:1

Tips: 0.40 x 0.55 mm
501975-6. . . . . . . . . . . . . US$
46
1:1

Tips: 0.20 x 0.40 mm
501976-6. . . . . . . . . . . . . US$
46 1:1
Economy Tweezer Style 3C
MICROSURGERY
Tips: 0.40 x 0.45 mm
501977-6. . . . . . . . . . . . . US$
46 1:1

Tips: 0.40 x 0.45 mm
501978-6. . . . . . . . . . . . . US$
46 1:1

Tips: 0.40 x 0.45 mm
501979-6. . . . . . . . . . . . . US$
46 1:1

Tips: 0.40 x 0.50 mm
501980-6. . . . . . . . . . . . . US$
46 1:1

Tips: 0.40 x 0.50 mm
501981-6. . . . . . . . . . . . . US$
46
1:1
Titanium Forceps
Titanium is 100% non-corrosive, non-magnetic and has a heat resistance to 550°C. More flexible than stainless steel, the tips are more likely to bend
under pressure than break.
MICROSURGERY
Tweezer, Titanium, “#5 45° Biology” style, 11 cm

(4.3 in.) long, 0.05 x 0.01 mm tips bent at 45°
555229F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
US$
Tip Profile:
1:1
Tweezer, Titanium, “#5 Biology” style, 11 cm

(4.3 in.) long, 0.06 x 0.01 mm tips
555227F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . US$
64
Tip Profile: 1:1
Tweezer, Titanium, “#7 Biology” style, 12 cm

(4.75 in.) long, 0.07 x 0.03 mm tips
555230F . . . . . . . . . . . . . US$
64 Tip Profile:
1:1
Ceramic-tipped Forceps
Zirconia ceramic forceps have several unique properties that are not present in metal forceps.
● Ceramic contains no metal, therefore, the forceps will not leave any trace metal residue on tissue. This is especially useful in forensic science
research.
MICRODISSECTION
● Ceramic is not electrically conductive so it can be used for handling gels in an electrophoresis bath.
● Ceramic’s corrosion resistance allows its use in highly corrosive solutions. For example, clean quarz cover glass or lithographic produced chip
sensors in an acid solution without damaging the forceps.
● Ceramic’s low heat conductivity and high heat resistance allow it to hold parts in a flame for sterilizing or fabricating. Although the flame will
eventually reduce the strength of the ceramic tip, it will be minimal.
Dumont #3
Material: Dumoxel, self-closing
Tips: 0.4 x 0.3 mm Ceramic
1:1
501208. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . US$
66
Dumont #3
Material: Dumoxel
Length: 13.5 cm (5.3 in.)
Tips: 0.4x 0.3 mm Ceramic
1:1
501210. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . US$
60 Tip Profile:
Dumont #3C
Material: Dumoxel
Tips: 0.4 x 0.3 mm Ceramic
Tip Profile: 1:1
501209. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . US$
62
Zirconia Ceramic Forceps with

plastic handles, 14 cm (5.5 in.)
long, 9 mm straight tips
501207 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . US$
45
1:1
* Part numbers ending in “-G” indicate German-made instruments Titanium instruments MRI compatible
Bishop Harmon forceps, serrated,
9 cm (3.5 in.) long
501775 . . . . . . . . . US$
23
1:1
MICRODISSECTION
501775-G* . . . . . . US$
174
Bishop Harmon forceps, 1 x 2 teeth

9 cm (3.5 in.) long
501776 . . . . . . . . . US$
23
501776-G* . . . . . US$
210
555053FT . . . . US$
299 Titanium 1:1
Graefe Forceps, 1 x 2 teeth

7 cm (2.75 in.) long, 1x2 teeth, curved 0.7 mm tips
14141 . . . . . . . . . . . US$
21 14141-G* . . . . . . . . US$
75 Tip Profile:
1:1
Graefe Forceps, 1 x 2 teeth

7 cm (2.75 in.) long, straight 0.7 mm tips
14140 . . . . . . . . . . . . US$
21 14140-G* . . . . . . . . US$
75 Tip Profile:
1:1
Graefe forceps, serrated

7cm (2.75 in.) long, straight 0.7 mm tips
14142 . . . . . . . . . . . . US$21 14142-G* . . . . . . . . . US$
59
Tip Profile:
7cm long, curved 0.7 mm tips
MICROSURGERY
501215 . . . . . . . . . . . US$21 501215-G* . . . . . . . . US$
59 1:1
Tip Profile:
Iris forceps, serrated
10 cm (4 in.) long, straight 0.8 mm tips
15914 . . . . . . . . . . . . US$
17 15914-G* . . . . . . . . . . US$
35
1:1
Iris forceps, serrated Tip Profile:

10 cm (4 in.) long, curved 0.8 mm tips
15915 . . . . . . . . . . . . US$
17 15915-G* . . . . . . . . . US$
35
1:1
Tip Profile:
Iris Forceps, 1 x 2 teeth
10 cm (4 in.) long, straight, 0.8 mm tips
15916 . . . . . . . . . . . US$
17 15916-G* . . . . . . . . . US$
35
555054FT . . . . . . US$
276 Titanium
1:1
Iris Forceps, 1 x 2 teeth Tip Profile:

10 cm (4 in.) long, curved 0.8 mm tips
15917 . . . . . . . US$
17 15917-G* . . . . . US$
37
555056FT . . US$
276 Titanium
1:1
* Part numbers ending in “-G” indicate German-made instruments
Adson Forceps, serrated
12 cm (4.75 in.) long,
jaws
Tungsten Carbide Tip Profile:
500222. . . . . . US$
37
1:1
500222-G*. . US$
114
MICROSURGERY
Adson Forceps, serrated

12 cm (4.75 in.) long Tip Profile:
14226 . . . . . . . . . US$
17
14226-G* . . . . . US$
33
1:1
Adson Forceps, 1 x 2 teeth

12 cm (4.75 in.) long
jaws
Tungsten Carbide Tip Profile:
500178 . . . . . . . . US$
37
500178-G* . . . . 104
US$ 1:1
Adson Forceps, 1 x 2 teeth

12 cm (4.75 in.) long, Tip Profile:
500092 . . . . . . . US$
18
500092-G* . . . . . US$
37 1:1
MICRODISSECTION
Micro Adson Tissue Forceps, 1 x 2 teeth

fine point, 12 cm (4.75 in.) long, 0.8 mm tips
501244 . . . . . . . . US$
25 Tip Profile:
501244-G* . . . . . US$
48
1:1
Micro Adson Dressing Forceps, serrated

fine point, 12 cm (4.75 in.) long
501245 . . . . . . . . US$
25 Tip Profile:
501245-G* . . . . . US$
48 1:1
Adson-Brown Forceps
12 cm (4.75 in.) long, Tungsten Carbide
jaws with 7x7 side grasping teeth
500177 . . . . . . . . US$
39
500177-G* . . . . US$
114 Tip Profile: 1:1
Tissue Forceps
12.5 cm (5 in.) long, 1 x 2 teeth
15918 . . . . . US$17 15918-G* . . . . . 29
US$
12.5 cm (5 in.) long, curved, 1 x 2 teeth

501216 . . . . US$18 501216-G* . . . . US$29
15 cm (6 in.) long, straight, 1 x 2 teeth

501742-G*. . . . . . . . . . . . US$29 1:1
15 cm (6 in.) long, straight, 2 x 3 teeth
501741-G* . . . . . . . . . . . . US$29
Graefe Fixation Forceps
Length: 11.5cm (4.5 in.)
MICRODISSECTION
Tips: 4mm wide, 5x5 teeth
501988 . . . . . . US$
30
Dressing Forceps, serrated

Tip Profile:
15.5 cm (6 in.) long (pictured)
500363 . . . . . . . . US$18 500363-G* . . 35
US$
25.5 cm (10 in.) long

500364 . . . . . . . . US$18 500364-G* . . 35
US$
1:1
30.5 cm (12 in.) long
500365 . . . . . . . . US$18 500365-G* . . 35
US$
12.5 cm (5 in.) long

501217 . . . . . . . . . US$18 501217-G* . . . 35
US$
Micro Tweezer
15 cm (6 in.), serrated, angled
MICROSURGERY
501727-G* . . . . . . US$
40
1:1
Dressing Forceps, ultra fine, serrated

12.5 cm (5 in.), straight, sharp tips
15908 . . . . . . . . . . US$
24
Tip Profile:
1:1
Gillies Dissecting Forceps, 1 x 2 teeth

501266 . . . . . . US$
22
501266-G* . . US$
114
15.5 cm (6 in.) long, jaws

Tungsten Carbide
1:1
501265 . . . . . . US$
45
501265-G* . . US$
114
McIndoe Dressing Forceps, serrated

501268 . . . . . . US$
22
501268-G* . . US$
114
Tungsten Carbide
15.5 cm (6 in.) long, jaws
501267 . . . . . . US$
45 1:1
501267-G* . . US$
114
Special cupped forceps allow
Teflon-Coated Cupped Forceps atraumatic gripping of organs and
other delicate tissue.
MICROSURGERY
Length: 15.25 cm (6 in.)

Tips: 3.5mm diameter
501983 . . . . . . US$
86
Russian Forceps
Length: 15.25cm (6 in.)

Tips: serrated, oval, 7mm diameter
501987 . . . . . . US$
33
MICRODISSECTION
DeBakey Forceps
Atraumatic teeth grip tissue,
15 cm (6 in.) long, delicate, jaw vessels, and organs without
width 1.5 mm damage.
501239 . . . . . . US$69
501239-G* . . US$114
45 degree angled tip
1:1
501996 . . . . . . US$
69
16 cm (6.25 in.) long, angled, micro, jaw

width 1.2 mm
503212 . . . . . US$
154
16 cm (6.25 in.) long, micro, jaw width

1.2 mm
503213 . . . . . US$
155
Round-handled Forceps
By hollowing out the handles of long, round-handled instruments, the overall weight is decreased. This makes them efficient and non-fatiguing when
operating under a microscope. Made from high quality stainless steel, these instruments are an excellent addition to a microsurgical instrument kit.
MICRODISSECTION
Round, Hollow Handle Forceps
Length: 15 cm (6 in.)
Tips: 0.15 mm tips
bent at 45°
14209 . . . . . . US$
114
Tip Profile: 1:1

Tips: straight 0.15 mm
14113 . . . . . . . US$87
14113-G* . . . US$263 Tip Profile:
1:1

Tips: curved 0.3 mm tips
14114 . . . . . . . US$87
14114-G* . . . US$263
MICROSURGERY
Tip Profile: 1:1
Dilator Forceps
Tips: straight 0.15 mm tips
15910 . . . . . . . US$
84
Tip Profile: 1:1
Titanium instruments
● 100% non-corrosive (great for seawater procedures) ● Forcep tips coated with tungsten carbide for increased gripping power
● 100% non-magnetic (perfect for MRI) ● Anodized, non-glare blue finish
● 40% lighter than stainless steel (reduces hand fatigue)
Forceps
Tips: straight, notched
555081FT . . US$
Forceps
Tips: straight with 0.12 mm teeth (1x2)
555041FT . . US$
Forceps
Tips: straight with tying platforms
555001FT . . US$
Colibri Forceps
Tips: curved with 0.12 mm teeth (1x2)
555042FT . . US$
221 1:1
MICROSURGERY
Kelman-McPherson Forceps
Tips: 45º angled, 7.5 mm long smooth platform
555190FT . . US$244 1:1
Colibri Suturing Fine Forceps

Tips: 140º toothed (1×2 teeth), 0.1 mm
with tying platform
555060FT . . US$
258 1:1
90° Toothed Forceps

Tips: 0.12mm 1x2 teeth, straight,
with tying platform
1:1
555047FT . . US$
258
Notched forceps, standard range,

MICRODISSECTION

Tips: straight, 1×1 teeth, with
tying platform
555080FT . . US$
193 1:1
Suturing Forceps, ultrafine range,

Tips: straight, 140º toothed (1x2 teeth),
0.12 mm, with tying platform 1:1
555063FT . . US$
258
Tying Forceps, Standard range,

Tips: straight, 0.25 x 0.15 mm tips,
with 4 mm long tying platform
555007FT . . US$
193 1:1
555827L . . . . . . US$
276
2mm OD rings
108mm long
1:1
555828L . . . . . . US$276
1mm OD flat oval tips
108mm long
1:1
Notched Forceps, standard range,
Tips: 1×1 teeth, with tying
MICRODISSECTION
platform, straight
555084FT . . US$
239 1:1
Microintraocular forceps
Jaws: 2.5 x 0.3 x 0.25mm (lxwxt), 1.5mm maximum opening
500373 . . . . . US$
299
500373-T . . . US$
345

Jaws: 3 x 0.6 x 0.4mm (lxwxt), 1.4mm maximum opening
Tip Profile:
501212 . . . . . US$
299 1:1
501212-T . . . US$
345
Vessel Cannulation Forceps for 0.5mm diameter cannula, 10 cm (4 in.) long

500377 . . . . . . US$
79
Tip Profile:
MICROSURGERY
Vessel Cannulation forceps for 1.0 mm diameter cannula, 10 cm (4 in.) long
500453 . . . . . US$
79
1:1
See Mouse Vessel Cannulation Kit on page 152
Micro Cannula This micro cannula is ideal for placement in the

carotid or femoral artery of mice, rats, and
other small animal blood vessels. It can be
l 0.4mm O.D., 0.2mm I.D. tubing used with a pressure transducer (WPI’S BLPR)
l Autoclavable for blood pressure measurement, or in conjunc-
l Biocompatible Perfluorocarbon tion with a micro-syringe injection system (like WPI’s
UMPII or MMP pumps). The incorporated standard
tubing material
female luer fitting makes connecting to existing experimen-
tal plumbing quick and easy. The cannula is provided with a
contoured-tip stainless steel stylet (trocar) to facilitate placement
using established techniques. A movable “shoulder” ring provides a tie-
in point to prevent accidental removal. The cannula may be left in place for
2 hours or more, and with proper care and cleaning, may be re-used multiple
KZ1101 Micro Cannula, 3" US$
92 times. Instructions for use included.
Great for gel handling

Filter Forceps
Polypropylene finger grip, 11 cm (4.3 in.) long,
straight flat jaw
500455 . . . . . US$
22 1:1
Filter Forceps
11 cm (4.3 in.) long, straight flat jaw
500456 . . . . . US$
22 500456-G* . . . 35
US$

1:1
Filter Forceps
11 cm (4.3 in.) long, bent flat jaw
500457 . . . . . . US$
22

1:1
MICROSURGERY
Wafer Handling Forceps

11 cm (4.3 in.) long, angled 30° jaw
1:1
501303 . . . . . . US$
45
1:1
Backhaus Towel Clamp

3.5” 501320 . . . . . US$17 501320-G* . . . . . US$
35
5.25” 501700 . . . . 18
US$
501700-G* . . . . . US$
37
MICRODISSECTION
Micro Hemostatic Forceps

12.5 cm (5 in.) long, straight, serrated, 0.4 x 0.8 mm tips Tip Profile:
500451. . . . . . . US$
39 500451-G* . . . . . . . US$
51
12.5 cm (5 in.) long, curved, serrated, 0.4 x 0.8 mm tips 1:1
500452 . . . . . . US$
39 500452-G* . . . . . . . 52
US$
Tip Profile:
Tip Profile:
1:1
Mosquito Hemostatic Forceps

Tip Profile: 15920 12.5 cm (5 in.) long, straight . . . . . 17
US$
15920-G*. . . . . . . . 35
US$
15921 12.5 cm (5 in.) long, curved . . . . . . 17

US$
15921-G*. . . . . . . . 35
US$
501705 9 cm (3.5 in.) long, straight . . . . . . 17

US$
501705-G*. . . . . . . 35
US$
501291 9 cm (3.5 in.) long, curved . . . . . . . 17

US$
501291-G*. . . . . . . 35
US$
555222F 9 cm (3.5 in.) long, straight . . . . US$

230 Titanium
555223F 9 cm (3.5 in.) long, cuved . . . . . US$
230 Titanium
Allis Tissue Forceps Tip Profile:
6”, 4x5 teeth
501324 . . . . . . . . . . US$
37
MICRODISSECTION
501324-G* . . . . . . . 74
US$
1:1
Kelly Hemostatic Forceps

501241 Straight, 14 cm (5.5 in.) long . . . . US$
18 501241-G* . . . . . US$
37 Tip Profile:
501288 Curved, 14 cm (5.5 in.) long . . . . US$
18 501288-G* . . . . . US$
37
501714 Straight, 15.5 cm (6 in.) long . . . . 20
US$
501714-G* . . . . . . US$
39
501715 Curved, 15.5 cm (6 in.) long . . . . 20
US$
501715-G* . . . . . . US$
40
1:1
Tip Profile:
MICROSURGERY
Tip Profile:
1:1
Crile Hemostatic Forceps

Tip Profile: 501242 Straight, 14 cm (5.5 in.) long . . . . 18
US$
501242-G* . . . . . . US$
37
501730 Curved, 14 cm (5.5 in.) long . . . . 18
US$
501730-G* . . . . . . US$
37
501712 Straight, 15.5 cm (6 in.) long . . . . US$20 501712-G* . . . . . . 39
US$
501713 Curved, 15.5 cm (6 in.) long . . . . . US$20 501713-G* . . . . . . 39

US$
Rochester-Oschner Hemostatic Forceps

501709 Straight, 14 cm (5.5 in.) long . . . . . . US$
22 501709-G* . . . . . . . . US$
35
501710 Curved, 14 cm (5.5 in.) long . . . . . . US$
22 501710-G* . . . . . . . . US$
35
23 501326-G* . . . . . . . . US$
37
501711 Curved, 16 cm (6.25 in.) long . . . . . US$
23 501711-G* . . . . . . . . US$
37
1:1
Tip Profile: Tip Profile:
* Part numbers ending in “-G” indicate German-made instruments Titanium

Titanium instruments MRI compatible
MICROSURGERY
1:1
Rochester-Carmalt Hemostatic Forceps

501243 Curved, 16 cm (6.25 in.) long . . 23
US$
501243-G* . . . . . . . 46
US$
501287 Straight, 16 cm (6.25 in.) long . . 23

US$
501287-G* . . . . . . . 46
US$
501716 Curved, 20 cm (7.75 in.) long . . 29

US$
501716-G* . . . . . . . US$
52
501717 Straight, 20 cm (7.75 in.) long . . 29
US$
501717-G* . . . . . . . US$
52
Rochester-Pean Hemostatic Forceps

21 501325-G* . . . . . . . US$
37
501706 Curved, 16 cm (6.25 in.) long . . . . . US$
21 501706-G* . . . . . . . US$
37
501707 Straight, 19 cm (7.5 in.) long . . . . . . US$
23 501707-G* . . . . . . . 38
US$
MICRODISSECTION
501708 Curved, 19 cm (7.5 in.) long . . . . . . US$

23 501708-G* . . . . . . . 38
US$
1:1
Mixter Hemostatic Forceps

Tip Profile:
“Baby”, right angle, 14 cm (5.5 in.) long
501240 . . . . . . . . . US$
33
501240-G* . . . . . . US$
69
8 cm
Micro Alligator Forceps

8 cm (3 in.) shaft, 0.5 x 4.5 mm serrated jaw
500446 . . . . . . . US$
242 500446-G* . . . . . . US$
403
Tip Profile:
Micro Crocodile Forceps

7.5 cm (3 in.) shaft, 3 mm serrated jaw
501211 . . . . . . . . . US$
82
1:1
Scissors
Vannas Scissors, Super Fine
MICRODISSECTION
Length: 8 cm
Blades: straight 3 mm 501778 . . US$
194 Tip Profile:
Tips: 0.015 x 0.015 mm
Finest Tips in the World!

Length: 8 cm
Blades: curved 3 mm 501839 . . US$
209
Tips: 0.015 x 0.015 mm 1:1
Vannas Scissors
Length: 8.5 cm (3.3 in.) Tip Profile:
Blades: straight 7mm 500086 . . . . . . . . . . US$
183
Tips: 0.025 x 0.015 mm

Length: 8.5 cm (3.3 in.) 1:1
Blades: curved 7mm 501232 . . . . . . . . . . 190
US$
Tips: 0.025 x 0.015 mm
Vannas Scissors Tip Profile:

Blades: straight 5 mm
Tips: 0.1 mm tips 1:1
14003 . . . . . . US$
132 14003-G* . . . . . US$
213
MICROSURGERY
Blades: curved, 5 mm
Tips: 0.1 mm tips
1:1
14122. . . . . . . US$
137 14122-G* . . . . . US$
229
Vannas Scissors, angled on flat Tip Profile:

Blades: angled, 5 mm
Tips: 0.1 mm tips
501790. . . . . . US$
137
1:1

Blades: 45° angled to side, 5 mm
Tips: 0.1 mm tips 1:1
500260 . . . . US$
148 500260-G* . . . . US$
228
McPherson-Vannas Scissors
Blades: straight 3 mm 14177 . . . . . . US$
146
Tips: 0.1mm
Length: 7 cm (2.75 in.) 501233 . . . . . US$

153 1:1
Blades: curved 3 mm Tip Profile:
Tips: 0.1mm
Tip Profile:
Blades: straight 5 mm 14124 . . . . . . 132
US$
14124-G* . . . . . . US$
263
Tips: 0.1mm
Length: 8 cm (3 in.) 501234 . . . . . US$

137 501234-G* . . . . 268
US$
1:1
Blades: curved 5 mm
MICROSURGERY
Tips: 0.1mm
Blades: sraight, 3 mm
Tips: 0.22 mm rounded tips Tip Profile:
503215 . . . . . US$
114
1:1
Blades: curved, 5 mm Tip Profile:
Tips: 0.3 mm rounded tips
503217 . . . . . US$
114 1:1
MICRODISSECTION
Blades: angled on flat, 5 mm Tip Profile:

503216 . . . . . US$
114 1:1
McPherson-Vannas Scissors Tip Profile:

Blades: 45 angled to side, 5 mm
503214 . . . . . US$
114 1:1
Vannas Scissors, Titanium Tip Profile:

14364 . . . . . . US$
230 1:1
Vannas Scissors, Titanium

Tip Profile:
Blades: angled 3 mm
14365 . . . . . . US$
230 1:1

Blades: straight 7.5 mm Tip Profile:
555640S . . . US$
230
1:1
Length: 8 cm (3 in.) Tip Profile:
Blades: angled 7.5 mm
MICRODISSECTION
555641S . . . . US$
230 1:1
Iris Scissors, Titanium

Blades: curved
555561S . . . . US$
216
1:1

Blades: curved, sharp tips, 12.5 mm
555583S . . . US$
294
Length: 10.5 cm (4 in.) 1:1
Blades: curved, sharp tips, 10.5 mm
555582S . . . US$
271

Blades: straight, sharp tips, 10.5 mm
MICROSURGERY
1:1
555580S . . . US$
271
Castroviejo Corneal Scissors, Titanium

Blades: curved, blunt tips, cuts 6/0 traction
suture, round handles
1:1
555526S . . . US$
271

Blades: angled, sharp tips, 10.5 mm
555584S . . . US$
271 1:1
Westcott Stitch Scissor, Titaniums

Blades: very sharp pointed tips
555541S . . . . US$
244 1:1
McPherson-Westcott scissors, Titanium

Blades: curved blunt tips, cuts 4-0 suture
555500S . . . US$
212 1:1
WestcottTenotomy Scissors, Titanium
Blades: curved blunt tips
1:1
555620S . . . US$
244
MICROSURGERY
Conjunctival Scissors, Titanium

Blades: curved, blunt tips
555501S . . . . US$
258
1:1
Spring Scissors Tip Profile:

Length: 10.5 cm (4 in.) 501235 . . . . . US$
102
Length: 10.5 cm (4 in.) 14127 . . . . . . 102

US$
14127-G* . . US$
252 1:1
Blades: curved 8 mm
Spring Scissors
Blades: straight 12 mm extra fine and long
14125 . . . . . . US$
148
MICRODISSECTION

1:1
Blades: curved 12 mm extra fine and long
Tip Profile:
14126 . . . . . . US$
148
Noyes Scissors, sharp/sharp tips

500228 12 cm long, straight 15 mm blades . . . US$
49 500228-G* . . . US$229
501236 12 cm long, curved 15 mm blades . . . US$
49 501236-G* . . . US$207
501237 14 cm long, straight 20 mm blades . . . US$

49 1:1
501238 14 cm long, curved 20 mm blades . . . US$
49
Spring Scissors, round handes

Blades: straight 6.5 mm
14111 . . . . . . . US$
91
14111-G* . . . US$
357
1:1
Spring Scissors, round handles

Blades: curved 7 mm
14112 . . . . . . . US$
91
14112-G* . . . US$
361
Tip Profile: 1:1
Spring Scissors, SuperCut
one edge micro serrated, one edge honed to
the sharpness of a knife edge
MICRODISSECTION
Blades: straight 9mm
501924 . . . . . 217
US$
1:1
Blades: curved 9mm
501925 . . . . . 217
US$
Spring Scissors
15905 . . . . . . . US$
60
15905-G* . . . US$
276

Blades: curved 8 mm 1:1
15906 . . . . . . . US$
60 Tip Profile:
15906-G* . . . US$
276
Dissecting Scissors
Tip Profile:
2.2 cm
1:1
MICROSURGERY
14393 10 cm (4 in.) straight . . . . 17
US$
14393-G* . . . . . 40
US$
14394 10 cm (4 in.) curved . . . . . 17

US$
14394-G* . . . . . . US$
41
Tip Profile:
15922 12.5 cm (5 in.) straight . . 17
US$
15922-G* . . . . . US$
35
15923 12.5 cm (5 in.) curved . . . 17
US$
15923-G* . . . . . US$
35
Tip Profile:
Iris Scissors
2.2 cm
Blades: straight
501758 . . . . . . US$
22 501758-G* . . . . US$
45
1:1

Blades: curved
501759 . . . . . . US$
22 501759-G* . . . . US$
45 Tip Profile:
Tip Profile:
Iris Scissors
2.3 cm
Blades: straight, Tungsten Carbide
500216 . . . . . . US$
51 500216-G* . . . . 102
US$
1:1

Blades: curved, Tungsten Carbide
500217 . . . . . . US$
51 500217-G*. . . . . US$102
Utility Eye Scissors, Titanium
Blades: straight, standard pointed tips
1:1
555646S . . . US$
221
MICROSURGERY
2.3 cm
Iris Scissors, SuperCut

one edge micro serrated, one edge honed to the sharpness of a knife edge
10 cm (4 in.)
Straight 14218 . . . . US$
51 14218-G*...... US$75
Curved 14219 . . . . US$
51 14219-G*...... US$75 1:1
Shown: 10 cm, straight

2.3 cm
11.5 cm (4.5 in.)
Straight 503259 . 56
US$
Curved 503260 . . US$62 Tip Profile:
Iris Scissors, SuperCut

12.5 cm (5 in.)
Straight 14225.......... US$51 14225-G*........... US$75
Curved 14224.......... US$
51 14224-G*........... US$75
1:1
Shown: 12.5 cm, straight

MICRODISSECTION
3 cm
14 cm (5.5 in.) Tip Profile:
Straight 503261..........$68
Curved 503262.......US$74
Iris Scissors, SuperCut Tungsten Carbide

These are the finest scissors available. They combine the precise cutting action of the razor-sharp
SuperCut blades with the durability of Tungsten Carbide . They will provide a clean, smooth cut
and retain their sharpness for an extended period of time.
11 cm (4.3 in.) long

1:1
Straight 501263................. US$98
2.5 cm
501263-G*.........US$194
Tip Profile:
Curved 501264................. US$98

501264-G*......... US$197
Ribbon Handle Iris Scissors

Larger ring handles for ease of use
501767
Straight 501767 ........ US$45
1:1
Curved 501768......... US$45
2.5 cm
Tenotomy Scissors, SuperCut
10 cm (4 in.) Straight 14395....... US$51 14395-G*....... US$75
Curved 14396....... US$
51 14396-G*....... US$75
MICRODISSECTION
11.5 cm (4.5 in.) Straight 503263....US$56 1:1
1.3
Curved 503264....US$62 cm Shown: 10 cm, straight
12.5 cm (5 in.), Straight 14220....... US$51 14220-G*........ US$75 Tip Profile:

Curved 14221........ US$51 14221-G*........ US$75
14 cm (5.5 in.) Straight 503265.... US$68

Curved 503266.... US$74
1:1
16 cm (6.2 in.) Straight 503267.... US$78 1 cm

Curved 503268.... US$84
Metzenbaum Scissors
11.5 cm (4.5 in.) Straight 501747...... US$17 501747-G*......... US$37
Curved 501748...... US$
17 501748-G*........ US$37
14.5 cm (5.75 in.) Straight 501252...... US$
17 501252-G*........ US$37
Curved 501253...... US$
17 501253-G*........ US$37
1:1
MICROSURGERY
3.5 cm
17.5 cm (7 in.) Straight 501254....... US$

18 501254-G*........... US$40
Curved 501255......... US$
18 501255-G*........... US$40
Metzenbaum Scissors, Carbide Blades Carbide is a harder metal than stainless steel and
will retain its sharpness longer
11.5 cm (4.5 in.) Straight 501739....... US$58 501739-G* . . . . US$
114
Curved 501740....... US$58 501740-G* . . . . US$
114
1:1
3.5 cm
14.5 cm (5.75 in.) Straight 501733....... US$
58 501733-G* . . . . US$
114
Curved 501734....... US$60 501734-G* . . . . US$
114
18 cm (7 in.) Straight 501744....... US$62 501744-G* . . . . US$

114
Curved 501745....... US$62 501745-G* . . . . US$
114
Metzenbaum Scissors, SuperCut one edge micro serrated, one edge honed
11.5 cm (4.5 in.), Straight 503269......... US$56 to the sharpness of a knife edge
Curved 503270......... US$62
12.5 cm (5 in.) Straight 14214............. US$51 14214-G*.... US$75
Curved 14215............. US$
51 14215-G*.... US$75
16 cm (6.2 in.) Straight 503271.......... US$
78
Curved 503272......... US$73
1:1
20 cm (7.75 in.) Straight 503273......... US$90
Curved 503274......... US$
95 3 cm
25 cm (9.75 in.) Straight 503275....... US$101
Curved 503276....... US$121 Tip Profile:
Metzenbaum Scissors, SuperCut Tungsten Carbide
MICROSURGERY
1:1
4 cm
Tip Profile:
18 cm long
Straight 501261 . . . . . US$
98 501261-G*........ US$198
Curved 501262 . . . . . US$
98 501262-G*........ US$199
Mayo Scissors
14 cm (5.5 in.)
Straight 501749 . . . . . US$
17 501749-G*............ US$37
Curved 501750 . . . . . US$
17 501750-G*............ US$37
1:1
4.5 cm
17 cm (6.75 in.)
Straight 501751 . . . . . . US$
18 501751-G*.............US$39
Curved 501752 . . . . . US$
18 501752-G*............US$39
MICRODISSECTION
Mayo Scissors, Tungsten Carbide Blades

Carbide is a harder metal than stainless
Tip Profile:
steel and will retain its sharpness longer
1:1
4 cm
14 cm (5.5 in.)
Straight 500218 . . . . . 67
US$
500218-G*........ US$97
Curved 500219 . . . . . US$
71 500219-G*...... US$100
17.5 cm (7 in.)
Straight 500220 . . . . . US$
71 500220-G*........ US$97
Curved 500221 . . . . . US$
71 500221-G*...... US$100
Mayo Scissors, SuperCut

14 cm (5.5 in.) Straight 14216........ US$48 14216-G*........ US$83
Curved 14217........ 48
US$
14217-G*........ US$83
4.2 cm
1:1
16 cm (6.3 in.) Straight 503277........... US$78
Curved 503278........... US$84
20 cm (7.8 in.) Straight 503279........... US$90
Curved 503280.......... US$95
Tip Profile:
25 cm (9.8 in.) Straight 503281......... US$101
Curved 503282........ US$121
Mayo Scissors, SuperCut Tungsten Carbide
MICRODISSECTION
1:1
5.5 cm
Tip Profile:
Straight, 17 cm (6.75 in.) long 501259 . . . . . . . . . US$
98
501259-G* . . . . . US$
201
Curved, 17 cm (6.75 in.) long 501260 . . . . . . . . . US$

98
501260-G* . . . . . US$
202
Tip Profile:
Eye Scissors, Blunt, Probe Points, 10 cm (4 in.)
Straight 500366 . . . . . . US$

37 2.5 cm
500366-G* . . . US$
63 1:1
Curved 500367 . . . . . . US$

37
500367-G* . . . US$
66
MICROSURGERY
Tip Profile:
Iris Scissors, SuperCut Angled

one edge micro serrated, one edge honed
to the sharpness of a knife edge 1:1
2.5
10 cm long cm
30° angled to side
500046 . . . . . US$
59
Tip Profile:
Angled Scissors
4
14 cm long cm
1:1
30° angled to side
sharp/sharp tips
500047 . . . . . . US$
16
500047-G* . . . 54
US$
Operating Scissors
11.5 cm (4.5 in.) Straight
501753 Sharp/Blunt . . . . . . . . . . . US$17 501753-G* . . . . 72
US$
501754 Sharp/Sharp . . . . . . . . . . . . US$

17 501754-G* . . . . 72
US$
501743 Blunt/Blunt . . . . . . . . . . . . . US$

17 501743-G* . . . . 72
US$
11.5 cm (4.5 in.) Curved

MICROSURGERY
4 cm
501755 Sharp/Sharp . . . . . . . . . . . . US$
17 501755-G* . . . . US$
78
501756 Sharp/Blunt . . . . . . . . . . . . US$
17 501756-G* . . . . US$
78
501757 Blunt/Blunt . . . . . . . . . . . . . US$
17 501757-G* . . . . US$
78
14 cm (5.5 in.) Curved

501220 Sharp/Sharp . . . . . . . . . . . 18
US$
501220-G* . . . . 33
US$
501221 Sharp/Blunt . . . . . . . . . . . 18
US$
501221-G* . . . . 33
US$
501222 Blunt/Blunt . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
US$
501222-G* . . . . 33
US$
14 cm (5.5 in.) Straight

14192 Sharp/Blunt . . . . . . . . . . . US$18 14192-G* . . . . . 33
US$
501218 Sharp/Sharp . . . . . . . . . . . 18
US$
501218-G* . . . . 33
US$
501219 Blunt/Blunt . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
US$
501219-G* . . . . 33
US$ 5 cm
Sharp/Blunt 14192
Tip Profiles:
MICRODISSECTION
Sharp/Sharp
Blunt/Blunt
1:1
16 cm (6.25 in.) Straight
501223 Sharp/Blunt . . . . . . . . . . . US$
18 501223-G* . . . . US$
33
501224 Blunt/Blunt . . . . . . . . . . . . US$
18 501224-G* . . . . US$
33
501225 Sharp/Sharp . . . . . . . . . . . US$
18 501225-G* . . . . US$
33
16 cm (6.25 in.) Curved
501226 Sharp/Blunt . . . . . . . . . . . US$
18 501226-G* . . . . US$
33
501227 Blunt/Blunt . . . . . . . . . . . . US$
18 501227-G* . . . . US$
33
501228 Sharp/Sharp . . . . . . . . . . . US$
18 501228-G* . . . . US$
33
18 cm (7 in.) Straight 15924

15924 Sharp/Sharp . . . . . . . . . . US$
20 15924-G* . . . . . US$
44
500378 Sharp/Blunt . . . . . . . . . . . US$
20 500378-G* . . . . US$
44
500379 Blunt/Blunt . . . . . . . . . . . US$
20 500379-G* . . . . US$
44
18 cm (7 in.) Curved
501229 Sharp/Blunt . . . . . . . . . . . US$
20 501229-G* . . . . US$
44
501230 Blunt/Blunt . . . . . . . . . . . US$
20 501230-G* . . . . US$
44
501231 Sharp/Sharp . . . . . . . . . . US$
20 501231-G* . . . . US$
44
* Part numbers ending in “-G” indicate German-made instruments 1:1
Ligature scissors
500380 9 cm (3.5 in.) long. . . . . . . . 25
US$
500380-G*. . . . . . . US$
48
501703 10.75 cm (4.25 in.) long. . . 26
US$
501703-G*. . . . . . . US$
48
MICRODISSECTION
501704 13.25 cm (5.25 in.) long. . . 28
US$
501704-G*. . . . . . . US$
48
1:1
1:1
Lister Bandage scissors

500444 15 cm (6 in.) long, 4cm long blades . . US$
25 500444-G*. . . . . . . . . 44
US$
501701 8.75 cm (3.5 in.) long . . . . . . . . . . . . . . US$

16 501701-G* . . . . . . . . . US$
35
501702 10.75 cm (4.25 in.) long . . . . . . . . . . . . US$
17 501702-G*. . . . . . . . . US$
37
555656S Bandage scissors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . US$
138 Titanium
Utility Scissor 5.5”

501322. . . . . . . . . . . . US$
17
501322-G*. . . . . . . . . US$
33
MICROSURGERY
Variety of colored handles available!
1:1
Ceramic Zirconia Scissors l Ceramic blades hold their sharp edge up to 100 times longer than
Developed for applications where metal conventional stainless steel.
components were used, these scissor blades l Non-corrosive
are made of a high tech ceramic second in l No electrical static discharge
hardness only to diamond. l Non-magnetic
The ultra sharp blades cut with precision and l Can be used in high temperature environments
accuracy and maintain their razor sharp edge l No metal contamination
for an extended time.
Perfect for use in
environments where rust
and corrosion is a problem.
Safe for light duty 1:1
electrical use.
Ceramic Scissors
5.5” long, 2-inch ceramic blades, straight
501256. . . . . . US$
47
Tip Profile:
MICROSURGERY
Roger Wirecutting Scissors

12 cm (4.75 in.) long
notched blade
501321. . . . . . . US$
23
1:1
501321-G*. . . . US$
44
Scissors, Round handled

14 cm (5.5 in.)
round Hollow handles
curved blades
1:1
14208 . . . . . . US$
148
Tip Profile:
Scissors, Round handled

MICRODISSECTION
14 cm (5.5 in.)
straight blades
14212 . . . . . . US$
148 1:1
Microintraocular scissors
14 cm (5.5 in.)
30° angled blades
500372 . . . . . US$
299
500372-T . . . US$
368
1:1
Tip Profile:
14 cm (5.5 in.)
35° angled blades
500374 . . . . . US$
299
Tip Profile: 1:1
14 cm (5.5 in.)
90° angled blades
500376 . . . . . US$
Barraquer Iris Scissors
6 cm (2.5 in.) long
7 mm blades, sharp points
MICRODISSECTION
14128 . . . . . . . US$
91
14128-G* . . . US$
Biemer scissors
straight, 13 cm (5 in.)
500381. . . . . . . US$
98
Tip Profile:
1:1
Cuts vessels perpendicularly and without slipping.
7 cm
Micro Alligator Scissors

7 cm long shaft 1:1
45° angled, 1.5mm blades
500445 . . . . . . . . . . US$
230
MICROSURGERY
Tip Profile:
Student Vannas Scissors

Length: 9cm
Blades: 8 mm long
Tips: 500 microns
Straight 501777............................. US$69

Curved 501930............................ US$69
Needle Holders
Needle Holder
round handles
0.3 mm tips, straight smooth jaws
14080 . . . . . . . US$
91
14080-G* . . . US$
229 Tip Profile:
14 cm (5.5 in.) long, straight smooth jaws

14361 . . . . . . US$
229 Titanium 1:1
14 cm (5.5 in.) long, curved smooth jaws
501923 . . . . . US$
229
Needle Holder
round handles Tip Profile:
0.4 mm tips, curved smooth jaws
MICROSURGERY
14081 . . . . . . . US$
85 1:1
14081-G* . . . US$
259
Tip Profile:
Needle Holder
1:1
round handles
0.4 mm tips
curved smooth jaws
14132 . . . . . . . . . . US$
89
Stevens Needle Holder

13 cm (5 in.) long
straight 1 mm wide serrated tips
14133 . . . . . . . . . . US$
74 1:1
14133-G* . . . . . . US$
240 Tip Profile:
MICRODISSECTION
Castroviejo Needle Holder

straight 1.2‑mm wide serrated tips
with lock
14137 . . . . . . . . US$
72
14137-G* . . . US$
224
555419NT. . . US$
313 Titanium 1:1
Castroviejo Needle Holder

serrated Tungsten Carbide jaws
straight with lock
500223 . . . . . . US$
90
500223-G*. . US$
269 1:1
Titanium
Barraquer Needle Holder

0.81mm
12 cm (4.75 in.) long
curved with lock.
smooth jaws
555403NT . . . . . US$
299 1:1
2.30mm
Troutman Needle Holder Titanium
12 cm (4.75 in.) long 0.82mm
10 mm light curved jaws
without lock
MICRODISSECTION
smooth jaws.
555406NT . . . . . US$
294 1:1
2.44mm
Titanium
Troutman Needle Holder
0.85mm
12cm (4.75 in.) long
10 mm light curved jaws
with lock.
1:1
smooth jaws
2.37mm
555407NT . . . . . US$
313
Titanium
Needle Holder
Needle holder, 12 cm (4.75 in.) long 0.55mm
curved, standard range, without lock.

1:1
smooth jaws
555400NT . . US$
267
2.26mm
Needle Holder
Tip Profile: 12.5 cm (5 in.) long
straight serrated jaws
MICROSURGERY
extra delicate
14109 . . . . . . . US$
16
1:1
14109-G* . . . . US$
64
Tip
Profile:
Needle Holder
straight serrated jaws 1:1
14110 . . . . . . . US$
16
14110-G* . . . . US$
64
Needle Holder
straight serrated Tungsten Carbide jaws
15926 . . . . . . . US$
55
15926-G* . . . 101
US$
1:1
Tip Profile:
Derf Needle Holder
12 cm (5 in.) long Tip Profile:
501246 . . . . . . US$
18
501246-G* . . . 45
US$
MICROSURGERY
1:1
Tip Profile:
1:1
Ryder Needle Holder
13 cm (5 in.) long
500226 . . . . . . US$
58
500226-G* . . US$
162
Tip Profile:
Crile-Wood Needle Holder
14.5 cm (5.75 in.) long
MICRODISSECTION
500224 . . . . . . US$
60 1:1
500224-G* . . US$
104
1:1
Can be used
ambidextrously!
Mathieu Fine Needle Holder

Tip Profile:
500225 . . . . . . US$
75
500225-G* . . US$
145
Needle Holder, Round handled

straight smooth jaws
14207 . . . . . . . . . US$
154
Tip Profile: 1:1
Needle Holder, Round handled

urved smooth jaws
14206 . . . . . . . . . US$
154 1:1
Tip Profile:
Castro Olsen-Hegar Needle Holder
15 cm (6 in.) long
MICRODISSECTION
combined with Suture Scissors
serrated jaws
501998 . . . . . US$
114
Micro Olsen-Hegar Needle Holder

12 cm (4.75 in.) long
serrated jaws
jaw length 10 mm
tip width 2 mm
501989 . . . . . . US$
60
Tip Profile:
Olsen-Hegar Needle holder with Suture Scissors,

MICROSURGERY
500227 . . . . . . . . . . . US$
66
500227-G* . . . . . . . . US$
114
12 cm (4.75 in.) long
501312 . . . . . . . . . . 102
US$
16.5 cm (6.5 in.) long Tip Profile:

501725 . . . . . . . . . . . US$
89
501725-G* . . . . . . . . US$
161
1:1
1:1
Olsen-Hegar Needle Holder

14cm (5.5 in.) long
Tip Profile: serrated jaws
500023 . . . . . . US$
37
500023-G* . . . US$
59
Needles 00 0
0 1
All needles have a Spring Eye 1
2
which allows the suture to be 2
pressed into the eye instead of 3
MICROSURGERY
threaded. 3
4
4
5
5
6
6
7
Taper point needles 7 8
pierce and spread
tissue without cutting it.
They are ideal for suturing 8 9
delicate, soft tissue when mini- Surgical Needles, cutting edge, 3/8 circle
mal trauma is desired.
10
501802 Size 00, 18mm, pack of 12 US$
23 Surgical Needles, taper point, 1/2 circle
501803 Size 0, 21mm, pack of 12 US$
23
23 501936 Size 0, 15mm, pack of 12 US$
23
23 501937 Size 1, 18mm, pack of 12 US$
23
Cutting edge needles have sharp
edges that penetrate easily 501806 Size 3, 32mm, pack of 12 US$
23 501938 Size 2, 21mm, pack of 12 US$
23
through tough tissue. They 501807 Size 4, 36mm, pack of 12 US$
23 501939 Size 3, 24mm, pack of 12 US$
23
are ideal for suturing 501808 Size 5, 40mm, pack of 12 US$
23 501940 Size 4, 28mm, pack of 12 US$
23
skin and dense 501809 Size 6, 45mm, pack of 12 US$
23 501941 Size 5, 32mm, pack of 12 US$
23
dermal tissue. 501810 Size 7, 50mm, pack of 12 US$
23 501942 Size 6, 36mm, pack of 12 US$
23
23 501943 Size 7, 40mm, pack of 12 US$
23
23
23
MICRODISSECTION
0 501946 Size 10, 55mm, pack of 12 US$

23
Needle measurements
taken across needle
1
15mm
from eye to tip: 00
2
3 0
4 1
2
5
00 00 3
6
0 0
4
1 1 7
2 5
2
3 8
3 6
9
Eye Needles, cutting edge, 5/16 circle 7
(above left)
10 8
501957 Size 00, 11mm, pack of 12 US$
23
23 Surgical Needles, cutting edge, 1/2 circle
23 Surgical Needles, taper point, 3/8 circle
23 501791 Size 0, 15mm, pack of 12 US$
23
23 501792 Size 1, 18mm, pack of 12 US$
23 501947 Size 00, 18mm, pack of 12 US$
23
23 501948 Size 0, 21mm, pack of 12 US$
23
Eye Needles, taper point, 5/16 circle 501794 Size 3, 24mm, pack of 12 US$
23 501949 Size 1, 24mm, pack of 12 US$
23
(above right) 501795 Size 4, 28mm, pack of 12 US$
23 501950 Size 2, 28mm, pack of 12 US$
23
23 501951 Size 3, 32mm, pack of 12 US$
23
501962 Size 00, 11mm, pack of 12 US$
23
23 501952 Size 4, 36mm, pack of 12 US$
23
23
23 501953 Size 5, 40mm, pack of 12 US$
23
23
23 501954 Size 6, 45mm, pack of 12 US$
23
23
23 501955 Size 7, 50mm, pack of 12 US$
23
23
501801 Size 10, 55mm, pack of 12 US$
23 501956 Size 8, 55mm, pack of 12 US$
23
Disposable Skin Stapler
Manipler Disposable Skin Stapler
sterile, 6 staplers per box, 35 staples per stapler, 7mm
MICRODISSECTION
501726. . . . . . US$132
Staple Remover
12 cm (4.5 in.) long, for use with disposable skin stapler
How it works: 501830. . . . . . US$102
Reflex Clip Applier Reflex Clip Applier

11 cm (4.3 in.) long 11 cm (4.3 in.) long
for 7 mm clips only for 9 mm clips only
500343 . . . . US$314 500345 . . . . US$314
Reflex Clip 7 mm Reflex Clip 9 mm

for use with #500343 for use with #500345
100/box, Stainless Steel, non-sterile 100/box, Stainless Steel, non-sterile
MICROSURGERY
500344 . . . . . US$64 500346 . . . . . US$64
Reflex clip removing forceps

12 cm (4.75 in.) long, for 7 mm and 9
mm clips
500347 . . . . . . . . US$153
Applying Forceps for Silver Clips #500087, 18 cm (7 in.) long

500088 . . . . . . . US$
47
500088-G* . . . US$
173
Silver Clips, Micro Vascular

0.5 x 0.8 mm (100/pkg)
500087 . . . . . . 28
US$
Schwartz Vessel Clips
Clips and Clamps
Micro Vessel Clips, serrated jaws
501779-G* straight, 0.75 x 4 mm jaws US$

68
MICROSURGERY

68
501781-G* straight, 1 x 8 mm jaws US$
68
68

26
501787-G* slightly angled, 1.7 x 8 mm jaws US$
26
501788-G* strong angle, 1.7 x 8 mm jaws US$
26
Side and front view illustrations of straight micro vessel clips Vessel Clips
15911 10 g pressure, 5 x 0.8 mm jaws, 5 per pack US$

61
501783-G* slightly curved, 1 x 6 mm jaws US$
82 14120 30 g pressure, 5 x 1.5 mm jaws, 5 per pack US$
61
501784-G* fully curved, 1 x 6 mm jaws US$
82
14121 60 g pressure, 8 x 1.5 mm jaws, 5 per pack US$
61
501785-G* 45 deg angle, 1 x 6 mm jaws US$
82
Approximator, 20 g pressure,
MICRODISSECTION
for 0.5 to 1.0 mm vessel

14084 US$
36
Bulldog Clamps
Applying Forceps for Approximator #14084 & Vessel Clips

Micro Bulldog Clamp, curved 8 x 1.2 mm #14120, #15911, and #14121, 10 cm (4 in.) long
serrated jaws, 3 cm (1 in.) long 14189 US$
32
14119 . . . . . . US$
31
14119-G* . . US$53
Frog Heart Clips
501902.... US$56
Small Bulldog Clamp, straight serrated jaws, two flat loops
6 cm (2.3 in.) long 2.5 mm diameter loops
14118 . . . . . . . US$25 24 mm long
5 per package
14118-G* . . . . US$
40
501903.... US$37
Johns Hopkins Bulldog Clamp, curved serrated two fine loops
jaws, 6.5 cm (2.5 in.)long 0.6 mm diameter tips
14117 . . . . . . US$
25 17 mm long
5 per package
14117-G* . . . US$
45
Johns Hopkins Bulldog Clamp, 6.5 cm (2.5

in.) long, straight serrated jaws 501904.... US$56
14116 . . . . . . . US$
25 two flat tips
14116-G* . . . . US$
45 1 x 3 mm tips
18 mm long
5 per package
Retractors
MICRODISSECTION
KD Mouse/Rat Eye Speculum
Wire Retractors
501897 Small, 2.1cm long, 2.2mm blades, 4.3mm max. spread US$26
4 cm (1.6 in.) long
501898 Medium, 2.1cm long, 3.2mm blades, 4.3mm max. spreadUS$26
5 x 5 mm wire blades
501899 Large, 2.1cm long, 4mm blades, 3.2mm max. spread US$
26
5 mm depth
maximum spread 15 mm
501993 . . . . . . US$28
1:1
small medium large
Wire Retractors Wire Retractors

4 cm (1.6 in.) long 5 cm (2 in.) long,
13 x 5 mm wire blades 15 x 10 mm wire blades
7 mm depth 7 mm depth
maximum spread 15 mm maximum spread 25 mm
501994 . . . . . . US$28 500368 . . . . . US$26
1:1
500368-G* . . US$51
MICROSURGERY
1:1
Wire Retractors
5 cm (2 in.) long Barraquer Retractor
10 x 5 mm blades 4 cm (1.5 in.) long,
5 mm depth 10 x 4 mm wire blades
maximum spread 13 mm 7 mm depth
14130 . . . . . . . US$16 maximum spread 3 cm
1:1
14130-G* . . . . US$24 500369 . . . . . US$26
500369-G* . . US$35
Picture is smaller than actual size
Wire Retractors - non-magnetic Titanium

Wire Speculum
4.5 cm (1.8in.) long
0.8 x 1.5 mm wire blades Blades: 13.5 mm blades
maximum spread 35 mm Maximum spread: 20 mm 1:1
503210 . . . . . . US$28 555801L . . . . . 32
US$
MICROSURGERY
Self-retaining Retractor
Blades: 2.5 cm
Maximum spread: 4.5 cm
Small, self-retaining retractor perfect for small animal
surgery and dissection.
503209 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . US$
91
Goldstein Retractor
Agricola Retractor
Blades: 3 x 3 sharp prongs
Maximum Spread: 1.0cm
501967 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
US$
501846 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
US$

501968 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . US$
114
1:1
MICRODISSECTION

501969 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . US$
114
Stevenson Retractor, 8 cm (3 in.) long, 3x3 ALM Self-retaining Retractor, 7 cm (2.75 in.)
prongs, 3 mm deep long, 4x4 prongs
14131 . . . . . . . US$66 14240. . . . . . . . US$37
14131-G* . . . . US$97 14240-G*. . . . . US$87
1:1
1:1
Maximum spread 15 mm Maximum spread 55 mm
Knapp Speculum, 15 x 6 mm
blades, 8.3 cm (3.25 in.) long,
Modified ALM Self-retaining Retractor maximum spread 25 mm
7 cm (2.75 in.) long, 2x2 prongs 14129. . . . . . . . US$51
Smaller, thinner prongs for use on mouse/rat eyelids 14129-G*. . . . US$277
501844. . . . . . . US$37
1:1
MICRODISSECTION
Jansen retractor
4.5 in. long, maximum spread 3cm
3 x 3 prongs, blunt
501770 . . . . . . US$64
501770-G* . . US$288
sharp prongs
501859 . . . . . . US$
64
Weitlaner Retractor, self-retaining
501328 . . . . . . . . . . . . US$109 501328-G* . . . US$

357
4”, 2x3 prongs, blunt, maximum spread 3cm
501314 . . . . . . . . . . . . US$109 501314-G* . . . US$
357
4”, 2x3 prongs, sharp, maximum spread 4cm
501722 . . . . . . . . . . . . US$121 501722-G* . . . US$
288
1:1
5.5”, 3x4 prongs, blunt, maximum spread 4.5cm
501721 . . . . . . . . . . . . US$121 501721-G* . . . US$
361
MICROSURGERY
5.5”, 3x4 prongs, sharp, maximum spread 4cm
501724 . . . . . . . . . . . . US$138 501724-G* . . . US$
399
6.5”, 3x4 prongs, blunt, maximum spread 6.5cm
501723 . . . . . . . . . . . . US$138 501723-G* . . . US$
399
6.5”, 3x4 prongs, sharp, maximum spread 7cm
Gelpi Retractor
3.5” 501329 . . . . . . US$
86
4.5” 501719 . . . . . . . US$
98
5.5” 501720 . . . . . 109
US$
501720-G* . . . . US$
342 1:1
Senn Retractor
7”
sharp 501327 . . . . . US$

29 501327-G* . . . . . US$
84
blunt 501718 . . . . . US$
29 501718-G* . . . . . . US$
84
1:1
Sapphire Knife
Clear blade increases view of tissue
Chemically inert to lymph, blood, and disinfectant solutions

Single crystal sapphire (Al2O3), while not as hard as diamond, is still hundreds of times
harder than steel razor blades. The durability of the blade guarantees a unique operational
MICROSURGERY
life that exceeds one hundred incisions In addition, the blade and handle can be sterilized
using any currently known procedure.
The super sharp cutting edge, mirror surface finish, and low friction coefficient combine
to create an accurate, clean cut with minimal tissue trauma. Scarring is thus reduced and
incisions heal quickly.
Both the stainless steel and titanium handles feature safety
locks to protect the super sharp cutting edge from damage and
prevent injuries to medical personnel.
30° 60°
90°
500313 500316 501736

MICRODISSECTION
500317 (blade sold separately)
501763 (blade sold separately)

Crescent Blade Phaco Blade
front & side view front & side view
501761 501762
Custom sizes available

— call for details
500317 Stainless Handle for Sapphire Knife, 13 cm long, retractable 56
US$
501811 Titanium Handle for Sapphire Knife, 13 cm long, retractable 138

US$
Single Edge Blades for use with above handles 500317 & 501811
501760 Sapphire Blade, single edge, 0.22mm thick, 1 mm wide, 15° US$
45 Sapphire Knife Protection Tray
45
45
45
45
75
500325 Sapphire Blade, single edge, 0.3mm thick, 1.4 mm wide, 35° US$
75
Double Edge Blades for use with above handles 500317 & 501811
500314 Sapphire Blade, double edge lance, 0.3mm thick, 1 mm wide, 35° US$
63
500316 Sapphire Blade, double edge lance, 0.3mm thick, 2 mm wide, 60° US$
121
500326 Sapphire Blade, double edge lance, 0.3mm thick, 1.7 mm wide, 60° US$
137
Protect your sapphire knife with a sterilization/

Specialty Handle and Blades protection tray. Fully autoclavable tray safely holds
501763 Stainless Angled Handle for Sapphire Knife, 13 cm long, retractable US$
56 two sapphire knife handles for sterilization and
501812 Titanium Angled Handle for Sapphire Knife, 13 cm long, retractable US$
138 storage.
501761 Crescent Sapphire Blade, 2.8 mm wide, 0.3mm, (fits handles 501763 & 501812) US$
190
501762 Phaco Sapphire Blade, 2.7/3.4 mm wide, 0.3mm, (fits handles 501763 & 501812) US$
201 501729 Sterilization/Protection Tray 35
US$
Scalpels, Knives, Blades and Handles
MICRODISSECTION
Scalpel Handle #3
13 cm (5 in.) long, stainless steel
500236 . . . . . . . . . US$
9
500236-G* . . . . . . US$
25 For Blades #10 ~ #15
Scalpel Handle #4
14 cm (5.5 in.) long, stainless
steel
500237 . . . . . . . . . . US$
9
500237-G* . . . . . . US$
25 For Blades #20 ~ #25
Scalpel Handle #7
16 cm (6.25 in.)
long, stainless steel
500238 . . . . . . . . US$13 For Blades #10 ~ #15
500238-G* . . . . . . US$41
Sterile stainless steel blades All stainless steel scalpel blades are made by Feather®, using a precise
beveling technique to create the edge’s micron sharpness. They are the
21 finest blades available.
10
500239 Scalpel Blades #10, stainless steel, sterile (100 / box) US$41
MICROSURGERY
11 22 500241 Scalpel Blades #12, stainless steel, sterile (100 / box) US$41
12 500243 Scalpel Blades #20, stainless steel, sterile (100 / box) US$44
Blade Safe surgical blade remover

will remove blades easily and safely from any
style surgical blade handle
501335 . . . . . . US$
25
1:1
Round Knurled Blade Handle, stainless steel, 10 cm long

501247 . . . . . . . . . US$
36
501247-G* . . . . . . US$
58
501249 Needle Blades, 6/pk, 4.5 cm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
US$
Hex Blade Handle, stainless steel, 10 cm long

501250 Miniature Edged Blades, curved tip, 12/pk, 3.5 cm . US$
18
501248 . . . . . . . . . US$
36
501251 Miniature Edged Blades, round tip, 12/pk, 3.5 cm . . US$
22 501248-G* . . . . . . US$
58
Disposable Safety Scalpels
Retractable blade protects from accidental

injury. Complies with the OSHA Directive.
MICROSURGERY
501337 Size #10, pack of 10 . . . . US$

41
501338 Size #11, pack of 10 . . . . US$
41
501339 Size #15, pack of 10 . . . . US$
41
500348 Disposable Scalpel, No. 10, sterile, (10/box) US$

12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
Microsurgical Knives
Sterile, disposable
MICRODISSECTION
501731 Microsurgical Knife, 15° 3 mm blade, 13.5 cm (5.25 in.) long (package of 6) US$
79
500249 Microsurgical Knife, 15° 5 mm blade, 13.5 cm (5.25 in.) long (package of 6) US$79
500250 Roundstock Ophthalmic Knife, 15° 5.7 mm blade, 13.5 cm (5.25 in.) long (package of 6) US$
97
Micro Dissecting Knife

13 cm long, 1 mm blade, right angle
14135 . . . . US$52
1:1
Razor Blade Holder

Tip Profile:
round tips 1:1
S-shape jaws
14139 . . . . . . . . . US$
112
Special jaw shape prevents blades from slipping

Razor Blade Holder
Tip Profile: 1:1
12 cm (4.75 in.) long
round tips
convex/concave jaws
14134 . . . . . . . US$
89
14134-G* . . US$
290
Ear Punches and Ear Tags
Ear Punch
MICRODISSECTION
5 cm (2 in.) long, 2 mm diameter 1:1
500075 . . . . . . US$
22
Ear Punch
10 cm (4 in.) long 1:1
2 mm diameter 500077 . . . . US$52
1 mm diameter 500076 . . . . US$52
501866 Ear Tags, pack of 100, sequence 000-099 US$

35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
286
Ear Tag Applicator
MICROSURGERY
501876 . . . . . . US$
48
Rongeurs, Cutters, and Punches
Tip Profile:
Rongeur, Micro Friedman

16 cm (6.25 in.) long Jaw Width
1.3mm 14292 . . . . . . US$81 14292-G* . . US$
202
1:1
0.8 mm 501332 . . . . US$85
1.0 mm 501333 . . . . US$83
Tip Profile:
MICROSURGERY
Mini Blumenthal Rongeur

11 cm (4.3 in.) long 1:1
jaw width 2 mm
14090. . . . . . . . US$81
14090-G*. . . . US$192
Friedman Rongeur
13 cm (5 in.) long
jaw width 2.5 mm
1:1 14089 . . . . . . . US$69
Tip Profile:
14089-G* . . . US$183
Tip Profile:
Blumenthal Rongeur
15 cm (6 in.) long
jaw width 3 mm
14091 . . . . . . . US$68 1:1
14091-G* . . . US$189
MICRODISSECTION
Single Blade Bone Cutter

14 cm (5.5 in.) long 1:1
jaw length 23 mm
blade tip width 1 mm
block tip width 2 mm
Cutting Block
501990 . . . . . . US$
83
Cutting Blade
The Corneoscleral punch is excellent for removing the skull

of a small animal without damaging the brain or spinal
cord. The lower jaw of the punch is a flat plate which can be
inserted into the skull with much less damage to the brain
than a ronguer.
1:1
500079 Corneoscleral Punch , 8 cm (3 in.) long, 2 mm wide US$

74
500143 Corneoscleral Punch, 8 cm (3 in.) long, 1.5 mm wide US$
74 Tip Profile:
Malleus Nipper Tip Profile:
one serrated blade, 11 cm (4.3 in.) long,
MICRODISSECTION
9 mm blades
501269 . . . . . . US$90
1:1
Cuticle nipper
11 cm (4.3 in.) long, angle, ring
handles
500137 . . . . . . US$25
Tip Profile: 500137-G* . . . US$94
1:1
Nail nippers
14 cm (5.5 in.) long, concave jaws,
double spring Tip Profile:
500362 . . . . . US$18
500362-G* . . . US$97
1:1
MICROSURGERY
Tip Profile:
Liston Bone Cutting Forceps
19 cm (7.5 in.) long, straight 500358 . . . . . 60
US$
14 cm long, straight 500462 . . . . . 52

US$
Titanium Wire Cutter

15 cm (6 in.) long, 15 mm Tungsten Carbide
blades, light weight (60g)
500450 . . . . . . . . US$276
Tip Profile:
Never
Applications Rusts!
● MRI
● Marine biology * Part numbers ending in “-G” indicate German-made instruments
Hooks and Probes
Tungsten Dissection Probes
●Used for separating cells
●Made of pure tungsten, a hard and biocompatible metal
MICROSURGERY
●Less than one micron in diameter

●Much stronger and more durable than glass probes
●All probes are 50 mm long (10 pieces per package)
Tip Profile A
500133 Tungsten Dissecting Probe, 0.125mm diameter rod US$
83 500133
83
83
Tip Profile B 500135
83
83 500134
83
Tip Profile A Tip Profile B

MICRODISSECTION
Titanium Flexible Fine Probe

50 mm long, less than 5 micron tip, 0.4mm shaft,
pkg of 2
500449 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . US$83
Handle for Probe, stainless steel
11 cm (4.3 in.) long 500448 . . . . . US$

48
7 cm (2.75 in.) long 501301 . . . . . US$

48 1:1
Probe, stainless steel, 14cm

(5.5 in.), 1.0 mm diameter
501313 . . . . . US$9
Illustration - not shown actual size
500458 Straight Dissecting Needles, 14 cm (5.5 in.) long, 12/box US$
14
MICRODISSECTION
500460 Curved Dissecting Needles, 14 cm (5.5 in.) long, 12/box US$
14
Meyhoefer Curette
14cm (5.5 in.), 1.5mm diameter
501773 . . . . . . US$
33
501773-G* . . US$
151 1:1
Tyrell Hook, sharp, 13 cm (5 in.) long

14136 . . . . . . . US$
30
14136-G* . . . . US$
51
1:1
MICROSURGERY
Wecker Spatula
14cm (5.5 in.), 3mm wide blade
501772 . . . . . . US$33
501772-G* . . US$154
(German-made spatula is 2mm wide) 1:1
Castroviejo Caliper
75 mm (3 in.) long
20 mm scale
501200 . . . . . US$
138
1:1
Vascular Measuring Ruler

503211 . . . . . US$
166
Physiology Kit I
SuperCut Tenotomy Scissors curved (#14396)
Rongeur 3mm jaw (#14091)
MICROSURGERY
Utility Scissors (#501322)

Operating Scissors straight Sharp/Blunt (#14192)
Dumont Tweezer #5 (#14098)
Flat Jaw Tweezers (#501303)
Probe 1.0 mm diameter, blunt (#501313)
Order Number: KIT-PHYSIO-I
US$
144
US$
239 Value
MICRODISSECTION
Add the Stainless Steel Protection

Case to any kit (#14213)
for an additional $50
Physiology Kit II
US$
293 Vannas Scissors (#14003)
US$
506 Value SuperCut Iris Scissors straight (#14218)
Rongeur 1.3mm jaw (#14292)
Utility Scissors (#501322)
Operating Scissors straight Sharp/Blunt (#14192)
Dumont Tweezer #5 (#14098))
Probe 1.0 mm diameter, blunt (#501313)
Stevenson Retractor (#14131)
Iris Forceps curved (#15915)
Adson Forceps 1x2 teeth (#500092)
Olsen-Hegar Needle holder (#500227)
Order Number:PHYSIO-II
Mouse Kit
Dumont #5 (#14098)
MICRODISSECTION
Vannas Scissors (#14003)
Iris Forceps, curved, serrated (#15915)
Dissecting Scissors, straight 10cm (#14393)
Wire Retractor (#14130)
Needle Holder (#14109)
Blunt Probe, 1.0 mm diameter (#501313)
Order Number: MOUSEKIT
US$
163
US$
239 Value
MICROSURGERY
Rat Kit US$
194
US$
293 Value
Dumont #5 (#14098)
Vannas Scissors (#14124)
Iris Forceps, serrated (#15915)
SuperCut Iris Scissors, straight 10cm (#14218)
Alm Retractor (#14240)
Needle Holder (#14110)
Blunt Probe, 1.0 mm diameter (#501313)
Order Number: RATKIT
Mouse Vessel Cannulation Kit
Kit includes:
Vessel Cannulation Forceps
Vannas Scissors
MICROSURGERY
Fine Serrated Forceps

Dumont #5 Tweezers
Alm Retractor
MicroFil 28 ga.
Vessel Cannulation Forceps
Order Number 0.5mm diameter
501895
MICRODISSECTION
US$
263
US$
360 value
Micro Cannula This micro cannula is ideal for placement in the

carotid or femoral artery of mice, rats, and
other small animal blood vessels. It can be
l 0.4mm O.D., 0.2mm I.D. tubing used with a pressure transducer (WPI’S BLPR)
l Autoclavable for blood pressure measurement, or in conjunc-
l Biocompatible Perfluorocarbon tion with a micro-syringe injection system (like WPI’s
UMPII or MMP pumps). The incorporated standard
tubing material
female luer fitting makes connecting to existing experimen-
tal plumbing quick and easy. The cannula is provided with a
contoured-tip stainless steel stylet (trocar) to facilitate placement
using established techniques. A movable “shoulder” ring provides a
KZ1101 Micro Cannula, 3" US$
92
tie-in point to prevent accidental removal. The cannula may be left in place
for two hours or more, and with proper care and cleaning, may be re-used
multiple times. Instructions for use included.
MICRODISSECTION
TurtleSkin®
FullCoverage
Entire Hand Protection —
Fingertip to Forearm
While no glove is puncture or cut proof, Turtle-
Skin FullCoverage gloves give you puncture and
cut protection covering the entire hand. Surpris-
ingly soft and comfortable, these gloves offer
over 35 ounces of needle protection.
501888 TurtleSkin® Gloves, small, pair US$

91
501889 TurtleSkin® Gloves, medium, pair US$
91
501890 TurtleSkin® Gloves, large, pair US$
91
501891 TurtleSkin® Gloves, extra large, pair US$
91
TurtleSkin is a registered trademark of Warwick Mills, Inc.
MICROSURGERY
Rodent
Guillotine
● Large, stable base
● Hardened blades for
long service
● Ambidextrous
configuration
The small animal guillotine has been completely

redesigned for ease of use and extra added
safety features. The blades are drawn together by
magnetic force to ensure a clean and precise cut
through very strong bones and skin.
There is a large base for stability, long handle for
extra leverage, spring action so the blades can not
fall down unexpectedly, hardened stainless blades
for endurance, simplified construction for easy
maintenance. The fluoropolymer coated surface
on the base makes cleaning easy.
DCAP Guillotine for Rodents and other small animals The guillotine is considered one of the most humane methods to
(opening 1.5 x 1.5 in.) US$
569 dispense with a subject.
DCAP-M Guillotine for large rodents and other medium animals
(opening 2.5 x 2.5 in.) US$
949
DCAP-L Guillotine for larger animals (opening 4” x 4”) US$
1,374
Disposable Biopsy Punches, package of 50
Individually packaged in color-coded, transparent, sturdy blister pack to
protect cutting edge
Seamless stainless steel razor sharp cutting edge
Ribbed handle provides maximum control and comfort
501816 1.5mm diameter US$

148
MICROSURGERY

148
148 1:1
Uni-Core Punches
Cuts, retrieves, and stores, cored samples in one operation
The Harris Uni-Core punch consists of a razor sharp stainless steel cutting
tip designed to cut, retrieve and store cored samples from source materials
such as paper, gels, cloth, leaves, paint chips, films, tissue or other thin or
soft substrates. The tip is protected by a removable cover cap. The body is
made from polypropylene plastic. Each Harris Uni-Core is individually pouched
and ethylene oxide sterilized. The Uni-Core is a limited reusable, disposable
sampling tool. It may be disposed of after use or autoclaved at 20 minutes at
250°F and 15 p.s.i. for reuse.
501905 0.50mm ID, 1.0mm OD US$

17
501906 0.75mm ID, 1.25mm OD US$
17
501907 1.25mm ID, 1.75mm OD US$
17
501908 2.0mm ID, 2.5mm OD US$
17
501909 5.0mm ID, 5.5mm OD US$
17
501910 6.0mm ID, 6.5mm OD US$
17
501911 7.0mm ID, 7.5mm OD US$
17
501912 8.0mm ID, 8.5mm OD US$
17
MICRODISSECTION
Achieve hemostasis of bone by applying a

small amount of sterile bone wax. The wax is a
combination of beeswax, isopropyl palmitate, and
mineral oil which stops bleeding at the site.
501771 Bone Wax, sterile, 3g US$

29
Applicator Spears
Made of PVA these spears will absorb fluids

and liquids.
501789 Applicator Spears, pkg of 200 US$

68
Fantastic
MICRODISSECTION
Magnifying
Glasses! 500370 — 2.5x Binocular Loupe
Fantastic Price!
● High quality coated optics Gain control — see clearly and
● Adjustable independent focus for each eye accurately
● Adjustable interpupillary distance
Unlimited uses, from surgical
● Mounted on spectacle frames
procedures to microcircuitry
● Protective velvet-lined wood case included
assembly
Priced so that everyone in the
BINOCULAR LOUPE SPECIFICATIONS lab can have one!
2.5x (500370) 4x (501331)
WORKING DISTANCE 35-50 cm 38-48 cm
MICROSURGERY
FIELD OF VIEW 10 cm diam. 6.5 cm diam.
500370 Wide Field Binocular Loupe, 2.5x, 35~50 cm working distance,

adjustable pupillary distance and focus, lightweight (72 g) US$
403
501331 4x Binocular Loupe US$
684
Veterinary surgeons find WPI’s binocular

loupes useful for surgery on Koi fish at the
International Conference on Exotics wet lab
501331 — 4x Binocular Loupe
in Key West, Florida.
Photo by Marc Kramer, DVM
Student Dissecting
Kit
MICROSURGERY
Includes:
Dissecting Scissors, 4.5”
Dissecting Scissors, 4”
Dressing Forceps, 5.5”
Micro Dressing Forceps, 4”
#4 Knife Handle
Straight Teasing Needle
Angled Teasing Needle
#22 Surgical Blade
Canvas Roll-up
501336 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
US$
Silicone
Dissecting Pad Kit
Make your own silicone dissecting pads easily and
quickly. Mix the 2-part silicone right in the plastic petri
MICRODISSECTION
dishes and allow to cure 24 hours at room temperature.

Kit includes enough silicone to prepare 20 dishes.
Kit Includes:
2-Part SylGard silicone elastomer

20 plastic petri dishes with lids, 65mm
Pins
501986 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
US$
Surgery Table
Constructed of clear acrylic, this economical surgery table features adjust-
able nylon cords for fast animal restraint and a slight incline for easy view-
ing. The acrylic construction is durable, yet easy to clean. The nylon cords
can be adjusted at the point of contact with the animal and also under the
table itself.
The surgery table is designed for use in dissecting small animals such as
frogs, birds, mice, rats, guinea pigs, etc.
SURGERY TABLE Specifications

Length 20 cm
Width 14.5 cm
Height 4 cm (rear)
2 cm (front)
501892 Surgery Table US$

55
Cautery
MICRODISSECTION
Disposable Adjustable High Temperature Cautery
Fine Tip (#500394)
1500-2100° F
10/box, sterile
Tip Profile:
500388. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . US$
164
High Temperature Cautery

2 replaceable batteries (AA)
1 interchangeable tip (#500394)
2200° F
500389. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . US$
61
500394 tip
High Temperature Cautery Kit

contains 1 #500389 handle,
2 #500394 tips
2 #500393 tips
500389 handle
500392. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . US$
71
500394 tip 500393 tip
MICROSURGERY
Disposable Adjustable Low Temperature Cautery
Fine Tip (#500396)
700-1200° F
10/box, sterile
Tip Profile:
501090. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . US$
148
Low Temperature Cautery

1 replaceable battery (AA)
1 tip (#500396)
500390. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . US$
52
500396 tip
Low Temperature Cautery Kit

contains 1 #500390 handle
2 #500396 tips
2 #500395 tips
500390 handle
500391. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . US$
71
500395 tip 500396 tip
Disposable High Temp Loop Disposable High Temp Fine Tips, Disposable Low Temp Elongated Disposable Low Temp Fine Tips,
Tips, 2000° F, 10/box, sterile, 2200° F, 10/box, sterile, for use Tips, 1100° F, 10/box, sterile, 1300° F, 10/box, sterile, , for use
for use in conjunction with in conjunction with #500389 for use in conjunction with in conjunction with #500390
#500389 and #500392 and #500392 #500390 and #500391 and #500391
500393 . . . . . . US$
64 500394 . . . . . .US$64 500395 . . . . . . 64
US$ 500396 . . . . . .US$64
Thermal Cautery Unit
Provides consistent, accurate hemostasis
MICROSURGERY
Tradional thermal cautery utilizes heat in the

form of direct current to perform coagulation.
This method eliminates the possibility of
alternate site burns that can occur with
electrosurgery. Only the heated wire tip comes
in contact with the tissue and current does
not enter the patient’s body. WPI’s Thermal
Cautery Unit provides all the cautery power
necessary for treating numerous minor surgical
conditions and is ideal for applications such as
dermatological, ophthalmological, occupational
health, ENT, and plastic surgery cases, or any
procedure that requires accurate hemostasis.
The Thermal Cautery Unit maintains the
desired temperature during tissue contact
and does not rapidly diminish like disposable
battery powered cauteries. The autoclavable
handpiece with six-foot cord accepts an
assortment of reusable thermal cautery
electrodes, allowing the surgeon to have
the flexibility to perform a wide variety of
MICRODISSECTION
procedures. This unit will outlast battery-

powered units and save money on replacement
batteries.
a b c d e
Handpiece and electrodes A, C, and E

are included with unit.
501292 Thermal Cautery Unit, 110V US$

684
CAUTERY UNIT SPECIFICATIONS 501293 Thermal Cautery Unit, 220V US$
746
501294 Cautery Handpiece for 501292 & 501293 US$
208
LINE VOLTAGE 110V/220V, 60Hz/50Hz 501295 Loop Tip (shown a) US$
68
OUTPUT WAVE SHAPE Clipped Sinusoidal 501296 Fine Tip-Flat (shown b) US$
68
OUTPUT POWER 0-30 Watts ± 6 Watts (0.2 Ohm Load) 501297 Loop Tip-Angled (shown c) US$
68
MAXIMUM OUTPUT POWER 36 Watts (0.2 Ohm Load) 501298 Ball Point (shown d) US$
75
DIMENSIONS 13cm x 13cm x 20cm (dxwxh) 501299 Fine Tip (shown e) US$
68
SHIPPING WEIGHT 5 lb (2.3kg) 501300 Wall Bracket for 501292 & 501293 US$
64
Electrosurgery Systems
This high performance electrosurgical generator
MICRODISSECTION
features Cut, Coagulation, Fulguration, and Bipolar
modes. The automatic safety features such as
self test circuits, audible tones, discreet outputs,
and isolated circuitry make it ideal for use in
the modern physician’s office, surgi-center, and
research lab. This generator is suitable for all types
of medical procedures and surgeries with safety,
flexibility, reliability, and convenience.
l Digital error detection
l Large illuminated digital displays
l Rotary power-control dial
provides smooth, rapid power
adjustments
500421 Electrosurgical Unit (110V) US$

2,887
501213 Electrosurgical Unit (220V) US$
2,887
High Frequency Dessicator
MICROSURGERY
This High Frequency Dessicator produces radio frequency current which
is useful for the removal and destruction of superficial cutaneous and
mucosal lesions. It performs dessication and fulguration procedures.
The digital power control system allows you to change from low to
high power by rotating the power knob or pushing the buttons on the
handpiece.
500397 Dessicator Unit (110V) US$

1,323
501214 Dessicator Unit (220V) US$
1,323
Check out our website

for detailed ordering
information and pricing on
all accessory parts and a
large range of electrodes.
Economy Unit includes everything
pictured
Electrosurgical Unit
Electrosurgery utilizes alternating current at radio frequencies to cut and
MICROSURGERY
coagulate. Using this method, the current enters the patient’s body and
the patient becomes part of the electrical circuit. This requires the use of
a return, or indifference plate.
This economically priced electrosurgical unit has 10 levels of output
intensity, three operational modes (cut, coagulate, and cut/coagulate), and
various choices of electrodes.
The unit comes complete and ready-to-use with a handpiece,
indifference plate, footswitch, and one of each electrodes. All accessories
can also be ordered separately. 501274 Electrosurgical Unit, 110V US$
851
501285 Electrosurgical Unit, 220V 909
US$
501273 Handpiece for electrodes, Ø 1.6mm shaft US$

79
501275 Indifference Plate US$
45
ELECTROSURGICAL UNIT SPECIFICATIONS 501277 Footswitch US$
68
OPERATION FREQUENCY 1.5 MHz 501278 Diamond Shape Loop Electrode, Ø 1.6mm shaft US$
22
STABLE & FINE POWER SETTING 10 Steps 501279 Small Loop electrode, Ø 1.6mm shaft US$
22
POWER SUPPLY 115V ± 10% - 50/60Hz 1.8A, 210VA 501280 Large Loop Electrode, Ø1.6mm shaft US$
22
230V ± 10% - 50/60Hz 0.9A, 210VA 501281 Fine WIre electrode, Ø 1.6mm shaft US$
22
OUTPUT POWER 70 WATTS ± 5% 501282 Wire Electrode, Ø 1.6mm shaft US$
22
WORKING FRQUENCY 1.5-1.7 MHZ ± 5% 501283 Small Oval Loop Electrode, Ø 1.6mm shaft US$
22
501284 Ball Electrode, Ø 1.6mm shaft US$
22
DIMENSIONS 24cm x 22cm x 8.5cm (lxwxh)
501286 Set of 7 Electrodes US$
115
SHIPPING WEIGHT 10 lb (4.5kg)
Micro Drill System

MICRODISSECTION
This line powered micro drill will make easy work of grinding, finish-
ing, cutting, and drilling bone, teeth, and other material. The high-torque
35,000 rpm (maximum) motor is quiet and has minimal vibration which
reduces wear on the motor and provides greater comfort for the user.
It also features a forward and reverse switch, “E Type” handpiece, and
handpiece holder. The handpiece has a removable nose cone that can be
cleaned and sterilized. It accepts 3/32” and 2.33 mm bur shanks. Unlike
battery-powered drills, this unit will maintain consistent power for the
duration of use. The wide range of speeds allows the user to control the
amount of heat generation.
The following accessories are included with the Micro Drill System:

Qty Description
4 Abrading Tip, Rubber
1 Abrading Tip, Stone
1 Accessory Stand
1 Ball Mill, Carbide, #1, .031” Diameter
1 Ball Mill, Carbide, #4, .055” Diameter 501819 Micro Drill System, 110 V US$
1,034
1 Ball Mill, Carbide, #5, .063” Diameter Replacement Accessories
1 Ball Mill, Carbide, #6, .071” Diameter 501850 Abrading Tip, Rubber, pk of 20 US$
52
1 Ball Mill, Carbide, #7, .083” Diameter 501851 Abrading Tip, Stone, pk of 5 US$
35
1 Ball Mill, Carbide, #1/4, .019” Diameter 501852 Accessory Stand US$
12
1 Ball Mill, Carbide, #1/2, .027” Diameter 501853 Ball Mill, Carbide, #1, .031” Diameter, pk of 5 US$
45
4 Cutoff Disk 501854 Ball Mill, Carbide, #2, .039” Diameter, pk of 5 US$
45
1 Mandrel, Screw 501855 Ball Mill, Carbide, #3, .047” Diameter, pk of 5 US$
45
1 Mandrel, Threaded 501856 Ball Mill, Carbide, #4, .055” Diameter, pk of 5 US$
45
MICRODRILL SPECIFICATIONS 501857 Ball Mill, Carbide, #5, .063” Diameter, pk of 5 US$
45
501858 Ball Mill, Carbide, #6, .071” Diameter, pk of 5 US$
45
INPUT 110V, 50/60 Hz 501842 Ball Mill, Carbide, #7, .083” Diameter, pk of 5 US$
45
OUTPUT 0-32 Vdc
501860 Ball Mill, Carbide, #1/4, .019” Diameter, pk of 5 US$
45
501861 Ball Mill, Carbide, #1/2, .027” Diameter, pk of 5 US$
45
FUSE 1 amp
501862 Cutoff Disk, pk of 20 US$
52
OPERATING SPEED RANGE 0-35,000RPM
501863 Mandrel, Screw, pk of 5 US$
45
DIMENSIONS 178 x 114 x 89mm (7 x 4.5 x 3.5in.)
501864 Mandrel, Threaded, pk of 5 US$
45
WEIGHT 1.7kg (3.75lbs)
Sterilizing Trays
MICRODISSECTION
501729
MICROSURGERY
Fine surgical instruments are too valuable not
to protect. WPI’s sterilizing trays help reduce 500252 Sterilizer tray, 15 x 6 x 2 cm (6 x 2.5 x 0.75 in.), base, silicone mat, lid 35
US$
damage from everyday use. With top quality 500253 Sterilizer tray, 19 x 10 x 2 cm (7.5 x 4 x 0.75 in.), base, silicone mat, lid 60
US$
structural Integrity, these trays are ideal for 500254 Sterilizer tray, 25.5 x 15 x 2 cm (10 x 6 x 0.75 in.), base, silicone mat, lid US$
90
the handling and storage of all standard 501728 Sterilizer Tray, 25.5 x 15 x 4 cm (10 x 6 x 1.5 in.), base, insert tray, lid, 2 mats US$
207
microdissection and surgical instruments. 501729 Sterilizer Tray for Knife 15 x 6 x 2 cm (6 x 2.5 x 0.75 in.), base, lid, 2 bars US$
35
● GE’s ULTEM® resin ensures product strength, 500255 Silicone mat, 38 x 25.5 cm (15 x 10 in.) US$
83
structural integrity and extended life cycle.
● See-through lids make it easy to locate the right instrument.
● Suitable for all methods of sterilization (autoclave, steam, dry heat and
chemical).
● Unique “grid” design in base makes it easy to install the silicone finger
mat required to protect the delicate instruments.
Combination Sterilization
Tray & Storage Case
New
Larger Size!
Stainless steel sterilization case
with silicone holding pads
197 x 107 x 32 mm 14213.............. US$84

230 x 150 x 50 mm 501934........ US$114
Aluminum Sterilizing Trays
These sterilization containers are made of hard anodized aluminum

and can withstand autoclaving and ethylene oxide sterilizing. The non-
MICROSURGERY
perforated base has two locking clasps that secure the lid in place. The
perforated lid with disposable filter allows steam and gas to move freely
in and out of the container during sterilization. A silicone mat may be
purchased separately and cut to fit the base of the tray.
501913 Small Aluminum Tray, 300 x 140 x 40 mm US$

256
501914 Large Aluminum Tray, 300 x 140 x 70 mm US$
267
501915 Single-use Filters, 100 per package US$
55
501916 Indication Labels, 100 per package US$
68
500255 Silicone Mat, 38 x 25.5 cm US$
83
MICRODISSECTION
Instrument Tip Protectors

Protect your valuable instruments during
cleaning, sterilization, and storage
Steam and gas sterilizable Instrument Portfolio
Radiopaque and latex-free
50 per pack
501341 Tip Protectors, 1/16” x 3/4” (1.6 mm x 19 mm), size 1, white US$
33
501342 Tip Protectors, 5/64” x 3/4” (2 mm x 19 mm), size 2, blue US$
33 Store your instruments in style. Elastic bands
501343 Tip Protectors, 7/64” x 3/4” (2.8 mm x 19 mm), size 3, green US$
33 hold instruments in place against soft velveteen
501344 Tip Protectors, 1/8” x 1” (3.2 mm x 25.4 mm), size 4, red US$
33 fabric. Portfolio folds in half and zips closed.
501345 Tip Protectors, 3/16” x 1” (4.8 mm x 25.4 mm), size 5, yellow US$
33
501346 Tip Protectors, 13/32” x 3/4” (10.3 mm x 19 mm), size 6, maroon US$
33
501319 US$
52
501347 Tip Protectors, 1/16” x 3/8” x 1” (1.6 mm x 9.5 mm x 25.4 mm ), size 7, orange US$
33
501348 Tip Protectors, 5/64” x 5/8” x 1” (2 mm x 16 mm x 25.4 mm), size 8, brown US$
33
501349 Tip Protectors, 1/8” x 1” x 1” (3.2 mm x 25.4 mm x 25.4 mm), size 9, black, US$
33
501340 Tip Protectors, Assorted Pack (equal number of above, plus 5) US$
33
Pulsed Ultrasonic Cleaner Half-Liter
Several times more powerful than similar devic-
Ultrasonic Cleaner
MICRODISSECTION
es, PUC dislodges dirt left behind by ordinary Ideal for small parts Stainless steel tank volume is half a liter. Dura
ultrasonic cleaners. Although very compact (the and microdissection ble and compact, this unit’s robust all-metal con
well is 8 cm diameter by 3.5 cm deep), PUC instruments struction allows for continuous duty. Includes
creates maximum turbulence by combining a lid.
subsonic wave and a high intensity ultrasonic
wave. The well will hold small microdissection
instruments. Insert the plastic cup in the well
and triple the volume available for cleaning.
Dual settings for normal or high power. Shuts
off automatically after 5 minutes.
PUC Specifications
INPUT POWER 110V/220V, 60 Hz/50 Hz,
70W
PEAK OUTPUT 60 kHz
WELL CAPACITY 60 mL (20 oz.)
8.5 x 12 cm
CUP CAPACITY 175 mL
8 x 3.5 cm
O/D 13 x 21 x 15 cm
(51/8 x 81/4 x 47/8 in.) PUC-Y Pulsating Ultrasonic Cleaner US$
114
SHIPPING WEIGHT 10 lb (4.3 kg) 13740 Ultrasonic Detergent (4 lb) US$
28
UBATH Specifications
INPUT POWER 22W
PEAK OUTPUT 70W, 55 kHz
TANK CAPACITY 0.53L (18 oz.)
TANK I.D. 12.1 x 8.6 x 6.6 cm
MICROSURGERY
(4 /4 x 3 /8 x 2 /8 in.)
3 3 5
TANK O.D. 13.7 x 10.5 x 12.1 cm

(5 /8 x 4 /8 x 4 /4 in.)
3 1 3
SHIPPING WEIGHT 1.8 kg (4 lb.)
UBATH-Y Ultrasonic Cleaner (110 V) US$

234
UBATH-Z Ultrasonic Cleaner (220 V, Euro plug) US$283
UBATH-B Ultrasonic Cleaner (220 V, UK plug) US$283
13740 Ultrasonic Detergent (4 lb) US$
28
14342 Ultrasonic Detergent (1 gal) US$
45
Dry Sterilizer
Sterilize your microdissecting and tissue culture instruments, thor
oughly and conveniently, in seconds. No chemicals. No flames.
No risk of burns. No disinfectant fluids. Glass beads heated to
260°C kills all viruses, aerobic and anaerobic bacteria, yeasts and
spores. (1.5 mm lead-free glass beads included.)
Germinator Specifications
O.D. 17.1 x 13.3 x 12.9 cm
(6 /4 x 5 /4 x 5 /16 in.)
3 1 1
I.D. 5.1 x 10.2 cm (2 x 4 in.)

WEIGHT 2.3 kg (5 lb.)
14404 Dry Sterilizer (110 V) US$

477
500121 Dry Sterilizer (220 V) US$
598
14405 Extra Glass Beads US$
16
Cidex Plus Alconox
Excellent biocide for WPI’s nitric oxide sensors and other Powdered Precision Cleaner
sensitive instruments which cannot be subjected to alcohol
or autoclave l leaves no interfering residues on
reusable labware
MICROSURGERY
l use with manual cleaning or

ultrasonic
l free rinsing
Cidex Plus achieves a high level
of disinfection in 20 to 45 min l corrosion inhibited
utes, with complete sterilization Alconox can be used as a paste, a
in 10 hours. Custom test strip soak, and ultrasonically. It can be
allows solution to be tested to used on glass, metal, stainless steel,
determine if minimum effective porcelain, ceramic, plastic, rubber,
concentration of glutaraldehyde and fiberglass. It can also be used on
is present. Non-corrosive to soft metals such as copper aluminum,
instruments. Surfactant enhanc zinc, and magnesium if rinsed
es wetting and rinsing proper promptly. Passes inhibitory residue
ties. Mint scent. test for water analysis and is authorized by the
USDA for use in federally inspected meat and poultry plants.
Used to remove: soil, grit, grime, buffing compound, slime, grease,
oils, blood, tissue, salts, deposits, particulates, solvents, chemicals,
radioisotopes, radioactive contaminants, silicone oils, mold release
7364 Cidex Plus (quart) 20
US$
agents
ENZOL 13740 Alconox Cleaner (4 lbs) 28

US$
Enzymatic Detergent
ENZOL Detergent is a mild pH,
enzyme-based, presoak-plus-clean
MICRODISSECTION
er for removing tough, dried-on or

hard-to-reach organic matter from
instruments before they are disinfect
Surgical Instrument
ed in CIDEX Solution. The proteolytic
enzymes break down organic mat
Lubricant
ter in one easy step. Enzol is fast Protect your surgical and dissecting instruments with this
— results begin in one minute. Pro specially formulated lubricant.
teolytic enzymes penetrate and break
down protein, reducing the need 500126 Surgical Instrument Lubricant (8 fl oz) US$
16
for mechanical cleaning. Effective at
room temperature (no need for hot
water). Safe for instruments, including
delicate endoscopes; mild pH reduces
likelihood of corrosion. Easy to rinse,
so it won’t clog scopes or leave a
residue on instruments. Low foaming,
making it effective for use in automat
ed equipment.
7363 ENZOL (quart) 35

US$ Instrument
Demagnetizer
Instantly magnetize or demagnetize
small surgical instruments and small
steel parts that are over 1.3" in length
and 1/8" in diameter. No batteries or
electricity required. Box is high quality
molded ABS plastic, impact resistant,
and cadmium free. Dimensions are
2" x 2" x1"
501900 Instrument Magnetizer/Demagnetizer 43

US$
503231 Micro Cleaning Brushes, vial of 100 US$

28
Lab Supplies & Accessories
Epoxies
Carbon Epoxy (2 oz.). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Silver Epoxy (1 oz.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Adhesives
Scotch-Weld 4886 (2 oz.).. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Mini Glue Gun with hot melt glue sticks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Vetbond Adhesive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Silicone Adhesives
NEW Kwik-Gard™ — Sylgard in a mixing applicator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Sylgard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Kwik-Sil Silicone Adhesive Compound. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
RTV Adhesive Sealant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
RTV Coating. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Sealants
Sylgard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Kwik-Cast Silicon Casting Compound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
RTV Sealant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Primers
RTV Prime Coat. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
“Super” Adhesives
Cyanoacrylate adhesive, low viscosity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Cyanoacrylate adhesive, high viscosity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Octyl Cyanoacrylate adhesive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
LAB SUPPLIES & ACCESSORIES

Specialty Wires
Carbon (with or without PVC coating) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Hastelloy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Indium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Micro Coaxial Cables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Platinum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Platinum/Iridium (with or without Teflon coating). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Silver (with or without Teflon or PVC coating). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Stainless Steel (with or without Teflon coating). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Titanium. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Tungsten. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Thermocouple Iron plus Constantan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Thermocouple Chromel plus Alumel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Accessories
Barbed Tubing Assortment Kit ( polypropylene) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Cables and Connectors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Chart Recorders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Clamps & Bases, Non-Magnetic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Digital Caliper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Digital Micrometer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Lab Coat, Medium Length. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Luer-to-Tubing Coupler Assortment Kit (polypropylene). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Luer-to-Tubing Coupler Assortment Kit (nylon) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Luer Valve Assortment Kit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172, 173
Magnetic Heating Stirrer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Rack Mount Hardware. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Screwdriver Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Wire Cutters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Adhesives Application Guide
Part No. Description Curing time Useful Applications and Characteristics
Epoxies Form strong bonding. Used in wire bonding applications.
4898 Silver filled conductive Epoxy 12 hrs@50C; 5 min @150C Connecting conductors that can't be soldered. Constructing or connecting Ag/AgCl pellets.
7335 Carbon filled conductive Epoxy 48 hrs@25C; 5 min @150C Constructing carbon electrode.
4886 High performance Structural Epoxy 12 hrs@25C. Forms a strong and slightly flexible bond on plastic, metal, and glass. Bonds some low surface .
energy plastic such as PEEK
Hot melt (EVA) Easy to use for bonding, needs large gap filling
13316 Mini Glue Gun with glue sticks As soon as it cools down Bonds wood, glass, metals, and many plastics.
Silicone Adhesives/Sealants/Primers Good moisture resistant and elastic. Low toxic.

1571 Room temperature vulcanizing
(RTV) adhesive. Acyloxy/moisture
cure system. Acetic acid is cure
by-product. 24hrs@25C Has the best adhesion property in this silicone family. Will bond to many materials.
7128 RTV sealant. Alkoxy/Moisture cure

system. Methanol as cure by-product. 72hrs@25C Good for bonding or sealing electronics circuits (metal).
SYLG184 Sylgard, Two parts, vinyl/platinum

cure sealant. Hydrogen as cure
by-products. Very low toxic 24hrs@25C, 15 min.@150C Coating Patch Clamp electrodes, Cell culture dish, making dissection pads.
Kwik-Sil Two part, adhesive. Vinyl/platinum

system, Hydrogen as cure by-products.
Very low toxic. < 5 min@25C Live tissue and nerve studies. Medium strength adhesion.
Kwik-Cast Two part sealant. Vinyl/platinum

cure system. Hydrogen as cure by-products.
Very low toxic. < 5 min@25C Sealant for live tissues. Embedding peripheral nerves with electrodes.
6820 Primer for silicone N/A Enhances adhesion of silicone adhesives for difficult to bond plastic surfaces
Cyanoacrylate Forms an instantaneous bonding.

7341 Ethyl Cyanoacrylate, low viscosity
90-120 cps <10 seconds Mounting rat/mouse brain slices. Ideal for relatively small gaps and smooth surfaces.Bonds plastic, metals and
rubber.
7342 Ethyl Cyanoacrylate, high viscosity

1100-1600 cps <30 seconds Use on brain slice exp. Ideal for larger gaps, allows slightly longer bonding time. Bonds plastic, metals and
rubber.

Vetbond Butyl Cyanoacrylate, Low toxic <10 seconds Bonds tissues, alternative to suture, helps small wound healing. Antimicrobial effect. Used in forensic science.
500280 Octyl Cyanoacrylate, Low toxic <15 seconds Suitable for surface wound bonding, protection, holding a sensor or other device on the tissue.
Kwik-Gard™ Each Kwik-Gard cartridge contains 37 mL of

resin and hardener. The dispensing tip has a dead Scotch-Weld 2216
Structural Epoxy
volume of 0.75 mL.
KWIKGARD Kwik-Gard Start-up Kit
(incl. dispenser, 1 cartridge, 5 tips) US$137
KWIKGLUE Kwik-Gard Refill (2 cartridges,
10 dispensing tips) US$
79
KWIKMIX Dispensing Tips (pkg of 10) US$
35
KWIKGUN Kwik-Gard Dispenser US$
114
Sylgard
Kwik-Gard is specially packaged Sylgard 184
A two-part silicone
silicone for quicker and easier application,
elastomer, ideal for
eliminating the messy procedure of preparing the
potting and encapsulat
mixture before application. Its special cartridge
ing applications. Very
controls the precise mixing ratio to ensure Probably still the best epoxy for bonding plastic,
low dielectric constant
proper curing. The disposable tip mixes resin often used as the benchmark for testing the
sealing compound
and hardener as they are dispensed. Since no air binding strength of other adhesives. The slightly
used in patch clamping
is introduced during mixing, the resin does not rubbery texture also makes it less easy to break
and many other lab
need degassing for most applications. The mixed off. It is the only epoxy known that can bond PEEK.
applications. After cure, will withstand
silicone is applied directly to the site, reducing Color: gray. Cures at room temperature.
-55° to 200 °C.
preparation time and material waste.
Shipping weight: 2 lb. (1 kg) Shipping weight: 1 lb. (0.5 kg)
SYLG184 Sylgard (1.1 lb) US$
114 4886 Scotch-Weld 2216 (2 oz.) US$
56
Electrically Conductive
Silver Epoxy
Two-component silver-filled epoxy for electrical
connections which cannot be soldered, such as
Silicone RTV adhesive

Ag/AgCl pellets. This widely used silver-filled epoxy
features low viscosity and smooth flowing charac
ter. Pure silver is dispersed in both resin and hard Silicone RTV adhesive
ener. Cures in 15 minutes at 120 °C. Mix ratio 1:1.
May be premixed and frozen for later use.
(non-acidic) Clear silicone sealant provides good bonding to
Because it is non-corrosive, this material is ideal plastic. After cure, will withstand -55 to 200 °C. No
Shipping weight: 1 lb. (0.5 kg) for use on metal, for encapsulating small circuits mixing required. A handy, general purpose labora
on connectors. After cure, will withstand -55° to tory sealant. (Releases acetic acid during curing.)
4898 Silver Epoxy (1 oz.) US$
213
200 °C. No mixing required. Shipping weight: 1 lb. (0.5 kg)
Electrically Conductive Shipping weight: 1 lb. (0.5 kg) 1571 RTV Sealant (4.7 oz.) US$
29
Carbon Epoxy 7128 RTV Coating (3 oz.) 56

US$
Two-component carbon-epoxy, curable at room

and elevated temperatures. Ideal for electrostatic RTV Prime Coat Mini Glue Gun
discharge protection and EMI/RFI shielding. 1:1 Comes with three sticks of special formula hot
Enhances adhesion of silicone adhesives to many melt glue. UL approved. 110V 60Hz only.
mix ratio. May be premixed and frozen for later
difficult-to-bond plastic surfaces.
use. Shipping weight: 1 lb. (0.5 kg)
Shipping weight: 1 lb. (0.5 kg)
Shipping weight: 1 lb. (0.5 kg)
13316 Mini Glue Gun 20
US$
7335 Carbon Epoxy (2 oz.) US$

109 6820 RTV Prime Coat, 400 ml (13.5 oz.) US$
52
Low toxicity 5-minute adhesives for live tissues!

• Specially formulated for WPI Kwik-Cast™ is a very low
• Extremely low toxicity viscosity silicone elastomer
sealant. It is able to fill small
• Excellent moisture resistance spaces around nerves and creates
a continuous mass ensuring long-
• Cures at room temperature term recording stability. Kwik-
Cast is color-coded so mixing is
The properties of this adhesive make it exceptionally useful for foolproof. It can be applied and

neuroscience applications, peripheral nerve studies and similar cured underneath mineral oil. The
biomedical applications. These new silicone elastomers also eliminate slight longer curing time (approx.
the mess and time involved in pre-mixing other commonly used 3 minutes) makes it more suitable 10 mixing
formulations (such as Wacker SilGel® and Sylgard®). Each silicone for stationary preparations and in tips included
elastomer is packaged in a double barrel syringe and is automatically vitro tissue studies.
mixed when pressed out of the mixer tip provided. It can then be
applied directly to the tissue without further mixing. The curing time KWIK-CAST & KWIK-SIL SPECIFICATIONS
of these silicones is short, reliable and reproducible thus eliminating
Unmixed Kwik-Sil Kwik-Cast
potential costly guesswork when using other tissue adhesives.
Furthermore, the curing process does not produce heat, which can Mix Ratio 1:1 1:1
otherwise cause tissue damage. WPI’s silicone elastomers are much Working Time, typically 2-10 minutes 2-3 minutes
less toxic than dental silicone because they contain no surfactant Viscosity, cps 15,000 10,000
additives. After Curing 24 hours:
WPI’s silicone elastomers are based on recently developed vinyl Tear Strength 90 ppi 44 ppi
terminated siloxane and platinum complex catalysts. They exhibit Elongation 650% 60%
exceptional low toxicity before, during and after curing. The traditional Durometer (shore A-2) 30 36
RTV silicone systems produce either acetic acid or alcohol during Color translucent green
condensation; these compounds are toxic to living cells. In contrast, Volume Resistivity, Ω/cm 1x101x10
the only by-product of condensation from WPI’s elastomers is a small Shipping Weight 0.5 lb 0.5 lb
amount of hydrogen gas, which was shown not to cause any effect on
nerve activity in highly sensitive peripheral nerves. Both elastomers References
cure on contact with the tissue. Currently, WPI provides rapid-curing
silicone elastomers in two different formulas: Sivitz, et al., “Effect of acute and antecedent hypoglycemia on sympathetic
neural activity and catecholamine responsiveness in normal rats.” Diabetes.
Kwik-Sil™ is a translucent 10 mixing tips 50:1119-1125, 2001.
silicone elastomer adhesive
included KWIK-SIL Silicone Adhesive Compound (two 5 mL syringes) US$
98
with medium viscosity. It
KWIK-CAST Silicone Casting Compound (two 5 mL syringes) US$
86
has good adhesion and
mechanical property (tear 600009 Replacement Mixing Tips (pkg of 10) US$
33
strength and elongation).
The very short curing time PRICE BREAK
(approx. 1 minute) make it 1-5 pkg 6-9 pkg More than 10
especially useful for moving KWIK-CAST US$
86 US$
79 US$
69
preparations. KWIK-SIL US$
98 US$
91 US$
81
“Super” Adhesives for Life Science Research
Cyanoacrylate adhesives have been on the market since 1958. Most
industrial or household grade cyanoacrylate is made of shorter alkyl
chain derivatives such as methyl or ethyl cyanoacrylate (WPI’s #7341
and #7342). They are very useful for temporarily holding tissues such
as mounting specimens for microtome sectioning. However, they are not
suitable for bonding wounds on live animals. The difficulties of using
cyanoacrylate for bonding live animals are: (1) a strong, irritating odor;
(2) quick loss of bonding strength due to breakdown of the bonding by
hydration; (3) the breakdown products, cyanoacetate and formaldehyde,
are toxic and can cause inflammatory reactions; and (4) they have low
flexibility and tend to be brittle.
To overcome these problems, several longer alkyl chain cyanoacrylates
have been developed
especially for veterinary and
human use. The first longer
alkyl chain product is butyl
cyanoacrylate. This product
has been used for animal and
human applications outside
the USA since 1970. It is Octal cyanoacrylate adhesive #500280 forms a strong and flexible film
much less toxic and has a and is thus more suitable for surface wound bonding, protection, and
lower odor than the methyl or holding a sensor or other device on the tissue. Setting time is about 10
ethyl cyanoacrylate. The butyl seconds, which gives ample time for application. It can also be used for
cyanoacrylate offered by WPI temporarily holding a live tissue. For example, there is a report of using it
is Vetbond™. to hold nematodes on a glass slide for patch-clamp neurons recording.
A family of adhesives containing octyl cyanoacrylate, a plasticizer and All of the products offered by WPI are veterinary grade (not suitable for
stabilizer, was developed In the 1990’s (one of them approved by FDA human application). Though very similar to the grade for human use, they
for human use). When bonding to tissue, these new adhesives are four are not sterile and do not have FDA approval.
times stronger and less toxic than butyl cyanoacrylate. Compared with
the traditional suture, the new super adhesive has several advantages.
On average, it takes only one-tenth of the time to close an incision.
The bonding strength is equal to 5-0 monofilament suture. It also has 500280 Octyl Cyanoacrylate Adhesive, 1.5 mL US$
56
a mysterious antimicrobial effect that can decrease infection rates in 7341 Cyanoacrylate Adhesive, low viscosity—90-120 cps (pkg of 10) US$
40
contaminated wounds. Bonding will slough off naturally in 5 to 7 days. 7342 Cyanoacrylate Adhesive, high viscosity—1100-1600 cps (pkg of 10) US$
40
Cosmetic appearance of the healed incision is also better. VETBOND 3M Vetbond™ Adhesive (3 mL) US$
29
Lab Coat Pulsed Ultrasonic Cleaner

Light weight, medium length
— for the lab professional Several times more powerful than similar
devices, PUC dislodges dirt left behind by Ideal for small parts
ordinary ultrasonic cleaners. Although very and microdissection
compact (the well is 8 cm diameter by 3.5 cm instruments
deep), PUC creates maximum turbulence by
combining a subsonic wave and a high inten
sity ultrasonic wave. The well will hold small
microdissection instruments. Insert the plastic
cup in the well and triple the volume available
for cleaning. Dual settings for normal or high
power. Shuts off automatically after 5 minutes.
PUC Specifications
INPUT POWER 110V/220V, 60 Hz/50 Hz,
70W
PEAK OUTPUT 60 kHz
WELL CAPACITY 60 mL (20 oz.)
8.5 x 12 cm
CUP CAPACITY 175 mL
8 x 3.5 cm
Available in five sizes:
O/D 13 x 21 x 15 cm
LABCOAT-XS Lab Coat, Extra Small US$
29 (51/8 x 81/4 x 47/8 in.)
LABCOAT-S Lab Coat, Small US$
29 PUC-Y Pulsating Ultrasonic Cleaner US$
99
LABCOAT-M Lab Coat, Medium US$
29 13740 Ultrasonic Detergent (4 lb) US$
28
LABCOAT-L Lab Coat, Large US$
29
LABCOAT-XL Lab Coat, Extra Large US$
29
Quantity discount available
Digital Caliper & Micrometer
LAB SUPPLIES & ACCESSORIES LAB SUPPLIES & ACCESSORIES

The high quality electronic digital caliper and The micrometer is designed to be water-resistant
micrometer are useful tools — no laboratory should to IP54 as defined in the IEC529 standard. The IP54
be without one because they are more accurate code’s first digit “5” means dust-protected. The second
and easier to use than the traditional analog units. digit “4” means that the caliper is protected against
Measure in either inches or millimeters at the touch splashing water — it has to withstand a shower from
of a button. The floating zero feature allows you every direction for 10 minutes.
to read the increment without calculation. Both of
them have the SPC output for interface with external Computer Link — Adapter cable SPG-KIT allows
readout devices. The caliper is made from hardened direct communication between micrometer (or caliper)
stainless. The micrometer meets the IP54 as defined and computer through serial port. Press button on
in the IEC529 standard that is resistance to dust and cable to transmit data to computer. The SPG-KIT
splashing water. The caliper measures up to 150 mm comes with software which enters the reading into any
(6 inch) with 0.01 mm (or 0.0005") resolution. The Windows application as if entered with the keyboard.
micrometer measures up to 25 mm (or 1 inch) with Data Rate: 4800 bit/s. Data Format: 1 start bit, 8 data
0.001 mm (or 0.00005") resolution. bits, 1 stop bit.
501601 Digital Caliper US$

75
503036 Digital Micrometer US$
148 Digital
502157 Replacement Battery (package of 10) US$
35 Caliper
Digital Micrometer
Screwdriver Set
Wire Cutters
12cm long
Notched blade
501321 Roger Wirecutting Scissors US$

23
This production grade precision 5-piece screwdriver set is the highest

quality tool you can find on the market. Made by German craftsmen,
the chrome-vanadium tips will fit any screw securely without leaving
marks. The set contains an ESD safe handle with 8 interchangeable
blades. Phillips Sizes: 000, 00, 0, 1. Slotted Sizes: 1.5, 2.0, 3.0, 3.5
mm. The 000 size Philips blade is the smallest you can find any-
where — it can fit smallest screw on a 35 mm camera.
Weight: 0.24 lb
501635 Professional Quality Screwdriver Set US$

56
Magnetic Heating Stirrer

Specifications The Magnetic Heating Stirrer
enjoys the advantages of
Speed Range 0-1400 rpm convenience, stable and steady
operation as well as indefinite
Tray Diameter 12 cm speed regulation. It can carry
Heating Power 100 W out stable and precise agitation
Power Supply AC 110 V / 50 Hz of solutions in a relatively
Dimensions 23 x 16 x 10 cm common temperature range.
It is especially suitable for
Stirring Power 3-6W agitation of small volume
Temperature 20°C - 210°C samples.
501610 WPI-02 Magnetic Heating Stirrer US$

229
Kipp & Zonen Chart Recorders
Work-enhancing features plus proven performance
The BD11E single-channel and BD12E dual-channel flatbed recorders have

proven ideal in research, development and production, in service roles and CHART RECORDER SPECIFICATIONS
in education. The slim wedge-shaped chart bed presents just the right angle Kipp & Zonen
for adding notes to tracings. Electric pen lifts respond automatically to a 30- Inout ranges 1 mV...20 V (14 steps) Differential
second pause in activity, which prevents pens from bleeding.
Inout impediance 1 MΩ DC
Home and Grid Functions—The home function lets you reposition the
recorder pen at the start of the plot, which aids in replotting, data analysis, 10k in series with 1.5 µF for AC
and in taking comparative traces. The grid function advances the pen to the Zero Offset 1.5x Full Scale
next grid line, which aids in repetitive measurements and ensures that subse
Commin Mode Rejection 130 dB
quent traces share a common starting point.
Linearity ±0.3% Full Scale
Chart Speeds 0.1 to 20 mm/sec
0.1 to 20 mm/min
BD11E Chart Recorder, single pen w/ pen lift & remote control
BD12E Chart Recorder, dual pen w/ pen lift & remote control Response Time < 0.2 seconds for 5 to 95% FSD
Specify line voltage Chart Paper 25 m rolls, according to DIN 16230
4100 hrs at lowest speed 20 minutes at
highest speed
BDXR9 Chart Paper (10 rolls)
BDXR124 Black Pens, BD11 & BD12, Ch. 1 (pkg of 6) Power 95-135 V or 220-240 V, 50/60 Hz
BDXR13 Red Pens, BD12, Ch. 2 (pkg of 6) Chart Drive Functions Fast forward & reverse, grid, home, event
BDXR13B Black Pens, BD12, Ch. 2 (pkg of 6) marker, polarity reversal switches,
external control via 15-pin interface
Precious Metal and Specialty Wire
Catalog No. Metal Coating AWG* Diameter Precut Length Price
AGT0510 Silver Teflon 36 0.005 in. (0.125 mm)1 10 ft (3 m) US$
45
0.
61
AGT0525 Silver Teflon 36 0.005 in. (0.125 mm)1 25 ft (7.6 m) US$
102
m
316
m
52
!
AGT1025 Silver Teflon 30 0.010 in. (0.25 mm)1 25 ft (7.6 m) US$
86
167
AGT1510 Silver Teflon 26-27 0.015 in. (0.38 mm)1 10 ft (3 m) US$
86
AGT1530 Silver Teflon 26-27 0.015 in. (0.38 mm)1 30 ft (9.1 m) US$
137
AGW0510 Silver — 36 0.005 in. (0.125 mm) 10 ft (3 m) US$
29
Micro Coaxial Cables AGW0530 Silver — 36 0.005 in. (0.125 mm) 30 ft (9.1 m) US$
63
AGW1010 Silver — 30 0.010 in. (0.25 mm) 10 ft (3 m) US$
52
New! Micro coaxial cables (MAXxxxx)
AGW1030 Silver — 30 0.010 in. (0.25 mm) 30 ft (9.1 m) US$
79
are ideal for microelectrode fabrication
and construction of similar research tools. AGW1510 Silver — 26-27 0.015 in. (0.38 mm) 10 ft (3 m) US$
86
The dual shielding eliminates electrical AGW1530 Silver — 26-27 0.015 in. (0.38 mm) 30 ft (9.1 m) US$
127
interference caused by radio frequencies (RF), AGW2010 Silver — 24 0.020 in. (0.5 mm) 10 ft (3 m) US$
79
electrostatic and microphonics (e.g., bending AGW2030 Silver — 24 0.020 in. (0.5 mm) 30 ft (9.1 m) US$
114
and vibration. Available with single or dual AGW4010 Silver — 18 0.040 in. (1.0 mm) 10 ft (3 m) US$
127
(twin) conductors. AUW0170 Gold — 50 0.001 in. (0.025 mm) 70 ft (17.7 m) US$
201
Thermocouple wire for temperature monitor AUW201 Gold — 24 0.020 in. (0.5 mm) 1 ft (30 cm) US$
102
ing. TCJ3050, with an iron/constantan pair of
C3005 Carbon — 49 0.0012 in. (30 µm) 5 ft (1.5 m) US$
56
wires, can be used in inert, vacuum, reducing
or oxidizing atmospheres (iron conductor may CPVC4050Y Carbon PVC (yellow) 18 0.040 in. (1.0 mm) 50 ft (15 m) US$
69
rust in moist or low temperature applications). CPVC4050G Carbon PVC (green) 18 0.040 in. (1.0 mm) 50 ft (15 m) US$
69
TCK3050 has a chromel/alumel pair, for use CPVC4050R Carbon PVC (red) 18 0.040 in. (1.0 mm) 50 ft (15 m) US$
69
in inert or oxidizing atmosphere at 1500- CPVC4050W Carbon PVC (white) 18 0.040 in. (1.0 mm) 50 ft (15 m) US$
69
1800 °F. CU7T44G Copper Alloy Nylon/Polyurethane 30 0.010 in. (0.20 mm) 16.5 ft (5 m) US$
63
Teflon-coated stainless steel (type 304) wire IN1003 Indium — 30 0.01 in. (0.25 mm) 3 ft (92 cm) US$
86
(SSTxxxx) is available in 25-ft and 50-ft PT1002 Platinum / Iridium — 30 0.010 in. (0.25 mm) 2 ft (61 cm) US$
213
lengths. The Teflon coating is 150 micro-in.
PT0402 Platinum / Iridium — 38 0.004 in. (0.102 mm) 2 ft (61 cm) US$
201
thick (4 µm).
PT0203 Platinum / Iridium — 44 0.002 in. (0.051 mm) 3 ft (92 cm) US$
213
Carbon wire (C3005) is a single 30-micron

fiber of electrochemically activated carbon. PT0303 Platinum / Iridium — 40 0.003 in. (0.076 mm) 3 ft (92 cm) US$
201
This fiber is especially useful in micro-electro PT0110 Platinum / Iridium — 50 0.001 in. (0.025 mm) 10 ft (3 m) US$
293
chemical experiments. PTP101 Platinum — 30 0.010 in. (0.25 mm) 1 ft (30 cm) US$
173
Carbon filament wire (CPVCxxxx) is made PTP201 Platinum — 24 0.020 in. (0.5 mm) 1 ft (30 cm) US$
184
of 3,000 microscopic carbon strands in a col PTP401 Platinum — 18 0.039 in. (1.0 mm) 1 ft (30 cm) US$
518
ored PVC jacket. 45.8 ohms/foot. PTP406 Platinum — 18 0.039 in. (1.0 mm) 0.5 ft (15 cm) US$
224
Copper ultra-fine wire (CU7T44G) is made PTT0502 Platinum / Iridium Teflon 36 0.005 in. (0.125 mm)1 2 ft (61 cm) US$
144
of seven individually insulated 44 AWG (50
PTT0402 Platinum / Iridium Teflon 38 0.004 in. (0.102 mm)1 2 ft (61 cm) US$
293
micron) conductors twisted together. Total
PTT0203 Platinum / Iridium Teflon 44 0.002 in. (0.051 mm)1 3 ft (92 cm) US$
299
diameter with insulation is 200 microns.
Resistance: 2.9 Ω/m for all seven wires PTT0110 Platinum / Iridium Teflon 50 0.001 in. (0.025 mm)1 10 ft (3 m) US$
328
together. Dry dielectric strength: 1500V DC. SS31605 Stainless Steel — 36 0.005 in. (0.125 mm) 50 ft (15.2 m) US$
45
Platinum/iridium wire — uncoated (PTxxxx) SS31614 Stainless Steel — 27 0.014 in. (0.36 mm) 30 ft (9.1 m) US$
45
and Teflon-coated (PTTxxxx) — is an alloy SST30407-25 Stainless Steel Teflon 33 0.007 in. (0.18 mm)3 25 ft (7.6 m) US$
79
of 90% platinum and 10% iridium, giving SST30407-50 Stainless Steel Teflon 33 0.007 in. (0.18 mm)3 50 ft (15.2 m) US$
127
excellent tensile strength and corrosion TCJ3050 Thermocouple Glass braid 30 50 ft (15.2 m) US$
75
resistance. Uncoated pure platinum wire
(Iron + Constantan)
(PTPxxx) is 99.95% pure.
TCK3050 Thermocouple Glass braid 30 50 ft (15.2 m) US$
75
Indium wire (IN1003) is 99.99% pure, with
a melting point of 156.4°C. (Chromel + Alumel)
Annealed silver wire (AGWxxxx), 99.99% TI2051 Titanium — 24 0.020 in. (0.5 mm) 24 ft (7.3 m)2 316
US$
pure, is available in five diameters; three TI4024 Titanium — 38 0.040 in. (1.0 mm) 24 ft (7.3 m)2 102
US$
of those sizes are also available with a TGW0325 Tungsten — 40 0.003 in. (0.075 mm) 25 ft (7.6 m) US$
79
Teflon coating (AGTxxxx), and the 0.010- TGW0515 Tungsten — 36 0.005 in. (0.125 mm) 15 ft (4.6 m) US$
79
in. wire can be ordered with a PVC coating TGW1510 Tungsten — 26-27 0.015 in. (0.38 mm) 10 ft (3 m) US$
79
(AGPVCxxxx).
Microcoaxial Cables
Tungsten wire (TGWxxxx), available in
three diameters, is 99.95% pure. MAX3820 Tinned Cu Alloy Coaxial 0.0173 in. (0.44 mm) 20 ft (6 m)4 US$
102
Gold wire (AUWxxxx) is 99.99% pure. MAX4020 Tinned Cu Alloy Twin Coaxial 0.0158x0.024 in. (0.4x0.61mm) 20 ft (6 m)5 US$
114
Titanium wire (TIxxxx) is 98.9% pure, *Brown & Sharpe
annealed, in three diameters. 1
Plus 0.002 in. for Teflon coating 2 Furnished in bundles of 3-ft lengths.
Stainless steel wire (SSxxxxx) is type 316. 3
Teflon adds 0.00015 in. (4 µm) to diameter 4 Impedance: 50 ohm; capacitance: 95 pF/m; resistance: 5 ohm/m
5
Impedance: 100 ohm; capacitance: 54 pF/m; resistance: 1.9 ohm/m
Luer Valve Assortment Kit
A useful kit (above) for building your own liquid flow experiment. It provides the means to start, stop, add, divide and control a flow of liquid or gas.
Included in the kit are over 200 assorted parts such as one-way and three-way stopcocks, manifolds, Y-connectors, injection sites, male and female luer
caps, check valves, syringe-activated check valves, slide clamps, roller clamps, and pinch
clamps. All (except clamps) have a luer fitting for quick and easy connecting and 14011 Luer Valve Assortment Kit US$
305
disconnecting. Includes assorted luer fittings for use with flexible tubing.
Barb-to-Tubing Coupler Assortment Kit

Barb-to-Tubing Assortment Kit (at left) includes three different sizes
of tubing and two boxes with different fittings, T-connectors, elbow
connectors, check valves and plugs.
500890 Barb-to-Tubing Assortment Kit (polypropylene) US$
190
Includes three tubing sizes: 1/16" ID, 1/8" ID, 1/4" ID
Luer-to-Tubing Coupler Assortment Kit

Assemble quick-disconnect luer fittings for use with flexible tubing with internal diam
eters of 1⁄16", 3⁄32", 1⁄8" and 5⁄32". A variety of quick-disconnect connectors can be quickly
made for connecting small diameter flexible tubing; 3-way connections can be made
with the use of the 3-way luer tee; luer plugs, tees, connectors, bulk-head mounts,
color coding rings, locking nuts, male and female luers—are all included to enhance
the versatility of this kit. The kit has over 350 assorted parts and is offered in two
different types of materials. Polypropylene fittings are chemically inert and resistant
to most organic and inorganic solvents. Nylon fittings are strong and can be bonded
with adhesive.
14012 Luer-to-Tubing Coupler Assortment Kit (Polypropylene) US$
190
500895 Luer-to-Tubing Coupler Assortment Kit (Nylon) US$
190
#14034-40 # 14039-10 # 14044-5 # 14045-20 # 13822-10 # 14041-60 # 14043-20 # 14040-50
Injection Site Check Valve Syringe Syringe 0.135”/3.4 mm Roller Clamp Roller Clamp Pinch Clamp for
Male luer lock Pack of 10 Activated Dual Slip Luer Valve OD Tubing 3⁄ " Tubing
16 Large Bore 7mm Tubing
US$ Check Valve Activated Check Pack of 10 Pack of 60 Pack of 20 Pack of 50
Pack of 40 68
US$ Pack of 5 Pack of 20 US$ US$ US$ US$
68 68 68 68 68
US$ US$
68 68
# 3742-20 # 14047-10 # 14048-20 # 14057-10 # 14036-15 # 14058-10 # 14035-10 # 14051-100

Female T Luer 4-Port Infusion Y 3-Port Infusion Y 4-Way Stopcock, 4-Way Luer 4-Way Stopcock, 3-Way Stopcock, Pinch Clamp for
Pack of 20 Swivel Thread Swivel Thread Luer Lock Stopcock Luer Lock Luer lock, 5mm Tubing
US$ Pack of 10 Pack of 20 Pack of 10 Pack of 15 Pack of 10 Pack of 10 Pack of 100
68
US$ US$ US$ US$ US$ US$ US$
68 68 68 68 68 68 68
#14038-10 # 14054-10 # 14055-2

# 14059-2
1-Way Stopcock 1-Way Stopcock, 4-Port Manifold
3-Port Manifold
Luer Lock, Luer Slip Pack of 2
US$
Pack of 2
Pack of 10 Pack of 10 68 US$
US$ US$ 68
68
Parts in kit may differ slightly in appearance from those pictured.

68
# 13156-100 # 13157-100 # 13158-100 # 13159-100 # 13160-100 # 13161-100 # 13162-100 # 13163-100 # 14061-60 # 14042-100
Female Luer Female Luer Female Luer Female Luer Male Luer Male Luer Male Luer Male Luer Male/Female Slide Clamp
Fitting for Fitting for Fitting for Fitting for Fitting for Fitting for Fitting for Fitting for Luer Plug for 2.5 mm
Pack of 60 O.D. Tubing
5 3 5 US$
1⁄ 1⁄
16" ID Tubing 3/
32" ID Tubing
1⁄
8" ID Tubing /32" ID Tubing 16" ID Tubing /32" ID Tubing 1⁄
8" ID Tubing /32" ID Tubing 68 Pack of 100
Pack of 100 Pack of 100 Pack of 100 Pack of 100 Pack of 100 US$
Pack of 100 Pack of 100 Pack of 100 68
US$ US$ US$ US$ US$
68 68 68 US$ 68 US$ 68 US$
68 68 68
PN 14011 has over 350 assorted parts and is offered in two different types of materials
Parts now sold individually
173
Cables and Connectors #3161
#3294
#1358 #13620
#3492
#2851
#5372
#3142
#3417-10
#3508
#3517 #3491
#5371
#5385
#3670
#5373
#5375
#13451
#13388 #5374
#13776
#13347
#500082
#13324
#500131
#15975
#14254
#15976
#500081
#13854 #3578
#300040
#300102
#15623
#500256 #15676
#13685
#500128
PART # APPLICATION/DESCRIPTION CONNECTOR A CONNECTOR B CABLE PRICE
LENGTH
1358 Beetrodes BNC (male) 2 mm pin 3 ft (0.9 m) 45
US$
2026-10 2 mm socket, unwired (pkg of 10) (Not Shown) 2 mm socket unwired none 24
US$
2851 Standard BNC cable BNC (male) BNC (male) 6 ft (1.8 m) US$
30
3142 Mini-Banana Adapter Screw Terminals Dual Mini-Banana none US$
25
3161 Connector for input to TBM4M and BP-1 DIN (male) unwired none US$
23
3294 Ground wire for DAM80 probe Clip none 3 ft (0.9 m) US$
6
3417-10 2 mm plug, unwired (pkg of 10) 2 mm pin unwired none US$
24
3491 Extension for any 8-pin DIN DIN (male) DIN (female) 5 ft (1.5 m) US$
112
3492 Connector, adapts WPI transducers to non-WPI equipment DIN (female) unwired none US$
21
3508 Adapts BNC pH electrode to pH meter with
“U.S. Standard” input BNC (male) US Standard none 68
US$
3517 DAM50, DAM60, DAM70, shielded (two cables/pkg) Modular phone plug, 4 wire none 3 ft (0.9 m) 79
US$
3578 Adapter cable for Ag/AgCl pellets 2 mm pin none 5 ft (1.5 m) US$
31
3670 Double banana plug with solder turret terminals Dual Banana (male) Dual Banana (female) none US$
15
5371 Low-noise cable for microelectrode holders 2 mm gold pin 2 mm gold pin 2 ft (0.6 m) US$
21
5372 Low-noise cable for microelectrode holders 2 mm gold jack 2 mm gold jack 2 ft (0.6 m) US$
22
5373 Low-noise cable for microelectrode holders Combination pin/jack Combination pin/jack 2 ft (0.6 m) US$
24
5374 Low-noise cable for microelectrode holders BNC (male) 2 mm gold pin 4 ft (1.2 m) US$
40
5375 Low-noise cable for microelectrode holders BNC (male) 2 mm gold jack 4 ft (1.2 m) US$
40
5385 Cable, shielded transducer stock none none 25 ft (7.6 m) US$
124
13324 Derm-Trode, Iso-Millivoltmeter Double-banana (female) BNC (male) none US$
28
13347 ISO2 (chart recorder adapter) Double-banana (male) BNC (female) none US$
29
13388 Electrode adapter for DAM probes Miniature banana (male) 2 mm jack none US$
47
13451 Adapter: Iso-DAM, Iso-DAM8 BNC (female) two 2 mm pins 6 in. (15 cm) US$
24
13555 Serial Cable (not shown) DB9 (male) DB9 (female) 6 ft (1.8 m) US$
39
13620 Low-noise cable for microelectrode holders 2 mm gold pin 2 mm gold jack 2 ft (0.6 m) US$
22
13685 SP Series pump-to-pump linking cable Modular phone plug Modular phone plug 7 ft (2.1 m) US$
15
13776 Adapts reference electrode to VF4 ground jack Banana (male) 2 mm jack none US$
15
13854 BNC T-connector, male to: BNC (female) BNC (female) none US$
15
14254 BNC Straight Adapter BNC (female) BNC (female) none US$
15
15623 Serial cable, SP Series pump SP Pump IBM 9-pin “D” connector 5 ft (1.5 m) US$
39
15624 Serial cable, SP Series pump SP Pump Macintosh connector 5 ft (1.5 m) US$
39
15676 Serial cable, SP Series pump SP Pump IBM 25-pin “D” connector 5 ft (1.5 m) US$
39

15975 Adapter 2 mm socket 1 mm pin none US$
15
15976 Adapter 1 mm socket 2 mm pin none US$
15
300040 Adapter Extension 2 mm socket 2 mm socket 4 in. (10 cm) US$
79
500081 Adapter IBM PC Comm Port DB9 (male) DB9 (female) none US$
21
500082 Adapter BNC/RCA MM BNC (female) RCA (male) none US$
9
300102 Adapter Extension 2 mm socket 0.31 socket 4 in. (10 cm) US$
95
500128 BNC Zero Ohm Terminator BNC (male) none none US$
6
500131 Cable for Biode® Snap Electrodes (pkg of 5) 2 mm pin snap 5 ft (1.5 m) US$
29
500184 Standard BNC Cable BNC (male) BNC (male) 10 ft (3 m) US$
32
500256 BNC Right Angle Adapter BNC (male) BNC (female) none US$
15
500257 Standard BNC Cable BNC (male) BNC (male) 6 in. (15 cm) US$
22
22
22
501670 Coaxial Adapter Dual Mini-Banana (male) BNC (female) none US$
63
CBL100 MiniPhone Patch Cable 3.5 mm MiniPhone plug 3.5 mm MiniPhone plug 6 ft (1.8 m) US$
16
CBL102 DAM Series, PM Series 3.5 mmMiniPhone plug BNC (male) 6 ft (1.8 m) US$
32
POWER CORDS
3006 US 120 V, grounded IEC Connector 3-pin (M) US 6 ft (1.8 m) US$
21
3301 European 240 V, grounded IEC Connector 3-pin (M) European 6 ft (1.8 m) US$
26
3302 British 240 V, grounded IEC Connector 3-pin (M) UK 6 ft (1.8 m) US$
32
14088 Australian 240 V, grounded IEC Connector 3-pin (M) Australian 6 ft (1.8 m) US$
26
#CBL100 #CBL102 #15624
Non-Magnetic Bases,
Stainless Steel Rods, & Clamps
These high quality components are made of

stainless steel and polymer that resist organic
solvents and corrosion. They can be easily
43
m
assembled to make a stand-alone setup for
m
student labs or to make a complicated frame for
research labs.
503081-4 Vertical Surface Mount, M8 Threaded...............................

(including three 10-32 mounting screws) (pkg of 4)
503085 Large V-base with M8 Thread Mount
502190 Heavy Rectangular Base (with M8 thread mount ...................

and thumbscrew mount), 23×15.6 cm, 4 lb
503083 Light Rectangular Base (with M8 thread mount ......................
and thumbscrew mount), 23×15.6 cm, 0.5 lb
503084 Small V-base with M8 Thread Mount
503070 Polished Stainless Steel Post, 12mm OD, 25cm long, no thread
503073 Polished Stainless Steel Post, 12mm OD, 25cm long, M8 thread
503088-10
Thumbscrew, M5×20 mm (pkg of 10)
14073-4 Open-sided Frame Clamp (pkg of 4)
503082-4 Board Frame Clamp, opens up to 8.5 mm (pkg of 4)
503078-4 T-joint Frame Clamp (pkg of 4)
502193-4 Parallel Frame Clamp (pkg of 4)
503079-4 In-line Frame Clamp

(pkg of 4)
503080-4 Frame Clamp with

Parallel Surface Mount (including two
38.7 mm 10-32 mounting screws)
(pkg of 4)

503041
Large Clamp with Rod (157 mm), opens up to 85 mm
503042
Medium Clamp with rod (157 mm), opens up to 45 mm
503086 Small Clamp with rod (157 mm), opens up to 16 mm
Rackmounting Hardware
Many instruments may be mounted in standard 19-inch
instrument racks with the appropriate rackmount kit, as
noted on the page featuring the instrument.

5381 Rackmount for Iso-DAM 114
US$
Brackets for
instruments which are less than
17.5 inches wide have “wings” which extend to the
standard rack width. (Pictured: #13024)
 
3484 Rackmount Kit for DAM Series amplifiers US$
114
2932 Rackmount Kit, 3 ⁄2-in. high
1 US$
114
 DAM Series amplifiers and Iso-DAM
3468 Dual Rackmount Kit
amplifiers may be mounted to the rack
(705, A320, A362, A382, A385) US$
114
panels above by fastening bolts (included)
through holes in the panel.

 2935 Rackmount Kit, 8 3⁄4-in. high 114
US$
2933 Rackmount Kit, 5 ⁄4-in. high1 US$

114

13025 Dual Rackmount Kit (TBM-4 & BP-1) US$
114
 ‑
800283 Rackmount Kit with Handles US$
114

3469 Single Rackmount Kit (705,
A320, A362, A382, A385) 114
US$
Dual rackmount
kits allow many smaller instruments

to be joined by bolting the chassis together and
mounting the pair into a standard rack. (Pictured: #2932)
13024 Single Rackmount Kit (TBM-4 & BP-1) 114
US$
178 UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • wpiuk@wpi-europe.com Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • wpide@wpi-europe.com 178
Glass, Holders & Electrodes
Sharp Electrode Glass Capillaries
Fire-Polished Single-Barrel Standard-wall and Thin-wall glass Tubing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
WPI’s Fire-polished glass capillaries are perfect for recording electrodes. The fire-polished ends eliminate
possible damage to the chloridized (Ag/AgCl) wire and microelectrode holder, and also facilitate smoother
insertion into a microelectrode holder.
Single-Barrel Standard Wall Capillaries (with or without inner filament). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
WPI’s standard wall capillaries are easier to pull longer and smaller tip micropipettes. These are particularly
suitable for intracellular microelectrodes. The inner filament greatly facilitates pipette filling with electrolyte.
GLASS, HOLDERS
Single-Barrel Thin Wall Capillaries (with or without inner filament). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Thin wall capillaries produce smaller OD and bigger ID pipettes that are suitable for microinjection
Patch Clamp Glass Capillaries

Best for patch clamp studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Multi-Barrel Glass Capillaries

Multi-Barrel Standard wall tubing (with inner filament). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Designed for microiontophoresis
Septum Theta Capillaries. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Ideal for making dual-channel micropipettes used for intracellular work in small cells
Piggyback Glass Capillaries (with filament). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Ideal for making two-barrel electrodes with a significant tip diameter differential
Borosilicate Glass Rod. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Suitable for making rod pipettes to be used as tools to dissect chromosomes or to probe and move objects
Five- and Seven-Barrel Micropipette Blanks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Designed for precise local application of chemicals in extracellular electrophysiological studies
µTip Pre-Pulled Glass Capillaries

Borosilicate Glass Micropipettes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Plain, luer and silanized µTips
& ELECTRODES
Microfil, Micropipette Holders and Accessories
MicroFil Nonmetallic Syringe Needles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
For filling micropipettes
Micropipette Storage Jar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
For 1.0mm, 1.2mm, 1.5mm and 2.0mm OD glass pipettes
PolyFil Multi-Barrel Micropipettes Coupling Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
For easy and secure coupling of a multi-barrel micropipette to a pressure source
Micropipette Holders & Half-Cells . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
For coupling fluid-filled glass micropipettes to high input impedance amplifiers
Optical Quality Glass Bottom Sterile Cell Culture Dishes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
For microinjection, fluorescence, high resolution image analysis, cell culture, electrophysiology
Microelectrodes
Metal Microelectrodes For extracellular recording. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Dri-Ref™ Reference Electrodes featuring extremely low electrolyte leakage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
CALBUF Calcium Calibration Solutions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
BetterSkin™ Electrodes Reusable surface-mounted electrodes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Disposable Ag/AgCl Snap Electrodes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
GEL100 Conductive Electrode Gel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Ag/AgCl Half-Cells. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Sharp Electrode Glass
Capillaries
Clean, high quality glass for making
micropipette electrodes and other research
implements Standard,
no Filament
Thin Wall,
no Filament
Standard, Thin Wall,
with Filament with Filament
WPI offers a wide spectrum of high-quality glass Single-Barrel Standard 7740 Borosilicate Glass Tubing
& ELECTRODES
capillaries. We take pride in our ability to ship OD ID Fire-

Length Filament Quantity Item Price
your glass order within 48 hours. If you need a (mm) (mm) Polished
special glass that does not appear in our catalog, 3 in. (76 mm) 1.0 0.58 4 500 1B100F-3 US$
47
please call us. We will make every effort to 3 in. (76 mm) 1.0 0.58 500 1B100-3 US$
38
provide it for you. 3 in. (76 mm) 1.2 0.68 4 350 1B120F-3 US$
47
Fire-Polished glass 3 in. (76 mm) 1.2 0.68 350 1B120-3 US$
38
capillaries are easier to insert into 3 in. (76 mm) 1.5 0.84 4 225 1B150F-3 US$
53
microelectrode holders without 3 in. (76 mm) 1.5 0.84 4 300 1B150-3 US$
53
damaging the gasket. More 4 in. (100 mm) 1.0 0.58 4 4 500 1B100F-4 US$
53
importantly, fire-polished glass 4 in. (100 mm) 1.0 0.58 4 500 1B100-4 US$
44
won’t scratch the chloridized wire 4 in. (100 mm) 1.2 0.68 4 4 400 1B120F-4 US$
53
used in a recording electrode. 4 in. (100 mm) 1.2 0.68 350 1B120-4 US$
38
Fire-polishing does not affect the 4 in. (100 mm) 1.5 0.84 4 4 300 1B150F-4 US$
59
glass’s mechanical or electrical 4 in. (100 mm) 1.5 0.84 4 300 1B150-4 US$
53
properties. 4 in. (100 mm) 2.0 1.12 4 125 1B200F-4 US$
47
Borosilicate glass capillaries: Close dimen 4 in. (100 mm) 2.0 1.12 4 200 1B200-4 US$
51
sional tolerances assure microelectrode uniformity 6 in. (152 mm) 1.0 0.58 4 500 1B100F-6 US$
70
and reproducibility. Available in one-, two-, three-, 6 in. (152 mm) 1.0 0.58 500 1B100-6 US$
64
five- and seven-barrel configurations; a complete 6 in. (152 mm) 1.2 0.68 4 350 1B120F-6 US$
64
range of single barrel thin-wall sizes; and a variety 6 in. (152 mm) 1.2 0.68 350 1B120-6 US$
64
of special configurations. Capillaries with filaments 6 in. (152 mm) 1.5 0.84 4 225 1B150F-6 US$
76
contain a solid filament fused to the inner wall, 6 in. (152 mm) 1.5 0.84 225 1B150-6 US$
70
GLASS, HOLDERS
which speeds filling of electrodes. Capillaries with 6 in. (152 mm) 2.0 1.12 4 125 1B200F-6 US$
64
or without inner filaments are available for making 6 in. (152 mm) 2.0 1.12 125 1B200-6 US$
64
microelectrodes in a wide range of diameters .
Single Barrel standard wall thickness capil Thin-Wall Single-Barrel Standard Borosilicate
laries are offered either with or without inner fila
ments for quick filling in a variety of lengths and (Schott Duran) Glass Tubing
diameters. Two usable electrodes can be made OD ID Fire-
FIL Length Quantity Item Price
from one 6-inch length. (mm) (mm) Polished
1.0 0.75 4 3 in. (76 mm) 500 TW100F-3 US$
51
Thin Wall single barrel capillaries are offered
1.0 0.75 3 in. (76 mm) 500 TW100-3 US$
47
both with or without inner filaments. The concen
1.2 0.90 4 4 3 in. (76 mm) 350 TW120F-3 US$
56
tricity of this material provides excellent strength.
1.2 0.90 3 in. (76 mm) 350 TW120-3 US$
47
Micropipettes made from thin wall capillaries have
1.5 1.12 4 3 in. (76 mm) 225 TW150F-3 US$
51
fine tips with a short taper.
1.5 1.12 4 3 in. (76 mm) 300 TW150-3 US$
61
1.0 0.75 4 4 in. (100 mm) 500 TW100F-4 US$
51
1.0 0.75 4 4 in. (100 mm) 500 TW100-4 US$
53
1.2 0.90 4 4 in. (100 mm) 350 TW120F-4 US$
51
1.2 0.90 4 in. (100 mm) 350 TW120-4 US$
47
Note: Because electrode tips erode
1.5 1.12 4 4 in. (100 mm) 300 TW150F-4 US$
51
when left filled with saline solutions
1.5 1.12 4 4 in. (100 mm) 225 TW150-4 US$
53
for long periods, electrodes should
1.0 0.75 4 6 in. (152 mm) 500 TW100F-6 US$
76
be made and filled immediately
1.0 0.75 4 6 in. (152 mm) 500 TW100-6 US$
76
prior to use.
1.2 0.90 4 4 6 in. (152 mm) 350 TW120F-6 US$
82
1.2 0.90 6 in. (152 mm) 350 TW120-6 US$
70
1.5 1.12 4 6 in. (152 mm) 225 TW150F-6 US$
76
1.5 1.12 4 6 in. (152 mm) 225 TW150-6 US$
76
Patch Clamp Capillary Glass
To select the best patch clamp glass for your exper WPI offers capillary tubing made from two glass
iments, we have evaluated available glass types types widely used in constructing patch clamp
in terms of the four properties most crucial to electrodes. The significant characteristics of each
successful patch clamp studies: are as follows:
The softening temperature determines how easily PG52151-4, PG52152-4 and PG52165-4 are
each glass type can be pulled to the desired shape prepared from Schott #8250 glass (equivalent to
and the extent to which it can be heat polished. Corning #7052), one of the most widely used patch
Glass with a high softening temperature is difficult clamping glasses. This is a specially formulated
to pull and causes unnecessary wear on the heating borosilicate glass with a softening temperature
element of the puller. This makes it very hard that is 110°C lower than regular borosilicate glass
to make electrodes that are reproducible and of (Corning 7740, or Pyrex). It has excellent sealing
consistent quality. Patch clamp glass with a low properties for most cells. Electrical properties are
GLASS, HOLDERS
softening temperature is preferred; however, higher also very good.
softening temperature glass is stronger.
PG10150-4 and PG10165-4 are composed of
Electrical properties determine how much noise Corning #0010 glass, a high lead content (22%
the glass is likely to produce in recording situa PbO) glass. Its thermal and electrical performance
tions. The lower the product of dielectric constant is between the Schott #8250 and Corning #8161
times the loss factor, the smaller the equivalent glasses described above. It is much more econom
noise current the glass will produce (Rae and Levis, ical than Corning #8161 glass. It has been found
Methods in Enzymology, 207, p67, 1992). Patch that this glass causes much less alteration in
clamp glass with good electrical properties is critical channel behavior than Corning #8161 and Schott
especially in single-channel recording. #8250 glass (Furman and Tanaka, Biophys. J. 53,
Sealability: It is not clear what factors determine p287, 1988).
the sealing ability of the patch to the glass. Almost Patch clamp capillaries do not have microfilaments.
any glass can form a gigohm seal under the right
conditions. Different glass types vary, however, in PATCH CLAMP CAPILLARY GLASS
how easily they form a seal. It is important to select
a patch clamp glass that seals easily. Good fire Dielectric Softening
Catalog# Glass Type OD/ID (mm) Quantity Price
polish is critical for seal (see DMF1000). Constant Point °C
PG52151-4 #8250 1.5/1.0 4.9 720° 100 US$
54
Leachable components: Substances leached from
glass can alter channel behavior. Since different
PG52152-4 #8250 1.5/0.9 4.9 720° 100 US$
54
channels are sensitive to different glass compo PG52165-4 #8250 1.65/1.1 4.9 720° 100 US$
54
nents, it is best to record one type of channel with PG10150-4 #0010 1.5/0.75 6.7 625° 100 US$
54
several different kinds of pipette glass to eliminate PG10165-4 #0010 1.65/1.1 6.7 625° 100 US$
54
any artifact due to the glass.
Glass Handling Forceps
& ELECTRODES
Ever had difficulty picking up a glass capillary? Special tips on these forceps solve
the problem, holding glass firmly without risk of breakage. They also keep the glass
clean and avoid contamination from skin oils.
77020 Glass Handling Forceps US$

45
Multi-Barrel Glass Capillaries
Two-Barrel Three-Barrel Five-Barrel Seven-Barrel

& ELECTRODES
Multi-barrel configurations are designed

especially for microiontophoresis. Multi-Barrel Borosilicate Glass Tubing with Filaments
Because the capillaries are fused together
during manufacture, you will not need to Length Description OD/ID (mm) Filament Quantity Item Price
twist them while pulling to seal the tips 4 in. (102 mm) Two-Barrel 1.5/0.84 4 100 2B150F-4 US$
62
together. An inner filament in each barrel
4 in. (102 mm) Three-Barrel 1.2/0.68 4 100 3B120F-4 US$
62
makes filling easy and fast.
4 in. (102 mm) Five-Barrel 1.2/0.68 4 65 5B120F-4 US$
62
4 in. (102 mm) Seven-Barrel 1.2/0.58 4 60 7B100F-4 US$
86
Also see PolyFil for a novel 4 in. (102 mm) Seven-Barrel 1.2/0.68 4 75 7B120F-4 US$
86
way to connect multi-barrel 6 in. (152 mm) Two-Barrel 1.5/0.84 4 100 2B150F-6 US$
74
pipettes 6 in. (152 mm) Three-Barrel 1.2/0.68 4 100 3B120F-6 US$
74
6 in. (152 mm) Five-Barrel 1.2/0.68 4 65 5B120F-6 US$
74
6 in. (152 mm) Seven-Barrel 1.0/0.58 4 60 7B100F-6 US$
86
Special Configuration
Borosilicate Capillaries
Septum Theta offers superior cell impalement. The natural
bevel resulting from the prominent spear-like projection of
the septum gives microelectrodes a sharp, spear-point tip.
This style has low resistance for use as a single microelec
GLASS, HOLDERS
trode, and it can be used to make superior double-tipped

microelectrodes with low trans-tip coupling. The natural bevel
Septum Theta Piggyback
of Septum Theta also significantly increases the effective tip
cross-section. As supplied, the width of the septum is approxi
mately 0.2 mm; wall thickness is approximately 0.2 mm.
Piggyback glass consists of a pair of boro
silicate capillaries fused together during Special Configuration Borosilicate Glass Tubing
manufacture. One barrel is larger than the
other, and both have inner filaments for Description OD/ID (mm) Length Quantity Item Price
quick filling. Piggyback glass makes it simple Septum Theta 1.5/1.02 6 in. (152 mm) 100 TST150-6 US$
86
to fabricate two-barrel electrodes with a
1.51/0.84
significant tip diameter differential. Piggyback 4 in. (102 mm) 50 PB150F-4 US$
62
0.75/0.35
1.51/0.84
Piggyback 6 in. (152 mm) 50 PB150F-6 US$
92
0.75/0.35
Borosilicate glass rod Borosilicate Glass Rod

1.0 mm diameter — for Description OD (mm) Length Quantity Item Price
making tools, probes, tips
Glass Rod 1.0 4 in. (102 mm) 500 GR100-4 US$
53
Glass Rod 1.0 6 in. (152 mm) 500 GR100-6 US$
59
Five-and Seven-Barrel Micropipette Blanks
High quality multi-barrel micropipette blanks for pressure injection
The P-5 and P-7 micropipettes are designed for precise local application P-5 and P-7 pipette blanks exhibit levels of quality and repro-
of chemicals in extracellular electrophysiological studies. Drug application ducibility impossible to match in handmade pipettes. They are
may be by one of two methods: compatible with most vertical pipette pullers that accommodate
3.00 mm diameter glass. P-5 and P-7 blanks have a solid ball
1. microiontophoretic ejection of charged substances, or pulling tip and are fabricated from 3.00 mm Kwik-Fil tubing. All
2. pressure ejection. barrels except the large central one have filaments.
GLASS, HOLDERS
See PMP-107 Programmable
Multipipette Puller, Page 33.
1 ")
m (3 ⁄4
8 2m
P-5-50 5-Barrel Micropipette Blank (pkg of 50) US$
661
173
224
PI-305A Pressure Ejection Kit (‑1 kit‑) US$
109
15978 P-5 & P-7 Adapter for use with PUL-100 puller US$
541
MBMPH5-7 Holder for P-5 & P-7 Pipettes US$
173
PI-305A Pressure Ejection Kit

contains 20 plastic fittings, an
insertion tool, five 5-ft lengths
of colored tubing, a five-valve
manifold coupling, six male luer
adapters and one male/female
luered line. These Pressure Ejection
fittings connect the pressure
ejection tubing to the P-5 and P-7
pipette barrels quickly and securely.
& ELECTRODES
Micropipette E210
E212
Storage
Storage
Jar
Jar
for
for
1.0 mm OD Micropipettes
US$
US$
45
45
Storage Jar E215
E220
Storage
Storage
Jar
Jar
for
for
US$
US$
45
45
Stores up to 30 micropipettes, filled or Replacement Parts
unfilled, up to three inches in length. A gen- 1965 Foam Ring for 0.75 - 1.0 mm glass US$
17
tle sliding action inserts or removes pipettes 1966 Foam Ring for 1.2 - 1.5 mm glass US$
17
without damage to the delicate tips. 1967 Foam Ring for 2.0 mm glass US$
17
TM
Borosilicate glass micropipettes

Price
Plain Shank or Shank
Tip
I.D.
Shank
Length
Glass O.D. Filament
Fire
Polished
Catalog # (pack
of 10)
Luer Fittings PLAIN 0.1 µm — 1.0 mm Thin-Wall Yes No TIP01TW1F US$
61
0.2 µm — 1.0 mm Thin-Wall Yes No TIP02TW1F US$
68
68
68
68
1 µm — 1.0 mm Thin-Wall No Yes TIP1TW1 US$
79
79
79
79
Eliminate the cost and trouble of making
10 µm — 1.14 mm A203XV glass * No Yes TIP10XV119 US$
91
your own micropipettes — WPI can
114
& ELECTRODES
quickly supply your need for consistently

LUER 0.1 µm — 1.0 mm Thin-Wall Yes — TIP01TW1F-L US$
79
sized pre-pulled glass micropipettes for
0.2 µm — 1.0 mm Thin-Wall Yes — TIP02TW1F-L US$
79
injection of dyes or proteins into cells,
79
oocytes and for many other biomedical
79
laboratory applications. Tip diameters (ID)
79
range from 0.1 to 10 micrometers. 1 µm — 1.0 mm Thin-Wall No — TIP1TW1-L US$
91
● Schott Duran borosilicate glass 2 µm — 1.0 mm Thin-Wall No — TIP2TW1-L US$
91
● 0.5 micrometer and smaller ID 5 µm — 1.0 mm Thin-Wall No — TIP5TW1-L US$
91
10 µm — 1.0 mm Thin-Wall No — TIP10TW1-L US$
91
micropipettes include an internal glass
30 µm — 1.0 mm Thin-Wall No — TIP30TW1-L US$
114
fiber for easy filling
LUER/SILANIZED 5 µm 1 inch 1.0 mm Thin-Wall No — TIP5TW1LS01 US$
102
● Tip inner diameter tolerance ±20% 5 µm 2 inch 1.0 mm Thin-Wall No — TIP5TW1LS02 US$
102
● Short taper yields high strength 10 µm 1 inch 1.0 mm Thin-Wall No — TIP10TW1LS01 US$
102
10 µm 2 inch 1.0 mm Thin-Wall No — TIP10TW1LS02 US$
102
● Nominal length ≈ 50 mm
30 µm 1 inch 1.0 mm Thin-Wall No — TIP30TW1LS01 US$
125
● OD:ID = 1.33:1 30 µm 2 inch 1.0 mm Thin-Wall No — TIP30TW1LS02 US$
125
● Standard capillary outer diameters are
1.0 mm (thin-wall) or 1.14 mm * 10 µ (ID), 1.14 mm capillary pipettes are for use in WPI’s Nanoliter 2000.
● Every pipette individually tested and
inspected
● Vacuum packed
µTip Sampler Assortments

Silanized Tips (Luer Shank)
Silanization waterproofs the glass to retard water TIPMIX01-05 Two each, 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5 µm ID, plain shank 91
US$
GLASS, HOLDERS
when inserting into cell. This will not let the out- TIPMIX05-10 Two each, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10 µm ID, plain shank US$
102
side fluid run down the pipette and get inside so TIPMIX01-05-L Two each, 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5 µm ID, Luer US$
102
easily. TIPMIX05-10-L Two each, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10 µm ID, Luer US$
114
Micro Cannula This micro cannula is ideal for

placement in the carotid or femoral
artery of mice, rats, and other small
l 0.4mm O.D., 0.2mm I.D. tubing animal blood vessels. It can be used with
l Autoclavable a pressure transducer (WPI’S BLPR) for blood
l Biocompatible Perfluorocarbon pressure measurement, or in conjunction with a
micro-syringe injection system (like WPI’s UMPII or
tubing material MMP pumps). The incorporated standard female luer fitting
makes connecting to existing experimental plumbing quick
and easy. The cannula is provided with a contoured-tip stainless
steel stylet (trocar) to facilitate placement using established techniques.
KZ1101 Micro Cannula, 3" A movable “shoulder” ring provides a tie-in point to prevent accidental
removal. The cannula may be left in place for 2 hours or more, and with proper
care and cleaning, may be re-used multiple times. Instructions for use included.
WPI’s MicroFil™ fills micropipettes easily and reli The MicroFil’s tip elasticity is sturdy and very
MicroFil™
ably. Its long and fine tip allows you to start the flexible though not unbreakable. Since it is more
filling very close to the pipette tip, eliminating flexible than stainless steel needles, moderate
both air bubble formation and clogging due to bending will not block or damage the MicroFil
the washing down of dust particles. The transpar needle. The combination of plastic and fused
ent amber MicroFil needle is constructed from silica in the MicroFil tip is sturdier than plastic
a combination of plastic and fused silica — no tips, allowing easy and repeated insertions into
metal components are used. The MicroFil needle micropipettes. MicroFil’s luer fitting allows easy
can be stored for days with the filling solution coupling to syringes and syringe filters.
inside without clogging.
1-5 pkgs 6-10 pkgs

MF34G-5 MicroFil, 34 ga., 67 mm long (pkg of 5) US$
49 US$
39
MF28G-5 MicroFil, 28 ga., 97 mm long (pkg of 5) US$
49 US$
39
GLASS, HOLDERS
U.S. PATENT 5,294,325
MF28G67-5 MicroFil, 28 ga., 67 mm long (pkg of 5) US$

49 US$
39
Custom MicroFil
All MicroFil products, including custom orders, can be shipped immediately. Custom orders for special
needs can be made using nine sizes of MicroFil tubing in lengths up to 50 cm — except for CMF90UxxL
which has a maximum length of 10 cm because of its high resistance to flow. Quantity discounts
available. Specify length when ordering by inserting the length (in centimeter increments) into the
catalog number in place of the XX’s.
CMF20GxxL MicroFil, 20 Gauge, 700 µm ID, 850 µm OD (pkg of 4) US$
79
79
79
Nonmetallic CMF26GxxL MicroFil, 26 Gauge, 320 µm ID, 430 µm OD (pkg of 4) US$
79
79
syringe needle for CMF31GxxL MicroFil, 31 Gauge, 100 µm ID, 238 µm OD (pkg of 4) US$
79
filling micropipettes CMF34GxxL MicroFil, 34 Gauge, 100 µm ID, 164 µm OD (pkg of 4) US$
79
79
CMF90UxxL MicroFil, approx. 36 Gauge, 20 µm ID, 90 µm OD (pkg of 4) US$
79
PolyFil ™
Multi-barrel
micropipette
coupling kit
& ELECTRODES
MicroFil™
inserted into
each barrel
A drop of hot glue

provides a secure,
PolyFil allows easy and secure coupling of a multi-barrel micropipette to
leak-free seal. a pressure source. Coupling is achieved by bonding temperature-resistant
and flexible MicroFil to the capillary tube with hot melt adhesive. The
luer end of each MicroFil is connected to PVC tubing (200 PSI rated). Kits
also include a five-port manifold that allows use of a single PV800 Series
PicoPump to drive up to six micropipette barrels independently by switch
ing on only the barrels to be injected. All connections are locking luers
— pressure safe and convenient.
Kit includes: 1 pipette holder/handle, plastic; 7 pieces MF28G MicroFil;
7‑pieces tubing with male luer lock fittings; 1 flow-thru manifold with five
luer lock ports; 1 hot melt glue gun(110V only); 3 glue sticks.
Pipette pulled from
multi-barrel glass capillary 5440 PolyFil Multi-Barrel Micropipette Coupling Kit US$
201
13316 Mini Glue Gun and (3) glue sticks 23
US$
Micropipette Holders & Half-Cells
WPI’s microelectrode holder-half-cells couple fluid-filled glass
micropipettes to high input impedance amplifiers. A Ag/AgCl pellet (or
a silver wire) molded into the holder body provides stable potential.
Electrical connection is made via male 2 mm pins or female 2 mm 35.7 mm 35.7 mm
sockets. The pipette may be mounted axially or at right angles to the
holder. Pipettes are held with screw-caps or rubber gaskets (without
caps). Filling WPI microelectrode holders with electrolytes containing
chloride results in stable electrode potential. Suitable electrolytes
include KCl, NaCl and CaCl2. Holders are supplied for standard WPI 2 mm Pin
to Ag Wire
2 mm Pin
single capillary tubing of 1.0, 1.2, 1.5 and 2.0 mm outside diameters. to Ag/AgCl Pellet
35.
(Call WPI regarding custom designs for other glass diameters.) The
9.5 mm DIA. 9.5 mm DIA.
holder style you select will depend on your experimental application, APEH1 APEH2
space, and instrumentation.
Hints for selecting and ordering micropipette holders

& ELECTRODES
1. Determine the required electrical connection on the holder: for

example, if you wish to connect the holder to a 2 mm pin you should
25.4 mm
select a holder equipped with a 2 mm jack. Most WPI probes require a 34.9 mm
9.5 mm DIA.
25.4 mm
holder equipped with a 2 mm jack.
9.5 mm DIA.
2. Decide on the required alignment of the electrical connection: O-Ring
either in-line with the glass pipette, or at a right angle to it. Space O-Ring
considerations in your experimental setup and requirements imposed 2 mm Pin

2 mm Jack to Ag Wire
by other pieces of equipment typically determine which alignment is to Ag Wire
appropriate.
EHB1 EHBF
3. Determine if you want to hold the glass pipette by a rubber gasket
(e.g., MEH1S) or a screw-cap (e.g., MEH3S). Rubber gaskets offer easier
insertion and removal of glass pipettes whereas screw-caps provide
more secure mounts for micropipetters.
4. Choose a holder with either a silver wire or a silver/silver chloride 2.500 2.500
pellet for the metal/liquid coupling. Silver/silver chloride pellets provide
a more stable low-noise baseline which is important for low-noise DC ∅1.2 mm
recording. Pellets require the glass pipette and holder to be free of air ∅1.2 mm MALE “LUER” PORT
bubbles to achieve a good connection. Silver wire holders are durable
and are easier to use when the holder is equipped with a pressure port
∅1.5 mm
because the fluid in the pipette does not have to be filled to the top of ∅1.5 mm
∅0.250 ∅0.250
the pipette to achieve a good electrical connection
FOIMPH FOIMPH-LF
5. Choose a holder equipped with a pressure port only when you
GLASS, HOLDERS
want to pressure inject liquid from the pipette. Two types of ports are
available: 2.0 mm O.D. and standard “syringe-style” luer. The luer port Holder for P-5 and P-7
is often recommended because it makes assembly and disassembly
much easier. Quick-connect luer fittings for four common sizes of
multibarrel glass (see
page 81) ion
al
t 20.7 mm
9.5 mm
6.3 mm DIA.
tubing (1/16", 3/32", 1/8", 5/32" I.D.) are included with each luer-equipped Op ndle
holder.
126 mm
H a
30 mm
6. Some non-WPI preamplifiers or headstages cannot be mounted
on micromanipulators. In such cases, a holder equipped with a rod
(e.g., MEH8) permits the holder to be conveniently mounted on a Female “Luer” Port
2 mm Pin
to Ag/AgCl Pellet
micromanipulator.
for 3 mm OD glass
45°
7. Finally, remember to specify the O.D. of the glass you will be using 9.5 mm DIA.
MBMPH5-7 MEH145
when you place your order.
MEH6RF/SF is designed primarily for use with the Model 900A
Micropressure System; EHB1 for use in electrode beveling; and
MEH3SW for microtitration of chloride with a silver wire as the
electrode and a solution of silver nitrate filling the holder. MPH models 20.7 mm
20.7 mm 6.3 mm DIA.
do not contain Ag/AgCl half-cells and are used for pressure injection
of substances through microelectrodes. PicoNozzle, used for pressure
Gasket
injection with PV800 Series PicoPumps, includes an MPH6S holder
— which may also be used to couple a micropipette to a syringe. APEH
models are also designed for use in pressurized injection procedures. 2 mm Pin
2 mm Jack
to Ag/AgCl Pellet
to Ag/AgCl Pellet
45° 4.7 mm DIA.

MEH1F45 MEH1R
MICROELECTRODE HOLDERS
Electric
Connection Pressure Screw Designed for
Angle Connector Half-Cell Port Cap WPI Products Price
APEH1 Right Male Pellet No Port 2 Caps US$

68
APEH2 Right Male Wire No Port 2 Caps US$
68
EHB1 Straight Male Wire No Port N/A MBS, 48000 US$
41
EHBF Straight Female Wire No Port N/A MBS, 48000 US$
47
FOIMPH Straight Fiber Optic None No Port w/Cap MBS, 48000 US$
56
FOIMPH-LF Straight Fiber Optic None Male Luer w/Cap MBS, 48000 US$
69
MBMPH5-7 ---- None None Female Luer w/Cap US$
114
MEH145 45° Male Pellet No Port No Cap US$
53
MEH1F45 45° Female Pellet No Port No Cap 705, 773, 767, 721, FD223 US$
53
MEH1R Right Male Pellet No Port No Cap US$
41
GLASS, HOLDERS
MEH1RF Right Female Pellet No Port No Cap 705, 773, 767, 721, FD223 US$
41
MEH1S Straight Male Pellet No Port No Cap US$
41
MEH1SF Straight Female Pellet No Port No Cap 705, 773, 767, 721, FD223 US$
41
MEH2R Right Male Pellet Male Luer w/Cap US$
41
MEH2RF Right Female Pellet Male Luer w/Cap 705, 773, 767, 721, FD223 US$
41
MEH2RFW Right Female Wire Male Luer w/Cap 705, 773, 767, 721, FD223 US$
47
MEH2RW Right Male Wire Male Luer w/Cap US$
47
MEH2S Straight Male Pellet Male Luer w/Cap US$
41
MEH2SF Straight Female Pellet Male Luer w/Cap 705, 773, 767, 721, FD223 US$
41
MEH2SFW Straight Female Wire Male Luer w/Cap 705, 773, 767, 721, FD223 US$
47
MEH2SW Straight Male Wire Male Luer w/Cap US$
47
MEH345 45° Male Pellet No Port w/Cap US$
53
MEH3F45 45° Female Pellet No Port w/Cap 705, 773, 767, 721, FD223 US$
53
MEH3FW45 45° Female Wire Port w/Cap US$
53
MEH3R Right Male Pellet No Port w/Cap US$
41
MEH3RF Right Female Pellet No Port w/Cap 705, 773, 767, 721, FD223 US$
41
MEH3RFW Right Female Wire No Port w/Cap 705, 773, 767, 721, FD223 US$
41
MEH3RW Right Male Wire No Port w/Cap US$
41
MEH3S Straight Male Pellet No Port w/Cap US$
41
MEH3SB Straight Banana Pellet No Port w/Cap ISO-80, ISO-DAM8A US$
47
MEH3SBW Straight Banana Wire No Port w/Cap ISO-80, ISO-DAM8A US$
47
MEH3SF Straight Female Pellet No Port w/Cap 705, 773, 767, 721, FD223 US$
39
MEH3SFW Straight Female Wire No Port w/Cap 705, 773, 767, 721, FD223 US$
39
MEH3SW Straight Male Wire No Port w/Cap US$
39
MEH3W45 45° Male Wire No Port w/Cap 705, 773, 767, 721, FD223 US$
53
MEH6RF Right Female Pellet 2.0-mm Port w/Cap 705, 773, 767, 721, FD223 US$
47
MEH6RFW Right Female Wire 2.0-mm Port w/Cap 705, 773, 767, 721, FD223 US$
47
MEH6SF Straight Female Pellet 2.0-mm Port w/Cap 705, 773, 767, 721, FD223 US$
47
& ELECTRODES
MEH6SFW Straight Female Wire 2.0-mm Port w/Cap 705, 773, 767, 721, FD223 US$
47
MEH7 Right Male Pellet 2.0-mm Port w/Cap US$
68
MEH7W Right Male Wire 2.0-mm Port w/Cap US$
68
MEH8 Right Male Pellet No Port w/Cap US$
68
MEH900R Right Male Pellet 2.0-mm Port w/Cap 900A US$
47
MEH900S Straight Male Pellet 2.0-mm Port w/Cap 900A US$
47
MPH1 — None None Female Luer w/Cap US$
55
MPH3 — None None Male Luer w/Cap US$
55
MPH4 — None None 2.0-mm Port w/Cap US$
55
MPH6P Right Male Pellet Female Luer w/Cap Piconozzle Kit (5430-XX) US$
41
MPH6R Right Male Wire Female Luer w/Cap Piconozzle Kit (5430-XX) US$
41
MPH6S — None None Female Luer w/Cap Piconozzle Kit (5430-XX) US$
41
SPECIFY O.D. OF GLASS (‑1.0, 1.2, 1.5 OR 2.0 mm‑) WHEN ORDERING.
Handles and Accessories (not included)

Handle #2505 is for use with WPI manipulators. The smaller diameter handle #5444 is required for use with Narishige and Zeiss manipulators.
2505 /4-in
1
(6.3 mm) diameter handle US$
16
5444 /16-in (4.8 mm) diameter handle
3 US$
32
GO1-100 Replacement gasket 1.0 mm, Package of 100 US$
33
33
33
33
1571 Clear Silicone Rubber Sealant (‑4.7 oz‑) US$
29
33.5 mm
20.7 mm 23.9 mm
27.2 mm
23.9 mm
Gasket
Gasket
2 mm Jack 2 mm Jack
to Ag/AgCl Pellet 2 mm Pin
2 mm Pin to Ag/AgCl Pellet Male to Ag/AgCl Pellet
to Ag/AgCl Pellet “Luer”
6.3 mm DIA. Port
6.3 mm DIA.
MEH1RF 4.7 mm DIA. MEH1S 4.7 mm DIA. MEH1SF MEH2R
27.2 mm 27.2 mm 27.2 mm 36.7 mm

6.3 mm DIA. 27.2 mm
& ELECTRODES
Male
2 mm Jack Male 2 mm Pin “Luer”
2 mm Jack Male “Luer”
to Ag Wire to Ag Wire Port
to Ag/AgCl Pellet “Luer” Port
Port 2 mm Pin
Male “Luer” port 6.3 mm DIA. to Ag/AgCl Pellet
MEH2RF MEH2RFW MEH2RW MEH2S
29 mm 6.3 mm DIA.
36.7 mm 27.2 mm
29 mm 6.3 mm DIA.
27.2 mm
6.3 mm DIA.
Male “Luer” Port Male 2 mm Pin

Male “Luer” to Ag/AgCl Pellet
“Luer” Port
Port
6.3 mm DIA. 2 mm Pin to Ag Wire
2 mm Jack 45°
to Ag/AgCl Pellet 2 mm Jack to Ag Wire
MEH2SF MEH2SFW MEH2SW MEH345
27.2 mm
GLASS, HOLDERS
6.3 mm DIA.
27.2 mm 27.2 mm 27.2 mm
6.3 mm DIA.
2 mm Jack 2 mm Jack 2 mm Pin

to Ag/AgCl Pellet to Ag Wire
to Ag/AgCl Pellet
2 mm Jack
45° to Ag/AgCl Pellet
45°
6.3 mm DIA.
MEH3F45 MEH3FW45 MEH3R 6.3 mm DIA. MEH3RF
27.2 mm 27.2 mm
35.2 mm
36.7 mm 6.3 mm DIA. 27.2 mm
27.2 mm
6.3 mm DIA.
2 mm Pin 2 mm Pin
2 mm Jack to Ag Wire to Ag/AgCl Pellet
to Ag Wire Mini-Banana Plug
to Ag/AgCl Pellet
6.3 mm DIA.
MEH3RFW 6.3 mm DIA.
MEH3RW MEH3S MEH3SB
29 mm
29 mm
35.2 mm
36.7 mm
27.2 mm
27.2 mm
6.3 mm DIA.
6.3 mm DIA.
2 mm Jack
to Ag Wire
2 mm Jack
to Ag/AgCl Pellet 2 mm Pin to Ag Wire
Mini-Banana Plug
to Ag Wire
MEH3SBW MEH3SF MEH3SFW MEH3SW
GLASS, HOLDERS
27.2 mm 33.6 mm 29 mm
33.6 mm
29 mm
29 mm
6.3 mm DIA. 6.3 mm DIA. 6.3 mm DIA.
6.3 mm DIA.
2 mm Jack
2.0 mm O.D. Port
2 mm Pin 2 mm Jack to Ag Wire
to Ag Wire to Ag/AgCl Pellet
2.0 mm O.D. Port 2 mm Jack
45° 2.0 mm O.D. Port to Ag/AgCl Pellet
MEH3W45 MEH6RF MEH6RFW MEH6SF
l
na na
l
na
l
tio tio e tio e
29 mm Op ndle Opandl Opandl
Ha
123.7 mm 123.7 mm
123.7 mm
H H
6.3 mm DIA.
27.2 mm 27.2 mm 27.2 mm
2.0 mm O.D.
2.0 mm O.D.
Port
2.0 mm O.D. Port Port
2 mm Pin 2 mm Pin
2 mm Pin
2 mm Jack to Ag Wire to Ag/AgCl Pellet to Ag Wire
to Ag/AgCl Pellet
6.3 mm DIA.
MEH6SFW 6.3 mm DIA.
MEH7 MEH7W 6.3 mm DIA.
MEH8
l l
& ELECTRODES
na na
tio e tio e
33.6 mm 6.3 mm DIA.
36.7 mm
126 mm Opandl 123.7 mm Opandl
H H
29 mm 27.2 mm
30 mm
6.3 mm DIA. 27.2 mm
2.0 mm O.D. Port

2 mm Pin
to Ag/AgCl Pellet Female Male
2 mm Pin Luer Luer
2.0 mm O.D. Port to Ag/AgCl Pellet Port Port
6.3 mm DIA.
MEH900R MEH900S 9.5 mm DIA.
MPH1 MPH3
42 mm 42 mm 42 mm
123.7 mm Optional
Handle
27.2 mm Female
6.3mm DIA. Female Female
Locking “Luer” Locking “Luer” Locking “Luer”
2.0 mm O.D. Port Port Port
Port 4.7mm DIA.
2 mm PIN 2 mm PIN
to Ag WIRE to Ag WIRE
6.3 mm DIA. 6.3 mm DIA. 6.3 mm DIA. 6.3 mm DIA.

MPH4 MPH6P MPH6R MPH6S
ket
N soc lable!
DI avai
BetterSkin™ Electrodes now
● WPI’s unique Ag/AgCl pellet manufacturing process gives

increased mechanical strength for extra durability
● Highly porous surface for low impendence, high current
passing capability and stable, low noise measurements
● High flex cable comes in shielded and unshielded form
(Carbon fiber cable for NMR environment is available
upon request)
& ELECTRODES
● Strong epoxy house increases durability and makes

cleaning easy
● Ultra-high purity material for low offset and drift
WPI's new BetterSkin™electrodes are high electrodes (13-16 mm OD) are general purpose shielded cable (shielding is connected to an
quality Ag/AgCl reusable surface-mounted electrodes and appropriate for most applica- additional 2 mm grounding pin); and 1.5 mm
electrodes designed to be used for the acqui- tions. The 19‑mm large size electrodes are DIN safety socket with 1 meter unshielded
sition of all biopotentials. Each electrode is designed for optimal surface skin contact for cable. All electrodes require adhesive disks
fabricated using an optimum quality sintered use during long-term biopotential recording. (e.g., WPI's ADD200 series) and recording gel
Ag/AgCl pellet encased within a strong epoxy (GEL100).
Three different connector and cable combi-
housing designed to have an extended lifetime. nations are offered: a 2‑mm pin with 1 meter Bulk discount orders are possible and trade-
The result is a superior electrode that provides unshielded cable; a 2‑mm pin with 1 meter inquiries are also welcome.
accurate and clear transmission of even the
smallest surface biopotentials. In comparison
to standard “stamped” metal electrodes and
Ag/AgCl disposable electrodes, WPI's BetterSkin Skin Electrodes with 2 mm Gel Capacity and 1 m Lead Discs
electrodes provide increased stability, lower Sensor Housing Pin Ground DIN Electrode Adhesive Disc
noise and lower offset voltage during surface OD Shield Disc
Diam. Height Diam. Pin Diam. Socket Price Price
(pkg of 100)
biopotential recording. These features are par- EL204 7 mm 4 mm 5 mm 2 mm — — — ADD204
ticularly important during measurement of very EL204S 7 mm 4 mm 5 mm 2 mm Yes 2 mm — ADD204
small potential signals, such as EMG or EEG EL204D 7 mm 4 mm 5 mm — — — 1.5 mm ADD204
GLASS, HOLDERS
recording. EL208 13 mm 8 mm 6 mm 2 mm — — — ADD208

Four BetterSkin electrode sizes are currently EL208WS 16 mm 8 mm 6 mm 2 mm Yes 2 mm — ADD208
offered: 7‑mm, 13‑mm, 16‑mm and 19‑mm EL208D 13 mm 8 mm 6 mm — — — 1.5 mm ADD208
(OD). The 7‑mm electrodes are designed for EL208WD 16 mm 8 mm 6 mm — — — 1.5 mm ADD208
use where close spacing between biopotential EL212 19 mm 12 mm 7 mm 2 mm — — — ADD212
recording sites is required. The medium sized EL212S 19 mm 12 mm 7 mm 2 mm Yes 2 mm — ADD212
Conductive Electrode Gel Disposable Ag/AgCl Snap Electrodes

Disposable Ag-AgCl snap adhesive electrodes. Pre-gelled for simple peel
A very high quality non-iritating conductive multipurpose
and stick application. An ideal resting ECG electrode. Size: 0.875 x 1.75
electrode gel for use with skin electrodes that are not pre-
inches. (Electrode lead available separately.)
gelled. Ideal for use in EEG, ECG, and EMG applications.
Tube contains 8 oz. (250 g). Ag/AgCl PROBES & Ag/AgCl SNAP ELECTRODES
EL203 Disposable Snap Electrodes (package of 30)
Shipping weight: 1 lb. (0.5 kg).
500131 Snap Cable, 1m, 2mm pin (package of 5)
500330 Snap Cable, 7-lead, DIN (1.5 mm pin)
GEL100 Conductive Electrode Gel
Ag/AgCl Half-Cells
EP05 EP08 New, improved sintered pellets with lower resistance and high strength.
0.5 mm dia. 0.8 mm dia. Stable and well balanced in the presence of current, these small and inex-
2 cm long 2 cm long
pensive half-cells are easy to work with as bath electrodes.
Ag Wire 60 mm long Ag Wire 60 mm long RC1 Reference Cell with 1.5 m lead
RC1T Reference Cell, 1.5 m lead, 2 mm pin
EP1 EP2 EP4 RC2 Reference Cell with 2.0 mm pin
1 mm dia. 2 mm dia. 4 mm dia. RC2F Reference Cell with female connector
3 mm long 4 mm long 1 mm thick
RC3 Reference Cell with epoxy body, 4.5 mm diam x 50 mm
RC4 Reference Cell with glass body, 4.0 mm diam x 75 mm
Ag Wire 70 mm long Ag Wire 5 cm long Ag wire 12 mm long
EP05 Ag/AgCl Electrode 0.5 mm diam x 2 cm
EP8 EP12
GLASS, HOLDERS
EP08 Ag/AgCl Electrode 0.8 mm diam x 8 mm
8 mm dia. 12 mm dia.
1 mm thick 1 mm thick EP1 Ag/AgCl Electrode 1.0 mm diam x 2.5 mm
Ag wire 12 mm long Ag wire 12 mm long EP8 Ag/AgCl Electrode 8.0 mm diam x 1 mm
3578 Adapter Cable for Ag/AgCl Pellets
RC1 / RC1T
25.4 mm
Insulator 3.9 mm DIA. 13 mm
15.9 mm 4 mm DIA.
8.5 mm
#24 AWG
insulated wire,
4 ft
2 mm Jack
RCI has an unterminated to Ag/AgCl Pellet
lead. RC1T is terminated 2 mm DIA. Gold Plated Pin
with a 2 mm pin. to Ag/AgCl Pellet
4 mm DIA. 2 mm DIA.
Ag/AgCl Pellet
RC2 RC2F
mm mm
25 25
& ELECTRODES
m m
mm 75
50
glass body
epoxy body
3.5 mm diam. Ag/AgCl pellet 2.5 mm diam. Ag/AgCl pellet
RC3 4 mm diam.
4.5 mm diam. RC4
mm
25
1.5 m insulated lead

mm
53
mm
50
glass body
glass body
2.5 mm diam. Ag/AgCl pellet
1 mm diam. Ag/AgCl pellet
3 mm
4 mm diam. RC5 1.5 mm diam. RC6
Micromanipulators
Motorized Micromanipulators
PiezoPatchTM: Piezo-motorized Micromanipulator suitable for patch clamp and IVF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
M ICROMAN I PU LATORS
MPM10: Piezo Controller for DC3001. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
MPM20: Piezo Translator for M3301/DC3001. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
SM325: Compact Programmable High Precision 3-D Micromanipulator System suitable for patch clamp and IVF. . . . . . . 196
HS6-3: Solid Programmable Ultra High Precision 3-D Micromanipulator System suitable for patch clamp and IVF. . . . . . 197
MM3-MS: Miniature Programmable 1-D Micromanipulator System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
DC3314: 3-D Motorized Micromanipulator System with Manual Adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Manual Micromanipulators
MM1 & MM1-3: One & three-axis small miniature micromanipulators. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
MM3 & MM3-3: One & three-axis medium miniature micromanipulators. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
KITE: Economic 3-D micromanipulator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
M3301: Most Popular 3-D micromanipulator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
HS6: Solid High Precision 3-D micromanipulator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
MMJR: Additional joystick controller on regular 3-D micromanipulator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
MD4R: Dual Tool Holder 3-D micromanipulator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
M325: Compact Backlash-Free 3-D micromanipulator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Stands & Accessories
Vibration Control Systems: Vibration-Free Platform and Workstation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Digital Micrometer Head with Non-rotating Spindle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
UMS: Stable Universal Manipulator Stand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
TB-1 & M3: Compact Tilting Bases and Weight for Micromanipulators. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
TBS: Solid Tilting Base for Micromanipulators. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Optional Mounting Devices: Clamps and Microscope Stage Adapter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Magnetic Holding Devices: Easy to mount Micromanipulators at desired heights and angles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204-206
NEW Non-Magnetic Bases, Rods & Clamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
PiezoPatch™ Micromanipulator
PiezoPatchTM Micromanipulator (PPM5000) is a unique piezo-motor
driven micromanipulator with ultra high resolution (<1 nm/step), super
low drift (<4 nm/h), and long travel range (~10 mm/axis). It is ideal for
patch-clamp, electrophysiology and other high precision applications
within the life sciences. PiezoPatch establishes a new standard in
micromanipulator design. M3301EH
At the heart of the PiezoPatch is WPI’s proprietary SonicWaveTM piezo- Electrode
motor that is controlled at 1 arc-second (1⁄3600 of a degree) per step. Holder
This angular resolution translates to a theoretical linear movement included
of ~0.4‑nm per step, an ultra high resolution that is beyond normal
measurement capability using standard methods. Another key advantage
of the PiezoPatch motor is the extreme stability. When de-energized,
the SonicWaveTM motor is completely locked with absolutely no
rotation. This locking mechanism completely eliminates mechanical
drift in the micromanipulator. This design is significantly different
compared to all other types of electromagnetic motors or piezo-operated
micromanipulators, which still require electric power to hold at the
stopped position. Electric power can introduce electrical noise, which
can interfere with experimental measurements. Furthermore, instabilities
in electrical power supply can cause drift of the micromanipulator.
Thermal drift is also caused by heat generated in the stopped
motor. These problems are completely eliminated by the PiezoPatch
SonicWaveTM motor, since it does not require power to maintain Headstage 501622 Universal
its stopped position during the experiment. One additional feature of adapter Micromanipulator
the SonicWaveTM motor is its extremely high output torque compared included Stand available
to motors of same size. This enables skip free precise movement of the separately
micromanipulator even under heavy load.
PiezoPatch has three distinct movement modes: Step, Continuous, and
Penetration. Continuous mode allows the micromanipulator to move
quickly (continuously) from the starting position towards the object. Step Vibration-free Platform
mode enables ultra fine movements to be controlled by a single step in (VFP) not included
increments as small as 1 nm per step. Penetration mode is used when
the glass micropipette is positioned close to the cell membrane and
the x-axis piezo motor is then activated using the joystick button. This
causes the micropipette to penetrate the membrane at high speed while
minimizing membrane disturbance.
The ergonomic joystick controller can move each axis or all axes in
three coordinate directions simultaneously. The speed of the travel is fine to be visually observed, a specially
determined by the deflection on the joystick. Since each movement is too designed acoustic feedback control is
included to keep operators aware of the
actuation of the manipulator.
PPM5000 SPECIFICATIONS To improve the productivity during use, the micropipette can be
TRAVEL DISTANCE 10 mm each axis exchanged rapidly without remounting the entire micromanipulator and
VELOCITY RANGE spending hours repositioning the capillary. The Rotary Pivot Base allows
“PENETRATION” MODE 10mm/s - 100mm/s the micromanipulator to rotate 360° horizontally. This base has a special
“CONTINUOUS” MODE 0.5-500 µm/s mounting pattern allowing it to be mounted directly on to a standard
“STEP” MODE 0.005-.5 µm/s
Vibration-Free Platform (VFP), Vibration-Free Workstation (VFW), or a
Universal Manipulator Stand (501622 or 501623).
RESOLUTION
“CONTINUOUS” MODE 0.1 µm
The universal capillary holder and headstage adaptor can be easily
rotated and adjusted to the desired height and angle. The headstage
“STEP” MODE 0.001 µm per step
adaptor fits most headstages from Axon and HEKA and can be
DEPTH OF PENETRATION
customized to fit other manufacturers headstages (contact WPI).
“STEP SIZE” MODE 0.5-5 µm per step
PiezoPatch is designed to be fully ambidextrous, therefore there is
LONG TERM STABILITY: <4 nm drifting/hour @ 20° C
no need to purchase both left-handed and right-handed versions to fit
OPERATING VOLTAGE: 12V DC everyone in the lab.
SINGLE AXIS CONSUMPTION, MAX. SPEED: <300 mA
TOTAL CONSUMPTION, MAX. SPEED: <900 mA
DIMENSIONS: PPM5000 PiezoPatch™ Micromanipulator with Joystick Control
ELECROMECHANICAL MODULE: 265(h) x 120(w) x 130(l) mm Optional Accessories
10.4(h) x 4.7(w)x 5.1(l) in. M3301EH Replacement Electrode Holder, straight, 14cm
CONTROLLER: 165(h) x 100(w) x 125(l) mm 15873 Angled Electrode Holder, 13 cm long
3.9(h) x 4.9(w) x 501622 Universal Micromanipulator Stand, 30 cm high
WEIGHT
501623 Universal Micromanipulator Stand, 45 cm high
VFP Vibration-Free Platform
ELECTROMECHANICAL MODULE: 2.2 kg
VFW Vibration-Free Workstation
CONTROLLER: 0.65 kg
Rotary 3-axis Controller — Coming Soon
Non-rotating Spindle Digital Micrometer Head
Build your own precision micro-positioning device
502102 SPECIFICATIONS
Total Travel Distance 25 mm
Resolution 0.001 mm
Accuracy ± 0.003 mm
The new non- Spindle Diameter ∅ 8 mm

rotating spindle Mounting ∅ 12 mm x 10 mm
digital micrometer squint at the notational scale. Readings can Total Length 166 mm
head allows you be clearly seen in either inches or millimeters. Measurement Mode Absolute and
to create your own You can read both absolute position and the incremental
micro-positioning increment relative to a previously chosen Digital Readout mm or inch
instrument. With point. In addition, there is a digital output port. Analog Readout mm
micron-level accuracy, it gives higher precision With optional cable and software SPG-KIT- Data Output RS232
than a normal micromanipulator. Since MICRONR, you can send measurements to Environmental Protection IP54
the spindle does not rotate as it advances, your computer either continuously or every Shipping Weight 0.51 kg (1.12 lb)
instruments can be directly attached without time a button on the micrometer is pushed.
the need for a complicated decoupling device.
The digital display eliminates the need to 502102 Non-Rotating Spindle Micrometer Head
Universal Manipulator Stand

Two Universal Micromanipulator Stands enable scientists to mount their manual and
motorized micromanipulators at variable angles and heights. A solid aluminum platform with
a grooved tower allows the user to attach any micromanipulator of any size or shape to the
post for infinite flexibility. Once mounted, the micromanipulator can be set at any height
along the entire length (30 cm or 45 cm). The platform base comes configured with industry
standard pre-bored holes (1/4-20 x 1” or M6 x 25 mm), allowing direct mounting to any
type vibration-free table (for patch clamp recordnings) or optical bench (for laser and optical
measurements).
By using the Optional Rotation Clamp, two or more micromanipulators can be mounted
on the stand simultaneously in a space-saving convenient manner. WPI’s Universal Stand not
only allows the user 360° flexibility in manipulations but also promotes independent angular
transitions using a single feather-light tensioner/adjustment screw. This affordable stand
is currently the preferred choice in micromanipulator stands — head and shoulders above
set-ups using multiple magnetic-based stands costing hundreds more when combined with
antiquated heavy steel base plates.
UMS SPECIFICATIONS
DIMENSIONS
Base plate 10.0 x 12.5 x 1.5 cm (LxWxH)
Stand 4.0 x 4.0 x 30 cm (LxWxH) (501622)
4.0 x 4.0 x 45 cm (LxWxH) (501623)
Mounting holes English 1/4 20 x 1”
Matrix M6 x 25mm grid
SHIPPING WEIGHT 501622 9 lbs (4 kg)

501623 11 lbs (5 kg)
501622 Universal Micromanipulator Stand (30 cm high)

501623 Universal Micromanipular Stand (45 cm high)
501624 Optional Rotation Clamp
Vibration-free Platform
(VFP) not included
High speed MPM10
penetration and Piezo-Translator
precise control
Adapter MPH8
The piezo-ceramic element in WPI’s MPM10
provides high penetration speed over an allows use of WPI
extremely short distance (0.5 to 10.0 µm). electrode holders!
Because the range of travel of a dedicated
piezomanipulator is much too limited for it to
be useful independently, it must be mounted
on a manipulator. The MPM-10 piezo translator
combined with a DC3001 motorized micro-
manipulator (available separately) provides a
single electronically controlled system.
When the piezo element is activated, the
MPM-10 axis carrying the micropipette shoots
forward at a rate which is set on the control
panel, then immediately returns (at a slower
speed) to its starting position. As soon as the
piezo element begins its reverse travel, the
motorized manipulator starts to travel forward.
The complimentary opposition of these two
travel sequences results in the micropipette tip DC3001 micromanipulator and
remaining in its advanced absolute position. M-3 tilting base not included.
The three axes of the DC3001 are controlled See page 195.
by six buttons. Pressing a button for less than puncture characteristics. Lateral deviation from Includes controller, piezo translator, electrode
0.3 seconds activates one step, the size of the ideal axis of puncture (measured at the tip holder, cables and mounting bracket. Shipping
which (0.5 to 10.0 micron) is set on the Step of the electrode holder) is ± 5% of the step size. weight: 6 lb (2.7 kg).
Size control. Pressing longer activates the
continuous mode, at the rate set on the Motor MPM10 Piezo Controller for DC3001 Motorized Micromanipulator
Speed control. Pressing the button for the X PM5 Remote Controller for MPM-10
axis forward direction activates the piezo mode. PM6 Replacement Electrode Holder for MPM10
Advancement speed of the piezo element can 14104 Record/Inject Electrode Holder for MPM10, MPM20
be separately adjusted from 1 to 100 mm/sec. 14106 Footswitch for MPM10, MPM20
Precise construction and special vibration MPH8 Electrode Holder Adapter for MPM10 & MPM20
stabilizers ensure the MPM-10’s excellent Specify line voltage
Adapter MPH8
allows use of WPI Piezo Translator
electrode holders! For M3301 and DC3001 micromanipulators
Especially recommended for use with the M3301 micromanipulator, the
MPM20 is a very efficient tool for intracellular injection. High penetration
speed and precise axial advance allows injection pipette to be brought
to its target position with tremendous accuracy. Lateral escape of the cell
MPM20 is almost eliminated, and even tough membranes can be penetrated.
Independently selectable reverse speed setting can be used for fast
withdrawal, preventing adhesion of the injected cell to pipette tip. Mounts
directly onto DC3001 and M3301 micromanipulators. Use with DC3001
requires MS314 controller (for the micromanipulator).
The combination of the MPM20, a micromanipulator, and the PV820
PicoPump (see page 234) constitutes an extremely efficient system
for intracellular injection; cell penetration, injection and withdrawal are
executed automatically with the press of a button.
Shipping weight: 10 lb ( 4.5 kg ).
MPM20 Piezo Translator

PM7 Replacement Electrode Holder for MPM20
14106 Footswitch for MPM10, MPM20
Micromanipulator not included.
Programmable High Precision
Motorized Micromanipulator
suitable for patch clamp and IVF
WPI introduces a compact high

precision motorized microma-
nipulator (SM325). It features
low noise, high stability, a user- SM325-M
friendly software interface and
economy that are major concerns
in IVF and patch clamp research.
The SM325 is driven in all
three axes through high resolu- M3301EH Electrode
tion stepping motors, which can Holder included
achieve 40,000 steps per revolu-
tion (25 nm/step) with completely
vibration-free motion. In a normal
lab environment, it can stay local-
ized overnight without drifting.
The 25mm long range of travel
makes it unnecessary to have an
additional manual coarse adjust-
ment.
Its compact construction makes
mounting onto the stage plate of
a microscope practical. The x-axis
can be tilted by 90° that allows
for a better positioning of the
injection tool. An additional tilt-
ing fixture makes it possible to tilt
the tool holder for fast and easy
cleaning and exchange of the
injection tool.
The MCL3 controller features
a dynamic micro-step function
that makes very quick positioning
possible with maximum accuracy.
Motor control is achieved with
a linear output amplifier, which MCL3-SM325
also drastically reduces electronic Universal Manipulator
noise. Users can control the
Stand not included.
micromanipulators by joystick,
keyboard, mouse or computer.
The user-friendly software
program can be enabled to
remember up to 999 position
coordinates from previous
procedures and can robotically
repeat this same positioning
sequence.
SM325 High Resolution 3-D Motorized Micromanipulator (SM325-M)

SM325 SPECIFICATIONS
& Controller (MCL3)
CONTROL METHOD Joystick, software, or both
SM325-M High Resolution 3-D Motorized Micromanipulator
TRAVEL DISTANCE 25 mm each axis
MCL3-SM325 Controller with Joystick and software for SM325-M
RESOLUTION 25 nm/step or 40,000 steps/rev
MAXIMUM SPEED 4 mm/second
M3301EH Replacement Electrode Holder, straight, 14cm
POWER SUPPLY 120/240V, 50/60Hz
15873 Angled Electrode Holder, 13 cm long
DIMENSIONS 501622 Universal Micromanipulator Stand, 30 cm high
SM325-M 5x7x5.5-in. (13x18x14 cm) (WxLxH) 501623 Universal Micromanipulator Stand, 45 cm high
MCL3 9.8x9x3.7-in. (25x23x9.5 cm) (WxLxH) VFP Vibration-Free Platform
SHIPPING WEIGHT VFW Vibration-Free Workstation
SM325-M 6 lb. (2.7 kg)
MCL3 11 lb. (5 kg)
Programmable Ultra High Precision
Motorized Micromanipulators
M3301EH Electrode
Holder included
The HS6-3 is supplied with manual controls and stepper motor drives in all 3
HS6-3
axes. The extremely solid construction eliminates the vibrations and drifts. With
the utmost precision and long travel distance in all three directions, HS6-3 is the
ideal tool for patch-clamp or electrophysiological applications. The tilting device is mounted on the base
plate serves as coarse height adjustment as well and the tool holder can be swiveled in all directions.
The MCL3 controller features a dynamic micro-step function that makes very quick positioning possible
with maximum accuracy and free of vibration. Motor control is achieved with a linear output amplifier, which
also drastically reduces electronic noise. Users can control the micromanipulators by joystick, keyboard,
mouse or computer. The user-friendly software program can be enabled to remember up to 999 position
coordinates from previous procedure and
HS6-3 SPECIFICATIONS can robotically repeat this same positioning
Control Method: Joystick, software, or both sequence.
Travel (X-Y-Z): 25 mm
Resolution: 10 nm/step MCL3-HS6
Maximum Speed: 4.5 mm/sec.
HS6-3 High Resolution Motorized HS6 Micromanipulator and Controller
Stability: 1 nm/hour at 24°C
includes HS6-3M and MCL3
Power Supply: 120/240 V, 50/60 Hz HS6-3M High Resolution Motorized HS6 Micromanipulator
Dimensions: MCL3-HS6 Controller with Joystick and software for HS6-3M
HS6-3: 6.1x9.7x9.9-in (15.5x24.6x25 cm) (WxLxH) OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
MCL3: 9.8x9x3.7-in (25x23x9.5 cm) (WxLxH) M3301EH Replacement Electrode Holder, straight, 14cm
Weight: 15873 Angled Electrode Holder, 13 cm long
HS6-3: 13.2 lb. (6kg) 501622 Universal Micromanipulator Stand, 30 cm high
MCL3: 7.7 lb. (3.5kg) 501623 Universal Micromanipulator Stand, 45 cm high
DC3001
Manual coarse controls use cross roller bearing slides.
Vernier scales allow. All controls are closely grouped so TBS Tilt Base
adjustments can be made in any plane with minimum not included
effort. The DC3001 features DC motor drives and fine control micrometers in all 15873 Electrode
three axes. Holder not
included
Left- or right-handed versions of the DC3001 are supplied with a standard
12 mm clamp. Standard accessories provided include one microelectrode holder
and a securing bolt and wrench.
The sophisticated MS314 Controller allows control of all three axes. Movements
may be continuous through the use of cross switches, or the controller can cause
the DC3001 to step in defined increments. Steps as small as 0.5 µ are possible. A
popular joystick controller, STM3, allows control of the X, Y and Z axes.
DC3314R Manipulator (right-handed) & MS314 Controller

DC3314L Manipulator (left-handed) & MS314 Controller
Specify line voltage. MS314 Controller
Also see magnetic stands.
STM3 Controller (available separately) ➡
System components also available separately:
DC3001R Motorized Manipulator, right-handed
DC3001L Motorized Manipulator, left-handed
DC3001 SPECIFICATIONS
MS314 Controller for DC3001 Travel Range Resolution
STM3 Joystick Controller for DC3001 Manual: X-axis 37 mm 0.1 mm
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES Y-axis 20 mm 0.1 mm

TBS Tilt Base with Screw Adjustment Z-axis 20 mm 0.1 mm
PM5 Remote controller for MS314 and MPM-10
5464 5-lb Weight for Tilting Base (shipping weight: 7 lb [3 kg]) Travel Range Resolution Maximum Speed
M2 Additional 12 mm Clamp Motorized: X-axis 10 mm 0.5 µm 0.2 mm/sec
M-3 80° Tilting Base (Shipping Weight: 2 lb) Y-axis 10 mm 0.5 µm 0.2 mm/sec
M4C Microscope Stage Adapter Z-axis 10 mm 0.5 µm 0.2 mm/sec
M5 Additional 10 mm Clamp Shipping Weight:
M6 Additional 1⁄2-in. Clamp DC3001: 3 lbs (1.4 kg)
M3301EH Replacement Electrode Holder (14 cm long) MS314: 1.8 lbs (0.9 kg)
15873 Angled Electrode Holder (13 cm long)
STM3: 2.8 lbs (1.3 kg)
501607 Cable for MS314 and DC3001
Miniature Micropositioners
MM3-3 MM3-C
micropositioner clamp
MM3-A
adapter
MM1-3
micropositioner
and MM1-C
clamp
MM3-MCPRO
The MM3-MCPRO Micropositioning Controller was
designed for ease of use and effortless integration
into any application. The MM3-MCPRO is a low
cost, quick setup solution for those applications
MB2
requiring precise position control of motorized
magnetic MM1-A stage (MM3-M). The MM3-MCPRO functions as
base adapter seamlessly as a single axis, stand-alone system
available or as a multi-axis networked system, either
separately with or without a PC. The peer-to-peer network
(see page architecture makes it possible for every MM3-
204) MCPRO in a multi-axis system to control every axis
in the motion system. No software development
or complex wiring is required. The controllers
themselves may be programmed to store and
recall positions and to sequence through stored
positions with looping, pausing and user/program
interaction. Automation may also be driven serially
from a PC.
MINI-MICROPOSITIONeR SPeCIfICATIONS
MM3-M Specifications
MM1 MM1-3 MM3 MM3-3
Lead Screw 80 TPI
AxIS x x-y-z x x-y-z Gear Ratio 64:1
STRAIGHT LINe within 1 micron over within 1 micron over within 1.5 micron within 1.5 micron Travel 51 mm
ACCuRACy 3 mm travel 3 mm travel over 13 mm travel over 13 mm travel
Controller Resolution 1 micron
3.9 mm tapped hole, 3.9 mm tapped hole, 7 mm tapped hole, 7 mm tapped hole,
CLeAR APeRTuRe Counts/Screw Revolution 640
8-32 thread 8-32 thread 5/16-16 thread 5/16-16 thread
Horizontal Load Capacity 0.5 Kg
LOAd CAPACITy 255 g Normal 255 g Normal 340 g Normal 340 g Normal
Vertical Load Capacity 0.5 Kg
FINISH Black anodized Black anodized Black anodized Black anodized
Maximum Speed 8 mm/sec
weIGHT 3 grams/axis 12 grams 14 grams/axis 48 grams
Slider Backlash 0.05 mm
MOuNTING SuRFACe Precision ground Precision ground Precision ground Precision ground
Runout (maximum) 0.003 mm/inch
TyPe Fine screw Fine screw Fine screw Fine screw Counts Per MilliMeter 2016
TRAveL 3 mm 3 mm 13 mm 13 mm
MM3
MM1
Motorized Micropositioner (MM3-M) MM1 Mini Micropositioner, one axis, 3 mm travel

Designed for applications where working space is limited, MM1-3 Mini Micropositioner, three axes, 3 mm travel
our Motorized Micropositioner offers high precision in MM1-A Adapter for MM1 and MM1-3, mounted on magnetic Stand MB2
a turnkey design. The stages are powered by a 10 mm MM1-C Clamp for MM1 and MM1-3
motor with a 10-position magnetic encoder. The 80 TPI MM3 Micropositioner, one axis, 13 mm travel
lead screw provides smooth and accurate positioning, MM3-3 Micropositioner, three axes, 13 mm travel
while still allowing for quick positioning in the coarse MM3-A Adapter for MM3 and MM3-3, mounted on Magnetic Stand MB2
mode. Control unit sold separately (see above). MM3-C Clamp for MM3 and MM3-3
Stage body (LxWxH): 13.7x1.9x0.91cm MM3-M Single axis Motorized Micropositioner
MM3-MCPRO Programmable Controller of MM3-M
Weight: 68 g
MM3-MSPRO MM3-M Micropositioner & MM3-MCPRO Controller
MM1-C
MM3-3
clamp
MM1-3
MM1-A
adapter
Mini Micropositioner (MM1 and MM1-3) Micropositioner (MM3 and MM3-3)

Single stage measures only 5 × 11 × 26 mm with 3 mm travel. Provides Single stage measures only 7 × 17 × 44 mm with 13 mm travel. Offers
precise and smooth motion with no backlash, positive spring loaded carriage, precise and smooth motion with no backlash, positive spring-loaded carriage,
straight within 1 micron and less than 1 micron maximum wobble. Features straight within 1.5 microns, and less than 1.5 microns maximum wobble.
fine 80 TPI screw adjustment. 10 mm square mounting surface has a 3.9 mm Features fine 80 TPI screw adjustment. 13 mm square mounting surface has
tapped center hole for transmission and/or mounting. Available in single X a 7 mm tapped center hole for transmission and/or mounting. Available in
(MM1), X-Y, and X-Y-Z (MM1-3) axis configurations. single X (MM3), X-Y, X-Y-Z (MM3-3) axis configurations.
KITE M3301 Manual
Micromanipulator
The world’s most widely used micromanipulator
Weighing just 550 grams and employing a slim space-saving design, this
well-built micromanipulator outsells all others worldwide for high precision
experiments where magnification is in the range of up to 250×. Its design
allows units to stand tightly grouped — since all control knobs project to the
rear. And because control knobs are clustered within an 8 cm area in a sin
gle vertical plane, resolution is quick — the hand works blindly while the eye
monitors the microscopic image. Vernier scales allow readings to 0.1 mm; x-
axis fine control allows readings to 10 microns.
The instrument employs rack-and-pinion drive, V-shaped guideways,
and cross roller bearings, so all movement is sure and repeatable,
KITE-L without drift, sideplay, backlash, or sticking. Contact parts are milled of
hardened steel for high performance and long life.
Left- or right-handed versions of the M3301 are supplied with a
standard 12 mm clamp (M2) and one microelectrode holder
(M3301EH).
15873
Economy Manual Micromanipulator Electrode Holder
not included
Vernier scales allow readings to 0.1 mm. X-axis fine control allows
readings to 10 µm.
Left- or right-handed versions of the KITE micromanipulator are supplied
with a standard 12 mm clamp and electrode holder M3301EH.
KITE-R Kite Manual Manipulator (right-handed)
KITE-L Kite Manual Manipulator (left-handed)
TB-1 Tilting Base (Optional) Shipping weight: 2 lb (1 kg)
KITE-TB-R Kite (right-handed) + Tilting Base Combo Shown on
KITE-TB-L Kite (left-handed) + Tilting Base Combo optional M-3
Tilting Base with
optional 5-lb
KITE SPECIFICATIONS Weight #5464
TRAVEL RANGE
RESOLUTION
X-axis Fine 10 mm 0.01 mm
X-axis 35 mm 0.1 mm M3301R Manual Manipulator, right-handed
M3301L Manual Manipulator, left-handed
Y-axis 25 mm 0.1 mm
M-3 80° Tilting Base (Optional)
Z-axis 25 mm 0.1 mm
M3301-M3-R Manual Manipulator (right handed) & Tilting Base
SHIPPING WEIGHT 3 lbs (1.4 kg)
M3301-M3-L Manual Manipulator (left handed) & Tilting Base
502105 Axis Adjustment Tool
M3301EH Replacement Electrode Holder (14 cm long)
15873 Optional Angled Electrode Holder (13 cm long) M3301 SPECIFICATIONS
5464 5-lb Weight for Tilting Base
TRAVEL RANGE
Shipping weight: 7 lb (3 kg) RESOLUTION
500475 Ball Joint, 7 cm long, for ∅ 8 mm Holder
X-axis Fine 10 mm 0.01 mm
X-axis 37 mm 0.1 mm
M4C Microscope Stage Adapter
Y-axis 20 mm 0.1 mm
Z-axis 25 mm 0.1 mm
re’s e: Ball-joint holder attachment
l
He ang 7 cm
e w 7.9 mm diam.
an 500475 Ball Joint, 7 cm long, for O.D. 5-9 mm Electrode Holder (shown)
500476 Ball Joint, 4 cm long, for O.D. 2.8-4.5 mm Electrode Holder
Mount a manipulator on
your microscope stage
80 mm
Interchangeable clamps allow manipulators to be

mounted on a variety of supports. 12 mm diameter
support arm
Quick, secure
mounting to any
M5 ∅ 10 mm clamp
microscope stage
(maximum opening: M4C Microscope
20 mm). Stage Adapter
— clamps onto
M2 ∅12 mm clamp microscope stage
to provide a stable
support for any
manipulator with a
M6 ∅ 1⁄2-in. clamp
∅ 12 mm clamp.
M2 ∅ 12 mm Clamp
M5 ∅ 10 mm Clamp
M6 ∅ 1/2-in. Clamp
At last — a tilt base you can operate with one hand!

Tilt angle may be Adjust tilt angle
set at up to 35°. easily by simply
High Precision, or .
turning knob of
threaded shaft.
lat ed
ipu lud
High Stability an inc
M t
no
6.5 in.
Tighten locking
screw to lock
platform angle.
Manipulator 3.5-pound steel base

mounting bracket provides additional
included. stability for your micro
manipulator. Holes
Two sets of mounting holes are pre also allow permanent
drilled for WPI manipulators (M3301R mounting to your
shown) but steel platform may be benchtop.
drilled for mounting other devices.
TBS Tilt Base with Screw Adjustment 5” x 6” footprint saves

Shipping Weight 7 lb space in your work area.
High Resolution Manual Micromanipulators
HS6 Micromanipulator Rock-solid —
Engineered for stability, and built on a twelve-pound steel plate, this superb resolution
instrument is chosen worldwide for high resolution micro-recording.
such as patch clamping, and other research requiring solid, drift-free
performance. A superior tool in its own right, HS6 serves equally well
as a base for other precision microdrives. HS6 can be bolted directly
to a lab fixture or vibration-free platform. Resolution is extremely
high — each graduation on its large micrometer barrels indicates
just 5 micron movements. Rack and pinion drive, V-shaped M3301EH
guideways, and cross roller bearings give sure, repeatable move electrode holder
ments without sideplay, slipping, or sticking. All contact parts included
are milled of hardened steel. A flexible ball-joint assembly allows
the electrode to be positioned at any angle relative to the x, y, or z axis.
The entire manipulator tilts forward to 25 degrees allowing rapid coarse
adjustment of the electrode, and allowing cell penetration along the axis
of any of the micrometers. Simple, precise, and durable, the HS6 will
provide years of dependable performance.
HS6 SPECIFICATIONS
TRAVEL RANGE RESOLUTION
X-axis 25 mm 5 µm
Y-axis 25 mm 5 µm
Z-axis 25 mm 5 µm HS6 Micromanipulator
M3301EH Replacement Electrode Holder (14 cm x ∅ 7.2 mm)
15873 Optional Angled Electrode Holder (13 cm long)
SHIPPING WEIGHT 25 lbs (11 kg)
DIMENSIONS 9.9 x 6.6 x 9.9 in. (H x W x L)
Joystick-Controlled
°
90
Micromanipulator 0°
to
JR cont
r ols)
Specially adapted for use with the Nanoliter Injector (page 238) for M M handed
t -
oocyte injection and similar applications, this joystick-controlled (righ
micromanipulator allows an easy “steering” motion that translates
normal hand movement into smooth submillimeter shifts.
Viewed microscopically, movement of the tool-tip corresponds
naturally to hand movement, so accurate resolution is
intuitive and quick. All fine adjustment can be controlled
by the joystick. Pivoting forward, backward, or laterally M3301EH
gives precise x-y adjustment; twisting the joystick electrode holder
adjusts the tool-tip vertically. For added convenience, included
a separate coarse control lever is also provided for quick raising and
lowering. A stop screw—which is set once resolution is achieved—eliminates refocus
ing and streamlines repetitive work by guiding the tip to its previous focussing plane.
The stop screw also prevents the tool-tip from being broken during sudden lower
ing and eliminates downward drift—placement is stable enough for even extended
use. Because the probe holder tilts a full 90°, the tool-tip pivots easily for precise
positioning. Rack-and-pinion drive, V-shaped guideways, and cross roller bearings
eliminate backlash, slipping, and sticking. All contact parts milled from hardened steel
for precise performance and long life.
Joystick travel: 0.35 mm to 3.5‑mm, depending on reduction gear ratio setting
(adjustable between 1:15 and 1:150).
.
MMJR Joystick Micromanipulator (Right-Handed) MMJ SPECIFICATIONS
MMJL Joystick Micromanipulator (Left-Handed)
TRAVEL RANGE RESOLUTION
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES X-axis 37 mm 0.1 mm
M3301EH Replacement Electrode Holder (14 cm 5 ∅ 7.2 mm) Y-axis 20 mm 0.1 mm
15873 Angled Electrode Holder (13 cm long) Z-axis 25 mm 0.1mm
JOYSTICK (X,Y axis) 0.35~3.5 mm
Micrometer Slide Micromanipulator
The M325 can be configured The M325 three-axis manual micromanipulator is built of precision
from left- to right-handed micrometer-actuated linear slides. Each slide is comprised of a large
Toolholder rotates
version in 60 seconds! micrometer head and a spring-return linear slide. The micromanipulator
around two axes, can
hold tools from ∅3.0 mm has been carefully designed to minimize wear in the moving components
to ∅12.7 mm. to achieve a long operational life without the necessity for frequent main
tenance or adjustment. The micrometer head is graduated in 10 micron
steps which enable repeatable positioning to an accuracy of ± 2 microns.
A unique spring return mechanism is used to transmit movement of
the micrometer spindle to the slide carriage — eliminating backlash, lost
motion and reducing thread wear. Each linear slide utilizes ball bearings
which enable the M325 to carry loads of up to 1 kg.
M3301EH The toolholder can clamp onto tools with shaft diameters of 3.0 mm
electrode holder to 12.7 mm and allows rotation around two axes. This provides a wide
included range of options for incorporating the manipulator into your workstations.
The M325 can also be configured very easily in left- or right-handed
versions to allow several units to be positioned in close proximity.
Mounts onto hori- A quick-release clamp allows easy mounting onto any rod from
zontal or vertical 10‑mm to 12.7 mm diameter.
rods — any diam-
eter from 10 mm M325 3-Axis Fine Controlled Manual Micromanipulator
to 12.7 mm. OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES
M3301EH Replacement Electrode Holder (14 cm long)
M325 SPECIFICATIONS 14444 Optional Differential Micrometer Head (per axis)
TRAVEL RANGE RESOLUTION 500475 Ball Joint, 7 cm long, for ∅ 8 mm Holder
X-axis 25 mm 10 µm 500476 Ball Joint, 4 cm long, for ∅ 4 mm Holder
Y-axis 10 mm 10 µm Also see magnetic stands.
Z-axis 10 mm 10 µm
Also see Universal Manipulator Stands.
Dual Tool-Holder Micromanipulator

A small and compact micromanipulator for manual manipulation in all three axes (x,
y and z), the MD4 is equipped with a mounting bracket for a second tool or electrode
holder which can be positioned in the x and y axes independent of the manipulator M3301EH
and may also be tilted and swiveled by two fine-adjust screws. Scales allow readings electrode holders
of coarse adjustment with an accuracy of 100 µm. Additional x-axis fine control is included
achieved with a micrometer screw with a resolution of 10 µm. Supplied with one
M3301EH electrode holder and a 12 mm clamp for mounting on M10 Stand or other
12 mm supports. May also be mounted on optional M-3 Tilting Base.
Travel, standard electrode: x-axis, 37 mm (fine, 10 mm); y-axis, 20 mm; z‑axis, MD4L
25 mm. Additional electrode: x-axis, 7 mm; y-axis, 10 mm. (left-handed
MD4R Double-Holder Micromanipulator (right) controls)
MD4L Double-Holder Micromanipulator (left)
MD4-M3-R Double-Holder Micromanipulator (right) + Tilting Base
MD4-M3-L Double-Holder Micromanipulator (left) + Tilting Base
M3301EH Replacement Electrode Holder (14 cm long) M-3 Tilting Base not included
M2 Additional ∅ 12 mm Clamp
M-3 80° Tilting Base
M4C Microscope Stage Adapter MD4 SPECIFICATIONS
M5 Additional ∅ 10 mm Clamp TRAVEL RANGE RESOLUTION
M6 Additional ∅ 1⁄2-in. Clamp
X-axis Fine 10 mm 10 µm
5464 5-lb Weight for Tilting Base*
X-axis 37 mm 100 µm
Y-axis 20 mm 100 µm
Z-axis 25 mm 100 µm
*Shipping weight: 8 lb (3.6 kg)
Also see magnetic stands. SHIPPING WEIGHT 3 lbs (1.4 kg)
Also see Universal Manipulator Stands.
Magnetic
Holding Devices
10 mm ∅
10 mm ∅
10 mm ∅
5-6.5 mm ∅
M1 M1L MB2 M8
A precision base providing stable sup- Same base and support arm as M1, but Mechanical clamping type tightens three A ball joint at the base of the main post
port for such devices as electrodes and equipped with a longer (14-inch) vertical joints simultaneously just by on-tough allows 360° rotation, offering considerable
manipulators. Adjustable second arm post. (Optional M5 10 mm clamp should operation. Arm is freely adjustable without versatility. The second arm adopts angles
adopts a variety of angles. (Optional M5 be added for use with M3301, DC3001, distortion. Equipped with fine adjuster up to 75°. (Optional M5 10 mm clamp
10 mm clamp should be added for use MD4 and MMJ manipulators.) and medium size magnet for stabilizing should be added for use with M3301,
with M3301, DC3001, MD4 and MMJ the base. Suitable for performing precision DC3001, MD4 and MMJ manipulators.)
Base:
manipulators.) operation.
50 ( w ) x 58 ( l ) x 55 ( h ) mm Magnetic Base:
Base: ( 2.0 x 2.3 x 2.2 in. ) Magnetic Base: 50 ( w ) x 58 ( l ) x 55 ( h ) mm
50 ( w ) x 58 ( l ) x 55 ( h ) mm 30 ( w ) x 30 ( l ) x 30 ( h ) mm ( 2.0 x 2.3 x 2.2 in. )
Vertical Holding Power:
( 2.0 x 2.3 x 2.2 in. ) ( 1.2 x 1.2 x 1.2 in. )
80 kgf (176 lb force) Vertical Holding Power:
Vertical Holding Power: Vertical Holding Power: 80 kgf (176 lb force)
Main Pole:
80 kgf (176 lb force) 17 kgf (37 Ib force)
diameter: 12 mm (0.47 in.) Main Pole:
Arm:
Main Pole: length: 356 mm (14 in.) diameter: 12 mm (0.47 in.)
L1: 46 mm (1.8 in.)
diameter: 12 mm (0.47 in.) Sub Pole: length: 194 mm (7.6 in.)
L2: 46 mm (1.8 in.)
length: 176 mm (6.9 in.) diameter: 10 mm (0.39 in.) Sub Pole:
L3: 39 mm (1.5 in.)
Sub Pole: length: 165 mm (6.5 in.) diameter: 10 mm (0.39 in.)
Clamp Hole:
diameter: 10 mm (0.39 in.) Clamp Hole: length: 165 mm (6.5 in.)
Adjustable from 5 to 6.5 mm
length: 165 mm (6.5 in.) diameter: 4.5 mm and 6.5 mm Clamp Hole:
Weight:
Clamp Hole: Weight: Adjustable from 4.5 mm to 6.5 mm
0.38 kg (0.83 Ib)
diameter: 4.5 mm and 6.5 mm 1.8 kg (4 lb) Weight:
Weight: MB2 Compact Magnetic Stand 1.8 kg (4 lb)
M1L Magnetic Stand
1.8 kg (4 lb)
M5 10 mm Clamp M8 Magnetic Stand
M1 Magnetic Stand M5 10 mm Clamp
M5 10 mm Clamp
Powerful Ball Joint This novel magnetic ball joint has

phenomenal holding power for up
both the ball (male) and the
magnet base (female).
M3 x 12 mm
Rare Earth Magnet to 2 kg of attached weight while

permitting the ball a full 360°
For use with micromanip
ulators for the positioning and
Use in constructing your own holding rotation on a 180° axis. You can holding of optical instruments 28 mm
freely orient your equipment to an including various lighting
device for small parts/equipment infinite number of positions within sources and lasers, pipettes
● Small but very powerful: holds 2 kilograms (~5 pounds)! this rotation. This is made possible and any small parts that would M3 x 5 mm
by the combination of a steel ball benefit from the flexibility
● Steel ball rotates freely 360° on a 180° axis
(10 mm diameter) and a powerful offered by this new magnetic
10 mm
● M3 mounting screw on ball for attachment to equipment rare earth magnet contained in
● Magnet base threaded (M3) for mounting onto a base or
ball joint.
the magnet cylinder (φ 10 x 20mm).
equipment Convenient M3 attachment sites are provided on 500871 Magnetic Ball Joint
The base of each stand exerts a
powerful magnetic force that holds
it solidly on ferrous metal surfaces
— even vertically or upside-down
12 mm ∅ x 25mm
12 mm ∅
12 mm ∅
6-8 mm ∅
Useful as a probe holder,

the M11 is not suitable
for heavier items such as
micromanipulators.
M9 M10 M10L M11

Mechanical clamp tightens three rotatable Similar to M1 but with a 12 mm diameter Same as M10 but equipped with a taller Bends freely for maximum flexibility. The
joints simultaneously with one locking sub pole (fits 12 mm clamp supplied with (14-inch) vertical main pole. connecting arm twists and bends like a
knob. Arm adjusts without distortion. Base M3301, DC3001, MD4 and MMJ manip Magnetic Base: snake. Lock the arm in position with a flick
exerts a magnetic force of 100 kilos for ulators). 50 ( w ) x 58 ( l ) x 55 ( h ) mm of the controlling lever.
greatest stability. Equipped with fine adjust- Magnetic Base: ( 2.0 x 2.3 x 2.2 in. ) Magnetic Base:
ment for precise operations. 50 ( w ) x 58 ( l ) x 55 ( h ) mm 50 ( w ) x 58 ( l ) x 55 ( h ) mm
Vertical Holding Power:
Magnetic Base: ( 2.0 x 2.3 x 2.2 in. ) 80 kgf ( 176 lb force ) ( 2.0 x 2.3 x 2.2 in. )
50 ( w ) x 60 ( l ) x 55 ( h ) mm Vertical Holding Power: Vertical Holding Power:
Main Pole:
( 2.2 x 2.4 x 2.2 in. ) 80 kgf ( 176 lb force ) 80 kgf ( 176 lb force )
diameter: 14 mm (0.55 in.)
Vertical Holding Power: Main Pole: length: 356 mm (14 in.) Main Pole:
100 kgf ( 220 lb force ) diameter: 14 mm (0.55 in.) diameter: 16 mm (0.63 in.)
Sub Pole:
Arms: length: 178 mm (7 in.) length: 315 mm (12.4 in.)
diameter: 12 mm (0.47 in.)
L1: 119 mm (4.7 in.) Sub Pole: length: 165 mm (6.5 in.) Sub Pole:
L2: 106 mm (4.2 in.) diameter: 12 mm (0.47 in.) none
L3: 25 mm (0.98 in.) length: 165 mm (6.5 in.) Clamp Hole:
Ø 12 mm (0.472 in.) Adjustable from 4.5 mm to 6.5 mm Clamp Hole:
Clamp Hole:
Clamp Hole: Weight: Adjustable from 6 mm to 8 mm
Adjustable from 4.5 mm to 6.5 mm
none 1.8 kg (4 lb) Weight:
Weight:
Weight: 1.4 kg (3 lb)
1.8 kg (4 lb) M10L Magnetic Stand
1.8 kg (4 lb) M11 Magnetic Stand
M10 Magnetic Stand
M9 Magnetic Stand
81⁄2"x12" Steel Base

Plate #5052
BASE PLATES: A magnetic stand

requires a steel mounting surface. WPI’s 12"x24" Steel Base
steel base plates have plenty of mass to Plate #5479
give stability to your experimental setup.
Beveled edges make them easy to handle;
rubber feet hold them off the benchtop,
making them easier to grasp when moving; ACCESSORIES
and the special black coating provides a 5052 Steel base plate, 81⁄2 x 12 in. (10 lb)
durable protective finish. 5479 Steel base plate, 12 x 24 x 3⁄8-in. (32 lb)
Magnetic
Holding Devices
501652
MOBITYTM is a new magnetic clamping
system. With its ease of use, only one hand
is needed to operate the attractive power.
M7
A small holder ideal for use where space
501651 The MOBITYTM has a strong 88lbf pull, yet
weighs only 1.5 lbs. MOBITYTM meets vari-
is limited. Main post unscrews from base
which may tthen be used alone as a
An ideal accessory for optical tables and
vibration-free platform. Reduces experimen-
ous applications with 4 tapped holes on
the top surface. 501653 switchable magnetic holder.
tal set-up time by allowing free position- An ideal accessory for optical tables and
ing and instant clamp down of optical vibration-free platform. Reduces experimen- Magnetic Base:
components. Switchable ON/OFF magnetic Holding Power: tal set-up time by allowing free position- 30 (w) x 35 (l) x 35 (h) mm
circuit permits fine adjustment and precise 40 kgf (88 Ib force) ing and instant clamp down of optical 1.2 (w) x 1.4 (l) x 1.4 (h) in.
positioning. Dimension: components. Switchable ON/OFF magnetic Vertical Holding Power:
● Easy ON/OFF operation using lever 55 (w) x 73 (l) x 50 (h) mm circuit permits fine adjustment and precise 20 kgf (44 Ib force)
● Thin and powerful magnetic force 2.2 (w) x 2.9 (l) x 2.0 (h) in. positioning. Main Pole:
● Generous array of tap holes Mounting Hole: ● Easy ON/OFF operation using lever Diameter: 7mm
Holding Power: 3-M4, depth 20mm ● Thin and powerful magnetic force Length: 52mm
20 kgf (44 Ib force) M8, depth 15mm ● Generous array of tap holes Screw threads
Dimension: Weight: Holding Power: Clamp Hole:
75 (OD) x 20 (h) mm 0.7 kg (1.5 Ib) 20 kgf (44 Ib force) Diameter: 6mm
2.9 (OD) x 0.8 (h) in. 501652 MOBITY Magnetic Dimension: Weight:
Mounting Hole: Clamping System 65 (w) x 65 (l) x 20 (h) mm 0.36 kg (0.8 Ib)
4-M4 x 0.7, depth 6mm 2.6 (w) x 2.6 (l) x 0.8 (h) in.
M7 Compact Magnetic Stand
M8 x 1, depth 6mm Mounting Hole:
Span 35mm 8-M4 x 0.7, depth 6mm
Weight: M8 x 1, depth 6mm
0.7 kg (1.5 Ib) Span 25mm
Weight:
501651 Magnetic Base 0.6 kg (1.3 Ib)
501653 Magnetic Base
Vibration-Free Tables
All buildings vibrate — activities of people, machinery, heating and
ventilation systems, and nearby truck or rail traffic cause all types of
Vibration-Free Workstation
vibrations. These vibrations, though, acceptable to occupants, cannot ● Vertical and horizontal vibration isolation
be tolerated by equipment used in patch clamping, cell injection,
analytical balances, and optical microscopes. The short-term effects of ● High performance Active-Air Suspension
such vibrations include inconsistant and unreliable performance. The
long-term effects are excessive wear, maintenance, and fatigue failures.
● Automatic leveling
In order to protect sensitive instruments and equipment from faulty ● VibraDamped Steel
operation or failure this vibration must be significantly reduced. This
can be efficiently accomplished by using Vibration-Free Platform and ● Class 100 Cleanroom compatible
Vibration-Free Workstation.
● Leveling feet
Additional tabletop sizes and

finishes are available, as well
as accessories such as side rails
and casters.
Call for more information
and prices for the
configuration you require.
VIBRATION-FREE TABLE SPECIFICATIONS

VFP VFW
MINIMUM LOAD @ 20 psi
Vertical Natural Frequency 2.3 Hz 1.9 Hz
Isolation Efficiency @ 5 Hz 52% 70%
Horizontal Natural Frequency 2.9 Hz 2.2 Hz
Isolation Effieciency @ 10 Hz 92% 90%
MAXIMUM LOAD @ 80 psi Vibration-Free Platform
Vertical Natural Frequency 2.1 Hz 1.5 Hz
● Unmatched price and performance
Isolation Frequency @ 5 Hz 70% 85%
Isolation Frequency @ 10 Hz 91% 97%
● Low profile Active-Air designs
Horizontal Natural Frequency 1.8 Hz 1.2 Hz ● VibraDamped construction
Isolation Efficiency 81% 91% ● Low natural frequency
Isolation Efficiency 95% 97%
● Excellent horizontal isolation
Note: Typical performance efficiencies are for microdistubances
NET LOAD CAPACITY at 80 psi 216 lb (98 kg) 800 lb (363 kg) ● SPILLPRUF spill management
● Class 100
VFW Cleanroom
Vibration-Free compatible
Workstation Call
Microscopes and Cameras
Surgical Microscopes
PSMB Binocular SurgioScope, floor stand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
PSMT Trinocular SurgioScope, floor stand, video adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Stereomicroscopes
PZMIV Precision Stereo Zoom Microscope (Model IV), Binocular. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
MICROSCOPES, CAMERAS
PZMTIV Precision Stereo Zoom Microscope (Model IV), Trinocular. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
PZMTIV-CCTV Precision Stereo Zoom Microscope Video System (Model IV). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
PZMIII Precision Stereo Zoom Microscope (Model III). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
PZMTIII Precision Stereo Zoom Trinocular Microscope (Model III). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Inverted Microscopes
INV Binocular Inverted Microscope. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
INV Trinocular Inverted Microscope. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Upright Microscopes
MOD Multiscope Modular Microscopes, Binocular & Trinocular. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Microscope Stage Inserts

Heated Stage Insert & Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Cooled Stage Insert & Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Transparent Heated Stage Insert & Controller. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
TS-4 Thermoelectric Stage Insert & Controller. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Microscope Cameras and Photo/Video Adapters

Digital Eyepiece Camera. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Digital Microscope Camera. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Color CCD Video Camera. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Monochrome CCD Video Camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Illuminators and Optical Fiber Light Guide

NOVAFLEX Fiber Optic Illuminator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
MSI-150 Illuminator with diaphragm, filter holder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Miscellaneous
Air-Therm ATX NEW Heater Controller. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
FluoroDish™ NEW Glass-Bottom Sterile Cell Culture Dishes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Cover Slips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Precision 5
t h n
SurgioScope wi atio
w c
No gnifi ps!
Ideal for small ma ste
animal surgery
SURGIOSCOPE Specifications
TOTAL MAGNIFICATION........................................................... 1.8× — 40×
ADJUSTABLE DIOPTER.............................................................. ± 6 Diopter
ADJUSTABLE INTERPUPILLARY DISTANCE ........................ min. 50 mm — max. 70 mm
WORKING DISTANCE ............................................................... 94 mm — 344 mm
EYEPIECE....................................................................................... 12.5x
LENS CHARACTERISTICS Features:
Objective ● Motorized focusing
Working Total system, allows hands-
Objectives Focal Field of View
Distance Magnification
Distance free operation.
6.4× 10× 16× 33 mm, 20.5 mm, ● Light weight, compact
F100 (Optional) 100 mm 94 mm
26× 40× 13 mm, 8 mm, 5 mm and easy to maneuver.
Weighs only 70 lb.
3.2× 5× 8× 58 mm, 38 mm, 24 mm,
F200 (Included) 200 mm 195 mm ● Dual bulbs prevent
13× 20× 15 mm, 10 mm
illumination failure
2.6× 4× 6.4× 72.5 mm, 47.5 mm, during surgery.
10.4× 16× 30 mm, 19 mm, 12.5 mm
● Optional video adapter.
2× 3.3× 5.3× 87 mm, 57 mm, 36 mm,
F300 (Optional) 300 mm 294 mm ● Improved view field.
8.6× 13.3× 22.5 mm, 15 mm
● Convenient handles.
1.8× 3× 4.5× 99 mm, 65 mm, 42 mm,
7.5× 11.5× 27 mm, 17 mm ● Five magnification
steps.
FINE FOCUS ADJUSTMENT RANGE...................................... 30 mm
Working Height (Arm Movement Range Above Floor)
89 cm Post........................... Focus on specimens 34.5" (88 cm) to 51" (130 cm) above floor *
103 cm Post......................... Focus on specimens 40.5" (103 cm) to 57" (146 cm) above floor *
* Subtract Working Distance for height above specimen, 103 cm post recommended for F350 objective.
RANGE OF MOTION
Maximum Stretch Radius of Arm................................... 870 mm
Vertical Movement Range................................................. 700-1100 mm
Adjustable Range of Small Arm...................................... 30 mm
ILLUMINATION
Dual lamp housing with quick-change spare and internal coaxial fiber optic cable.
HALOGEN-TUNGSTEN LAMP.................................................. 12V, 100W, with cold reflection
OPTIONAL CAMERA ................................................................. 1/2” CCD camera (e.g., COLCAM)
POWER.......................................................................................... 110V, 50-60 Hz, or 220V, 50-60 Hz
SHIPPING WEIGHT.................................................................... 94 lb (43 kg)
WPI’s improved precision SurgioScope (now of the lamp during an operation, without procedures to be monitored or recorded
with five magnification steps) is a portable high the need to power down. The optional video simultaneously using a video recorder and a
quality surgical microscope offering outstanding port on the “T” version permits operational COLCAM video camera.
image quality and value. Incorporating an agile
extension arm and excellent working distance PSMB5 Binocular SurgioScope, F200 objective (Specify post height.)
objectives, the SurgioScope provides convenient PSMT5 Trinocular SurgioScope, beam splitter, std video adapter, F200 objective (Specify post height.)
movement and maneuverability necessary for See WPI Website for other configurations
accurate positioning. These important features, Specify 89 cm or 103 cm post — Specify line voltage
together with a high quality optical system, OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES
provide sharp image contrast and enhanced 501636 1
/2" CS-mount Adaptor (requires Beam Splitter 501637)
large field of vision. The SurgioScope comes 501637 Beam splitter
fully equipped with a foot-controlled motorized 501669 Objective lens F100
focusing system, normally only found in more 501638 Objective lens F250
expensive surgical microscopes. A unique dual 501639 Objective lens F300
lamp housing enables safe and rapid changing 501640 Objective lens F350
500162 Replacement lamp, 12V, 100 W
Precision Stereo ZOOM Microscope
● Modular, two parallel
beam design COLCAM Video Camera
available separately
● Planachromatic objectives, All PZ
M
no optical distortion micro IV and PZ M
scope
10x ey s com TIV
● High-contrast imaging, ep e wit
1x aux ieces, built- h #500028 Camera Coupler,
ideal for observing il in available separately

light r iary lens, an
transparent, low-contrast ing ad d
apter.
objects
● Large zoom ratio: 8:1
● Large zoom range: 0.62x
to 5.0x
● Long working distance
● Step and continuous zoom
● 5-year warranty
The fourth generation of WPI’s precision

stereo zoom microscopes uses modular, two
parallel beam path design and high quality
optical system. The advanced optical design Shown: PZMTIV with
with planachromatic objectives provides sharp COLCAM and 0.5X
and distortion-free contrast image throughout c‑mount adapter
the entire zoom range and comes with an (camera and c-mount
impressive 5-year warranty. not included)
The PZMIV is available in a binocular or
trinocular version. In addition, an extensive list
of optional accessories is available that makes
the PZMIV suitable for integrated optical and
biological research.
Max. Working
The microscope comes with a track stand,
Distance: 25 cm
standard 10x eyepieces (wide-field, distortion-
free and high eye point), 1x planachromatic
distortion-free objective. See the Table on next
page for all optical options.
502160
Lighted Fan Base
PZMIV Precision Stereo Zoom Binocular Microscope (Model IV), on Track Stand
PZMIV-BS PZMIV Microscope on Boom Stand
PZMTIV Precision Stereo Zoom Trinocular Microscope (Model IV), on Track Stand
PZMTIV-BS PZMTIV Microscope on Boom Stand
PZMTIV-BCS PZMTIV Microscope on Boom Clamp Stand
PZMTIV-CCTV PZMTIV Microscope Video System, including PZMTIV, COLCAM Color Video
Camera, 0.5x CCD Camera Coupler, Novaflex Optical Illuminator, Bifurcated Optical Fiber Light
Guide, and 13” Color TV Monitor (NTSC format)
Please see web site for complete configurations
PZMIV
#502007
Articulated Arm
PZMTIV-BS
PZMIV & PZMTIV Eyepieces and Objectives
10x Eyepiece 16x Eyepiece 20x Eyepiece 25x Eyepiece
Field (mm) Field (mm) Field (mm) Field (mm) Working
Objective Mag Mag Mag Mag
(Video Field) (Video Field) (Video Field) (Video Field) Distance
106 -13.1 70.6 - 8.8 55.4 - 6.9 45.4 - 5.6
0.32x 1.9x - 16x 3.2x 25.6x 3.9x - 32x 5x - 40x 296 mm
(49.8 - 6.1) (49.8 - 6.1) (49.8 - 6.1) (49.8 - 6.1)
67.7 - 8.4 45.2 - 5.6 35.5 - 4.4 20 - 3.6
0.5x 3.1x - 25x 5x - 40x 6.2x - 50x 7.8x - 62.8x 187 mm
(31.8 - 3.95) (31.8 - 3.95) (31.8 - 3.95) (31.8 - 3.95)
3.9x 53.8 - 6.7 6.2x 35.8 - 4.4 28.2 - 3.5 23 -2.9
0.63x 7.8x -63x 9.8x - 78.8x 149 mm
- 31.5x (25.3 - 3.15) - 50.4x (25.3 - 3.15) (25.3 - 3.15) (25.3 - 3.15)
33.9 - 4.2 22.6 - 2.8 12.4x 17.7 - 2.2 15.5x 14.5 - 1.8
1.0x (inc) 6.2x - 50x 9.9x - 90x 80 mm
(15.9 - 1.97) (15.9 - 1.97) - 100x (15.9 - 1.97) - 125x (15.9 - 1.97)
The Video Field is based on a 1/2-inch CCD (8 mm diagonal) and a 0.5x camera adapter.
502000 PZMIV Binocular Body With 10X Eyepieces, 1X Objective, Eye guards
CCD Camera
502001 PZMTIV Trinocular Body With 10X Eyepieces, 1X Objective, Eye guards
Couplers — C-Mount,
502004 Boom Stand W/O Focus Mount (requires 502009 Focus Mount for PZMIV)
available as 0.3x,
502005 Ball Bearing Boom Stand W/O Focus Mount (requires 502009 Focus Mount for PZMIV)
0.5x and 0.75x.
502006 Boom Clamp Stand (requires 502009 Focus Mount for PZMIV)
502007 Articulated Arm and Table Clamp w/o Focus Mount (requires 502009 Focus Mount for PZMIV)
502009 Universal Focus Mount for 76 mm PZMIV (Required for BS, AAC, BBS, and BCS) (5/8” pin)
502160 Lighted Fan Base, Fluorescent base, Tungsten Halogen beam
502010 10X Wide Field Eyepiece for PZMIV (pair)
PZMIV SPECIFICATIONS
EYEPIECES WFH 10×
502015 Ring Light Adapter for PZMIV (For R-8-8-WPI01 Ring Light Guide)
502016 0.32x, Planachromatic Objective (Distortion-free) (296 mm WD) AUXILIARY LENSES 1×
502017 0.50x, Planachromatic Objective (Distortion-free) (187 mm WD) ZOOM RANGE 0.62× - 5×
502018 0.63x, Planachromatic Objective (Distortion-free) (149 mm WD) TOTAL MAGNIFICATION 6.2× - 50×
502019 1.0x, Planachromatic Objective (Distortion-free) (80mm WD) ZOOM RATIO 8:1
500261 0.3x CCD Camera Coupler, C-Mount (Use with Pixera Professional) FIELD OF VIEW ∅33.9- ∅4.2 mm
500262 0.5x CCD Camera Coupler, C-Mount (Use with COLCAM) WORKING DISTANCE 80 mm
500263 0.75x CCD Camera Coupler, C-Mount BINOCULAR TUBE Inclined 45°
500028 1.0x CCD Camera Coupler, C-Mount (Use with Digital Camera Adapter Kit 501384)
INTERPUPILARY DISTANCE 50 – 75 mm
501384 Digital Camera Adapter Kit (see page 222 for details)
DIOPTER ADJUSTMENT ± 5 Diopter
500828 Stage Micrometer, 1 mm/200 div (recommended for calibrated photography)
MICROSCOPE BODY Rotatable 360°
502163 Wall Mount Plate for Articulated Arm System
NOVA NOVAFLEX Fiber Optic Illuminator OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
Eyepieces 16×, 20×, 25×
500186 Bifurcated Light Guide with Lenses
Auxiliary lenses 0.32×, 0.5×, 0.63×
R-8-8-WPI01 Ring Light Guide
Total Magnification 1.9× - 125×
NOVA-186 NOVAFLEX Fiber Optic Illuminator with Bifurcated Light Guide and Lenses Field of view ∅106 - ∅1.8 mm
EJA Replacement Lamp for NOVAFLEX Working Distance 80 – 296 mm
502167 Replacement Fluorescent lamp for Lighted Fan Base (502160) SHIPPING WEIGHT 23 lb.
502168 Replacement Tungsten Halogen lamp for Lighted Fan Base (502160)
Precision Stereo ZOOM Microscope
Quality
and
Precision
to Improve
Your Vision
WPI’s third-generation stereomicroscope, PZMIII, is an
ideal tool for tissue dissection, cell injection, specimen
manipulation, electrode inspection, and many other
applications that require a magnified, stereo viewing and
ample working distance. It offers the leading brand’s quality
and performance at an affordable price. Advanced optics
provide the sharpest image that can only be found among
the best of this class. It is superior to many stereomicroscopes
costing almost twice as much. Zooming is achieved by
a spring-loaded nub that is smooth and effortless. The
compact size and light weight make it more stable and easily
manipulated on the boom stand. A specially designed photo/
video module can easily upgrade the binocular PZMIII to a
trinocular microscope at any time for photo, video, or digital
imaging. In addition, an extensive list of optional accessories
is available that can make the PZMIII suitable for almost
any bio-research applications requiring a stereomicroscope.
See next page for options (if the item you seek is not listed,
please call WPI).
Actual base wider

than pictured here. See
example at left.
PZMTIII-CCTV
(NTSC format)
PZMIII Precision Stereo Zoom Microscope (Model III), on Post Stand

PZMIII-BS PZMIII Microscope on Boom Stand
PZMIII-AAC PZMIII Microscope on Articulated Arm with Table Clamp
PZMTIII Precision Stereo Zoom Trinocular Microscope (Model III)
PZMIII PZMTIII-CCTV PZMTIII Microscope Video System, including PZMTIII, Colcam
Color Video Camera, 0.5X CCD Camera Coupler, Novaflex
Optical Illuminator, Bifurcated Optical Fiber Light Guide, and
13" color TV monitor (NTSC format)
PZMTIII-BS PZMTIII Microscope on Boom Stand
PZMTIII-AAC PZMTIII Microscope on Articulated Arm with Table Clamp
PZMTIII-BS-CCTV PZMTIII Microscope, Boom Stand, Video System
PZMTIII-AAC-CCTV PZMTIII Microscope, Articulated Arm, Video System
All PZMIII and PZMTIII microscopes come with 10x eyepieces
and built-in 1x auxiliary lens.
PZMIII
#502163 Wall-Mount Plate —
Mount the microscope on the
wall for convenient storage
when space is tight.
40 cm
PZMIII-BS
#502005 Ball Bearing Boom
Stand — Dual Arm Ball Bearing Boom
Stand for increased stability and
#502007 smoother horizontal movements.
Articulated Arm
qwertyuiopas
PZMIII Eyepieces and Objectives

#501381
10x Eyepiece 15x Eyepiece 20x Eyepiece 25x Eyepiece 0.5x C-mount
Field (mm) Field (mm) Field (mm) Field (mm) Working CCD Camera
Objective Mag. Mag. Mag. Mag.
(Video Field)* (Video Field)* (Video Field)* (Video Field)* Distance (mm) coupler — Use
0.3x 2x - 13.5x
114 - 17
3x - 20.3x
84 -13
4x -27x
69 - 10.3
5x - 33.8x
44.8 - 6.7
287 mm
with cameras
(53.6 - 8) (53.6 - 8) (53.6 - 8) (53.6 - 8) which have
86 - 13 63 - 9 52 - 7.7 33.6 - 5.0
0.4x 2.7x - 18x
(40.4 - 6.1)
4x - 27x
(40.4 - 6.1)
5.4x - 36x
(40.4 - 6.1)
6.7x - 45x
(40.4 - 6.1)
217 mm 0.5‑in. CCD.
69 - 10 51 - 7 42 - 6.2 26.9 - 4.0
0.5x 3.4x - 22.5x 5x - 33.8x 6.7x - 45x 8.4x - 56.3x 177 mm
(32.4 - 4.7) (32.4 - 4.7) (32.4 - 4.7) (32.4 - 4.7)
45 - 7 34 - 5 28 - 4.2 17.9 - 2.7
0.75x 5x - 33.8x 7.5x - 50.6x 10x - 67.5x 12.6x - 84.4x 117 mm
(21.1 - 3.3) (21.1 - 3.3) (21.1 - 3.3) (21.1 - 3.3)
34 - 5 25 - 3.7 21 - 3.1 13.4 - 2.0
1.0x 6.7x - 45x 10x - 67.5x 13.4x - 90x 16.8x - 112.5x 100 mm
(16 - 4.7) (16 - 4.7) (16 - 4.7) (16 - 4.7)
23 - 3.4 17 - 2.5 14 - 2.1 9.0 - 1.3
1.5x 10x - 67.5x 15x - 101.3x 20.1x - 135x 25.1x - 168.8x 47 mm
(10.8 - 1.6) (10.8 - 1.6) (10.8 - 1.6) (10.8 - 1.6)
12 - 2.5 13 - 1.8 10 - 1.5 6.7 - 1.0
2.0x 13.4x - 90x 20.1x - 135x 26.8x - 180x 33.5x - 225x 26 mm
(5.6 - 1.17) (5.6 - 1.17) (5.6 - 1.17) (5.6 - 1.17)
* The video field of view is based on a 1/2-inch (8 mm diagonal) CCD camera and a 0.5x camera adapter.
501352 PZMIII Binocular Body, pair of 10x eyepieces and eyeguards
501353 Fan Post Stand with 76mm Focus Mount
502009 Universal Focus Mount, 76 mm ID for PZMIII Body
#503051 Manual Stage — Mounts in the
502004 Boom Stand without Focus Mount
circular opening in the PZMiii base. XY travel
502005 Ball Bearing Boom Stand without Focus Mount
distance: 75 x 56 mm. Glass size: 116 x 96 mm.
502007 Articulated Arm with Wall-Mount Plate, without Focus Mount
Active diameter: 37.6 mm. Dimensions: 180 x
502163 Wall-Mount Plate, 6” x 6” (or 15.24 cm x 15.24 cm)
155 x 27 mm. Fits this base only.
501367 Universal Focus Mount, 83mm ID for PZM Body
501369 Wide Field 10x Eyepieces (pair)
501370 Wide Field 15x Eyepieces (pair) PZMIII SPECIFICATIONS
501371 Wide Field 20x Eyepieces (pair) EYEPIECES WFH 10x
501372 Wide Field 25x Eyepieces (pair) ZOOM RANGE 0.67x - 4.5x
501373 0.3X Long Working Distance Objective Lens TOTAL MAGNIFICATION 6.77x - 45x
501375 0.5x Long Working Distance Objective Lens FIELD OF VIEW ∅ 34 MM - ∅ 5 MM
501376 0.75x Long Working Distance Objective Lens WORKING DISTANCE 100 mm
501377 1.5x Long Working Distance Objective Lens BINOCULAR TUBE Inclined 45°
501378 2.0x Long Working Distance Objective Lens INTERPUPILLARY DISTANCE Adjustable 47-70 mm
501379 PZMTIII Trinocular Body, pair of 10x eyepieces and eye guards DIOPTER ADJUSTMENT ±5 Diopter (both eyepiece tubes)
501381 0.5x C-Mount CCD Camera Coupler MICROSCOPE BODY Rotatable 360°
501384 Digital Camera Adapter Kit AUXILIARY LENSES
13338 Ring Light Adapter for PZMIII Series Total magnification 2x - 225x
503051 Manual Stage for PZMiii Biggest Field of View ∅ 110 mm
Working Distance 26-287 mm
RTCL-10 Reticle in 10x Eyepiece, 0-90°, 200 divisions per mm
SHIPPING WEIGHT 23 lb.
RTCL-20 Reticle in 20x Eyepiece, 0-90°, 200 divisions per mm
Inverted
The most durable, easy-to-
use microscope for inverted
applications and long
working distance optics
Microscope The most durable, easy-to-use microscope for

inverted applications and long working
distance optics The exclusive design
utilizes interchangeable sliders, thus
allowing a researcher to use the same
set of objectives for Bright Field, Phase
Contrast and Nomarski DIC examination of
living cells, cultures, sediments, precipitates
and other specimens. This also eliminates the
need for costly second and third sets of

objectives, making this microscope
both versatile and economical. The
microscopes come loaded with
valuable extras that would cost
• Bright Field hundreds of dollars from any other
manufacturer. Start using your
• Phase Contrast (10x or microscope right from the box!
20x)
• Nomarski DIC (with
IQ902DIC, IQ903DIC)
For complete
• Long Working Distance Specifications, go
Objectives (corrected for online and visit
2.5 mm vessels) WPI's website —
www.wpiinc.com
• 10x and 15X eyepieces
• 10 micron Micrometer
OBJECTIVES
reticle (15X eyepiece) Numerical Working Distance Contrast Technique
Type Magnification
Aperture (mm) BF PH POL DIC
• Set of six high-quality TQA-
2.5X 0.08 20.0 t t
6.3X 0.20 19.0
tinted filters Series Plan
Achromats
10X 0.22 15.0
t
t t
t
t t
20X 0.45 3.0 t t t t
• Set of polarization Mechanical Tube Length: 160mm; Parfocal Distance: 45mm; Glass Thickness: O-2.5mm.
filters WPI INVERTED

INV-IQ902
MICROSCOPE
Binocular Inverted Microscope, BF, PH, POL
• Centering telescope INV-IQ903

INV-IQ902DIC
Trinocular Inverted Microscope, BF, PH, POL
Binocular Inverted Microscope, BF, PH, POL, DIC
INV-IQ903DIC Trinocular Inverted Microscope, BF, PH, POL, DIC
• Replacement lamp OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
500811 Trinocular Head
• Stage inserts and 500812 Video (C-Mount) Adapter for 500811
extension plates 500813

500814
Vertical Eyepiece Tube Adapter (for video adapters 502161 & 502162)
Photo Tube (T-Mount) Adapter for 500811
500816 Replacement Bulb, Halogen, 12V / 30W
• 35mm Film Camera 500821 Eyepiece, 15x, wide field, F.N. 11
500825 Teaching Pointer Eyepiece with Eyecup, 10x
• Lifetime warranty 500826 Dual-View Teaching Attachment, includes 500825
500827 Micrometer Eyepiece, 10x, 10 mm / 100 div.
500828 Stage Micrometer, Reflected Light, 1 mm / 200 div.
500278 0.5x C-Mount—C-Mount Reducer
502162 0.5x C-mount (for 1⁄2” 8mm CCD cameras, use with 500813)
502161 0.3x C-mount (for 1/3” 6mm CCD cameras, use with 500813)
502166 Micrometer Eyepiece, 15x, F.N. 11 (10 mm / 100 div)
Shipping Weight: 94 lb (43 kg) — 40x42x30” (102x107x76 cm)
MULTISCOPE™ Modular Microscope
The most versatile, durable and affordable Bright Field Microscope on the market
● Modular design allows you to configure your

microscope to suit your needs
● Unique Fine Wheel enables you to quickly bring
specimens into sharp focus
Brightfield
MOD-BMH-BF Brightfield Trinocular
MOD-TMH-BF-V
MODULAR MICROSCOPE FEATURES AND SPECIFICATIONS

OPTICAL SYSTEM 160mm Mechanical Tube Length, 33mm Parfocal Distance, 28X–1000X Magnification for observation
Binocular 45° inclined, Trinocular 30° inclined, 360° rotatable. Magnification: 1.1X, 1.6X, 2.5X. IPD adjustment range: 55mm-75mm.
HEAD
DA (left eyepiece) ±5dpt
NOSEPIECE Quadruple, aligned for parfocality and parcentricity
STAGE (BF) Mechanical stage, X/Y controls. Size: 135mm x 120mm. Specimen cross-travel: 80mm x 40mm. Scale graduation: 1mm X 0.1mm
CONDENSER Brightfield, N.A. 1.25, Abbe type. Spherically corrected
ILLUMINATION Variable Halogen, 12V/20W Internal heat-absorbing filter. External power supply.
OBJECTIVE (BF) EAB Achromats, 4X 0.12, 10X 0.25, 40X 0.65 (spring loaded), 100X 1.25 Oil Immersion (spring loaded)
EYEPIECE 10X, F.N. 18 Widefield. High eyepoint ESW Series
FILTERS 33mm Diffusing, 33mm Blue
Also included: Instruction manual, dust cover, spare bulb, immersion oil (Type A, 1/4 oz)
WPI MODULAR MICROSCOPE Rugged construction for

MOD-BMH-BF Binocular, M-Stage, Brightfield, Mechanical X-Y stage years of reliable service
MOD-TMH-BF-V Trinocular- Video, M-Stage, Brightfield, Mechanical X-Y stage backed by a limited five-year
Shipping info: 20 lbs (9kg); 21x16x16 (53.5x41x41cm) manufacturer’s warranty
500811 Modular Trinocular Head 500822 Objective, 20x, 0.40, Achromatic, Brightfield
500812 1X Video (C-Mount) Adapter for 500811 500823 Objective, 60x, 1.0-0.70, Achromatic, Oil, Brightfield
500813 Vertical Eyepiece Tube Adaptor (for Video adaptors 502161 & 502162) 500827 Micrometer Eyepiece, 10x, 10 mm/100 div.
500814 Photo Tube (T-Mount) Adapter for 500811 500828 Stage Micrometer, Reflected Light, 1 mm/200 div.
500815 Replacement Bulb for MOD microscopes, 6V / 20W 502162 0.5X C-mount (for 1⁄2” (8mm) CCD Camera, use with 500813
500821 Eyepiece, 15x, wide field, F.N. 11 502161 0.3X C-mount (for 1/3” (6mm) CCD Camera, use with 500813
21" (53 cm)
High intensity
source for fiber
optic illumination
The NOVAFLEX Fiber Optic Illuminator
provides reliable, uninterrupted high-
intensity light for microscopes and fiber optic
spectrometers. The most widely used halogen Bifurcated Light
light source, NOVAFLEX allows a continuous Guide 500186
range of subdued or concentrated lighting
available
controlled by a rotary dimmer on the front
separately
panel. NOVAFLEX may be used with a ring
light and single or bifurcated flexible fiber
bundles, enabling the light beam to be placed
exactly where needed. Forced air cooling
prolongs lamp life. EJA lamp color temperature
is 3350°K. An interlock switch automatically
cuts off power when front panel is opened to
replace bulb. Rugged aluminum case.
Size: 24 x 13 x 16 cm (9.375 x 4.75 x 6.25 in.)
Weight: 4.8 kg (9 lb)
NOVA NOVAFLEX Fiber Optic Illuminator (115 V, 60 Hz) 13338* Ring Light Adapter (48 mm ∅) for PZM, PZMII, PZMIII
NOVA-Z NOVAFLEX Fiber Optic Illuminator (230 V, 50 Hz) 502015* Ring Light Adapter for PZMIV
MSI-150 Illuminator w/ diaphragm, filter holder (115 V, 60 Hz) SI-72-8 Flexible Light Guide, 72 in. (183 cm) Requires L-32-32
MSI-150Z Illuminator w/ diaphragm, filter holder (230 V, 50 Hz) SI-40-8 Flexible Light Guide, 40 in. (102 cm) Requires L-32-32
NOVA-186 NOVAFLEX Illuminator & Bifurcated Light Guide L-32-32 Lens for SI-40-8 and SI-72-8
LIGHT GUIDES AND ACCESSORIES ST-HA Infrared Blocking Filter for MSI-150
500186 Bifurcated Light Guide (with lenses) 5475 Adapter for SMA-terminated Fiber Optic Cables
R-8-8-WPI01 Ring Light Guide for PZM and PZMIII Series* EJA Replacement Lamp, 150 Watt
*Requires adapter #13338 for use with PZM, PZMII and PZMIII. * A ring light adapter is included with each PZMIII and PZMIV microscope.
Fiber Optic Illuminator controls MSI-150 SPECIFICATIONS
light color and intensity

LAMP TYPE EJA (150 W)
INPUT VOLTAGE 115 V or 230 V
INPUT FREQUENCY 50/60 Hz
OUTPUT LAMP VOLTAGE 21 VAC
LAMP COLOR TEMPERATURE 3350K

This versatile 150 W halogen high-intensity fiber optic
illuminator features a quick change lamp module for easy access
and fast replacement. A solid state dimmer adjusts voltage,
 extends lamp life, and changes color temperature. A mechanical
diaphragm allows color temperature to remain constant as light
output changes. EJA lamp (included) provides optimum light
output. Light guides available separately.
Light guides
available separately
 Flexible Light Guides SI-40-8 and SI-72-8, with 8 mm diam‑

eter fiber and non-metallic sheath, are suitable for use in a
ID: 58 mm Faraday cage. (Lens L-32-32 available separately.)
 Ring Light R-8-8-WPI01 can be used with PZM Stereo
 Microscope for shadow-free illumination. 18-in. (46 cm) flexible
cable
L-32-32  Filter holder accepts two 20 mm x 2 mm filters (not incuded).
l Holds specimen at
any temperature,
from -20° to 100°C
l Digital display of
set-up and operating
temperatures
l Control to within
0.1°C
Sensors mounted on the stage
provide temperature monitoring
for control purposes and safety.
The safety sensors prevent
overheating in case of failure of
cooling water supply or other
malfunction.
The controller produces
a maximum of 10 Amps at
approximately 5 volts DC for
the thermoelectric modules in
the stage. Output polarity is
automatically reversed when the
stage requires a change from
Thermoelectric Stage Insert

TS-4 is a thermoelectric (Peltier) device and has the mechanical stage of the microscope in the heating and cooling. During set-up the digital
no moving parts. Only AC current and a trickle same manner as a slide. The thermal stage can display indicates the control temperature being
of running water are needed for operation. therefore be moved relative to the optics by the selected. The actual temperature is displayed
Available in two versions (TS-4, range -20° to normal mechanical stage controls. A hole in the during operation.
+60°C, and TS-4ER, range -20° to +100°C), metal plate permits the use of transmitted light. The thermometer circuitry in the TS-4 can
the device consists of a stage, a controller, and Water is required for removal of excess heat also be used as an independent instrument,
an optional pump unit. from the stage. The two water tubes have self- either with the microprobe supplied or with any
The stage is a thin, nickel-coated copper sealing connections to prevent spills. Running type T thermocouple sensor. A switch on the
plate with a thermoelectric module mounted water from a tap can be used. If tap water is front panel allows easy selection of the external
on one side. The plastic base is the same size not easily accessible, the optional pump and sensor. Range of the thermometer is -100° to
and thickness as a glass slide and fits onto tank unit is compact and convenient. +200°C.
TS-4 Thermal Microscope Stage & Controller

TS-4ER Thermal Microscope Stage & Controller (extended range)
TPC-4/PTU Thermal Microscope Stage with Pump & Tank Unit TS-4 SPECIFICATIONS
TPC-4ER/PTU Thermal Microscope Stage (extended range) w/ Pump & Tank Unit STAGE 11/4 x 11/2 in. (32 x 38 mm)
TPC-4SPD Thermal Microscope Stage, accommodates 35 mm petri dish TEMP. CONTROLLED SURFACE 16 oz. (454 g) including leads
TS-4SPDER Thermal Microscope Stage (extended range) 35 mm petri dish WEIGHT Copper, nickel plated, 5 ft (1.5 m)
TPC-4LPD Thermal Microscope Stage, accommodates 100 mm petri dish LEAD
Specify line voltage CONTROLLER
TEMP. RANGE -22° C to +60° C
RESOLUTION 0.1°C
POWER CONSUMPTION Approx. 100 Watts
DIMENSIONS 8 x 7 x 17 in. (20 x 18 x 43 cm)
WEIGHT 17 lb (7.7 kg)
THERMOMETER
TEMP. RANGE -100° C to +200° C
RESOLUTION 0.1° C
SENSOR Type T thermocouple
TS-4LPD — Designed to accomo- TS-4SPD — Designed to accomodate

date a 60mm or 100mm petri dish. a 35mm petri dish. Collar may be For more configuration options, please see the WPI
Range: -5 to 60 °C. removed for temperature controlled Web site or contact microscopes@wpiinc.com
slide applications. Range: -15 to 60 °C
(TS-4SPDER: -15 to 85 °C).
Precision Heater Controller
Smart, electrically quiet air heater for live cell
imaging systems and custom incubators
Maintenance of the desired temperature
set-point can now be achieved through the
use of a precision, shielded temperature
probe coupled to a peripheral Air-Therm
heating unit.
Precision: Noise is a major concern
in any experimental application. WPI's
Air-Therm™ is electrically quiet as well as

acoustically quiet). Since the Air-Therm
can be placed away from the incubator,
any residual electrical and vibrational
interference from the heater is virtually
eliminated. Accuracy of ±0.1°C can be
routinely maintained at the sample site
(using a fully programmable differential
algorithm to automatically adjust the
temperature on the Air-Therm unit). Air-
Therm maintains a uniform temperature
across the microscope stage (allowing for
uniform heating of multiwell dishes). These
tight tolerances result in minimal focal drift
once sample/incubator equilibrium has
been achieved. Furthermore, because of the
airflow pattern and temperature uniformity,
the incubator temperature rapidly readjusts
following the opening of incubator doors
(e.g., during sample changing/manipulation
or microscope hardware manipulation).
Glass Bottom Dishes: For high
numerical aperture (NA) live-cell imaging,
cells must be plated on glass (e.g., WPI’s
FluoroDish Glass Bottom Dishes, spotting
0.17 mm glass thickness) or standard
cover slips. Since cover slips inherit
other problems associated with sterility
and accidental damage to expensive
microscope condensers, WPI designed new
and improved glass bottom dishes (35 mm
x 10 mm or 35 mm X 22 mm) that are not cytotoxic. A special adhesive the (Air-Therm controlled) recording chamber. This is a comfort level that
in conjunction with an advanced dish design makes the FluoroDish the hitherto was unattainable by scientists and clinical researchers since cells
only non-cytotoxic glass dish in the world. See page 76. This means that will have to be transported from the culture dishes on to cover slips just
cells can actually be cultured for 4 to 5 days in the same dish and then prior to imagery or attaching patch electrodes.
carry the complete cell culture with media from the incubator directly into Chamber: The most problematic aspect of any live cell imaging
procedure or patch clamp approach is the thermal drift of high
magnification lenses caused by temperature fluctuations in the
microscope's environment. It is necessary to constantly readjust the focus
AIR-THERM SPECIFICATIONS during image acquisition due to this thermal-drift, introducing artifacts
AIR FLOW RATE 20 to 50 CFM (0.55 to 1.4 cubic meter/M) during quantitative microscopy due to the photo-bleaching that occurs
during refocusing. The optimal solution to this problem is to use WPI’s Air-
CONTROL TEMP. RANGE Ambient to 60°C
Therm temperature controller connected to a Plexiglas or acrylic chamber
TEMPERATURE RESOLUTION 0.1 °C
that encloses the entire imaging area (or at least the objectives and the
TEMPERATURE ACCURACY 0.2 °C stage). Using such a chamber will result in highly stable temperature
CONTROL MODES (a) Auto (PID set manually, or Self-Tune) control and minimal thermal drift.
(b) Manual tune
ANALOG OUTPUT 0.5°C resolution
FOR CHART RECORDER 0-10V, 0 to 100 C (default, adjustable via AIRTHERMY-ATX Air-Therm Heater 120 V, U.S.
controller) AIRTHERMZ-ATX Air-Therm Heater 240 V Specify line cord
2 pieces of 4.5 ft clear, coil-reinforced heater hose included with Air-Therm.
HEATING VOLUME More than 4 cu ft (85 liter), non-circulating
Specify Line (Mains) Voltage
POWER (CE) 300 W, 95-135 V or 220-240 V, 50/60 Hz
DIMENSIONS 61⁄2 x 8 x 71⁄2 in. (15.5 x 21 x 19 cm)
15590 Clear hose, 2.5” diam., 4.5 ft
SHIPPING WEIGHT 10 lb (4.5 kg) 300276 Replacement platinum temperature probe
3491 5 ft (1.5m) probe extension cable
Heated and Cooled Stage Inserts
Accurate and reliable specimen
temperature control
Cooled stage insert

● Accurate, reliable temperature control using peltier “heat pump”
● Controller can be tuned to achieve ±3ºC from ambient down to 10ºC
● High thermal conductivity material for uniform temperature distribution
● All solid-state electronics for long-life
The heated stage insert maintains the temperature of a petri dish or slide COOLED STAGE SPECIFICATIONS
on a microscope from ambient to 50ºC ±0.1ºC. A 24-heating element
Temperature Ambient to 10ºC
array maintains the temperature of the stage.
Accuracy ±0.1ºC
The cooled inserted stage achieves ±3ºC from ambient down to 10ºC.
Power 115/230 VAC, 50/60 Hz
A Peltier “heat pump” maintains the temperature of the stage. The heat is
removed from the cooled insert stage by a water cooled heat exhanger Cooled Stage INSERT
Thickness 3 mm thick
that requires a water supply with an 8‑mL/min flow rate.
OD Dependent on microscope
These two stages will fit most inverted and standard microscopes with
Controller Dimensions 75 x 200 x 140 mm
circular inserts.
HxWxD (2.3 x 7.9 x 5.5 in)
Weight 0.65 kg (1.4 lb)
Heated stage insert

Heated Stage Inserts have the following standard options:
● 24 heating elements arranged in parallel for very high reliability
Diameter 110 mm for Olympus IX, IMT2
● High thermal conductivity material for uniform temperature distribution 108 mm for Nikon Diaphot, Eclipse
● Direct contact bewteen heated insert surface and petri dish/slide 100 mm for WPI Inverted Microscope
● All solid-state electronics for long-life Aperture 6 mm, 16 mm
Cooled Stage Inserts have the following standard options:
HEATED STAGE SPECIFICATIONS Diameter 108 mm for Nikon Diaphot, Eclipse
Aperture 6 mm, 16 mm
Temperature Ambient to 50ºC
Accuracy ±0.1ºC When ordering, please specify your choices from the standard
Power 115/230 VAC, 50/60 Hz options above by replacing “xxx” with the diameter of insert and YY
HEATed STAGE Insert with diameter of aperture hole in millimeters. In the order number,
Thickness 3 mm thick “BE” represents bottom entry wires for microscope mounting, and
OD Dependent on microscope “SE” represents side entry wires for bench mounting.
Controller Dimensions 75 x 200 x 140 mm
HxWxD (2.3 x 7.9 x 5.5 in) 14417-F-xxx-yy Heated Stage Insert & Controller
Weight 0.65 kg (1.4 lb)
14417-F-xxx-yy-SE Heated Stage Insert & Controller
500820-F-xxx-yy Cooled Stage Insert & Controller
Transparent Heated Stage Insert

The transparent heated stage allows better visibility of the stage area. The
heating element is incorporated in transparent glass with see-through area of
80 mm in diameter. Temperature control box is included with the stage.
TempERATURE Range Ambient to ~ 40 deg C

TempERATURE Accuracy Stability 0.1 deg C
Accuracy 0.5 deg C (user adjustable offsets
for calibration in situ)
Power 24V, ~10W
Heated Stage Thickness 0.8 mm glass
See-through Area 80 mm diameter
502032 Transparent Heated Stage insert, 108 mm diam., for microscope stage mounting, including temperature control box
502033 Transparent Heated Stage insert, 110 mm diam., for microscope stage mounting, including temperature control box
502034 Transparent Heated Stage insert, 110 mm diam., for bench mounting, including raised stand* and temperature control box
* Specify required height of stand
Digital Eyepiece
Camera
Cap
e s XLI k for
ud ec
Incl re — ch ine
w a onl
soft etails
d
USB CAM-3M
Colour CMOS QXGA (3.1 Mpixel) Camera
DEC-18
Digital Eyepiece Cameras provide an easy and economical solution

Digital Microscope
for capturing digital video from the microscope and recording it in your
computer. The image is taken from the ocular port, so there is no need for
Camera
the microscope to have a separate photo port. It can be used on any type
This high performance camera incorporates a half-inch 2048 x 1536
of microscope. Since the camera connects directly to the computer’s USB
(QXGA) image array and an on-chip 10-bit A/D convertor capable of
port, no video capture card is necessary. The diameter of the field of view
operating up to 7.5 frames per second (fps) with full resolution and 20 fps
in the primary image plane for the digital camera is up to 18 mm.
at XGA (1024 x 768) resolution. The camera uses USB 2.0 connectivity to
ScopePhoto software aids in analysis of the captured images. transfer images to the user’s computer. The simple plug-and-play software
l Image archival with data attachment (*.PTL format, other formats are allows the resolution to be changed easily.
also supported).
l Optical black level calibration l Video or snapshot operations
l Image capture through VFW and Twain interface.
l Auto Exposure l Auto Gain Control l Auto White Balance
l Image cut-&-paste from image to image, image to file.
l Variable Frame Rate
l Image basic operations like other similar software are included in the
l On-chip R/G/B channel and luminence average counter
Image menu.
l Power on reset and power down mode l Integral IR filter
l Image layer operation specially designed for the measurement
operation. l USB 2.0 “B” type connector l Standard adjustable C-mount
DEC-18 Digital Eyepiece Camera USBCAM-3M 3.1 Megapixel Digital Microscope Camera
DIGITAL CAMERA SPECIFICATIONS XLICap software has many

unique features for still and live
DEC-18 USBCAM-3M
image capture
IMAGE SENSOR 1
/3" CMOS 350K pixels 1
/2" CMOS, 3.1 M pixels
MAX RESOLUTION (still) 640 x 480 (Still) 2048 x 1536, 1024 x 768
l Simple layout with toolbar for common
(motion) 2048 x 1536 @ 7.5 fps;
functions
MAX RESOLUTION (motion) 640 x 480, 15 fps; 320 x 240, 30 fps
1024 x 768 @ 20 fps l Pan and Zoom with selectable
VIEW FIELD Inscribed rectangle of ∅18 mm Inscribed rectangle of ∅18 mm magnification
USAGE Ocular-tube, photo-tube C-mount only l Selectable image Resolutions
Dynamic range >52 dB
l Mirror / Flip / Rotate Image options
SENSITIVITY 2.7 v/lux-sec@green
2.1 v/lux-sec@red 1 v/lux-sec l Save images in a variety of formats
2.0 v/lux-sec@blue l Record live videos
FILE FORMAT BMP, TIFF, JPG, PICT, PTL BMP, TIFF, JPG l Email a screen shot instantly
EXPOSURE Automatic Automatic/Manual
SHUTTER CONTROL Automatic Automatic/Manual
l On-screen annotation and time/date
INTERFACE USB cable of length 2 m USB cable of length 2 m stamping
SYSTEM REQUIREMENT Windows XP Windows XP, Service Pack 2 l Freeze the image at any time
Driver for USB 1.0, compatible with USB 2.0; l Copy to clipboard and paste into other
SOFTWARE Driver for USB 2.0; XLICap software
ScopePhoto software applications
WEIGHT 4.8 oz without eyepiece adapter 4.8 oz
CAMERA SIZE Cylindrical, @ 50 mm 86 x 30 x 60 mm
l Automatic one-touch white balance
CAMERA BODY Anodized aluminum Anodized aluminum l Colour or black and white mode
Accessories 30 mm, 30.5 mm adapter C-mount required on microscope l Save and restore Custom Preference
WHITE BALANCE Tungsten, Fluorescent Tungsten, Fluorescent Profiles
Color Video Camera for Microscopy
l Sensitivity of 0.2 lux @ f1.2 COLCAM
l Resolution of 470 TV lines Specifically chosen for its high quality video
l No burn in, no image lag, no geometric imaging and large 1⁄2” CCD (8mm), the Colcam
distortion. is the clear choice for WPI Trinocular
l Magnetically shielded. microscopes. This camera was
l Composite video out at 1 Vpp @ 75 ohms. specifically detailed for use with
WPI standard C-mount couplers
l Power consumption under <2W @ 12VDC
to assure the quality capture of
l S/N ratio 52 dB, typ., 60 dB max. still images and video. COLCAM
l Gamma of .45. incorporates the latest CCD
l Operating temperature range of –20 to 50°C. image sensor for color signal
l White balance color temperature switchable output to “NTSC” (North American) A high signal-to-noise ratio of
or “PAL” (European) video systems. 50 dB permits clear images with
l Includes standard tripod mount, power
supply, 6-ft (~2m) BNC cable, RCA adaptor. low light levels. A C-mount is required
for use with microscopes. Includes a
standard tripod mount, power supply and 6-ft
COLCAMNTSC Color CCD Video Camera (120 V, US plug)
BNC-terminated cable with an RCA adaptor.
COLCAMPAL-B Color CCD Video Camera (240 V, British plug)
(Lens not included.)
COLCAMPAL-Z Color CCD Video Camera (240 V, Euro plug)
Microscope Mount: Please specify model of microscope when requesting a quote.
See COLCAM mounted on PZMIII
If PAL is needed in 120V line systems or NTSC in 240V mains systems, please specify.
microscope, page 212.
COLCAM SPECIFICATIONS VCAM (b&w) SPECIFICATIONS

NTSC PAL EIA CCIR
Image Device 1/2-inch CCD 1/2-inch CCD 1/2-inch CCD 1/2-inch CCD
Picture Elements 811 x 508 795 x 596 811 x 508 795 x 596
Scanning System 525 lines, 60 fields / sec 625 lines, 50 fields / sec 525 lines, 60 fields / sec 625 lines, 50 fields / sec
Minimum Illumination 0.2 Lux/F1.2 (5600°K) 0.02 Lux -6 dB output acceptable illumination 0.01 Lux
Resolution 470 TV lines 600 TV lines
Dimensions 35 x 35 x 42 mm (1.4" x 1.4" x 1.7") 42 x 48 x 95 mm (1.7" x 1.9" x 3.7"), excluding connectors
Weight < 300 g 390 g
Monochrome Video Camera for Microscopy

l Sensitivity of 0.05 lux @ f1.2 VCAMBW monochrome camera is available 1.0
Relative Response
l Resolution is 600 horizontal TV lines for either EIA (North American) or CCIR 0.9
(European) video systems. Resolution is 600 0.8

l No burn in, no image lag, no geometric
horizontal TV lines. High 50 dB signal-to-noise 0.7
distortion.
ratio permits clear images with low light levels. 0.6
l Magnetically shielded. Includes, power supply and 6-ft BNC-terminated 0.5
l Composite video out at 1 Vpp @ 75 ohms. cable with an RCA adaptor and has excellent IR 0.4
l Power consumption 3W @ 12VDC response 0.3
0.2
l Internal configurations for gamma, shutter
0.1
speed, and AGC on/manual.
0.0
400 500 600 700 800 900 1000
l Operating temperature range of –20 to
55°C. Wavelength (nm)
l 50 dB S/N ratio
l External sync 0.5 Vpp or composite input
Microscope Mount: Please specify model of micro-
l Includes standard tripod mount, power scope when requesting a quote.
supply and 6-ft (~2m) BNC cable and RCA
adaptor. If PAL is needed in 120V line systems or NTSC in
240V mains systems, please specify.
VCAMBWNTSC B&W CCD Video Camera (120 V, US plug)
VCAMBWPAL-B B&W CCD Video Camera (240 V, British plug)
VCAMBWPAL-Z B&W CCD Video Camera (240 V, Euro plug)
Pumps & Fluid Handling
Peristaltic Pumps
Peri-StarTM Pro Peristaltic Pump. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
MityFlex Peristaltic Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Mini-Star™ Miniature DC Meristaltic Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Vacuum Pump
LV140 Vacuum Pump. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
PUMPS, FLUID HANDLING
Laboratory Syringe Pumps

Aladdin Syringe Pumps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
SP Series Syringe Pumps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Eagle Pipetters
Eagle Pipetters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Universal Pipette Tips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Remote Micro Syringe Pump / Stereotaxic Injection

UltraMicroPump II Microsyringe Pump. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
DMP & MMP Manual Microsyringe Pumps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Oocyte Injection
Nanoliter 2000 Microprocessor Controlled Injector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Single and Multi-channel Micro Pressure Injection

PV820 Pneumatic PicoPump. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
PV830 Pneumatic PicoPump. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Supplies & Tools

Syringes for SP Series and Aladdin Series. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Syringes, Microvolume, for UltraMicroPump II. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Pressure Manometers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
NanoFil™ Specialty Microsyringe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
µTip™ Micropipettes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Micro Cannula. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
MicroFil™ Non-metallic Syringe Needles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Which pump is right for you?
WPI carries a wide variety of fluid handling tools encourage you to phone or email us and speak applications of the pump or technical aspects
utilizing three different technologies: peristaltic to a tech support specialist. In the meantime, that are more properly discussed in a technical
pumps, syringe pumps and pneumatic we have tried to simplify the process by listing manual than a catalog entry. We frequently
injectors. The range of applications and the all of the pumps and injectors in a chart that use the terms Infuse/Withdraw (I/W), Push/Pull
criteria by which one selects a particular pump sorts them by technology, flow range and and RS232, and these terms are defined below.
or injector is broad and complex and we special features. Special features tell you about Many of the syringe pumps can be had with
an alarm option that alerts the user to end of
travel or blocked flow and a “P” option that
allows programmable flow and volume profiles
without using the RS232 computer interface.
Infuse/Withdraw: Describes a feature of
a syringe pump whereby the syringe plunger
is held by the pusher so the motor can pull
the plunger back, withdrawing fluid as well as
pushing the plunger to infuse it.

Push/ Pull: Again, a feature of syringe
pumps which use two syringes mounted back
to back so movement of the pusher block will
simultaneously withdraw fluid into one syringe
and infuse an equal amount from the other.
RS232: This is a serial interface. Some pumps
in the WPI line can be addressed by computer.
Simple programs can be created to control the
pump rate, the overall volume. Flow ramps or
other profiles and temporal sequences can be
written. In addition, pumps can be daisy-chained
together to create a pump network. In such a
network, each pump has its own address and
can be addressed separately by the program.
Number of
Pump Type Fluid Range Special features
Channels
Peripro-2H Peristaltic 0.8 - 300 mL/min 2 Calibrated output Replaceable tubing cartridges
Peripro-4H Peristaltic 0.8 - 300 mL/min 4 Calibrated output Replaceable tubing cartridges
Peripro-4L Peristaltic 0.01-80 mL/min 4 Calibrated output Replaceable tubing cartridges
Peripro-8L Peristaltic 0.01-80 mL/min 8 Calibrated output Replaceable tubing cartridges
MityFlex Peristaltic 1.7-800 mL/min 1 High Volume
MINISTAR Peristaltic 0.006- 37 mL/min 1 Compact design, Remote control
AL1000 Syringe 0.000073-1699 mL/hr 1 Push/pull
AL2000 Syringe 0.000073-1699 mL/hr 2 Push/pull (2 networked pumps)
SP100i Syringe 0.0001-519 mL/hr 1 Basic 1 Channel
SP101i Syringe 0.001 µL/hr – 35mL/min 2 Micro Dialysis application
SP200i Syringe 0.001µL/hr - 145 mL/min 2 RS232 TTL/Footswitch
SP220i Syringe 0.001µL/hr - 21 mL/min 10 RS232 Infuse Only
SP250i Syringe 0.001µL/hr - 21 mL/min 4 RS232 Infuse Only
SP210iw Syringe 0.001µL/hr - 145 mL/min 2 RS232 Infuse/Withdraw
SP230iw Syringe 0.001µL/hr - 21 mL/min 10 RS232 Infuse/Withdraw
SP120p Syringe 0.1 µL/hr – 127 mL/hr 1+1 push pull, single cycle
SP260p Syringe 0.001µL/hr - 86 mL/min 2+2 RS232 push pull, single cycle
SP210c Syringe 0.001µL/hr - 86 mL/min 2+2 RS232 push pull, continuous
UMP2 Syringe 0.03nL/min - 10 µL/sec 1 Ultra Micro Infuse/Withdraw RS232
B203XV Syringe Bolus, 2.3-69 mL/Injection 1 Oocyte Injector, Infuse only
MMP Syringe Manual 100 µL-1mL syringe 1 Manual
DMP Syringe Manual 100 µL-1mL syringe 1 Digital readout Micrometer
Bolus/Continuous Pressure,
PV820 Pneumatic 1 Injection Pressure and Holding Pressure
Duration and Pipette dependent
Bolus/Continuous Pressure,
PV830 Pneumatic 1 Injection Pressure and Holding Pressure and Vacuum
Duration and Pipette dependent
Peri-Star Pro ™
High performance digital peristaltic pump at an

affordable price!
l Display either rotation speed

(RPM) or flow rate (mL/min)
l Wide flow range: 0.01 -

280 mL/min
l Accuracy of flow rate: 0.5%

using self calibration function
l Accuracy of speed: 0.1 rpm
l Large backlit digital LCD

display
l Programmable for all tubing

sizes between 0.8 mm and
6.4 mm ID
l Easy and fast tubing

replacement using snap-on
cartridges
l Membrane keypad allows easy

programming while protecting
controls from fluid entry
l Actively driven rollers by

planetary gears for long
lasting tubing life.
Peri-Star™ Pro peristaltic pumps provide

accurate and precise pumping with convenience
and versatility. Peri-Star Pro can be run in either
flow rate mode (mL/min) or rotation speed
mode (rpm). For good laboratory practice,
pumps must be calibrated after changing the remote control mode simultaneously. Water 4-roller version for high flow and an 8-roller
tubing and solution. Users can easily calibrate resistant membrane keypad allows easy version for lower volumes while providing high
Peri-Star Pro to deliver flow as accurate as programming while protecting LCD display and pressure with minimal pulsations.
0.5% in a wide flow range from 0.01 mL/min controls from fluid entry. A unique planetary gear design with eight
to 280 mL/min. Under rotation speed mode, Built-in Human Machine Interface (HMI) with actively driven rollers (four rollers for higher
the digitally controlled stepping motor provides screen instructions in plain English steps users flow rate model), together with independent
accurate and reproducible operation with 0.1% through initial setup, calibration and operating tubing compression fine adjustment, greatly
rpm both forward and in reverse. procedures. The user-friendly interface reduces increases flow accuracy and prolongs tubing
Large backlit digital LCD display provides the need to frequently check the printed life. Snap-on cartridges allow tubing to be
readouts of rotation direction, flow rate or manual for instruction and reference. changed quickly without cross contamination of
rotation speed, tubing ID, drive status and Peri-Star Pro is available in two versions: a solutions.
Available in 2-, 4‑ and 8-channel versions

Pump head for Pump head for
PERIPRO-2H and PERIPRO-4L and
PERIPRO-2H-220 PERIPRO-4L-220
(2 channels, 4 rollers) (4 channels, 8 rollers)
Pump head for Pump head for

PERIPRO-4H and PERIPRO-8L and
PERIPRO-4H-220 PERIPRO-8L-220
(4 channels, 4 rollers) (8 channels, 8 rollers)
NEW PERI-STAR PRO PUMPS

Peri-Star PRO Specifications PERIPRO-2H Peri-StarTM Pro, 2-channel, High Rate, Large Tubing
Peri-Star Pro 2H / 4H Peri-Star Pro 4L / 8L PERIPRO-2H-220 Peri-StarTM Pro, 2-channel, High Rate, Large Tubing (220V)
(High Rate) (Low Rate) PERIPRO-4H Peri-StarTM Pro, 4-channel, High Rate, Large Tubing
PERIPRO-4H-220 Peri-StarTM Pro, 4-channel, High Rate, Large Tubing (220V)
Number of rollers 4 8
PERIPRO-4L Peri-StarTM Pro, 4-channel, Low Rate, Small Tubing
Number of channels 2–4 4–8 PERIPRO-4L-220 Peri-StarTM Pro, 4-channel, Low Rate, Small Tubing (220V)
Rotor Speed Range 1–100 rpm 1–100 rpm PERIPRO-8L Peri-StarTM Pro, 8-channel, Low Rate, Small Tubing
PERIPRO-8L-220 Peri-StarTM Pro, 8-channel, Low Rate, Small Tubing (220V)
0.8–280 mL/min 0.01–80 mL/min
Fluid Flow range
#17 Tubing: 3.5–280 mL/min #14 Tubing: 0.2–18 mL/min OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
503049 Replacement Tubing Cartridge, Large
Tubing range 3.1–6.4 mm ID 0.5–2.4 mm ID
503050 Replacement Tubing Cartridge, Small
SELF-CALIBRATION Yes Yes 503022 Replacement Silicone Tubing, 1m, 1.6 mm I.D., #14, with stops
Working Environment 0–45°C, Humidity < 80% 0–45°C, Humidity < 80% 503023 Replacement –Silicone Tubing, 1m, 6.4 mm I.D., #17
Power 110 V or 220 V AC, 50 - 60 Hz 110 V or 220 V AC, 50 - 60 Hz
503120 TTL Control Module
Dimensions 190 x 162 x 275 mm 190 x 162 x 275 mm

Shipping weight 11 lb / 5 kg 11 lb / 5 kg
MityFlex The MityFlex is an economical, variable speed, peristaltic pump that can
handle a wide variety of viscosities from air to gases to heavy slurries,
with consistent displacement.
Peristaltic Pump This pump can be used for fluid transfer or for metering applications. By
varying the tubing a wide range of flow rates can be achieved. This is a
great value for medium to high flow applications.
MITYFLEX Specifications
NUMBER OF Rollers 2
Flow rate 1.7 to 800 mL/min. Variable speed-reversable
RPM range 8-228
Flow rates Tubing I.D. Flow Rate Masterflex Equiv.
1
/16 in. 1.7-48 mL/min* #14
1
/8 in. 7-190 mL/min #16
3
/16 in. 16-456 mL/min #25
1
/4 in. 28-800 mL/min #17
POWER 115 VAC / 60 Hz or 220 VAC / 50 Hz

Dimensions 22.6 x 14.2 x 19 cm (8.9 x 5.6 x 7.5 in.)
Shipping Weight 3.6 kg (8 lb)
* To use /8 -in. or 1/16 -in. tubing, MITY-KIT is required.
1
500282 MityFlex Peristaltic Pump (110 V)

Included with the MityFlex are four short lengths of Norprene™ tubing to fit into the 500283 MityFlex Peristaltic Pump (220 V)
roller mechanism — 1/16", 1/8", 3/16", 1/4" — and black rollers for use with 3/16" to 1/4" tub- MITY-KIT Replacement Parts Kit with Rollers
ing. The optional MITY-KIT includes replacement tubing and a set of red rollers for MITY-KIT includes 4 short lengths of Norprene™ tubing to fit into the roller
use with 1/16" and 1/8" tubing. Norprene is a trademark of Saint-Gobain Performance Plastics Corp. mechanism — 1/16", 1/8", 3/16", 1/4" — and red rollers for use with 1/16" tubing.
Mini★Star™
Miniature DC Peristaltic Pump
This compact and lightweight peristaltic pump fits just about
anywhere. It can be mounted directly on the bench, in a regular
rack or to a post. The MiniStar’s speed can be adjusted from 1rpm
to 50 rpm. With recommended silicone tubing, the volume can be
set from 0.006 mL/min to 37 mL/min. The MiniStar also features
a hand held remote control that allows users to start and stop the
pump, purge or adjust its speed and direction.
MINISTAR SPECIFICATIONS
Channel 1
Speed 1-50.0 rpm, forward/reverse
Flow range 0.006~37 mL/min
Resolution 1 rpm (0.1 rpm computer control)
Speed control Remote control
Display Indicators for status and speed
Power 12 V DC (110/220 VAC adapter incl.)
Working condition Temperature 0-40°C, humidity < 80%
Tubing Two-stop Silicone
Wall Thickness 0.8~1.0 mm
Outer Diameter ≤ 4.8mm
Dimension of driver 135×72×72 mm (L×W×H)
Dimension of remote control 105×50×16 mm (L×W×H)
Weight of driver 0.5 Kg
MINISTAR Miniature Peristaltic Pump, 1-channel

503120 TTL Control Module
503121 Silicone Tubing w stops, 2.4mm ID x 0.8mm wall x 1 m (5-pk)
503122 Silicone Tubing w stops, 1mm ID x 1mm wall x 1 m (5-pk)
Aladdin
Programmable
Syringe Pump
● Programmable
● Economical
● Versatile
● More Features

● Dual Pumping Action
The Aladdin was developed after years of design experience

responding to researchers’ requests on what an Infusion/
Withdrawal pump should be.
Need a pump for two syringes? Two Aladdin pumps when daisy-chained
ALADDIN SPECIFICATIONS are more efficient and affordable than any competitor’s dual syringe models.
SYRINGE SIZES 1-60 mL, or 0.5-5 µL micro syringes Two Aladdins (Al-2000) will perform as a dual infusion/withdrawal pump,
NUMBER OF SYRINGES 1, 6, or 8, depending on model a double pump for infusing at different rates, a push/pull pump with one
infusing and one withdrawing at the same or different rates, two independent
MOTOR TYPE Step Motor, 1/8 to 1/2 step modes
pumps, or a master/slave pump. One Aladdin can even control the second for
STEPS PER REVOLUTIONS 400 continuous pumping with optional check valve set.
STEPPING (max. min.) 0.21 µm to 0.850 µm The Aladdin pump series will accept syringes from Becton Dickinson,
MOTOR TO DRIVE SCREW RATIO 15/28 Monoject, Terumo, and Air-Tite.
SPEED (max./min.) 5.1 cm/min / 0.0042 cm/hr AL-1000 Programmable Syringe Pump
PUMPING RATES 1699 mL/hr with 60 mL syringe, to AL-2000 Two AL1000 Syringe Pumps
0.73 µL/hr with 1 mL syringe
Includes GN-TTL Interconnecting Cable for push/pull or continuous
pumping. Valves not included.
MAXIMUM FORCE 35 lb at min. speed, 18 lb at max. speed
NUMBER OF PROGRAM PHASES 41 When ordering 220V models, specify UK, Euro or Australian line cord.
RS-232 PUMP NETWORK 100 pumps maximum OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
POWER supply Wall adapter 12V DC @ 850 mA GN-PC7 PC to pump cable, 7 ft
DIMENSIONS 22.9 x 14.6 x 11.4 cm GN-PC25 PC to pump cable, 25 ft
(8.75 x 5.75 x 4.5 in.)
GN-NET7 Pump-to-pump network cable, 7 ft
GN-NET25 Pump-to-pump network cable, 25 ft
WEIGHT 1.6 kg (3.6 lb)
GN-TTL Pump-to-pump reciprocating cable
ADPT2 Footswitch
The quietest, most compact LV140 SPECIFICATIONS
Vacuum Pump VACUUM

RATED PRESSURE
RATED AIRFLOW
-53.3 kPa (-15.75 in. Hg)
—
2.5 L/min (0.088 cfm)
These linear-motor-driven free piston air
MAXIMUM PRESSURE —
compressors and vacuum pumps are designed
LIFE EXPECTANCY 3000 hours or more
with many technological breakthroughs. The
NOISE LEVEL 40 dB(A) or less
compressors and pumps are compact, ultra-
quiet and vibration-free. They feature a quick OUTLET Micro Coupler Socket
start-off response, small output air pulsation INLET Micro Coupler Socket
and low power consumption. In addition, these DUTY CYCLE 60 minutes
also have a long working life of up to 3000 DIMENSIONS 145 x 106 x 134 mm
hours and can be easily maintained. They are WEIGHT 2.3 kg
perfect as either pressure or vacuum sources
for a wide range of applications, including
filtration, bubbling, and pneumatic driving. The LV140-Y Vacuum Pump (120 V)
LV140 vacuum pump is suitable for WPI’s 900A LV140-Y Includes one fitting for 3/16-in. (4.75 mm) ID tubing.
Micropressure System and PV800 series pumps. (220V-240V version no longer available.)
Syringe Pumps
Microprocessor-controlled syringe pumps for applications requiring high metering
precision at low, pulse-free rates
Sturdy and reliable, extremely simple to set up and use — and surprisingly affordable. Liquid crystal
displays (LCDs) prompt you through setup: SP100i SPECIFICATIONS
1. Select syringe from table stored in the pump’s memory and displayed on the LCD.
Mode Infusion
2. Enter the volume to be dispensed. Syringe Size 10 µL to 60 mL (one)
3. Enter the flow rate, press “start.” Maximum Flow Rate 519 mL/hr
It’s fast and simple. Your settings are permanently stored in memory — there’s no need to re-
(60 mL Syringe)
enter them each day. SP pumps feature preset rate and volume control. Just set the volume you
want dispensed. Volume is tracked continuously on the LCD display. Then, when the preset volume
Minimum Flow Rate 0.1µL/hr

has been dispensed, the pump shuts off automatically. The easy-to-read digital display provides (10 µL Syringe)
real-time readings using both parameters and values for clearer, mistake-free readings. The SP200
Series pumps offer TTL and RS-232C interfaces and automatic shutoff under stall conditions. Linear Force 20 Ib (9 kg)
Advance Per Microstep 0.529 micron (1/2-step)
Maximum Step Rate 400 steps/sec
Single-Syringe Infusion Pump (1/2-step)
SP100i Minimum Step Rate

Accuracy
1 step/30 sec
< 1% error
This inexpensive single-syringe infusion pump
combines precision and simplicity with outstanding Reproducibility ± 0.1%
ease of use and durability. Dimensions 9 x 6 x 5.5 in.
● Holds any size syringe, 10 µL to 50 mL 23 x 15 x 14 cm
● Automatic volume control and shutoff Shipping Weight 7.5 Ib (3.4 kg)
● Simple menu-driven setup: dispense

volume, dispense flow rate, syringe Available 95-135 V or 220-240 V, 50/60 Hz
diameter (selected from displayed table)
● Last settings stored in permanent memory
● Continuous dispense volume display
Two-Syringe Microdialysis Pump

SP101i
Developed especially for use
SPECIFICATIONS in microdialysis experiments,
these pumps produce very
SP101i fine syringe movement. The
modified SP100i gearing
Mode Infusion features a sixfold gear
(Microdialysis) reduction compared to
Syringe Size 10 µL to 10 mL (two) standard models, allowing
pumping at much
Maximum Flow Rate 0.351 mL/min. smaller flow rates.
(10 mL Syringe) (See sensors such as
Minimum Flow Rate 0.001µL/min ISO-NO and Micro-
(10 µL Syringe) C for detection of
dialysates.) The
Linear Force 40 Ib (18 kg) SP101i is a dual
barrel infusion only
Advance Per Microstep 0.088 micron (1/2-step) pump.
Maximum Step Rate 400 steps/sec ● Holds two syringes, 10 µL to 10 mL
(1/2-step)
Minimum Step Rate 1 step/30 sec
Accuracy < 1% error
Reproducibility ± 0.1% SP100i Syringe Pump, Infusion (single), 95-135 V
SP100iZ Syringe Pump, Infusion (single), 220-240 V
Dimensions 9 x 6 x 5.5 in.
23 x 15 x 14 cm SP101i Syringe Pump, Microdialysis (double, slow speed), 95-135 V
SP101iZ Syringe Pump, Microdialysis (double, slow speed), 220-240 V
Shipping Weight 7.5 Ib (3.4 kg)
All 240-volt pumps are CE-approved.
Available 95-135 V or 220-240 V, 50/60 Hz ####-A Audible Alarm (add “A” to end of pump part number when ordering)
Two-Syringe Infusion Pump
SP200i
This feature-laden two-syringe
infusion pump combines a broad
SP200i SPECIFICATIONS speed range and holds a wide range
of syringe sizes to meet the
SP200i
requirements of virtually any
Mode Infusion laboratory application.
Syringe Size 10 µL to 140 mL (two) ● Holds two syringes, 10
Maximum Flow Rate 145 mL/min to 140 mL
(140 mL syringe) ● Backlit LCD display
● Knob locks/unlocks drive block for
Linear Force 40 Ib (18 kg) effortless, drag-free adjustment
Advance Per Microstep 0.165 micron ● Simple menu-driven setup: Syringe diameter (selected from
Maximum Step Rate 1600 steps/sec displayed table), Dispense volume, Dispense flow rate
Minimum Step Rate 1 step/100 sec ● Continuous dispense volume display
Accuracy < 1% error ● Preset volume control and automatic shutoff

Reproducibility ± 0.1%
● Settings can be reviewed or changed during operation SP220i SPECIFICATIONS
Dimensions 11 x 9 x 5.5 in. SP220i
● Optical encoder stall detection
28 x 23 x 14 cm
● Choice of unit selection Mode Infusion
Shipping Weight 12 Ib (5.4 kg)
Syringe Size 10 µL to 10 mL (ten)
Available 95-135 V or 220-240 V, 50/60 Hz 10 µL to 60 mL (six)
● Built-in RS-232C interface for computer linking or 10 µL to 140 mL (four)*
Maximum Flow Rate 21 mL/min (10 mL syringe)
Minimum Flow Rate 0.001µL/hr (10 µL Syringe )
Multi-Syringe Infusion Pump Linear Force 40 lb (18 kg)

Advance Per Microstep 0.165 micron
SP220i Maximum Step Rate 1600 steps/sec (1/2-step)
Ideal for applications requiring multiple syringes, this Accuracy < 1% error
pump has been modified to hold up to hold: Reproducibility ± 0.1%
● One to ten syringes up to 10 mL Dimensions 11 x 12 x 5.5 in.
● One to six syringes, 20 mL to 60 mL 28 x 30 x 14 cm
● One to four syringes, 100 mL to 140 mL. Shipping Weight 12.5 Ib (5.7 kg)
Available 95-135 V or 220-240 V, 50/60 Hz
Four-Syringe Nanoliter Infusion Pump

SP250i
Each syringe can be sized differently and is clamped
independently
● Holds four syringes, up to 10 mL each.
● Separate clamping accommodates different sizes.
SP250i SPECIFICATIONS ● Syringes may be positioned independently for
SP250i sequential dispensing by the pusher block.
Mode Infusion
Syringe Size 10 µL-10 mL (four)
(syringes may be
different sizes)
SP200i Syringe Pump,Infusion (double), 95-135 V
SP200iZ Syringe Pump,Infusion (double), 220-240 V
Maximum Flow Rate 20.91 mL/min
(10 mL syringe) SP220i Syringe Pump,Infusion (multiple), 95-135 V
SP220iZ Syringe Pump,Infusion (multiple), 220-240 V
SP250i Syringe Pump,Infusion (multiple, mixed volumes), 95-135 V
Linear Force 40 Ib (18 kg)
SP250iZ Syringe Pump,Infusion (multiple, mixed volumes), 220-240 V
####-A Audible Alarm (add “A” to end of pump part number when ordering)
####-P Programmable Ramp Option (SP200 Series) (add “P” to end of pump part number when ordering)
Accuracy < 1% error
Reproducibility ± 0.1% OPTIONAL CABLES
Dimensions 11 x 9 x 6 in. 15623 Serial cable, SP Pump-to-IBM 9-pin “D” connector
28 x 23 x 15 cm 15624 Serial cable, SP Pump-to-Macintosh connector
Shipping Weight 12 Ib (5.4 kg) 15676 Serial cable, SP Pump-to-IBM 25-pin “D” connector
13685 SP Pump-to-Pump “Daisy-Chain” linking cable, 7 ft
13962 Footswitch for SP200 Series Pumps
Two-Syringe Infusion/Withdrawal Pump SP210iw SPECIFICATIONS
SP210iw Mode Infusion/Withdrawal
The SP210iw offers you more advanced features Syringe Size 10 µL to 140 mL (two)*
than any other infusion/withdrawal pump in its Maximum Flow Rate 145 mL/min (140 mL syringe)
price range—including five operating modes Minimum Flow Rate 0.001µL/hr
plus independent rate and volume settings
Linear Force 40 Ib (18 kg)
for both infusion and withdrawal.
● All features of SP200i
● Independent rate and volume settings
for infusion and withdrawal
Accuracy < 1% error
● Multiple mode selection: infusion,
withdrawal, infusion then Reproducibility ± 0.1%
withdrawal, withdrawal then Dimensions 11 x 9 x 5.5 in.
infusion, or continuous cycle. 28 x 23 x 14 cm
Multi-Syringe Infusion/Withdrawal Pump

SP230iw SPECIFICATIONS
SP230iw SP230iw
Ideal for applications requiring multiple syringes, the Mode Infusion/Withdrawal
SP220i and SP230iw are adaptations of the SP200i Syringe Size 10 µL to 10 mL (ten)
and SP210iw, respectively. Each has been modified 10 µL to 60 mL (six)
to hold up to 10 syringes. 10 µL to 140 mL (four)*
● SP220i has all features of SP200i Maximum Flow Rate 21 mL/min (10 mL syringe)
● SP230iw has all features of Minimum Flow Rate 0.001µL/hr (10 µL Syringe )
SP210iw Linear Force 40 lb (18 kg)
● Both have the same multiple Advance Per Microstep 0.165 micron
syringe holder accommodating Maximum Step Rate 1600 steps/sec (1/2-step)
10 syringes up to 10 mL, or six
syringes up to 50 mL, or four
syringes up to 140 mL. Accuracy < 1% error
28 x 30 x 14 cm
Shipping Weight 12.5 Ib (5.7 kg)
SP210iw Syringe Pump, Infusion & Withdrawal (double), 95-135 V OPTIONAL CABLES
SP210iwZ Syringe Pump, Infusion & Withdrawal (double), 220-240 V 15623 Serial cable, SP Pump-to-IBM 9-pin “D” connector
SP230iw Syringe Pump, Infusion & Withdrawal (multiple), 95-135 V 15624 Serial cable, SP Pump-to-Macintosh connector
SP230iwZ Syringe Pump, Infusion & Withdrawal (multiple), 220-240 V 15676 Serial cable, SP Pump-to-IBM 25-pin “D” connector
All 240-volt pumps are CE-approved. 13685 SP Pump-to-Pump “Daisy-Chain” linking cable, 7 ft
####-A Audible Alarm (add “A” to end of pump part number when ordering)
####-P Programmable Ramp Option (SP200 Series) (add “P” to end of
pump part number when ordering)
Syringes with Luer Fitting (no needle)

WPI Part # Volume Description O.D.
ILS005LT 5 µL ILS 5 µL Gas-tight Luer tip 6.5 mm
ILS010LT 10 µL ILS 10 µL Gas-tight Luer-tip 6.5 mm
ILS025TLL 25 µL ILS 25 µL Gas-tight Luer tip* 8.0 mm
ILS050TLL 50 µL ILS 50 µL Gas-tight Teflon Luer Lock* 8.0 mm
300035 6/32 stability button for SP200 Series pumps
*Has 6/32 button thread. The 6/32 stability button allows the SP series pumps to drive the syringe plunger in a precise direction to
minimize variations in the syringe body/plunger offset.
ILS is a trademark of Innovative Labor Systeme.
Two-Syringe Push-Pull Pump SP120p SPECIFICATIONS
SP120p Mode Infusion/Withdrawal
Syringe Size 10 µL to 10 mL (two)
Maximum Flow Rate 125 mL/hr
(10 mL syringe)
A second syringe mount has been added
to the basic SP100i, with both syringes Minimum Flow Rate 0.1 µL/hr
activated by a single pusher block (10 µL Syringe )
for simultaneous infusion and Linear Force 20 lb (9 kg)
withdrawal. This pump has all the
features of the SP100i, plus: Advance Per Microstep 0.529 micron
● Holds two syringes, from 10 µL Maximum Step Rate 400 steps/sec

to 10 mL. (1/2-step)
Accuracy < 1% error

Four-Syringe Push-Pull Pump 23 x 15 x 14 cm
SP260p single cycle Available 95-135 V or 220-240 V, 50/60 Hz
The SP260p can hold up to four syringes and can cycle continuously back and forth in a
push-pull action. As two syringes are infusing, two other syringes are withdrawing at the
same rate. The SP260p is used for single-cycle applications only. With the use of 3-way
valves the pump can empty and refill syringes for a continuous dispense.
● Knob locks/unlocks drive block for effortless, drag-free adjustment
● Simple menu-driven setup: Syringe diameter (selected from displayed table), Dispense
volume, Dispense flow rate
● Continuous dispense volume display
● Preset volume control and automatic shutoff
● Settings can be reviewed or changed during operation
● Optical encoder stall detection
● Choice of unit selection
● Built-in RS-232C interface for computer linking or “daisy chaining” up to 100 pumps.
● TTL interface for foot switch, timer, relay control; outputs for run indicator, valve control
Continuous Cycle Syringe Pump

SP210c
The SP210c can hold up to four syringes and can action. As two syringes are infusing, two other
cycle continuously back and forth in a push-pull syringes are withdrawing at the same rate.
At the end of the set volume the direction is
automatically reversed and the next cycle begins.
SP260p & SP210c With the use of 3-way valves, the pump can
SPECIFICATIONS empty and refill syringes for a continuous
dispense.
Mode
SP260p Push-Pull (single cycle) ● Holds four syringes, 10 mL to 60 mL
SP210c Infusion/Withdrawal (continuous) each. With larger syringes the full
volume may not be usable. [With a 60
Syringe Size
mL syring, 40 mL is usable; with a 30 mL syringe,
SP260p 10 µL-60 mL (four) the full volume is usable.]
SP210c 10 µL-60 mL (four)
Maximum Flow Rate SP120p Syringe Pump,Infusion-Withdrawal (double), 95-135 V
SP260p 86 mL/min (60 mL syringe) SP120pZ Syringe Pump,Infusion-Withdrawal (double), 220-240 V
SP210c 86 mL/min (60 mL syringe) SP260p Syringe Pump,Infusion-Withdrawal (double) Single Cycle Action, 95-135 V
Minimum Flow Rate 0.001µL/hr SP260pZ Syringe Pump,Infusion-Withdrawal (double) Single Cycle Action, 220-240 V
Linear Force 40 Ib (18 kg) SP210c Syringe Pump,Infusion & Withdrawl (Continuous Action), 95-135 V
Advance Per Microstep 0.165 micron SP210cZ Syringe Pump,Infusion & Withdrawl (Continuous Action), 220-240 V
Minimum Step Rate 1 step/100 sec ####-A Audible Alarm (add “A” to end of pump part number when ordering)
Accuracy < 1% error
####-P Programmable Ramp Option (SP200 Series) (add “P” to end of pump part number when ordering)
Reproducibility ± 0.1% OPTIONAL CABLES
Dimensions 11 x 9 x 5.5 in. 15623 Serial cable, SP Pump-to-IBM 9-pin “D” connector
28 x 23 x 14 cm 15624 Serial cable, SP Pump-to-Macintosh connector
Shipping Weight 12 Ib (5.4 kg) 15676 Serial cable, SP Pump-to-IBM 25-pin “D” connector
Available 95-135 V or 220-240 V, 50/60 Hz 13685 SP Pump-to-Pump “Daisy-Chain” linking cable, 7 ft
UltraMicroPump II
Greater
plunger
travel
Syringe holder
holds wider
variety of
syringes (5.5
to 9 mm)
See FlexiFil™ — the Enclosed

recommended lead screw
microsyringe for
Manipulator not included.

in vivo injection
More stable
tip during
infusion
Micro syringes are

easily installed — just
snap the barrel into
the clamps. UMP2
accepts a range of
syringes from 0.5 µL
to 1 mL.
This versatile injector uses microsyringes to deliver picoliter volumes

Perfect for a wide range of applications
including intracellular injection, micro UMP2 SPECIFICATIONS
delivery of biochemical agents or dyes, cell (based on 10 µL syringe)
separation, and in vitro fertilization. TOTAL # OF STEPS 20,000 (63 mm travel)

MINIMUM DISPENSING VOLUME 0.58 nL / step
LINEAR MOTION PER STEP 3.175 microns
WEIGHT 325 g (11.5 oz)
MOUNTING ROD DIAMETERS 7.9 mm (0.31 in.)
CONTROLLER POWER REQUIREMENTS 2 amps, 12 V DC
See “Reproducible and Efficient Murine CNS Gene Delivery
Using a Microprocessor Controlled Injector,” A.I. Brooks et DIMENSIONS ø 32 mm x 190 mm
al., Journal of Neuroscience Methods, 80 (1998) 137-147. (ø 1.3 in. x 7.5 in.)
The world’s leading ultramicropump!
With its digital controller, UltraMicroPump II can dispense as little Smart Controller
as 600 picoliters per incremental advance of the syringe piston (using a
An Integral component in the UMP2 system is a microprocessor-
5‑µL syringe). Syringes may be filled externally and then inserted into the
based controller, Micro4, which provides an “intelligent” and easy-to-use
pump or filled while mounted in the pump. Fluids injected or withdrawn
interface to up to four syringe pumps. Operating parameters are set with
are held entirely within the micro syringe to maintain a low fluid dead
the membrane keypad and LCD display. From the keypad the user can
volume.
select the following functions: set pump to infusion or withdrawal mode,
For positioning, the enter the volume to be infused or withdrawn, rate of delivery, and syringe
UltraMicroPump II type as well as synchronize the starting and stopping of any combination
may be attached to any of syringe pumps.
of several WPI micro
User parameters can be stored in the device’s “non-volatile” memory for
positioners such as
instant recall when the unit is powered on.
the M3301 (manual),
DC3001 (motorized), or An optional footswitch can be plugged into a connector on the rear of
any manual stereotaxic the controller for “hands free” start‑/‑stop operation.

manipulator. Computer Control—An RS-232 port on the rear of the controller
can be used to connect it to a computer for use with computer control
programs.
UMPII ACCEPTS: glass syringes with barrel diameters from 5.5 to 9 mm.
UMP2-1 UltraMicroPump II (one) and Micro4 Controller
UMP2-2 UltraMicroPump II (two) and Micro4 Controller
UMP2-3 UltraMicroPump II (three) and Micro4 Controller
UMPII shown UMP2-4 UltraMicroPump II (four) and Micro4 Controller
mounted to UMP2 UltraMicroPump II (without controller)
stereotaxic frame MICRO4 Micro4 Controller, Four-Channel
(not included). OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES
15867 Footswitch for Micro4
40500 RS-232 Cable, 9-pin “D” connector
502201 V-clamp for Stereotaxic Frame
Microvolume Syringes
The recommended microsyringe for use with UMPII is WPI’s FlexiFil™
Syringes with Luer Fitting (no needle)
WPI P/N Volume Description O.D. UMP2 UMP1
ILS005LT 5 µL ILS 5 µL Gas-tight Luer tip 6.5 mm Y N
SGE050TLL 50 µL SGE 50 µL Gas-tight Teflon Luer Lock 8.0 mm Y Y
SGE100TLL 100 µL SGE 100 µL Gas-tight Teflon Luer Lock 8.0 mm Y Y
SGE250TLL 250 µL SGE 250 µL Gas-tight Teflon Luer Lock 8.0 mm N N
Syringes with Replaceable Beveled Needles

WPI P/N Volume Description O.D. UMP2 UMP1
SGE0005RN* 0.5 µL SGE 0.5 µL 23 ga (0.63 mm) 70 mm long 8.0 mm Y Y
SGE001RN* 1.0 µL SGE 1.0 µL 26 ga (0.47 mm) 70 mm long 8.0 mm Y Y
SGE005RN 5 µL SGE 5 µL 23 ga (0.63 mm) 50 mm long 8.0 mm Y Y
SGE010RNS 10 µL SGE 10 µL 26 ga (0.47 mm) 50 mm long 8.0 mm Y Y
* The plunger extends to the tip of the needle, displacing the full sample during injection - which gives the syringe zero dead volume.
The barrel length of this syringe is 17 cm long vs. the usual 8-9 cm.
SGE and ILS are respective trademarks of Scientific Glass Engineering and Innovative Labor Systeme.
Replacement Needles
RN0005 For syringe SGE0005RN, 23 ga (0.63 mm) 70 mm long
RN010 For syringe SGE010RN(S), 26 ga (0.47 mm) 50 mm long, 5-pack
RN025 For syringes SGE025RN, SGE050RN, SGE0100RN, 26 ga (0.47 mm) 50 mm long, 5-pack
Eagle™ Adjustable Pipetters
Lifetime Warranty
Comfortable ergonomic design
Lasts 20 times Longer
Built with ultra high molecular weight ● Superior WPI seals give reliable and accurate
polyethylene (UHMWPE), the piston seal experimental results.
(patent pending) lasts at least 20 times longer ● Calibration interval can be significantly
than those made with PTFE. The pipetter increased.
delivers with the same accuracy and precision ● Priced so affordably that everyone in the lab
even after more than 51 million non-stop press- can have a set.
release strokes. ● Customize your set by selecting only the
pipetters you need.
● Lifetime warranty on the piston seal.
Buy any set of 5 or 6

and get one free!
Sets ES5, ES6, and ES7 include your selection of pipetters, along with a stand
(#14239) for convenient storage. Simply specify the pipetters you want by
including the letter designation from the chart on the right. For example, ES5-
AABCD would include two E2s and one each E10, E20 and E100.
ES5 Pipetters (set of any 5) and Stand US$
495
ES6 Pipetters (set of any 6) and Stand US$
575
Model Volume Range Price ES7 Pipetters (set of any 7) and Stand US$
650
500801 Filters for E5000 (5-pack) US$
15
A E2 0.2 - 2.0 µL US$
99
STORAGE
B E10 0.5 - 10 µL US$
99 500876 6 Pipetter Rack Stand US$
35
C E20 2 - 2.0 µL US$
99 500877 Pette-Clamp, 3/pkg US$
35
14239 Original Pipetter Stand US$
79
D E100 20 - 100 µL US$
99
E E200 50 - 200 µL US$

99
F E1000 100 - 1000 µL US$

99 Replacement parts
G E5000 1000 - 5000 µL US$
99 Replacement parts for the Eagle Pipetters are available from our
website at www.wpiinc.com or call us for details.
a
s
nd e!
Universal Pipette Tips
b r ric Ultra-clear and certified RNase/DNase-free
d ing he p
a t
a s le half Universal Tips
m e ou t
Sa t ab Tip Volume For Pipetter Bulk Part No. Price Rack Part No. Price
— a Eagle E2
0.1 - 10 µL Eagle E10 Bag of 1000 500191 US$
15 960 (10 racks of 96) 500192 US$
30
Eagle E20
Eagle E20
5 - 200 µL Eagle E100 Bag of 1000 500193 US$
15 960 (10 racks of 96) 500194 US$
30
Eagle E200
100 - 1000 µL Eagle E1000 Bag of 1000 500195 US$
17 1000 (10 racks of 100) 500196 US$
35
500 - 5000 µL Eagle E5000 Bag of 250 500197 * US$
15 500 (10 racks of 50) 500198 * US$
55

500197
500198
500191, 500192 500193, 500194
500195, 500196
Universal Filter Tips (sterile)

Tip Volume For Pipetter Bulk Part No. Price Rack Part No. Price
Eagle E2
0.1 - 10 µL Eagle E10 960 (10 racks of 96) 500199 US$
60
Eagle E20
Eagle E20
10 - 200 µL Eagle E100 960 (10 racks of 96) 500200 US$
65
Eagle E200
100 - 1000 µL Eagle E1000 1000 (10 racks of 100) 500201 US$
65
500199 500200
Universal Gel Loader Tips (flexible)

Tip Volume For Pipetter Bulk Part No. Price Rack Part No. Price
Eagle E2
0.1 - 10 µL (Flat)
Eagle E10 200 500202 US$
40
500201 0.17 mm OD
Eagle E20
ABC
Eagle E2 ABC
0.1 - 10 µL (Flat)
Eagle E10 ABC 200 500203 US$
40
0.37 mm OD
Eagle E20 ABC
ABC
0.1 - 10 µL Eagle E2
ABC
(Round) Eagle E10 ABC 200 500204 US$
20
0.57 mm OD Eagle E20 ABC
ABC
0.5 - 200 µL Eagle E20
ABC
(Round) Eagle E100 Bag of 1000 ABC500205 US$
30 200 500206 US$
20
0.57 mm OD Eagle E200 ABC
0.5 - 200 µL Eagle E20
(Flat) Eagle E100 200 500207 US$
40
0.37 mm OD Eagle E200
500202 500205
500206
500203
500207
500204
WPI’s Universal Pipette Tips are for use with Eagle and most other pipetters, including Gilson, Oxford Benchmate, Socorex, and SealPette.
* Tips 500197 and 500198 fit Eagle, Eppendorf, and BioHit pipetters.
Pneumatic PicoPumps
Repeatable microinjection in volumes ranging from picoliters to nanoliters
Designed to simplify intracellular injection and a variety of other are adjusted independently by control knobs and indicator gauges on the
microinjection tasks, WPI's PicoPumps use carefully regulated air pres front panel. Injection pressure is controlled by a 20-turn regulator on the
sures for securing cells and injecting them with fluid. Injected volumes front panel. A built-in timing circuit allows precise control of the amount of
range from picoliters to nanoliters. Separate ports supply positive and time that the injection pressure is applied to the output port. Time intervals
negative pressure—positive pressure for high-pressure ejection, and suc- can range from 10 seconds down to 10 ms or less, depending on the eject
tion for supporting the cell or for filling the pipette from the tip. A second pressure setting. The injection pressure interval can be triggered manually
pressure port maintains a low positive “holding” pressure to the injecting on the front panel, by footswitch, or by computer controlled TTL pulse. A
pipette between injection pulses, to prevent fluid uptake through capillary 5‑volt monitor output provides a logic-level pulse for your computer or
action or diffusion. Timing, ejection pressure, holding pressure, and suction other monitoring device.
The most recognized picopump in the world!

For a complete list of pre-pulled micropipettes, see µTips™, or call us with your special requirements.
PV830 — Eject pressure, Hold pressure, and Vacuum are all available, and Hold pressure by a precision timing circuit that controls a solenoid
controlled by separate regulators on the front panel. Eject pressure valve. Vacuum is used to fill pipettes from the tip or to secure a floating
supplies a high-pressure pulse for injecting fluid. Hold pressure, which cell during microinjection. Vacuum is regulated the same way, by a 20-
is not sufficient to cause fluid ejection, is used to prevent back filling of turn knob on the front panel. Vacuum may be switched from regulated
the pipette by capillary action or diffusion when the solenoid is inactive. vacuum to atmosphere by using the pneumatic toggle on the front panel.
Pressure in the injection pipette is automatically switched between Eject Vacuum can also be routed to the eject port.
Each PicoPump is supplied with two PicoNozzle Kits (5430-ALL) plus tubing to connect the
holders to the pressure and vacuum ports.
PV820 PicoPump w/ hold pressure

PV830 PicoPump w/ hold pressure and vacuum
Specify line voltage All PicoPumps require external vacuum source — see below.
3260 Foot Switch
2932 Rack Mount Kit, 31⁄ 2-in. high (PV820)
2933 Rack Mount Kit, 51⁄4-in. high (PV830)
5430-10 PicoNozzle Kit (MPH6S for 1.0 mm pipette & 5-ft tubing assembly)
5430-12 PicoNozzle Kit (MPH6S for 1.2 mm pipette & 5-ft tubing assembly)
New PicoNozzle Kit 5430-ALL (included) 5430-15 PicoNozzle Kit (MPH6S for 1.5 mm pipette & 5-ft tubing assembly)
allows micropipettes to be securely mounted 5430-20 PicoNozzle Kit (MPH6S for 2.0 mm pipette & 5-ft tubing assembly)
in micropositioners for stable axial air 5430-ALL PicoNozzle Kit (for 1.0, 1.2, 1.5, and 1.65 mm pipettes & 5-ft tubing assembly)
MPH6S Micropipette Holder (specify 1.0, 1.2, 1.5 or 2.0 mm)
delivery. Because air enters the pipette
MPH6R Micropipette Holder (specify 1.0, 1.2, 1.5 or 2.0 mm)
axially, lateral whipping during injection is
3316 Replacement Input Kit
eliminated. LV140-Y Vacuum Pump (120V)
See NanoFil™ kits — page 240

.
PV820 adds to the basic unit a regulated Hold pressure, used to timing has been set. Although regulated vacuum is not provided in this model,
maintain a low pressure in the pipette between injections to prevent suction can be provided by connecting a vacuum source to the vacuum port
unwanted fluid uptake by capillary action or diffusion. A precision timing on the rear panel. Suction is then available through the pressure ports.
circuit switches from Eject pressure to Hold pressure automatically, once

PICOPUMP SPECIFICATIONS
PV820 PV830
PRESSURE
Pressure Input 0 to 150 psi 0 to 150 psi
Pressure Output 0.3 to 90 psi * 0.3 to 90 psi
Lowest Regulated Pressure 12 in. water * 12 in. water
Regulator Accuracy 0.1% (20-turn dial) * 0.1% (20-turn dial) *
Regulator Repeatability 0.05 psi * 0.05 psi *
Gauge Accuracy 3% at full scale * 3% at full scale *
Input Connector Quick Connect (1⁄4 in. OD Tubing) Quick Connect (1⁄4 in. OD Tubing)
Output Connector Barbed (1⁄16 in. ID Tubing) Barbed (1/16 in. ID Tubing)
Control Solenoid Solenoid
* Both Hold and Eject Pressures * Both Hold and Eject Pressures
VACUUM
Vacuum Input 0 to 30.0 in. Hg 0 to 30.0 in. Hg
Vacuum Output Unregulated 0.2 to 29.9 in. Hg
Lowest Regulated Vacuum Unregulated 3 in. water
Regulator Accuracy Unregulated 0.1% (20-turn dial)
Regulator Repeatability Unregulated 0.03 in. Hg
Gauge Accuracy None 3% at full scale
Input Connector Quick Connect (1⁄4 in. OD Tubing) Quick Connect (1⁄4 in. OD Tubing)
Output Connector Barbed (1⁄16 in. ID Tubing) Barbed (1⁄16 in. ID Tubing)
Control Manual Manual
Vent Atmosphere Atmosphere
CONNECTIONS INCLUDED
Input Kit 10 ft nylon tubing (0.25” OD, 1000 psi), one 1⁄2” female NPT adapter
Output Kit Two PicoNozzle assemblies, each consisting of one MPH6S pipette holder, 60-in. of PVC tubing
(200 psi), and a luer-fitted aluminum handle.
PHYSICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Power 95-135 V or 220-240 V, 50/60 Hz 95-135 V or 220-240 V, 50/60 Hz
Dimensions 17 x 3.5 x 9.5 in. (43 x 9 x 24 cm) 17 x 5.25 x 9.5 in. (43 x 13 x 24 cm)
Shipping Weight 11 lb (5 kg) 14 lb (6.3 kg)
Application Example:
Using PV830 for holding and injection of cells
Pressure Manometers
—see page 239
.
Luer-to-Tubing Coupler
Assortment Kits
—see page 172
Nanoliter Injector
For oocyte injection and applications in the 2 to 70 nanoliter range
WPI’s microprocessor-controlled from 2.3 to 69.0 nL in 16 steps.

Nanoliter 2000 uses direct piston Up to 100 injections may be
NANOLITER 2000 displacement. By either pushing
the injection button on the control
triggered per filling. Since the
volume of a normal Xenopus
box or pressing on the optional oocyte is about 500 nL, the
footswitch, a calibrated volume will instrument has the capability
be smoothly injected. The process to inject from less than 1% to
is quiet and vibration free. Capillary
over 10% of the total volume
filling and injection speeds are 23
of the oocyte in one preset step
nL/sec and 46 nL/sec (emptying
increment.
speeds are 92 nL/sec and 230 nL/
Included: 1 vial 3.5 in.
sec). Maximum fluid ejection is 5 µL.

Each unit comes with sufficient glass capillaries (100); 1 vial 7 in. capil
to pull at least 300 tips. Glass is 1.14 laries (100); replacement “O” rings;
mm O.D. (nominal) and 0.5‑mm I.D. Allen wrench; MicroFilTM MF34G
By setting the DIP switch, the backfilling needle; and two
injection volume can be changed sample µTip™ pre-pulled micropi
pettes.
Smart Controller: Micro4, an optional microprocessor-based controller,

can provide an “intelligent” and easy-to-use interface to up to four Nanoliter
Injectors. Operating parameters are set with the membrane keypad and LCD
display. From the keypad the user can set pump to infusion or withdrawal
mode, enter the volume to be infused or withdrawn, and rate of delivery,
as well as synchronize the starting and stopping of a
combination of Injectors. User parameters
can be stored in the device’s
“non-volatile” memory
for instant recall when
the unit is powered on.
An optional footswitch
can be plugged into a
connector on the rear of
Micromanipulator not included. the controller for “hands
free” start/stop operation.
An RS-232 port on the
rear of the controller can
be used to connect it to
Adapter #500778 (included a computer for use with
free) extends the “reach” of a computer control programs. Optional smart controller
manipulator-mounted injector. for Nanoliter 2000
(order as B203MC4)
WPI recommends the following equipment for a complete system,: PZMIII stereo microscope • MMJ joystick
micromanipulator • M10 magnetic base • PUL-100 micropipette puller or µTip™ micropipettes.
NANOLITER 2000
B203XVY Nanoliter 2000 (120 V, U.S. plug)
SPECIFICATIONS B203XVZ Nanoliter 2000 (240 V, Continental plug)
INJECTION VOLUME Variable
B203XVB Nanoliter 2000 (240 V, British plug)
REMOTE CONTROL Yes
B203MC4 Nanoliter Injector & Micro4 Controller (small controller not included)
GLASS OD 1.14 mm
GLASS ID 0.5 mm
13142 Footswitch for Nanoliter 2000
STEP 12.7 µ/step
15867 Footswitch for Micro4 Controller
INJECTION SPEED
Slow 23 nL/sec 4878 Replacement 3.5-in. glass capillaries (300)
Fast 46 nL/sec 4879 Replacement 7-in. glass capillaries (300)
FILL SPEED TIP10XV119 Micropipettes for Nanoliter Injector (10)
Slow 23 nL/sec MICRO4 Micro4 Controller, Four-Channel
Fast 46 nL/sec 300033 Adapter for Micro4
EMPTY SPEED 92 nL/sec 5340 Spare Parts Kit (includes MicroFilTM MF34G, displacement piston, five O-ring sets)
VARIABLE VOLUME RANGE 2.3 - 69.0 nL 500778 Replacement Nanoliter Injector Universal Adapter
SMALLEST VOLUME 2.3 nL 502859 Flared O-Ring Kit
TO CHANGE VOLUME Set switch 500299 Pistons, 5-pack
INJECTIONS PER FILLING, MAX. 100 injections 503066 Flared Glass, 100 pieces
SHIPPING WEIGHT 3 lb. (1.1 kg)
Manual Microsyringe Pump
The MMP and DMP are convenient tools for
precise manual injection of fluid using glass
pipettes or similar injection devices. The design
allows visual feedback of flow at the pipette tip.
They can also be used as a manual micro syringe
pump for perfusion or withdrawal of liquids.
The resolution of the injection volume can be
continuously varied from 10 nanoliters to the
microliter range, depending on the syringe used. solid stainless
Either oil or air can be used as the transfer media
to assist the injection of fluid. The DMP comes with steel frame
an exclusive digital micrometer that will allow the

reading of piston advancement easily with a 0.001-
millimeter resolution. The optional software and
cable kit can transmit advancement data directly
stainless steel for excellent stability and durability. The piston of the micrometer
into computer. Model MMP has the traditional mechanical micrometer head
can be slid across the rail to the syringe's plunger position. Small diameter
with a resolution of 10 microns per division and advances 500 micrometers per
PTFE tubing is used to improve the accuracy and solution compatibility. The
revolution. The entire frame body of the injector is constructed with polished
unique design of the pipette holder can securely hold any pipette with an
outer diameter of between 1.0 mm and 1.5 mm. All necessary accessories for
removing air and filling the syringe and tubing with liquid are included. The
DMP & MMP Specifications system comes complete with a 100 µL gas tight syringe and other syringe sizes
Travel Distance 25 mm can be purchased.
Advances Resolution 0.001 mm for DMP and 0.01 mm for MMP MMP Manual Microsyringe Pump
Syringe Size 10 µL to 1 mL gas tight luer tip syringe DMP Manual Microsyringe Pump with Digital Display
Tubing 1.5 m of PTFE tubing with 0.5 mm ID Accessories
Pipette Holder 0.24" x 5.2" SPG-KIT-MICRONR Software and Serial Cable for Transmitting Data
Pipette Holder Fits 1.0 to 1.5 mm OD pipette MMP-KIT Injection Assembly Parts Kit
Not including valve—see #14057-10, page 173)
Pressure Manometer For measuring hydrostatic pressures
PM01D Pressure Manometer (1 psi)

Hand-held and battery PM01R Pressure Manometer (1 psi), Rechargeable*
operated, PM Series pressure PM015D Pressure Manometer (15 psi)
manometers monitor vacuum PM015R Pressure Manometer (15 psi), Rechargeable*
and pressure in nonaqueous PM100D Pressure Manometer (100 psi)
fluids. An integral transducer PM100R Pressure Manometer (100 psi), Rechargeable*
and digital display allow CBL102 Mini-Phone-to-BNC Cable
easy and accurate pressure
readings. Three versions
measure pressures in the *Rechargeable versions come with nickel/cadmium battery and charger
range of
±1 psi, ±15
psi or ±100 PRESSURE MANOMETER SPECIFICATIONS
PM01 PM015 PM100
psi. A range
PRESSURE RANGES ±1 psi (±52 mm Hg) ±15 psi (±775 mm Hg) ±100 psi (±690 kPa)
switch allows
MAX. PRESSURE 20 psi (1035 mm Hg) 30 psi (1550 mm Hg) 150 psi (1035 kPa)
measurement RESOLUTION 0.001 psi (0.1 mm Hg) 0.01 psi (1 mm Hg) 0.1 psi (1 kPa)
in units of psi OUTPUT 1 V/psi 100 mV/psi 10 mV/psi
or kPa for the 100 OUTPUT RANGE ±1.0 V ±1.5 V ±1.0 V
psi version, and psi or mm LINEARITY 0.5% full-scale
Hg for the 15 psi version. Pressure can be read TEMPERATURE EFFECT 1.0% full-scale (0-70°C)
on the built-in LCD display or relayed to a chart ZERO Screwdriver-adjust
recorder, oscilloscope, or computer. RESPONSE TIME 30 ms
PM Series pressure manometers come with 4 feet POWER Nine-volt battery
of 1⁄8-inch ID soft vinyl tubing. A mini-phone-to-BNC BATTERY LIFE Alkaline, 200 hours; rechargeable, 25 hours
cable for the recorder output is also available (Part RECORDER OUTPUT Mini-phone jack, 0.141 inch (3.5 mm)
#CBL102). Standard versions are equipped with a OUTPUT IMPEDANCE 1 kΩ
PNEUMATIC CONNECTORS Barbed, for 1/8-inch or 3/16-inch ID soft tubing
nine-volt alkaline battery.
DIMENSIONS 3 x 6 x 1 inches (8 x 15 x 4 cm)
NanoFil™ Sub-microliter injection system for small animal research
l The world's smallest dead volume injection syringe

l Comes with various needle sizes from 26 ga. to 36 ga.
l Versatile research applications — RPE and IO Kits
l Custom needle shapes available — blunt, sharp, beveled
l Compatible with WPI's UMP2 and PV800 series microinjection systems

NanoFil is a specially designed 10 microliter the experiment. Simply load the sample using but also glass and quartz tubing. Many types of
syringe developed in response to customer a larger tip, such as the 26 gauge needle tubing can be easily connected to the syringe
requests for improved microinjection in mice provided with the syringe, and then replace as long as the outer diameter (OD) is close
and other small animals. It makes quantitative it with a micro tip for sample injection. On to, but not more than, the inner diameter (ID)
nanoliter injection much easier and more a conventional 10 microliter syringe, a solid of the inside barrel. Flexible quartz capillaries
accurate than any other method currently in use. ring or bushing is permanently bonded to used in Gas Chromotography (GC) and Capillary
NanoFil's low dead volume eliminates the the tubing. Replacing the tip in middle of the Electrophoresis (CE) can also be easily coupled
need for oil backfilling, a messy process which experiment is not practical. With the NanoFil, to the syringe.
risks contamination of the injected sample. tips can be exchanged by a simple twist of Specially designed tips as small as 36 gauge
Injection is now simpler, and less messy, and the brass lock, gently pulling out the tip, and (110 micron OD) are offered in both blunt and
there is no possibility of oil contamination in replacing with the desired new tip. To secure beveled styles. Our studies have shown that
critical applications such as ophthalmology the tip, NanoFil uses an olive shaped silicon these tips will cause less trauma to the tissue
research (see the Retinal Pigment Epithelial (RPE) gasket that is similar to, but much sturdier than, than any other form of micro syringe currently in
and Intra Ocular (IO) injection kits listed below). some of the microelectrode holders used for use. NanoFil has a unique coupling mechanism
electro physiology recording. The silicone gasket that allows many different forms of small tubing
When the inner tip diameter of a conventional
makes it possible to hold not only metal tips and tips to be coupled with the syringe barrel.
syringe is reduced to less than 100 micron,
it is very difficult to backfill the solution at a NANOFIL NanoFil Syringe, 10 microliter
reasonable speed. NanoFil solves this problem
NanoFil syringe does not contain any injection tips, those must be purchased separately. It
by using a tip coupling mechanism that makes
does include a 26 gauge beveled needle for backfilling.
it possible to change the syringe tip during
Application Kits
These kits are specially designed for eye research for injecting retinal pigment
epithelium (RPE) and intraocular (IO) in addition to brain injection in mice.
They need to be used with a NanoFil syringe and UMP2 to achieve accurate,
repetitive, and oil free injection in the submicroliter range. Each kit includes
two pieces of Silflex tubing (one for a spare), a holder assembly, spare gaskets,
and an assortment of four tips - blunt for the RPE kit and beveled tips for the
IO kit. Each kit comes with one each of 33, 34, 35 and 36 gauge tips so that
first time users can find the best size for their application.
The Silflex tubing is the most critical component of the kit. This 35 cm
long, flexible tubing has a very precise outer diameter for airtight fitting with
the syringe. It also has a small inner diameter for minimum dead volume,
and is very durable when handled
correctly. The SilFlex is coupled to the
injection tip with a mechanism similar
to that of the NanoFil. The dead
volume of the entire kit (including
the tubing) is less than 3 microliters.
All of the components in the kit are
constructed of inert, solvent resistant,
and autoclaveable materials for easy
cleaning after viral injection.
Recommended Accessories
RPE-KIT Retinal Pigment Epithelium (RPE) injection kit (SilFlex
RPE-KIT tubing, gasket, holder, and blunt tipmix)
IO-KIT Intraocular (IO) injection kit (SilFlex tubing, holder,
gasket, and beveled tipmix)
Available Tips
33 gauge: This tip is similar to Hamilton’s 7762
and 7803 series removable needles in both tip
length and outer diameter. However, our beveled
“ E”
tip version is shorter, more durable, and penetrates “D”
better due to the special tri-surface grinding
technique. In the past, 33 gauge tips were the
smallest size sold by other manufacturers and were
“C”
frequently cited in literature. However, our new 35
gauge tip is much better for injections involving
“A”
small animals, especially mice. Compared with
Hamilton’ 33 gauge, 10 degree beveled tip, our
“F”
A
35 gauge 25 degree beveled tip can reduce the
depth of penetration by almost 80%. The distance
“B”
DETAIL A
between the tip and the upper rim of the opening
(section F on Figure 2) is 1024 microns for the 33
gauge tip. The distance for our 35 gauge tip is
Tip Order Tip O.D. Tip I.D. Tip Total Shank O.D. Tip Material
only 230 microns. In addition, the smaller tip size
Number “A” “B” Length Length “E”
significantly reduces the required penetration force.
“C” “D”

In nearly all applications, a 33 gauge tip can be
replaced with our 35 gauge tip and produce better NF33BV-2 210 μM 115 μM 10.0 mm 40.0 mm 460 μM Stainless Steel
results. NF34BV-2 185 μM 85 μM 5.0 mm 35.0 mm 460 μM Stainless Steel
34 gauge: This is a transitional size between the
NF35BV-2 135 μM 55 μM 5.0 mm 35.0 mm 460 μM Stainless Steel
33 gauge and 35 gauge. If the 35 gauge is too
weak and the 33 gauge is too large, this makes a NF36BV-2 110 μM 35 μM 3.0 mm 33.0 mm 460 μM Stainless Steel
good alternative.
NF33FBV-2 200 μM 100 μM 5.0 mm 35.0 mm 460 μM Titanium Alloy
35 gauge: This was the most popular and
preferred tip of most scientists during our field trial. NFQ34-5 160 μM 100 μM 55.0 mm 75.0 mm 460 μM Quartz
The combination of its strength, length, durability, Above dimensions apply to blunt tips also.
and clogging resistance creates a balance with very
little compromising of the individual properties.
Selecting the correct tip for your application
It is much smaller than the 33 gauge tip offered
by other manufacturers. It is only slightly larger The replaceable needles used with the NanoFil the distance between the upper opening to the
than the 36 gauge tip but is much stronger and are available with either blunt or beveled tips. The tip (see section “F” in Fig 2) is longer. As a result,
less likely to be clogged. Samples can be directly blunt tip is used for injection into soft tissue and it requires a deeper penetration of the tip to
loaded with this tip. Its 5 mm length is sufficient when a uniform solution distribution is needed. The achieve the same level of liquid delivery. Deeper
enough for almost all injection applications in beveled style is used for applications that involve penetration means more tissue damage. WPI’s
mice. the penetration of a tough tissue. unique 25 degree beveled tip solves this problem
36 gauge: This is the smallest tip that is One of the main factors that limit the resolution with two extra beveled surfaces. The tip of a single
commercially available. The tip is so small that it and accuracy of conventional micro syringes to surface beveled tip is actually a blade instead of
can be inserted into the opening of the 33 gauge the upper tens of nanoliters range is diffusion in a point. It dulls very quickly. In contrast, the tri-
needle tip. Because this is pushing the limits of the large tip ID. When the tip ID is equal or larger surfaced tip has a real point. It not only penetrates
what current technology can produce, there are than 100 micron, the error caused by tip diffusion much better but is also much more durable. Our
some limitations to consider before using. Its thin is in the nanoliter range level ( (100 micron)^3 = 1 tests show that our 33 gauge, 25 degree beveled
diameter makes it necessary to limit its length to nanoliter ). With a 36 gauge needle installed on tip penetrates easier and lasts longer than other
2.5 to 3.0 mm and still maintain a usable strength. the NanoFil, the error caused by diffusion will be manufacturer’s 33 gauge, 10 degree single beveled
Since the tip ID is in the 25 to 50 micron range, it reduced to the sub nanoliter level, making accurate tips. With a 35 gauge tri-surface beveled tip, the
is very easily clogged. Therefore, only well filtered injection of a nanoliter possible. resistance to the penetration becomes even less.
solutions can be used. Depending on the viscosity Each of our tips undergo a penetration test before
All of WPI’s beveled tips have a unique 25 degree
of the sample, the user might also need to pre-load leaving the factory to guarantee the best results for
tri-surface bevel that is optimized for microinjection.
the syringe with a regular tip before switching to our customers.
A 10 degree single-surface beveled tip penetrates
this tip for injection. We recommend using the better than one with a 25 degree angle, however
35 gauge tip instead of the 36 gauge unless it is
absolutely necessary.
Flexifil: The Flexifil tip is made of a titanium Optional Accessories
alloy. The advantage of this tubing is its durability. NF33BL-2 33 G blunt NanoFil needle (pkg of 2)
This “semi-flexible” tip can be bent up to 90 NF34BL-2 34 G blunt NanoFil needle (pkg of 2)
degrees without damage. It is also much more NF35BL-2 35 G blunt NanoFil needle (pkg of 2)
corrosion resistant than the stainless steel tip. NF36BL2 36 G blunt NanoFil needle (pkg of 2)
Saline solutions left in the tip will be less likely to NF33BV-2 33 G beveled NanoFil needle (pkg of 2)
clog it. Although this tip is specified as a 33 gauge
NF34BV-2 34 G beveled NanoFil needle (pkg of 2)
tip, its outer diameter is slightly smaller than our
33 gauge stainless steel tip. NF35BV-2 35 G beveled NanoFil needle (pkg of 2)
Flexible Quartz Tubing : The flexible quartz
NF36BV-2 36 G beveled NanoFil needle (pkg of 2)
tubing tip is made of 160 micron OD polyimide NF33FBL-2 33 G Flexifil blunt NanoFil needle (pkg of 2)
coated quartz tubing with a special adapter sleeve NF33FBV-2 33 G Flexifil beveled NanoFil needle (pkg of 2)
mounted at the end. It is designed for filling glass NF33-36BL Assortment of 4 blunt NanoFil needles
capillary electrodes or pipettes, just like WPI’s NF33-36BV Assortment of 4 beveled NanoFil needles
traditional MF34G Microfil. However, unlike the NFQ34-5 34 Gauge Flexible Quartz Tubing for filling (pkg 5)
traditional MicroFil, which has about 50 microliters
of dead volume in its luer hub, the dead volume Replacement Parts
of this tip is less than 0.6 microliters. It is useful NFINHLD NanoFil Injection Holder
for loading electrodes with solutions that have a SILFLEX-2 SilFlex tubing (pkg of 2)
limited volume or are too expensive to waste. NFGSK-5 Spare Silicone Gasket for NanoFil & Holder (pkg of 5)
Spectroscopy
Fiber Optic Spectrophotometers and Spectrometer Systems
TIDAS I — spectrometer for low-noise UV/VIS absorbance applications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
UltraPath™ — exceptionally high dynamic range UV/VIS spectrometer system. . . . . . . . . 248
SpectraUSB4 — miniature fiber optic spectrometers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Sample Cells
Microliter Sampling
LWCC Liquid Waveguide Capillary Cell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
SPT SpectroPipetter™ for UV/VIS/NIR applications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
SPECTROSCOPY / FLUOROMETRY
DipTip™ — UV/VIS/NIR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Milliliter Sampling
Standard Cuvette Holders [1 cm & 10 cm]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
4-Way Cuvette Holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Cuvettes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
Transmission Probes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
Fiber Optic Light Sources

FO-6000 High Power, Low Drift (VIS) Tungsten Light Source. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
D2H™ Deuterium Halogen Light Source (UV/VIS/NIR). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
D2Lite™ Miniature (UV/VIS) Deuterium Light Source. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
LED-Lite™ plus ELS modules for single wavelength applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Accessories
Fiber Optic Cables and Assemblies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
In-Line Filter Holder Assembly — SMA or ST connections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
Fiber Optic Collimator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
Linear Variable Filters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Fluorometry
SpectraUSB4-FLG Preconfigured Module for Fluorescence Applications . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Fiber Optic Sensors

FOMS Blood Pressure Measurement System for Small and Large Animals . . . . . . . . . . . 43
OxyMicro and OxyMini Oxygen Sensors with Luminescence Lifetime Detection. . . . . 95
pHOptica pH Sensor System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Reagent Kits
PEROXYLUMINOL Hydrogen Peroxide Determination Kit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90, 262
Gsh Assay Kit for Quantitative Determination of Glutathione. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91, 263
Griess Reaction Nitrite Kit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92, 264
NITRALYZER-II, Nitrate to Nitrite Reduction Kit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92, 264
• Preconfigured systems for
specific applications *
• User-configured systems
• Fiber optic accessories
— light sources, cuvettes,
multi-mode and bifurcated
patch assemblies, and more
*
• Biology — Chlorophyll, CDOM, color changes and UV absorption of organic species. See UltraPath on page 248.
• Biochemistry—Fluorescence, DNA/RNA, Rhodopsin studies.
• Chemistry—Determination of phosphates, nitrates, nitrites, metal complexes in aqueous media. See LWCC, page 252.
• Environmental—Water quality (chlorine/nitrate) with intrinsic deep UV and/or VIS colorimetric methods. See LWCC
and UltraPath, pages 248, 252.
• Pharmaceutical—Drug development and discovery, process control. TIDAS-QUAD — call for details.
WPI offers We can then

complete pre- Choosing a Preconfigured System configure a
configured systems customized
System Detector Detection Sample Principle Application(s) Page
for a variety of Range (nm) Volume system especially
applications from for you with our
TIDAS1-LWCC PDA 250-730 2.5 µL/cm Nutrient analysis, trace metal detection, water purity 247
protein analysis complete line
to flow-through TIDAS-QUAD PDA 230-730 Varies 4-channel detection system 247 of spectroscopy
colorimetric TIDAS1-SPT PDA 230-730 2 µL Protein (DNA/RNA) 247 products and
detection in TIDAS1-TIP PDA 230-730 10-30 µL Dissolution studies, multipurpose testing 247 accessories.
the UV-VIS-NIR Select a detector
UPVIS (UltraPath) PDA 380-730 10 mL Open ocean (CDOM) detection, broad dynamic range 248
spectral region. It based on your
is to the customer’s UPUV (UltraPath) PDA 250-730 10 mL Open ocean (CDOM) detection, broad dynamic range 248 own individual
advantage to SPECTRAUSB4-LWCC CCD 350-730 2.5 µL/cm Colorimetric detection. VIS system 251 application. WPI
consider purchasing SPECTRAUSB4-LWCC-UV CCD 250-730 250 µL Flow thru analysis with UV-VIS capability 251 offers a complete
a complete range of CCD
SPECTRAUSB4-SPT CCD 230-800 2 µL Lowest volume sampling, protein, UV-VIS multipurpose 251
system. Ordering (charge coupled
a pre-configured SPECTRAUSB4-FLG CCD 380-1050 1 - 3.5 mL Fluorescence 251 device) and PDA
system eliminates SPECTRAUSB4-CUV CCD 250-800 0.2 - 3.5 mL Cuvette-based sampling, multipurpose 251 (photodiode array)
the guesswork modules.
of ordering parts Choosing the
and offers the right detector will
best pricing. In depend upon the
addition, each system has many hours of testing in our research labs by WPI’s accessories you need, budget, and computer interface. WPI offers an array
scientists. of innovative fiber optic sampling cells. Many are designed and protected by
If you are not sure that a complete system is what you need, we patents issued to WPI. As the table above shows, customers may choose a
recommend calling and speaking with one of our technical product specialists. sensor cell based upon sample volume and detection limits.
Tidas I
● Photodiode array spectrometer

● Low noise detection
● Wavelength range 195 nm to 730 nm
● Fiber optic design
Tidas I is the first high end spectrometer module designed for fiber optic exceptional sensitivity and noise performance can be easily assembled. Using
based sampling techniques. Using suitable light sources and sample our liquid waveguide capillary cells (LWCC), absorbance based detection
cells, spectral detection in the wavelength range of 195 to 730 nm can system with effective pathlengths as long as 500 cm and noise levels as low
be performed at noise levels as low as 0.08 mAU. Tidas I outperforms as 0.1 mAU can be achieved at reasonable cost. Microliter sampling systems
conventional bench-based spectrophotometers and CCD-based spectrometer for UV/VIS applications can be assembled, using our SpectroPipetter (SPT-2),
modules, when it comes to high precision fiber optic sampling. Using fiber- or DipTip™dipping probe. See next page for software details; see page 247 for
optic based sample cells and light sources, high-end detection systems with complete detection systems.
TIDAS I SPECIFICATIONS More light through fitted optical

OPTICAL BASICS Monolithic Spectrometer Module, Single Beam System. construction
Fiber optic cross section converter for increased light
TIDAS I is a high precision detection system based on fiber optic design.
throughput instead of entrance slit.
Zeiss multilayer filter.
All components are made to match to one another and are “calculated”
Hamamatsu photodiode array detector, 16-bit. rather than “tried out”. The detectors are monolithic diode array modules,
WAVELENGTH RANGE 195 - 730 nm made by Zeiss. Only in the TIDAS can be found a multi-layer Zeiss light
NUMBER OF DIODES 256 filter with maximum light-gain for second order suppression. Detection
RESOLUTION 2.2 nm/pixel tolerance is improved in comparison to conventional diode array
SPECTRAL BANDWIDTH (FWHM) 5 nm spectrometers. Most cuvette-based standard spectrometers lose more
WAVELENGTH ACCURACY ± 0.2 nm than 90% of light through expensive prism decoupling. The TIDAS I is
WAVELENGTH REPRODUCIBILITY ± 0.07 nm designed for fiber optic sampling cells. The TIDAS I spectrometer module
NOISE AT 550 NM ± 0.8 x 10-5 AU (using FO-6000) is a high performance and low noise detector for modular sampling
BASELINE DRIFT Light source dependent systems.
COMPUTER INTERFACE Serial RS-232 interface
SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS Windows 2000/XP
DIGITAL INPUTS/OUTPUTS 5/5 TIDASI Tidas I Spectrometer Module with TidasDAQ/SpectraView
DIMENSIONS 6.3 x 10.6 x 12.8 in.
16 x 27 x 32.5 cm
ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 90-240 V, 50/60 Hz
WEIGHT 18 lb (8 kg)
High performance fiber optic spectrometer system
Software
WPI offers an instrument driver, TidasDAQ,
which collects data from Tidas I and imports
into Grams/AI or SpectraView. Both are
comprehensive data processing and data
management software packages. TidasQuad
is an instrument driver, which can manage
up to four channels simultaneously using a
single TIDAS I spectrometer module. TidasDAQ
and TIDAS-QUAD collect data which can
be imported and processed in Grams/AI or
SpectraView.
TidasDAQ, a unique software

package for TIDAS‑I
With TidasDAQ, high precision absorbance
or transmittance spectra can be obtained in
less than a quarter of a second. Only a few
parameters need to be adjusted to obtain
and analyze spectral data. The TidasDAQ
Above: SpectraView 3D view. Spectra can be

displayed and analyzed in 2D or 3D format
(as shown). This allows the user to interpret
“time-aquisiton” data typically done with a
Tidas-1-LWCC flow system.
At left: SpectraView 2D overlapping function

allows one to view and analyze a set of data. In
this case, a series of calibration samples for a
nitrite calibration set measured at 540 nm.
software package easily acquires spectra.

SpectraView includes tools for sample
qualification, quantification, validation and
quality control. Data can be imported from
and exported to different spectrophotometer
formats. The project-based approach of taking
samples within an experiment allows easy
documentation. SpectraView and its optional
analysis package (Grams/AI) offer further
concentration measurements, color analysis,
enzyme activity and many others. Extensive
calculation features allow to process your
data (derivatives, smoothing, log, normalized,
baseline and peak analysis). A very useful
feature of the software is its extensive kinetics
functions.
TidasDAQ acquisition window, showing an absorbance spectra of phenol red dye acquired
using the Tidas-1-LWCC system setup with a 10-cm path flow cell.
TIDAS I & SpectraUSB4 Systems
The key to successfully analyzing your sample is a matched sample cell. The fiber optic based Tidas I spectrometer
module offers many possibilities, from using standard cuvette sampling for conventional UV/VIS work to using
a long flow path cell (LWCC) up to 500-cm in length for improved sampling sensitivity for all colorimetry studies.
Several typical and well-proven systems are their applications are shown below and on the following page.
Fiber Optic Start-up Dynamic

TIDAS SYSTEMS UV VIS NIR D2H FO-6000 Vol Req’d
Interface Kit Range (AU)
TIDAS-I-LWCC l l 400 µ SMA 1 250 µL 0.005-1.2

TIDAS-I-LWCC5 l l 400 µ 1 1250 µL “
TIDAS-2-LWCC l l 400 µ 1 250 µL 0.002-2.0
TIDAS-2-LWCC5 l 400 µ 1 1250 µL “
TIDAS-I-SPT l l l incl 2 2 µL 0.005-1.2
TIDAS-2-SPT l l incl 2 2 µL 0.002-2.0
TIDAS-I-TIP l l l incl 2 20 µL 0.005-1.2
TIDAS-1-TIPUV l l l incl 2 20 µL 0.005-1.2
TIDAS-QUAD see website l l l 300 µ bundle Kit Opt 5-500 µL 0.005-1.2
KITLWCC includes: 500291 (Peri-Star Pump), 501609 (cleaning kit), 58006 (sample injector assembly),
Start-up Kit #1
FO-400-SMA1M (2) (fiber optic cables)
Start-up Kit #2 UCK includes: PUC-Y (ultrasonic bath), special stand, and 15807 (ultrasonic cleaning solution concentrate)
Fiber Optic Start-up Dynamic
SPECTRAUSB SYSTEMS UV VIS NIR D2LITE FO-6000 Vol Req’d
Interface Kit Range (AU)
SPECTRAUSB-LWCC l l 400 µ core 1 250 µL 0.010-1.5
SPECTRAUSB-SPT l l l NA 2 2 µL “
SPECTRAUSBFL l l 600 µ core NA 3 mL “
SPECTRAUSB-CUV l l l 400 µ core NA 3 mL “
Selecting a Sample Cell

Selection of an appropriate sample cell is key to the successful analysis used. Sample properties, volume, analyte concentration, wavelength
of your sample. WPI prides itself on innovative fiber optic sample cells range and pathlength determine, which of WPI’s unique sample cell you
optimized for a particular application. Nutrient analysis, micro volume can use in your research.
protein detection, trace metal analysis, flow colorimetry and dissolution The table below provides an overview of WPI’s wide range of optical
testing are only some of the areas WPI’s cells have been successfully sample cells and their potential applications.
Sample
Cell Type Pathlength [cm] Range* [nm] Application Page
Volume
LWCC Flow cell 2.5 µL/cm 2 to 500 200-1000 Nutrient analysis, trace metal detection, colorimetrics ... 252
UPATH Multiple path flow cell 10 mL 2, 10, 50, 200 230-730 Natural water, CDOM, tank cleaning ... 248
SPT Microliter dipping probe 2 µL 1 230-1000 Protein, DNA/RNA, rhodopsin ... 254
DipTip Miniature dipping probe 30-50 µL 0.2, 0.5, 1 230-1000 Protein, DNA/RNA, rhodopsin, dissolution 255
CUV-UV
CUV-UV-FL Cuvette holder,
0.2-3.5 mL 0.5, 1, 10 200-1000 Absorbance and fluorescence with standard and flow cuvettes 256
CUV-UV-10 2- & 4-way
CUV-ALL
High efficiency
TR600 5 mL 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2 200-1000 Colorimetrics, standard lab use, online analysis 258
transmission probe
TR-UV Dipping probe 5 mL 0.2, 0.5, 1 230-1000 Colorimetrics, standard lab use, online analysis 258
REF-UV Reflectance probe NA NA Scattering, reflectance analysis 258
*Range depends cell version [UV, VIS, NIR], light source and detectors
TIDAS-I-LWCC
High sensitivity detection systems for absorption measurements with optical These detection systems can be used in a variety of applications, such as
pathlengths ranging from 2 to 500 cm can be configured using a TIDAS I. stopped flow detection, fluid injection analysis, drinking water analysis, as
well as environmental and oceanographic analysis. The TIDAS I offers five
digital inputs and outputs.
TIDAS-I-LWCC system contains: Tidas I spectrometer module, a Liquid
Waveguide Capillary Cell (LWCC-2100), a FO-6000 visible light source, two
optical fibers (FO-400-SMA1M) and a PeriStar Pro peristaltic pump (500291).
Similar UV systems are available on request.
TIDAS-I-LWCC TIDAS I - LWCC System (100 cm pathlength)
TIDAS-I-LWCC5 TIDAS I - LWCC System (500 cm pathlength)
TIDAS-I-SPT TIDAS-I-TIP
WPI’s miniature UV/VIS dipping probe, DipTip™, with a tip diameter of 1.5
WPI’s smallest and easiest to use microliter spectroscopic sample cell is the mm, fits directly into all micro centrifuge vials on the market. Microliter
SpectroPipetter™. Only 2 µL of sample are drawn into the cell to measure sampling of DNA and protein samples or colorimetrics in the UV or VIS can
a sample spectra. Microliter sampling of DNA and protein samples or be conveniently performed with a DipTip. A typical sample system for VIS
colorimetrics in the UV or VIS can be conveniently performed with WPI’s applications consists of Tidas I spectrometer module, FO-6000, DipTip™
SpectroPipetter. and an ultrasonic cleaning kit (UCK). For UV, a D2H deuterium/tungsten light
TIDAS-I-SPT system contains: Tidas I spectrometer module, D2H UV/VIS source is used instead of the FO-6000.
light source, SpectroPipetter™ (SPT-2), ultrasonic cleaning kit (UCK).
TIDAS-I-TIP TIDAS I - DipTip System
TIDAS-I-SPT TIDAS I - SPT System TIDAS-I-TIPUV TIDAS I - DipTip System
Tidas-Quad
High performance UV/VIS
4-channel flow detection flow colorimetry, dissolution
testing or trace analysis of
pharmaceutical compounds. Some
l Process Control Drug Discovery Trace Analysis advantages, compared to other
l Low Noise: 5 µAU/cm @ 550nm commercially available systems,
are sensitivity, ultra low noise, full
l Easy to Use, Fully Automated automation and great versatility.
l Meets Pharmaceutical Requirements (21 CFR 11) The basic components of the
system are a TIDAS I photodiode
array spectrometer (range:
230-730 nm; resolution: 5 nm
FWHM; noise: 5 µAU/cm), four
light sources (D2Lite), four LWCCs
(100 cm), ancillary fibers and
cables and an instrument driver,
interfacing the spectrometer to
a data analysis package (Grams/
AI). The Tidas I connects to a
computer via RS232 interface.
This system is designed for fiber
optic use; most of WPI’s samples
cells can be used.
Tidas-Quad is a four-channel UV/VIS detection system for flow analysis TIDAS-QUAD TIDAS-QUAD System
with WPI’s liquid waveguide capillary cells (LWCC). It can be conveniently used
for nutrient analysis, micro volume protein detection, trace metal analysis, See website for full details.
UltraPath™
A unique multiple pathlength sample cell for absorbance
spectroscopy with extended dynamic range
• Rugged system for onboard measuring • Reduces cost

and expense • Highly sensitive and stable • Portable •
Easy to use • Provides user selected optical path lengths •
Proven to work in divergent environments
UltraPath is a unique high-performance spectrophotometer offering user- which reveals the exceptional sensitivity of UltraPath enabling detection
selectable optical path lengths of 2, 10, 50 and 200 cm. Designed for of CDOM absorption below 0.03 m-1. Based on customer request, WPI
the detection of low absorbing species in aqueous solutions, UltraPath has designed an UltraPath system for UV and VIS applications, the
is an ideal tool for any study requiring precise and highly sensitive UPUV.
spectroscopic determination of analytes, either in the lab or in the field.
The instrument operates in the wavelength range of 380 to 730 nm
(UPVIS) or 250 to 730‑nm (UPUV) and has an exceptional dynamic
range allowing reliable absorbance measurements of between 5µAU/cm 4 0.08
Absorption [m-1]
to 1 AU/cm to be routinely made.

0.06
HIGH
Background 3 0.04
Absorption [m-1]
UltraPath was developed by WPI under a collaborative agreement with

0.02 LOW
NASA (Stennis Space Center) for the spectroscopic determination of
colored dissolved organic matter (CDOM) in seawater and fresh water 2 0.00
environments, and was designed for use in the laboratory and in the 400 500 600 700
field (i.e., at sea). CDOM concentrations vary significantly between open Wavelength [nm]
ocean samples with low CDOM (e.g., 0.007 m-1 at 380 nm), and high 1 HIGH
CDOM freshwater environments (e.g., 10-20 m-1 at 380 nm). To address
these problems the design requirements of UltraPath mandated the
development of a rugged portable system capable of high sensitivity LOW
measurements across a wide dynamic range. 0
The UltraPath system meets these stringent design criteria and 400 500 600 700
enables reliable measurement of CDOM in the range of 0.002 m-1
to 200 m-1 (380 to 730 nm). Fig 1. illustrates two typical absorption Wavelength [nm]
spectra measured using UltraPath. The sample labeled “High” is a highly
concentrated CDOM sample with low salinity collected from a marsh
drainage area of an urban lake (Lake Pontchartrain, Louisiana). The Fig. 1— “High” CDOM is from a low salinity marsh environment (Lake
CDOM sample labeled “Low” is from oligotrophic, low productive waters Pontchartrain, Louisiana). “Low” CDOM was collected from the high
with high salinity collected off the West coast of Puerto Rico in the salinity oligotrophic waters of Mayagüez Bay on the west coast of Puerto
Mayagüez Bay. Special attention should be drawn to the insert of Fig. 1, Rico. Data courtesy of NASA Stennis Space Center.
(PeriStar) is utilized to evenly draw sample up into the sample injector
Spectral Detection of Ponceau S and through the UltraPath sample cell.
A standard PC or laptop (not included) is connected to the detection
0.015 75
system via RS232 interface. An RS232-to-USB2.0 adapter is now
Measured Absorbance [AU]
included for connection of Tidas I spectrometer to any USB port. The

2 nM TidasDAQ instrument driver displays data which may then be imported
Absorbance [µAU/cm]
0.010 50
into the SpectraView data analysis software (included).
Mobility
The system is designed for mobility. The components of the UltraPath
0.005 25 system are designed to function over a broad range of laboratory and
field environments. The electrical components are designed for low
power consumption. A laptop running Windows 98, Windows 2000 or
Windows NT 4.0 can be used to run the spectrometer as well as analyze
0.000 0 data output.
400 500 600 700 Reference

Richard L. Miller, Mathias Belz, Carlos Del Castillo, Rick Trzaska, “Determining
Wavelength [nm] CDOM Absorption Spectra in Diverse Coastal Environments Using a Multiple
Pathlength, Liquid Core Waveguide System”, Continental Shelf Research, July
2002, 22:9, p 1301-1310.
Fig. 2 – Ponceau S absorption measured with UltraPath (200 cm
cell). Ponceau S was dissolved in Millipore water. A single absorbance Richard L. Miller, Mathias Belz and Su Yi Liu, “Measuring the absorption of
measurement was made. The signal was neither smoothed nor averaged. CDOM in the field using a multiple pathlength liquid waveguide system”,
Ocean Optics XV, paper 1308, Monaco, October 2000.
Absorbencies are shown on the left ordinate in measured absorbencies [AU]
and on the right ordinate in normalized absorbencies [AU/cm]. “System Analyzes Water Samples at Sea”, NASA Aerospace Technology
Innovation, 2001, 9 (5). http://nctn.hq.nasa.gov/innovation/innovation95/3-
techtrans2.html
R. L. Miller, C. Hall, C. Del Castillo, B. McKee and M. Dagg. “Bio-optical
Applications Properties of the Mississippi River Plume and Adjacent Shelf.” ASLO Aquatic
Sciences, Albuquerque, NM, 2001.
The design of UltraPath is such that it will have an important use in
any applications requiring precise and highly sensitive spectroscopic R. L. Miller, C. E. Del Castillo, R. T. Powell, E. D’Sa and B. Spiering. “Mapping
CDOM concentration in waters influenced by the Mississippi River plume”,
determination of analytes across a wide dynamic absorption range
Proceedings of Oceans 2002, Biloxi, MS.
(i.e., 5 µAU/cm to 1‑AU/cm), either in the lab or in the field. To further
illustrate the unique performance of UltraPath, samples containing ultra- R. L. Miller and E. D’Sa. “Evaluating the influence of CDOM on the remote
low concentrations of Phenol Red were measured. Fig.2 illustrates clearly sensing signal in the Mississippi River Bight”. In Eos Transactions AGU Ocean
Sciences, 2002. Honolulu, HI, p. 171.
the detectable absorption spectra obtained between 0.9 nM and 4.6
nM Phenol Red. The key design feature of UltraPath is that the optical D’Sa, E., R.L. Miller and R. Trzaska. “Aparent Optical Properties in Waters
pathlength can be easily changed to cover a dynamic range not possible Influenced by the Mississippi River”, Proceedings of the Seventh Thematic
using a standard single pathlength sampling system. Conference, Remote Sensing for Marine and Coastal Environments, 2002, 6
pg, Miami, FL.
Design
UltraPath has four optical pathlengths contained
UltraPath Specifications
within a single sample cell (i.e., 2 cm, 10 cm,
UPVIS UPUV
50 cm and 200 cm). The pathlengths are user-
DYNAMIC RANGE 5 µAU/cm to 1 AU/cm) 5 µAU/cm to 1 AU/cm)
selectable, offering a very high sensitivity and
0.002 m-1 to 200m-1 0.002 m-1 to 200m-1
an extended dynamic range for VIS absorbance
WAVELENGTH RANGE 380 – 730 nm 250 – 730 nm
measurements. A user-controlled switch
changes the optical pathlength of the sample WAVELENGTH RESOLUTION 5 nm (FWHM) 5 nm (FWHM)
cell allowing absorbance measurements over NOISE (PEAK TO PEAK) < 0.2 mAU < 0.2 mAU
a broad dynamic range. The fluid path of the DRIFT < 0.5 mAU/h < 0.5 mAU/h
sample cell is optimized to produce a laminar OPTICAL PATHLENGTHS Selectable: 2 cm, 10 cm, 50 cm Selectable: 2 cm, 10 cm, 50 cm
flow that is virtually free of interference from and 200 cm and 200 cm
trapped air bubbles and adherence of dissolved INNER DIAMETER ≈ 2 mm ≈ 2 mm
substances to the cell wall. In particular, CELL VOLUME (FILLING) ≈ 10 mL (at 200 cm pathlength) ≈ 10 mL (at 200 cm pathlength)
the design greatly minimizes the problems SAMPLE INLET/OUTLET 1/8” tubing 1/8” tubing
commonly found with flow cells of long optical FIBER INPUT 600 µm core diameter, SMA 600 µm core diameter, SMA
pathlengths: the risk of trapping dust particles,
FIBER OUTPUT 400 µm core diameter, SMA 400 µm core diameter, SMA
fibers or particulate matter inside the cell.
SOLVENT RESISTANCE Most organic & inorganic solvents Most organic & inorganic solvents
The UltraPath system includes a photodiode
SYSTEM SHIPPING WEIGHT 33 lb (15 kg) 44 lb (20 kg)
array-based spectrometer module (TIDAS I)
to measure the absorbance at the selected
pathlength. Absorption of light is measured UPVIS Ultrapath System, Visible Light
between 370 nm and 730 nm wavelength UPUV Ultrapath System, Ultraviolet & Visible Light
(UPVIS) and 250 nm to 730 nm (UPUIV) with The UltraPath system includes: Multiple pathlength cell, Tidas I spectrometer module with
a resolution of 5 nm (FWHM) and a noise TidasDAQ/SpectraView software, FO-6000 light source, 400 µm and 600 µm optical fibers,
level below 0.2 mAU. A fiber optic light source 8‑roller peristaltic pump, silicone tubing, sample injector and Waveguide Cleaning Kit.
delivers light via optical fibers to the multiple
pathlength sample cell. A peristaltic pump
501609 Waveguide Cleaning Kit
Fiber Optic Spectrometers
Miniature Spectrometers a 200-850 nm wavelength range and comes the standard mirrors of the optical bench were
WPI’s SpectraUSB4 miniature spectrometers with a UV4-enhanced UV detector upgrade, a replace by Ag-coated mirrors. This improved the
are optimized for absorbance, fluorescence and multi-bandpass order-sorting detector coating, sensitivity of the detector by over 20%.
NIR applications. They plug directly into the along with a 25 µm entrance slit installed for The SpectraUSB4-M2 is a basic
USB port of any desktop or notebook PC. With an optical resolution to 1.5 nm (FWHM). The spectrometer, equipped with a grating or your
the SpectraUSB4, getting started is as easy as SpectraUSB4-NIR is preset to a 350-900 choice. Detector upgrades (Slit, L4, UV4 and/or
installing the SpectraSuite software package nm range and is equipped with a 25‑µm slit. OFLV4) can be selected when ordering the
In addition, we offer snap-on, direct attach instrument. If an application requires a specific
accessories specifically designed for these wavelength range, resolution or sensitivity.
spectrometers. USBVIS and USBUV are light Contact WPI for customization.
source/cuvette holder combos for absorbance

measurements in the 390-950 nm for VIS/NIR High Resolution Spectrometers
range and 200-950 nm UV/VIS/NIR range WPI also offers a high-resolution version,
SPECTRAUSB4-SPT respectively. the Spectra4-HR, of the SpectraUSB4
miniature spectrometer series. Its key
SPECTRAUSB4 + USBVIS advantage is the excellent optical resolution
of 0.035 nm (FWHM). The Spectra4-HR
is especially suited for applications such as
wavelength characterization of lasers and
LEDs, monitoring of gases and monochromatic
light sources, and determination of elemental
atomic emission lines. The Spectra4-HR
and connecting the spectrometer to the USB can be equipped with all upgrades available
port of the computer.
WPI offers different gratings for the
spectrometer, these define its wavelength/
detection range. The resolution of the
spectrometer is determined by its slit-width SPECTRAUSB4-FLG is pre-set for
(SLIT-xxx). These spectrometers can also be fluorescence applications. It is equipped with
equipped with a number of detector upgrades: an L4 lens and a 200 µm slit. Integrated into
a collection lens, L4, can be placed in front of this detector is a time-gated mode that delays
the detector array to increase the spectrometers the start of spectral data acquisition by 5-500
light collection efficiency and reduce stray light. microseconds after the excitation source is SPECTRA4-HR
This is especially useful when using large core turned on. Using a pulsed light source, the
diameter fibers in low light-level applications. detector sees in this mode the sample when for the SpectraUSB4‑M2. Contact WPI for
A CCD array with 3096 pixels is used as this the light is switched off. However, in order to customization. For wide wavelength range
detector. The UV4 is a detector upgrad, which use the gated phosphorescence mode, the applications, WPI also offers the high resolution
is required for measuring at wavelengths below fluorophore must have a long fluorescence spectrometer (Spectra4-HR-CG) with an
350 nm. Multi-bandpass order sorting filters are lifetime. Those working with lanthanides and installed proprietary composite grating, a 5 µm
available to avoid second order effects in the phosphorescent materials will find the gated slit, UV4 upgrade and order-sorting filter to
spectrometer modules (OFLV4). phosphorescence mode particularly useful. To provide a 200-1100nm wavelength range with
further improve the efficiency of the detector, 1.0 nm optical resolution in one spectrometer.
The SpectraUSB4 spectrometer is pre-set to
SINGLE-CHANNEL DETECTORS
SPECTRAUSB4 200-850 nm, 25 µm slit, 1.5 nm resolution
SPECTRAUSB4-FLG 380-1050 nm, 200 µm slit, ~10 nm resolution
SPECTRAUSB4-NIR 350-1000 nm, 25 µm slit, ~1.5 nm resolution
SPECTRAUSB4-M2 Plug and Play USB Module (Call for modifications)
SPECTRA4-HR High Resolution Spectrometer
SPECTRA4-HR-CG High Resolution Composite Grating Spectrometer 200-1100 nm, 5 µm slit, 1.0 nm (FWHM) resolution value
DETECTOR UPGRADEs
L4 Low Light Upgrade: Detector Collection Lens for USB4000 (per channel)
UV4 UV Detector Upgrade for USB4000 Series, required for measuring at wavelengths less than 350 nm (per channel)
OFLV4-200-850 Multi-bandpass order-sorting detector coating (per channel) — UV4 is included
OFLV4-350-1000 Multi-bandpass order-sorting detector coating (per channel)
SLIT-xxx 5, 10, 25, 50, 100, 200 µm (per channel)
See WPI website for grating, slit and resolution options.
ACCESSORIES
USBVIS Attachable Light Source [VIS: 390-900 nm] + Cuvette Holder
USBUV Attachable Light Source [UV: 200-1100 nm] + Cuvette Holder
USBCON Attachable Light Source Adapter for SPECTRAUSB
New Spectroscopy
Software
WPI now offers a new acquisition software to interface with all
SPECTRAUSB spectrometers to any PC. SpectraSuite will operate in
Mac, Linux, or Windows environments. Written in JavaScript, the new
software is spectrometer independent — the same code will work for all
USB-based spectrometers. Current users of SpectraWare may upgrade
to SpectraSuite but must provide the serial number of the USB
spectrometer they purchased.
SpectraSuite phenol red absorbance display as a function of wave-
Software Features length, recorded with an LWCC flow system and FO-6000 light source.
● Chemical Reaction Kinetics
● Zooming in or out for viewing particular data segments.
● Automatic Window resizing
● Spreadsheet compatible saving format
(ASCII, GRAMS/SPC, JCAMP)
● 21 CFR Part 11 Compliant
● International conversion modules are available.
Hardware Requirements
PC with USB connection in the following operating environments:
Windows 98, 2000, ME, XP; Linux Red Hat 9 or later, Fedora (any
version), Debian 3.1 (Sarge), SUSE 9.0 or later; Apple MacIntosh OS X
version 10.0 or later. 30 MB of disk storage space; USB port(s) required
(may run multiple spectrometers at once).
SPECTRASUITE Spectroscopy Software

SPECTRASUITE-I Spectroscopy Software, Upgrade from SpectraWare™
Spectrometer serial number required. SpectraSuite strip chart display of phenol red absorbance at 559 nm
SPECTRASUITE-U Spectroscopy Software, online updates (1 year) wavelength as a function of time, recorded with LWCC in a flow system.
SPECTRAUSB4 Specifications
Dimensions 89 x 64 x 34 mm (3.5 x 2.5 x 1.31 in.) Fiber optic SMA 905 for 0.2 NA fiber optics
Weight 200 gm (0.45 lb) Resolution 0.3 to 10.0 nm (FWHM) dependent on slit width
Detector Toshiba Linear CCD Array Stray Light Less than 0.05% at 600nm; 0.10% @ 435nm
Detection Range 200-1100nm (user specified) Power consumption 250mA @ 5VDC
Pixels 3648 Operating system Windows 98 thru XP, Mac OS X, Linux with
Signal-to-noise 300:1 USB, or any 32-bit Windows OS
A/D resolution 16-bit Operating software SpectraSuite
Sensitivity 130 ph/count at 400nm; Interface USB 2.0 (1.1 compatible); RS-232 offered
60 ph/count at 600nm Data transfer rate Full scans into memory every 13 ms.
Entrance slits 5 to 200 um; no slit also available Acquisition approximately every 25 ms.
Gratings UV to Shortwave NIR offerings
PRECONFIGURED SYSTEMS
NUTRIENT ANALYSIS SPECTRAUSB4-LWCC Visible/UV Detection System — Includes *SPECTRAUSB4-M2 detector module,
(Colorimetric Assays) MOD-3 – 350-730nm range, 25-micron slit (1.5nm resolution), OFLV4-350-1000,
FO-6000, LWCC-2100, plus KITLWCC (Kit includes fibers, pump, cleaning kit) See
page 269.
Protein — DNA/RNA SPECTRAUSB4-SPT Microliter Sampling System 1 -- Ideal for small volume requirements — Includes
*SPECTRAUSB4 detector module w/ L4 installed, SPT-2, UCK, D2LITE
FLUORESCENCE SPECTRAUSB4-FL Fluorescence Detection (increased sensitivity)—Includes *SPECTRAUSB4-FLG
detector module, FO-6000, CUV-UV-FL, CUV-MSP (2), FO-600-SMA1M (2), CUV2051-
1 (or CUV2052-1), 502111, 502112 (See page 273 for more details)
General Purpose SPECTRAUSB4-CUV UV/VIS Cuvette Sampling — Includes *SPECTRAUSB4 detector module w/ L4
Cuvette Sampling installed, D2LITE, CUV-UV, FO-400-SMA1M (2), CUV2012-1 (2)
*All systems include WPI’s SpectraSuite software and USB cable
Ultra sensitive Microliter UV/Vis Spectroscopy
Shown here is a complete system:

TIDAS-I-LWCC
See page 249
Liquid Waveguide Capillary Cell

Liquid Waveguide Capillary Cells (LWCC) are
optical sample cells that combine an increased LWCC Key Features
optical pathlength (2–500 cm) with small sample Pathlength, internal volume, and wavelength range (measured
volumes (12.5–500 mL). They can be connected with ultrapure water and a Tidas II spectrophotometer
via optical fibers to a spectrophotometer with Wavelength Range [nm]
fiber optic capabilities. Ultra-sensitive absorbance Pathlength [cm] Internal Volume [µL]
measured with Tidas II
measurements can be performed in the ultraviolet
LWCC-2002 2 5 200-1000
(UV), visible (VIS) and near-infrared (NIR) to detect
low sample concentrations in a laboratory or LWCC-2005 5 12.5 200-1000
process control environment. According to Beer's LWCC-2010 10 25 200-900
Law the absorbance signal is proportional to LWCC-2050 50 125 230-800
chemical concentration and light path length. LWCC-2100 100 250 230-730
Compared with a standard 1‑cm cell, a 1 mAU
LWCC-2200 200 500 250-730
signal is enhanced fifty- fold with a 50 cm cell to
50 mAU, using WPI’s patented aqueous waveguide LWCC-2500 500 1250 280-730
Efficiency Curves for LWCC-2 LWCC specifications

Type II
50
WAVEGUIDE MATERIAL Fused silica tubing coated with
Percent Transmission(%T)
40 a low refractive index polymer

2-cm
OPTICAL PATHLENGTH 2-500 cm
30 5-cm
10-cm INNER DIAMETER 550 µm
20 50-cm INTERNAL VOLUME ≈ 5 - 1250 µL
100-cm SAMPLE INLET/OUTLET
10 200-cm COMPRESSION FITTING 1/16”, 1/32”
500-cm
0 FIBER INPUT ID = 400 µm
200 400 600 800 1000 MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE 160 ºC
-10
MINIMUM PRESSURE* 1.5 - 3 PSI
Wavelength(nm)
SOLVENT RESISTANCE Most organic & inorganic solvents
These spectra show the optimal detection limits for LWCCs of varying pathlength. SHIPPING WEIGHT 1.4 kg (3 lb)
*A one-meter Type II waveguide of 550 µm ID requires about 1.5

PSI for water flow of 1 mL/min.
with 2 to 500 cm optical pathlength!
Mote Marine Laboratories in Sarasota, Florida
has partnered with WPI, using the Company’s
waveguide technology. WPI customized the
LWCC installed in the instrument package inside
these AUV’s (Autonomous Underwater Vehicles).
The LWCCs are used to monitor the color of
the seawater in the Gulf of Mexico. One of the
primary interest areas of this research is red tide
algae blooms.
technology*. The LWCC can be connected
directly to a pump, a chromatography column,
or can even be filled using a syringe. Based
on fiber optics, the LWCC is designed for use
with WPI's Tidas I, Tidas II, or SpectraUSB
spectrophotometer systems. Further, modular
sample systems can be assembled using
WPI’s PDA-based (Tidas I or II) or CCD-based
(SpectraUSB) spectrometer modules and WPI’s
range of UV/VIS light sources D2H, D2Lite™,
and FO-6000 (see pages 254-255).
Applications
LWCCs have been used in a variety of
applications, such as liquid chromatography,
stopped-flow and colormetric detection,
drinking water analysis, as well as Waveguide Cleaning Kit (#501609), above,
environmental and oceanographic monitoring includes the most commonly needed cleaning
systems (see References on WPI website). solutions for the LWCC waveguides. The LWCC
Start-up Kit (#KITLWCC), at right, includes two
WPI’s Liquid Waveguide Capillary Cells are fiber optic cables (#FO-400-SMA1M), Sample
made of fused silica tubing with an outer Injector Assembly (#58006), Peri-Star™ Peristaltic
coating of a low refractive index polymer. This Pump (#500291), and WaveGuide Cleaning Kit
results in high signal stability and easy removal (#501609).
of air bubbles trapped in the sensor cell due to
the hydrophilic character of the cell wall. LWCC-2002 Liquid Waveguide Capillary Cell, pathlength = 2 cm
These unique instruments were invented, LWCC-2005 Liquid Waveguide Capillary Cell, pathlength = 5 cm
patented and optimized by WPI during the LWCC-2010 Liquid Waveguide Capillary Cell, pathlength = 10 cm
last seven years of research in this field*. LWCC-2050 Liquid Waveguide Capillary Cell, pathlength = 50 cm
They feature a number of advantages over LWCC-2100 Liquid Waveguide Capillary Cell, pathlength = 100 cm
conventional absorbance cells and flow cell LWCC-2200 Liquid Waveguide Capillary Cell, pathlength = 200 cm
arrangements. Designed for use with fiber LWCC-2500 Liquid Waveguide Capillary Cell, pathlength = 500 cm
optics, they require only small sample volumes Accessories
and have a high optical throughput. A sample injector assembly can be used to conveniently fill an LWCC with sample solution using a peristaltic pump. Please
note that the LWCC requires two optical fibers to connect to spectrophotometer system. Choose between anti-solarized 400
* Related Patents
micron core or UV-enhanced cables (may be ordered in 1 or 3 meter lengths).
Micro Chemical Analysis Employing Flow Through 58006 Sample Injector Assembly
Detectors, 1995, U.S. Patent No. 5,444,807. 500291 Peri-Star™ Peristaltic Pump, 6 roller for smooth liquid injection
Aqueous Fluid Core Waveguide, 1996, U.S. Patent No. FO-400-SMA1M Fiber Optic cable, 1m, SMA, 400 mm core, UV-enhanced
5,507,447. 501609 Waveguide Cleaning Kit
Long Capillary Waveguide Raman Cell, 1997, U.S. KITLWCC LWCC Start-up Kit*
Patent No. 5,604,587. 58450 Kit, Adapter Syringe, LWCC
Chemical Sensing Techniques Employing Liquid-Core *includes FO-400-SMA1M (two), 58006, 500291, 501609
Optical Fibers, U.S. Patent No. 6,016,372
Microliter Sampling
SpectroPipetter to a spectrophotometer. The launch cable is used
Sample volumes as small as 2 microliters to couple light from a light source to the sample chamber, which is
SpectroPipetter ™
designed using waveguide principles. The return guides the light from
the sample chamber to a spectrophotometer. The SpectroPipetter is
ideally suited for measurements with WPI's TIDAS II spectrophotometer
U.S. Patents 5,416,879 — 2,284,904B — 5,507,447

system. Further, modular sample systems can be assembled using WPI’s
PDA (TIDAS I) or CCD based spectrometer modules and WPI’s range of
UV/VIS light sources (D2H, D2Lite™, and FO-6000). We recommend the
SPT-2 for TIDAS II- and TIDAS I-based systems and the SPT for S2000- or
SpectraUSB-based systems.
In addition to the
standard accessories,
the optional Ultrasonic
Cleaning Kit is highly
recommended for keeping
the sample chamber
clean and for removing
any residual sample fluid
or dye from the sample
SpectroPipetter™ cell. The kit contains an
ultrasonic cleaning bath
is the smallest for the tip module, a
and easiest to special stand for placing the SpectroPipetter in the ultrasonic bath and a
bottle of concentrated cleaning solution. A built-in timer provides a 20-
use microliter second cleaning cycle with a high intensity ultrasonic wave each time it
is activated.
spectroscopic References
sample cell on S.X. Liu, J.P. Fabisiak, V.A. Tyurin,
the market. With its G.G. Borisenko, B.R. Pitt, J.S.

Lazo, V.E. Kagan, “Reconstitution SpectroPipetter II
especially low sample volume of Apo-Superoxide Dismutase and Ultrasonic Cleaning Kit
of only 2 microliters, the by Nitric Oxide-Induced Copper
SpectroPipetter is ideally suited Transfer from Metallothioneins”,
for protein and DNA analysis. In its outward design, the SpectroPipetter Chemical Research in Toxicology,
resembles a standard laboratory pipette. Fluid is taken up and expelled 2000.
by means of a manual plunger, just as in a standard pipette. The plunger S. Aleman, et al., “Long-
is made of an optical fiber bundle, protected by stainless steel tubing. term effects of antiretroviral
In addition to moving combination therapy on HIV
the sample in and out of type 1 DNA levels” (1999) Aids
Research And Human Retroviruses
the sample chamber, it
15: 14.
delivers and collects the
T.M. Redmond, S. Yu, E. Lee, D.
light used for absorbance
Bok, D. Hamasaki, N. Chen, P.
measurements. This Goletz, J.X. Ma, R.K. Crouch, K.
design allows easy, Pfeifer, “Rpe65 is necessary for
quick and accurate production of 11-cis-vitamin A in
spectroscopic the retinal visual cycle”, Nature
measurements of small Genetics, vol. 20, (1998), 344-
sample volumes. Two 351.
fiber optic cables are
used to connect the
SpectroPipetter Specifications
Protective SPT SPT-2
Piston is part of metal sheath WAVELENGTH RANGE (with TIDAS-2) 230 - 850 nm 230 - 850 nm
fiber optic pathway Cell opening SAMPLE VOLUME 2 microliter 2 microliter
LIGHT PATH LENGTH OF CELL 1.0 cm 1.0 cm
Quartz guide TEMPERATURE RANGE 4 to 99 °C 4 to 99 °C
OPTICAL FIBER LENGTH 1.3 m 1.3 m
CORE DIAMETER OF LAUNCH FIBER(S) 400 µm 200 µm bundle (3)
CORE DIAMETER OF RETURN FIBER 100 µm 200 µm
SPT SpectroPipetter
SPT-2 SpectroPipetter-II — Optimal UV Efficiency
SPT-UCK SpectroPipetter & Ultrasonic Cleaning Kit
SPT-2-UCK SpectroPipetter-II & Ultrasonic Cleaning Kit
After passing through OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
sample, reflected light Sample Mirror 15807 Cleaning Solution Concentrate (125 mL)
returns to the spectrometer UCK Ultrasonic Cleaning Kit
World’s Smallest
Fiber Optic
Dipping Probe
DipTip™ is a miniature transmission probe for microliter spectroscopic
sampling. DipTip’s tip diameter is only 1.5 mm—the size of a 17-gauge
needle. It will fit into all micro centrifuge tubes on the market and is a
very useful tool for measuring protein and DNA samples. The diminutive
for
dipping probe can also be used for a dissolution system. Thanks to WPI's
proprietary optical design, DipTip is not only four to five times smaller
in diameter than any other product on the market, but also costs 50%
less. Together with our fiber optic-based spectrophotometers (Tidas II) or
spectrometer modules (Tidas I) or CCD (SpectraUSB) and light sources
UV/Vis
(D2H, D2Lite™, and FO-6000), microliter samples can be analyzed very
cost effectively. Spectroscopy
Ideal for multi-channel applications.
10 mm light pathlength
DIPTIP Specifications
DIP-UV DIP-NIR DIP-UV-SR
Tip Diameter 1.5mm 1.5 mm 1.5 mm
Light Pathlength 2, 5, 10mm 2, 5, 10mm 2, 5, 10mm
Wavelength Range (nm) 230-1000 350-1000 200-1000
Sample Volume Required 20-50 µL 20-50 µL 20-50 µL
Distance From Tip to Upper Edge of Sample Window 7 mm 7 mm 7 mm
Total Length (including handle) 18 cm 18 cm 18 cm
Fiber Length 1.5 m 1.5 m 1.5 m
Fiber Optic Connection SMA 905 SMA 905 SMA 905
Launch Fibers (2) NA = 0.22 400 µm 400 µm 400 µm
Return Fiber (1) NA = 0.22 400 µm 400 µm 400 µm
DIP-UVx DipTip™ for UV/VIS Spectroscopy (2,5, and 10mm path)

DIP-NIRx DipTip™ for VIS/NIR Spectroscopy (2,5, and 10mm path)
DIP-UV-SRx DipTip™ for UV/VIS with solar resistant fibers (2,5, and 10mm path)
UCK Ultrasonic Cleaning Kit
Specify pathlength when ordering: X = 2, 5 or 10
Cuvette Holders & Accessories
WPI’s cuvette holders can be connected via optical fibers to our light sources
and detectors to build modular absorbance/transmission or fluorescence
Cuvette Holder for 10 cm Cuvettes
detection system. They are optimized for UV/VIS/NIR applications in the The CUV-UV-10 is a cuvette
200‑nm to 2 µm range. Quartz, glass or plastic cuvettes of various sizes holder for 10 cm cuvettes and
can be used with them to analyze your sample solutions. Some key design couples to a light source and
features are: a spectrometer via optical
● A pair of adjustable 5-mm diameter f/2 quartz fiber optic collimators fibers. The cuvette holder can
● Spring loaded ball plungers for precise cuvette positioning be used for absorbance and
● Built-in 1/4-inch filter slot transmission measurements of
● Temperature stabilization with a water bath via internal liquid channels in aqueous solutions. Each cuvette
holder assembly comes with
the cuvette holder base

● SMA 905 terminations for fiber optic coupling a black cover, which can be
used to eliminate ambient light.
WPI’s CUV2071-1, a 10 cm
Cuvette Holder for 1 cm Cuvettes cuvette with a sample volume
The CUV-UV is a cuvette of 28 mL can be used to perform measurements with a 10 cm pathlength.
holder for 1 cm cuvettes
and couples to a light CUV-UV-10 Cuvette holder for UV/VIS/NIR, 10 cm $
source and spectrometer

via optical fibers. WPI’s
quartz and glass cuvettes
can be conveniently used to
measure absorbencies with
sample volumes ranging
from 0.2‑mL (CUV2034‑1)
to 3.5‑mL (CUV2012‑1).
Linear Variable Filters
Further, flow through systems ● Continuously variable wavelength in one filter
can be assembled when using WPI’s cuvette flow cells CUV2061-1 or ● Substantial economy to using fixed wavelength filters
CUV2062-1. A black cuvette cover is available to eliminate ambient light and
to block the light path, when taking dark current measurements. ● Rugged, durable, and easily cleanable
CUV-UV Cuvette holder for UV/VIS/NIR, 1 cm ● UV and VIS versions available
501603 Black Cuvette Cover (optional) ● Especially useful for fluorescence applications
WPI’s unique high pass and low pass linear variable filter slides vary their
4-way Cuvette Holder for 1 cm Cuvettes transition wavelength along their lengths. A specific wavelength can be
selected by simply adjusting the filter to the appropriate linear position.
The CUV-ALL 4-way Cuvette
Holder for 1-cm path length A single linear variable high pass filter (#502126) blocks 98.8% of light
cuvettes is equipped with fiber below and transmits 90% light above its selectable transition wavelength. A
optic couplings, which couple single linear variable low pass filter (#502127) passes light at 88% up to its
to optical fibers to either read transition wavelength and then blocks 98.8%. When aligning two identical
or illuminate the sample. high pass or low pass filters, the optical density of the blocked wavelength
When used with spectrometers increases to 99.96%, but the transmission is reduced to approximately 80%.
and light sources, CUV-ALL A band pass filter (#502111) with adjustable center wavelength and band
Cuvette Holders can measure pass can be assembled by combining a low pass and a high pass linear
absorbance, fluorescence, variable filter slide. With this combination, center wavelength and transmission
scattering or any combination of bandwidth can be user selected.
these optical phenomena. The
cuvette holder can be used for Accessories
“straight-through” measurements, All filters are housed in a slide carrier and can be easily inserted in either
as well as for scattering or fluorescence measurements. The CUV-ALL Cuvette a inline filter holder (#502114) or cuvette holder (#CUV-ALL). An optical
Holder accepts all WPI’s 1 cm cuvettes; adjustable spring-loaded pistons hold adapter (#502112) is available for the CUV-ALL cuvette holder to clamp
the cuvette against two reference surfaces. The assembly also has a built-in the slide carrier into place and set the filter position. A cuvette shaped PTFE
1/4-inch filter slot, especially convenient for tailoring (with bandpass filters) block (#502113) can be used to redirect excitation light 90 degrees from
excitation wavelengths in fluorescence measurements. the excitation port into the emission port of a fluorescence cuvette holder
CUV-ALL 4 way cuvette holder (CUV-ALL or CUV-UV-FL) to monitor and adjust filter performance during the
501603 Black Cuvette Cover (optional) experimental setup.
Cuvette Holder for Fluorescence The filters listed below have a 300-750 nm wavelength range.
We also offer a UV (230-500‑nm) version of each filter. Call for assistance.
Applications 502126 Single-filter Slide for High-pass Applications
The CUV-UV-FL is a fluorescence option of the CUV-ALL, available with two, 502127 Single-filter Slide for Low-pass Applications
instead of four collimators, to allow perpendicular sample excitation and 502128 Double-filter Slide for High-pass Applications
detection. To increase the efficiency, mirrored screw plugs (CUV-MSP) are 502129 Double-filter Slide for Low-pass Applications
available to reflect excitation and emission light back into the sample cell. 502111 Adjustable Bandpass Linear Variable Filter
CUV-UV-FL Fluorescence Cuvette Holder 502112 Adapter for Cuvette Holder
501603 Black Cuvette Cover (optional) 502113 Cuvette-shaped PTFE Block for Redirecting Excitation Energy
CUV-MSP Mirrored screw plugs 502114 In-line Filter Holder for Linear Variable Filters
502115 Kit consisting of 502111, 502112, 502113 and 502114
Quartz and optical glass cuvettes for
spectrophotometry and fluorometry
● High Quality Glass Cuvettes for $3/cuvette
● High Quality Synthetic Quartz Cuvettes for $36/cuvette
● Optical Glass: 350 – 2500 nm ● Synthetic Quartz: 185 – 2500 nm
WPI’s glass and synthetic quartz cuvettes cence and flow) are shipped individually pack- transmission curves of glass and synthetic
are ideal for UV/VIS/NIR absorbance or aged, glass cuvettes are shipped in packages of quartz cuvettes are shown in Fig. 1 (cuvettes
fluorescence experiments. The cuvettes are 10 cuvettes. These economic Quartz and Glass were empty, thickness 1.25 mm x 2, including
manufactured by heat fusion into a single unit. cuvettes are ideal for precision measurements, surface reflections, measured with a TIDAS II
This adhesive-free technology eliminates any because of their high quality materials used against air as reference).
solvent interference. WPI offers two window and their low manufacturing tolerances. Typical A complete transmission spectrum from 190
materials, fused quartz and glass. nm to 4 mm is shown in Fig. 2
Synthetic quartz can be used in deep Technical Characteristics (cuvettes were empty, thickness
UV applications and is recommended 1.25 mm x 2, including surface
for fluorescent applications, as it does Cuvette Material Spectral Range Transmission Difference
reflections).
not exhibit background fluorescence. (>80%) Between Different Cuvettes
Quartz cuvettes (absorbance, fluores- Optical Glass 350 – 2500 nm Less than 1%
Synthetic Quartz 200 – 2500 nm Less than 1%
100
80
Transmission [%]
60
40
20
Synthetic Quartz
0
Glass
Fig. 2—Complete transmission curves of
200 400 600 800 1000 Style A Style B Style C Glass and Synthetic Quartz Cuvettes
Wavelength [nm]
Fig. 1—Transmission curves

of Glass and Synthetic Quartz
Cuvettes
Useful accessories for cuvettes are

the ultrasonic cleaner (PUC) on page
163, and the Cleaning Solution
Concentrate (15807) on page 254. Style D Style E * Style F * Style G
Catalog # Style Material Windows Path Dimensions VolUME Beam width

[mm] [mm] [mL] [mm]
ABSORBANCE
CUV2011-1 B Quartz 2 5 7.4x12.4x45 1.7 10
CUV2012-1 C Quartz 2 10 12.4x12.4x45 3.5 10
CUV1022-10 C Optical Glass 2 10 12.4x12.4x45 3.5 10
CUV2031-1 D Quartz 2 10 12.4x12.4x45 1 4
CUV2032-1 D Quartz 2 10 12.4x12.4x45 0.75 3
CUV2033-1 D Quartz 2 10 12.4x12.4x45 0.5 2
CUV2034-1 D Quartz 2 10 12.4x12.4x45 0.2 0.5-1
Fluorescence
CUV2051-1 A Quartz 4 10 12.4x12.4x45 3.8 10
CUV2052-1 A Quartz 4 10 12.4x12.4x45 1 4
Flow cells
CUV2061-1 E Quartz 2 10 12.4x12.4x45 0.07 3
CUV2062-1 F Quartz 2 10 12.4x12.4x45 0.48 4x12
CUV2071-1 G Quartz 2 100 102.5 x d22 28 19
* Distance between base of cell and center of sample chamber: Style E, z = 16 mm; Style F, z = 15 mm.
Transmission Probes The TR-600 is a high efficiency transmission probe for dipping and online
UV/VIS absorbance measurements in liquids. The probe end is dipped into a
sample solution to perform a measurement. Launch and return fibers have a
600 mm core diameter, as well as the probe has a remarkable transmission
(20% at 260 nm and over 30 % at 700 nm). This makes the probe ideal as
a dipping probe for WPI’s TIDAS I and TIDAS‑II as well as the S2000 and
SpectraUSB series systems. Additionally, the probe can be conveniently used
with spectrophotometers that required fiber optic adapters (e.g., Varian or
HP). The probe works in the range of 200 nm to 1000 nm range. The optical
pathlength can be selected between 2, 5 and 10 mm when purchased. Probe
diam: 6.35 mm. Shaft length: 152 mm.
TR-600
TR-600
TR600-xx Transmission probe with 1 tip (2, 5, 10 or 20 mm)
TR600TIP-xx Replacement Tip (specify 2, 5, 10 or 20 mm)
range of 200 nm to 1000 nm range. The optical spectrometer module and a D2H or FO-6000
pathlength can be selected between 2, 5 and 10 light source or WPI’s CCD-based spectrometer
mm when purchased. The TR-UV can be used modules (SpectraUSB and S2000) and a D2H,
TR-UV
TR-UV efficiently with WPI’s TIDAS I high performance D2Lite™ or FO-6000 light source.
The TR-UV is a transmission probe, which can

be used for online absorbance measurements
in liquids. Six fibers with a core diameter of
200‑µm are used to transport light from a light
source to the sample cell, one 200‑µm fiber is
used to couple light from the sample cell back TR-UV Transmission probe with 1 tip (2, 5, 10)
into the spectrometer. The probe works in the TR-TIP-xx Replacement Tip (specify 2, 5 or 10 mm)
Reflectance Probes The REF-UV is a standard reflection probe to

observe spectral information of diffuse or direct
reflecting materials. Light is
guided via six fibers with a
core diameter of 200 µm
from a light source to the
sample. Reflected light is
guided via a seventh fiber
with a core diameter of
200‑µm to a light detector.
The REF-UV can be used
with WPI’s fiber optic-based
spectrophotometer (TIDAS REF-UV
REF-UV
II) or spectrometer modules
(TIDAS I, S2000 series or
SpectraUSB) and light sources (D2H, D2Lite™,
and FO-6000).
REF-UV Reflectance Probe
13395 SMA Bulkhead Feedthru connector/coupler, D-hole
13370 SMA half-length Bulkhead coupler/connector
CC-3-UV Cosine Corrector
13370
CC-3-UV
13395
Bifurcated Fiber
Optic Assemblies
Use to combine similar intensity light from
differing sources or to split a light source into
two fibers. For use with a dual spectrometer as
a reference.
UV/VIS
BIFURCATED ASSEMBLY
Specifications
Length 1 meter
Connectors SMA
Wavelength ranges 200-1100 nm
Cable Type UV-enhanced
BIF22 Split or combine similar intensities (200/200)

BIF44 Split or combine similar intensities (400/400)
BIF41 Combine UV (400) + VIS (100) WPI can build custom fiber optic assemblies for many
BIF62 Combine UV (600) + VIS (200) UV/VIS/NIR applications. Call for more information.
BIF66 Split or Combine Similar Intensities (600/600)
UV-enhanced fiber optic cables

of such a fiber, defined by the 1/e reduction in
transmission at 240 nm, is normally less than
Attenuation
dB/km
Over 20,000 hours
200 minutes. This effect renders them unsuitable 1000— with less than 5%
for UV spectroscopy below 240 nm. degradation!
Anti-solarization fibers suitable for deep 100—
UV spectroscopy solve this problem. These Transmission/m 99%
fibers stabilize to less than 5% degradation

10—
over a period of 20,000 hours after an initial 99.9%
transmission “burn-in” loss of less than 25%.

Additionally, this anti-solarization characteristic 1—
will not degrade over time. 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100
Wavelength, nm
UV-ENHANCED FIBER OPTIC CABLES, 230 – 1000 NM

FO-50-SMA1M Fiber Optic Cable, 1 m, SMA, 50 µm Core, UV-Enhanced
FO-50-SMA Fiber Optic Cable, 3 m, SMA, 50 µm Core, UV-Enhanced
Features
FO-100-SMA Fiber Optic Cable, 3 m, SMA, 100 µm Core, UV-Enhanced
● Broad UV/Vis spectral range ● Laser dam-
age resistant ● High core to clad ratios ● Broad
temperature range ● Bio-compatible materials FO-200-SMA Fiber Optic Cable, 3 m, SMA, 200 µm Core, UV-Enhanced
● Radiation resistant ● Sterilizable by ETO and FO-400-SMA1M Fiber Optic Cable, 1 m, SMA, 400 µm Core, UV-Enhanced
gamma radiation ● Higher transmission than PCS FO-400-SMA Fiber Optic Cable, 3 m, SMA, 400 µm Core, UV-Enhanced
between 180‑nm and 300 nm FO-400SMA/ST Fiber Optic cable, 1 m, SMA/ST connector, 400 µm core, UV-Enhanced
Properties FO-600-SMA1M Fiber Optic Cable, 1 m, SMA, 600 µm Core, UV-Enhanced
● Multimode • Pure silica core • Numerical aper- FO-600-SMA Fiber Optic Cable, 3 m, SMA, 600 µm Core, UV-Enhanced
ture: 0.22 ± 0.02 (standard) FO-1000-SMA1M Fiber Optic Cable, 1 m, SMA, 1000 µm Core, UV-Enhanced
● Standard prooftest: 70 kpsi • Minimum bend FO-1000-SMA Fiber Optic Cable, 3 m, SMA, 1000 µm Core, UV-Enhanced
radius: 100x clad radius (momentary), 600x
ANTI SOLARIZATION FIBER OPTIC CABLES, 190 – 1000 NM
clad radius (long term)
FO-200AS-SMA Fiber Optic Cable, 1 m, SMA, 200 µm Core, Anti-Solarization
Anti-Solarization FO-400AS-SMA Fiber Optic Cable, 1 m, SMA, 400 µm Core, Anti-Solarization
The transmission of conventional UV-enhanced
FO-600AS-SMA Fiber Optic Cable, 1 m, SMA, 600 µm Core, Anti-Solarization
silica/silica fiber decreases rapidly at wavelengths
below 240 nm when exposed to high intensities PLASTIC FIBER OPTIC CABLES (NON UV), 400 TO 1000 NM
of a deuterium lamp. This effect is called “UV- FOP1-SMA Plastic Fiber Optic Cable, SMA connectors, 1 mm x 2 m
solarization” and results from the generation of FOP1-SMA/ST Plastic Fiber Optic Cable, ST/SMA connectors, 1 mm x 2 m
color centers in the fiber material. The lifetime FOP1-ST Plastic Fiber Optic Cable, ST connectors, 1 mm x 2 m
FO-6000™
High color temperature
tungsten light source
This new miniature
D2H
tungsten light source has FO-6000 Spectrum
been developed for high
Normalized Intensity [cts]
1. 0
precision portable and
low-power spectroscopy 0. 8
applications. Its advantage 0. 6
lies in its high light power

output, its effective color
0. 4 Deuterium halogen light source with
temperature of 6000K and
0. 2
FO-6000
2760 K Tungsten Lamp
integrated TTL shutter
its exceptionally low drift 0. 0
below 0.5 mAU/h. The 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000
The D2H is a combined deuterium and halogen light source for UV/VIS
FO-6000 is a light source Wavelength [nm] and NIR applications. This light source is ideally suited to work with
for the extended visible WPI’s spectrometer modules and sample cells. It supplies a continuous
part of the light spectrum (380 nm – 1700 nm). It has a SMA type spectrum in the UV, VIS
and NIR range from 215 D2H Spectrum
output connector. Shutter and lamp can be operated via TTL external
triggering. This light source offers a wide assortment of field applications nm to 1700 nm. The D2H is 1.0 tungsten & deuterium
in analytical chemistry as well as environmental and life science. equipped with an integrated Normalized Intensity
0.8
tungsten
deuterium
electrical shutter, which can
A significant problem with tungsten light bulbs is their inherent low 0.6
be controlled by a switch or
light output at wavelengths below 430 nm. The FO-6000 was developed
a TTL signal. For deep UV 0.4
to overcome this limitation. The light intensity of a tungsten light bulb
applications (190‑nm), the 0.2
(2760K) drops below 10% at 420 nm wavelength. However, using
D2H-2 should be used.
FO-6000, the light intensity drops below 10% at 370 nm, where the 0.0
intensity of the conventional tungsten light bulb is at approximately 2% 200 300 400 500 600 700 800
relative light output. The inherent low noise of the FO-6000 makes it Wavelength [nm]
particularly suitable for low-noise detection systems.
FO-6000FILT D2H
D2H-2
Deuterium Halogen Light Source (215 nm–1700 nm)
Deuterium Halogen Light Source (190 nm–1700 nm)
The FO-6000FILT inline filter D2H-HB Halogen replacement lamp
holder directly attaches to the FO- D2H-DB Deuterium replacement lamp ( > 215 nm)
6000 light source. This allows a D2H-HBER Deuterium replacement lamp ( > 190 nm)
virtual light loss free insertion of
optical filters with outer diameters
from 8 to 25.4 mm and thickness
ranging from 2 to 10 mm into
the light path of the FO-6000.
With this filter holder and an
UV
optical filter, a highly stable
monochromatic light source can be
assembled.
Safety
Goggles
Goggles fit over
FO-6000 Fiber Optic Light Source
regular glasses
FO-6000FILT Inline Filter Holder Adapter for FO-6000
800120 Replacement Lamp for FO-6000
13410 UV Safety Goggles
LED-Lite
Modular LED Light source with
exchangeable LEDs
The LED-lite is a power supply for WPI’s ELS LED modules for
monochromatic light excitation. Each ELS module has an SMA bulk head
fitting and allows direct attachment of SMA terminated fibers.
ELS module
Deuterium
light source
solution for
hand-held
spectroscopy
ELS Spectral Distributions

This new miniature deuterium light source has been developed for Spectral Line Estimated
portable and low-power spectroscopy applications. Its advantage lies in Color λmax Half Width Output
fast and convenient single measurement cycles and its short warming up
time. D2Lite is a complete UV-VIS light source (200 nm – 1100 nm) with UV 370 nm 12 nm 85 µW
shine-through arrangement of a deuterium and a tungsten lamp, shutter, Blue 430 nm 65 nm 15 µW
optical system with SMA Blue 450 nm 70 nm 119 µW
connector and power supply D2Lite Spectrum Blue 470 nm 20 nm 140 µW
for the two lamps. Both Blue-Green 495 nm 35 nm 227 µW
lamps and shutter can be
Normalized Intensity
1.0
Green 525 nm 40 nm 80 µW
operated via TTL external 0.8 Yellow 590 nm 13 nm 60 µW
triggering. This light source 0.6 Orange 623 nm 15 nm 114 µW
offers a wide assortment
0.4 Red 660 nm 35 nm 275 µW
of field applications in
environmental and life 0.2 Estimated output is after light has passed through a 1 mm fiber.
sciences. 0.0
200 300 400 500 600 700 800
LED-LITE ELS Power Supply (requires ELS module)
Wavelength [nm]
Includes transformer and AC adapter.
D2LITE-Y D2Lite Deuterium Light Source (120V, US plug) Specify line voltage
D2LITE-B D2Lite Deuterium Light Source (240V, UK plug) ELS-xxx External Light Source Module (specify wavelength)
D2LITE-Z D2Lite Deuterium Light Source (240V, Euro plug) ELS-370 ELS Module (370 nm)
D2LITE-R Replacement Lamp 300051 Fiber Optic Collimator (SMA)
300052 Fiber Optic Collimator (ST)
To order ELS, use wavelength as suffix to

part number (e.g. ELS-430).
LIGHT SOURCE SPECIFICATIONS
D2LITE D2H / D2H-2 FO-6000
Application UV/VIS/NIR UV/VIS/NIR VIS/NIR
Spectral Range 200—1700 nm 215/190—1700 nm 380—1700 nm
Deuterium lamp life 1000 hr 1000 hr NA
Tungsten/Halogen lamp life 2000 hr 1000 hr 3000* hr
Stability <1 mAU/h <0.5 mAU/h <0.5 mAU/h
Power Consumption 6W 100 W 6W
Power requirements 12Vdc/0.5A 110/240V, 50-60Hz, 1A 12VDC/1A
Shutter/TTL trigger Yes Yes Yes
Max. Fiber Output 1000 mm 1000 mm 1000 mm
Connections SMA SMA SMA
Shipping Weight 1.0 lb (0.4 kg) 13.2 lb (6 kg) 1.3 lb (0.6 kg)
Dimensions (W/H/L) 2.7 x 2.6 x 6.7 5.3 x 5.9 x 12.6 4.8 x 2.8 x 7.5
(7 x 6.5 x 17) (13.5 x 15 x 32) (12 x 7 x 19)
*Lamp life is dependent upon internal power settings.
In-Line Fiber Optic PeroxiLuminol
Filter Holder Hydrogen Peroxide Determination
Kit Based on Peroxidase-Catalyzed
This very useful instrument allows the insertion of optical filters within a
fiber optic pathway. The connectors of the filter holder assembly are com
Luminol Chemiluminescence
patible with WPI’s range of fiber optic jumper cables and can be coupled
using SMA or ST connectors. 1200
1200
Filters with y = 10.291x + 1.0278

1000
outer diameters R 2 = 0.9996
Luminescence (mV)
1000
from 8 to 25.4 800
mm and thick
Luminescence (mV)
600
nesses from 2 to 800
10 mm can be 400
accomodated. 200
The design limits 600

lateral and axial 0
0 20 40 60 80 100
movement of
the filter when 400
secured in the
holder.
200
Two fiber optic collimators are internally mounted in the holder so as
to pass collimated light through the filter and then refocus the filtered
light into the aperture of the output fiber. Spectral range will be largely
0
limited by the bandpass of the optical fibers (from UV to near IR using 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500
WPI UV-enhanced cables). Time (s)
56200 In-Line Fiber Optic Filter Holder (SMA) Hydrogen Peroxide is produced in biological systems by controlled
56300 In-Line Fiber Optic Filter Holder (ST) pathways at low concentrations that impact on cell signaling. At higher
concentrations inflammatory cells produce local intense amounts of
this oxidant to kill pathogens. In the development of human disease
uncontrolled formation of hydrogen peroxide from the mitochondrial
respiratory chain and enzymes such as xanthine oxidase can
occur (Prof. Victor Darley-Usmar, University of Alabama, personal
Fiber Optic Collimator communication). Hydrogen peroxide concentrations at µM level elicit

a broad spectrum of cellular responses ranging from mitogenic growth
stimulation to apoptosis and necrosis. PeroxiLuminol is a hydrogen
peroxide chemiluminescence bioassay kit developed by WPI to provide
an accurate analytical tool by which to measure hydrogen peroxide
formation in the living system. The kit is designed to compliment
WPI’s new range of hydrogen peroxide electrochemical sensors. When
combined together these detection methods will greatly aid hydrogen
WPI’s Fiber Optic Collimator can be used for both collimating a light beam peroxide research.
emitted by an optical fiber or coupling light from a collimated light beam Assay Principle: Horseradish peroxidase (HRP) reacts with hydrogen
into an optical fiber. The numerical aperture of the collimator is optimized for peroxide to form reactive Compound I and Compound II, which in turn
maximum coupling efficiency into typical fused silica fibers. The collimator oxidize luminol with concomitant production of chemiluminescence
can, for example, be used to guide a parallel light beam through a sample (see reaction scheme below). The PeroxiLuminol Kit has been optimized
cuvette or an optical filter with virtually no optical losses. In this application, so that hydrogen peroxide concentration is linearly proportional to
one collimator collimates the light into a parallel beam 5 mm in diameter, luminescence intensity. Our formulation assures that luminescence
enabling it to pass a long distance without losing the energy. After the light intensity doesn’t decay too quickly so that measurement can be made
passes the sample media, a second collimator can be used to collect the accurately and precisely. The slow decay rate also allows luminescence
beam into the receiving fiber. A unique design feature of this collimator is that measurement with simple luminometers that may not include injection/
the distance between the lens and the optical fiber can be easily adjusted.
mixing devices. The figure above shows hydrogen peroxide standards as
This permits it to be used as a focusing device or for fine-tuning the color
assayed by the HRP-catalyzed luminescence method.
balance when coupling light from a light source into a fiber.
Benefits
• Determine hydrogen peroxide concentration in minutes.
COLLIMATOR Specifications • Simple and extensively tested method with an increased sensitivity.
Lens diameter 5 mm
• More stable signals.
Lens focal distance 10 mm
• Inexpensive measurement instrument.
Lens material Ultraviolet grade synthetic fused silica (KU-1)
Wavelength range 170 nm-2 µm
Note: This kit is designed to assay hydrogen peroxide in cell cultures.
Mounting threads 3/8-24 UNF
Samples with high hemoglobin content and/or metal content may not
Divergence < 0.1 rad for 1 mm core fiber
be suitable for assay. Due to continued development, the kit format and
Fiber connector interface SMA or ST performance parameters may be changed without a notice. Contact WPI for
further information.
300051 Fiber Optic Collimator (SMA)
300052 Fiber Optic Collimator (ST) PEROXYLUMINOL Hydrogen Peroxide Determination Kit
This kit provides material for 100 assays in cuvettes or test tubes
(assay volume: 1 mL/assay).
GSH ASSAY KIT
Quantitative Determination of Glutathione Using Tietze’s Enzymatic Recycling Method
1.8
0.6 30 µM GSH
Rate (A412nm/min)
y = 0.0175x + 0.0096
1.6 0.5
R 2 = 0.9996
0.4
0.3
Absorbance (412 nm)
1.4
0.2 24 µM GSH
0.1
1.2 0
0 10 20 30
GSH Concentration (µM) 18 µM GSH
1
0.8 12 µM GSH
0.6
6 µM GSH
0.4
0.2
0 µM GSH
0
0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5
Time (minutes)
Glutathione (GSH), a tripeptide antioxidant, to regenerate GSH using Glutathione Reducatse
plays multiple biological functions. It is involved and NADPH, to provide specificity and improved GSH GR
in detoxification of harmful molecules, such sensitivity for the assay. The reaction mechanism GSSG NADPH GSHt DTNB
as reactive oxygen species (i.e., hydrogen is depicted schematically in the following figure.
peroxide and hydroperoxides) through Since glutathione reductase is used, the amount
glutathione peroxidaes, and xenobiotics through of glutathione measured represents the sum of
glutathione transferase. It is also involved in reduced and oxidized glutathione in the sample
NADPH GR
signal transduction, gene expression, apoptosis ([GSH]t = [GSH] + 2 x [GSSG]). The rate of
and interaction with nitric oxide. Glutathione absorbance change (∆A412nm/min) is made to be
antioxidant status is frequently measured in linear for the convenience and consistence of TNB GSTNB TNB
physiology and pathophysiology. measurement, and is linearly proportional to the (λ 412nm) (λ 412nm)
Assay principal: GSH reacts with Ellman’s total concentration of GSH. The concentration of
reagent (5,5’-dithiobis(nitrobenzoic acid) or DTNB) an unknown (sample) is determined by calculating
GSHt ↔ ∆TNB/min ↔ ∆A412nm/min
to produce a chromophore TNB with maximal from the linear equation generated from several
absorbance at 412 nm and oxidized glutathione standards of glutathione.
GSSG. Tietze formulated an enzymatic method
Other Benefits
Selective References
● Formulated for convenient and fast assay for biological samples —
1. Sies H., “Glutathione and its role in cellular function”, Free Rad.
3 minutes/assay at room temperature.
Biol. Med. (1999), 27, 916-921.
● Use simple spectrophotometers or microtiter plate readers.
2. Griffith, O. W., “Biological and pharmacologic regulation of
mammalian glutathione synthesis”, Free Rad. Biol. Med. (1999), ● No interference from cysteine and metal ions.
27, 922-935. ● Wide assay range from 0.1 µM to 30 µM in sample (dilution is
3. Tietze F., “Enzymic method for quantitative determination required for samples with higher GSH concentration.)
of nanogram amounts of total and oxidized glutathione: ● Kit includes all required reagents and standards.
applications to mammalian blood and other tissues”, Anal.
Biochem. (1969), 27, 502-522. GSH-KIT Total Glutathione Determination Kit
50 cuvette assays/200 microplate well assays
NITRALYZER™-II Griess REACTION
Nitrate to Nitrite Reduction Kit NITRITE KIT
This kit uses disposable copper-coated cadmium granules to convert
nitrate into nitrite in minutes, with consistent ~100% efficiency. It is Quantitative Determination of Nitrite
compatible with both WPI’s Griess REACTION NITRITE KIT and ISO-
This kit uses the
NOP electrochemical nitrite assay method.
standard colorimetric Standard Curves
Griess Reaction (After 10x dilution with deproteinization
to measure nitrite reagents/NITRALYZER-II treatment)
concentration in
0.25
biological samples. y = 0.0021x + 0.0029
Absrbance (540 nm)

When nitrate or total 2
0.2 R = 0.999
nitrate plus nitrite (Nox) Nitrite Standards
is measured, samples 0.15
must first be treated by
NITRALYZER-II Kit to 0.1
convert all nitrate into y = 0.0021x + 0.0044
nitrite. 0.05 R 2 = 0.999
Spectrophotometric Nitrate Standards
quantification of nitrite 0
0 20 40 60 80 100
using Griess reagents
is simple, reliable and Original Concentration (µM)
cost-effective. It is
widely used in numerous laboratories around the world and remains the
method of choice for some applications. Nox assay requires reduction
to nitrite before Griess Reaction. Nitrate concentration can then be
Nitrate and nitrite are end products of short-lived nitric oxide in- determined by calculating the difference between Nox concentration and
vivo. Nitrite concentration can be measured by a number of well- nitrite concentration.
established methods. Nitrate assay requires conversion into nitrite
before the measurement. Copper-coated cadmium is the most popular
chemical reducer
among researchers.
Alternative methods Copperized Cadium Nitrate Reducer
based on enzymatic 120
reduction of nitrate 100 µM Nitrate (two sets)
100
require much longer
Nitrite (µM)
reaction times and 80

their conversion 50 µM Nitrate
60
efficiency decreases
at high nitrate 40 25 µM Nitrate
concentrations.
Advantages of 20 10 µM Nitrate (two sets)
cadmium based 0
method include 10 20 30 40 50 60
stability upon storage Reduction Time (minutes)
and invariability
between different lots.
Benefits
● ~100% conversion efficiency in minutes (up to 100µM nitrate).
Benefits
● Disposable – used only once to yield consistent results.
● Simple (fast) and reliable, suitable for large number of samples.
● Conversion takes place at room temperature.
● Low cost.
● Compatible with both Griess REACTION NITRITE KIT and ISO-
● 0.3 µM – 100 µM assay range (assuming that no deproteinization is
NOP electrochemical nitrite assay technique.
required).
● Scalable – smaller volumes for hard-to-obtain biological samples
(12 µL minimum sample volume).
● Assay at room temperature.
● Extensively tested in our laboratory.
● Extensively tested in WPI’s laboratory.
Spectrophotometer and semi-micro cuvettes are required for the assay (see
Spectroscopy Section). Alternatively, a microtiter plate reader can be used
for absorbance measurement.
NITRALYZER II Nitrate to Nitrite Reduction Kit
Kit contains material for 100–500 conversions
GRNK Griess Reaction Nitrite Kit, 100-500 Nitrite tests

GRNK-II GRNK + NITRALYZER-II, 100-500 Nox tests
Product Index
Item Page Item Page Item Page Item Page
100042................................................................. 84 14128 & 14128-G............................................. 131 1B100-4..............................................................180 4898....................................................................167
121..........................................................................10 14129 & 14129-G.............................................140 1B100-6..............................................................180 500023 & 500023-G.....................................135
1300M................................................................... 32 14130 & 14130-G.............................................139 1B100F-3............................................................180 500028.............................................................. 211
13024.................................................................. 178 14131 & 14131-G.............................................140 1B100F-4............................................................180 500046.............................................................. 127
13025.................................................................. 178 14132..................................................................132 1B100F-6............................................................180 500047 & 500047-G..................................... 127
13142.................................................. 29, 30, 238 14133 & 14133-G.............................................132 1B120..................................................................180 500064..............................................................103
13156-100......................................................... 173 14134 & 14134-G.............................................144 1B120-4..............................................................180 500075...............................................................145
13157-100.......................................................... 173 14135..................................................................144 1B120-6..............................................................180 500076...............................................................145
13158-100......................................................... 173 14136 & 14136-G.............................................149 1B120F-3............................................................180 500077...............................................................145
13159-100......................................................... 173 14137 & 14137-G.............................................132 1B120F-4............................................................180 500079...............................................................146
13160-100......................................................... 173 14139..................................................................144 1B120F-6............................................................180 500081............................................................... 175
13161-100.......................................................... 173 14140 & 14140-G.............................................109 1B150-3..............................................................180 500082.............................................................. 175
13162-100.......................................................... 173 14141 & 14141-G.............................................109 1B150-4..............................................................180 500085..............................................................104
13163-100.......................................................... 173 14142 & 14142-G.............................................109 1B150-6..............................................................180 500086.............................................................. 119
13316........................................................ 167, 185 14177 & 14177-G............................................. 119 1B150F-3............................................................180 500087............................................................... 137
13324.................................................................. 175 14187..................................................................106 1B150F-4............................................................180 500088 & 500088-G..................................... 137
13338.........................................................213, 216 14188..................................................................106 1B150F-6............................................................180 500092 & 500092-G..................................... 110
13347.................................................................. 175 14189..................................................................138 1B200-4..............................................................180 500121................................................................163
13370................................................................. 258 14192 & 14192-G.............................................128 1B200F-4............................................................180 500126...............................................................164
13388................................................................. 175 14206..................................................................134 1B200F-6............................................................180 500128............................................................... 175
13395................................................................. 258 14207..................................................................134 2026-10.............................................................. 175 500131...................................................... 175, 190
13410................................................................. 260 14208..................................................................130 2478...................................................................... 32 500133...............................................................148
13451.................................................................. 175 14209.................................................................. 113 2479...................................................................... 32 500134...............................................................148
1350M................................................................... 32 14211.................................................................. 111 2505.................................................................... 187 500135...............................................................148
13555.................................................................. 175 14212..................................................................130 2541.........................................................................3 500137 & 500137-G....................................... 147
1358.................................................................... 175 14213.................................................................. 161 2547.........................................................................5 500143...............................................................146
13620.................................................................. 175 14214 & 14214-G.............................................125 260.........................................................................11 500162.............................................................. 209
13685............................................. 175, 229, 231 14215 & 14215-G.............................................125 2851.................................................................... 175 500168................................................................. 59
13740........................................................ 163, 168 14216 & 14216-G.............................................126 2932.................................................................... 178 500177 & 500177-G....................................... 110
13776.................................................................. 175 14217 & 14217-G.............................................126 2933.................................................................... 178 500178 & 500178-G....................................... 110
13822-10........................................................... 173 14218 & 14218-G.............................................124 2935.................................................................... 178 500184............................................................... 175
13854.................................................................. 175 14219 & 14219-G.............................................124 2B150F-4............................................................182 500186............................................................... 216
13962.......................................................229, 231 14220 & 14220-G...........................................125 2B150F-6............................................................182 500191................................................................235
14003 & 14003-G........................................... 119 14221 & 14221-G............................................125 300033.............................................................. 238 500192...............................................................235
14011.................................................................. 172 14224 & 14224-G...........................................124 300035.............................................................. 230 500193...............................................................235
14012.................................................................. 172 14225 & 14225-G...........................................124 300040.............................................................. 175 500194...............................................................235
14034-40........................................................... 173 14226 & 14226-G........................................... 110 300051...............................................................262 500195...............................................................235
14035-10........................................................... 173 14239..................................................................234 300052...............................................................262 500196...............................................................235
14036-15........................................................... 173 14240 & 14240-G...........................................140 300102........................................................24, 175 500197...............................................................235
14038-10........................................................... 173 14253.................................................................... 29 300276............................................................... 218 500198...............................................................235
14039-10........................................................... 173 14254.................................................................. 175 300305................................................................ 85 500199...............................................................235
14040-50........................................................... 173 14292 & 14292-G ..........................................145 3006.................................................................... 175 500200...............................................................235
14041-60........................................................... 173 14342..................................................................163 3161..................................................................... 175 500201...............................................................235
14042-100......................................................... 173 14361.................................................................. 131 3259.......................................................................15 500202...............................................................235
14043-20........................................................... 173 14364..................................................................120 3260................................................................... 236 500203...............................................................235
PRODUCT INDEX
14044-5.............................................................. 173 14365..................................................................120 3294.................................................................... 175 500204...............................................................235
14045-20........................................................... 173 14393 & 14393-G...........................................123 3301.................................................................... 175 500205...............................................................235
14047-10............................................................ 173 14394 & 14394-G...........................................123 3302.................................................................... 175 500206..............................................................235
14048-20........................................................... 173 14395 & 14395-G...........................................125 3316.................................................................... 236 500207...............................................................235
14051-100......................................................... 173 14396 & 14396-G...........................................125 3414..........................................................................7 500216 & 500216-G.......................................123
14054-10........................................................... 173 14404..................................................................163 3417-10............................................................... 175 500217 & 500217-G.......................................123
14055-2.............................................................. 173 14405..................................................................163 3468.................................................................... 178 500218 & 500218-G.......................................126
14057-10............................................................ 173 14417-F............................................................... 219 3469.................................................................... 178 500219 & 500219-G.......................................126
14058-10........................................................... 173 14444..................................................................203 3484.................................................................... 178 500220 & 500220-G.....................................126
14059-2.............................................................. 173 15590................................................................. 218 3485.........................................................................7 500221 & 500221-G......................................126
14061-60........................................................... 173 15623.............................................. 175, 229, 231 3491.................................................................... 175 500222 & 500222-G..................................... 110
14073-4.............................................................. 177 15624.............................................. 175, 229, 231 3492.................................................................... 175 500223 & 500223-G.....................................132
14080 & 14080-G........................................... 131 15657.................................................................... 46 3508.................................................................... 175 500224 & 500224-G.....................................134
14081 & 14081-G............................................132 15676.............................................. 175, 229, 231 3517..................................................................... 175 500225 & 500225-G.....................................134
14084.................................................................138 1571........................................................... 167, 187 3531...................................................................... 32 500226 & 500226-G.....................................134
14088................................................................. 175 15807..................................................................254 3551...................................................................... 32 500227 & 500227-G.....................................135
14089 & 14089-G...........................................146 15810..................................................... 82, 83, 84 3578...........................................................175, 191 500228 & 500228-G.....................................122
14090 & 14090-G...........................................146 15867...................................................... 233, 238 3579-20............................................................... 57 500229...............................................................103
14091 & 14091-G............................................146 15873................193, 196, 197, 200, 202, 203 3669...................................................................... 57 500230..............................................................103
14095.................................................................105 15905 & 15905-G...........................................123 3670.................................................................... 175 500231...............................................................104
14096.................................................................105 15906 & 15906-G...........................................123 3742-20.............................................................. 173 500232...............................................................105
14097..................................................................106 15908................................................................. 111 3955...................................................................... 57 500233...............................................................104
14098.................................................................104 15910.................................................................. 113 3960...................................................................... 57 500234...............................................................106
14099.................................................................105 15911..................................................................138 3993...................................................................... 59 500235...............................................................105
14101...................................................................105 15914 & 15914-G.............................................109 3B120F-4............................................................182 500236 & 500236-G.....................................143
14104..................................................................195 15915 & 15915-G.............................................109 3B120F-6............................................................182 500237 & 500237-G.....................................143
14106..................................................................195 15916 & 15916-G.............................................109 40500.................................................................233 500238 & 500238-G.....................................143
14109 & 14109-G.............................................133 15917 & 15917-G.............................................109 472-4AFD............................................................. 49 500239-500248.............................................143
14110 & 14110-G.............................................133 15918 & 15918-G............................................. 110 472-4SV................................................................ 49 500240..............................................................143
14111 & 14111-G.............................................122 15920 & 15920-G........................................... 116 47262................................................................... 49 500241...............................................................143
14112 & 14112-G.............................................122 15921 & 15921-G............................................ 116 47263................................................................... 49 500242...............................................................143
14113 & 14113-G............................................. 113 15922 & 15922-G...........................................123 47264................................................................... 49 500243...............................................................143
14114 & 14114-G............................................. 113 15923 & 15923-G...........................................123 47265................................................................... 49 500244...............................................................143
14116 & 14116-G.............................................138 15924 & 15924-G...........................................128 47266................................................................... 49 500245...............................................................143
14117 & 14117-G..............................................138 15926 & 15926-G...........................................133 47700.................................................................... 49 500246..............................................................143
14118 & 14118-G.............................................138 15934.....................................................................31 48000....................................................................31 500247...............................................................143
14119 & 14119-G.............................................138 15975.................................................................. 175 48014.....................................................................31 500248..............................................................143
14120..................................................................138 15976.................................................................. 175 48015.....................................................................31 500249...............................................................144
14121...................................................................138 15978..................................................................183 48025....................................................................31 500250..............................................................144
14122 & 14122-G............................................. 119 18-Dec.................................................................220 48200....................................................................31 500252............................................................... 161
14124 & 14124-G.............................................120 1965....................................................................183 48300....................................................................31 500253............................................................... 161
14125..................................................................122 1966....................................................................183 4878................................................................... 238 500254............................................................... 161
14126..................................................................122 1967....................................................................183 4879................................................................... 238 500255............................................................... 161
14127 & 14127-G.............................................122 1B100-3..............................................................180 4886....................................................................166 500256.............................................................. 175
500257............................................................... 175 500476.....................................................200, 201 501274................................................................160 501640.............................................................. 209
500258.............................................................. 175 500778.............................................................. 238 501275...............................................................160 501641.................................................................. 95
500259.............................................................. 175 500787................................................................. 53 501277...............................................................160 501642................................................................. 95
500260 & 500260-G..................................... 119 500788................................................................. 53 501278...............................................................160 501643................................................................. 95
500261............................................................... 211 500789................................................................. 53 501279...............................................................160 501644..........................................................95, 97
500262............................................................... 211 500811......................................................214, 215 501280...............................................................160 501651............................................................... 206
500263............................................................... 211 500812......................................................214, 215 501281................................................................160 501652.............................................................. 206
500264............................................................... 213 500813............................................................... 215 501282...............................................................160 501653.............................................................. 206
500266.............................................................. 213 500814......................................................214, 215 501283...............................................................160 501656................................................................. 95
500278............................................................... 214 500815............................................................... 215 501284...............................................................160 501657................................................................. 95
500280..............................................................168 500816............................................................... 214 501285...............................................................160 501658................................................................. 95
500282..............................................................226 500820-F........................................................... 219 501286...............................................................160 501669.............................................................. 209
500283..............................................................226 500821......................................................214, 215 501287 & 501287-G....................................... 118 501670............................................................... 175
500291...............................................................253 500822.............................................................. 215 501288 & 501288-G...................................... 117 501700 & 501700-G....................................... 116
500292..........................................................29, 30 500823.............................................................. 215 501291 & 501291-G....................................... 116 501701 & 501701-G........................................129
500299............................................................. 238 500825.............................................................. 214 501292-501300...............................................158 501702 & 501702-G.......................................129
500313...............................................................142 500826.............................................................. 214 501293...............................................................158 501703 & 501703-G.......................................129
500314...............................................................142 500827......................................................214, 215 501294...............................................................158 501704 & 501704-G.......................................129
500315...............................................................142 500828............................................211, 214, 215 501295...............................................................158 501705 & 501705-G....................................... 116
500316...............................................................142 500871...............................................................204 501296...............................................................158 501706 & 501706-G....................................... 118
500317...............................................................142 500876...............................................................234 501297...............................................................158 501707 & 501707-G....................................... 118
500325...............................................................142 500877...............................................................234 501298...............................................................158 501708 & 501708-G....................................... 118
500326...............................................................142 500890.............................................................. 172 501299...............................................................158 501709 & 501709-G....................................... 117
500329..........................................................29, 30 500895.............................................................. 172 501300...............................................................158 501710 & 501710-G........................................ 117
500330..............................................................190 501090...............................................................157 501301................................................................148 501711 & 501711-G........................................ 117
500335...............................................................103 501200...............................................................149 501302...............................................................106 501712 & 501712-G........................................ 117
500336..............................................................103 501201................................................................105 501303............................................................... 116 501713 & 501713-G........................................ 117
500337...............................................................103 501202...............................................................105 501304...............................................................142 501714 & 501714-G........................................ 117
500338..............................................................103 501203...............................................................105 501312................................................................135 501715 & 501715-G........................................ 117
500339..............................................................104 501204...............................................................106 501313................................................................148 501716 & 501716-G........................................ 118
500340..............................................................104 501205...............................................................106 501314 & 501314-G........................................ 141 501717 & 501717-G......................................... 118
500341...............................................................104 501206...............................................................106 501316................................................................148 501718 & 501718-G........................................ 141
500342...............................................................104 501207...............................................................108 501317................................................................148 501719................................................................ 141
500343............................................................... 137 501208...............................................................108 501318................................................................148 501720 & 501720-G....................................... 141
500344............................................................... 137 501209...............................................................108 501319................................................................162 501721 & 501721-G........................................ 141
500345............................................................... 137 501210................................................................108 501320 & 501321-G....................................... 116 501722 & 501722-G....................................... 141
500346.............................................................. 137 501211................................................................ 118 501321 & 501321-G.............................130, 169 501723 & 501723-G....................................... 141
500347............................................................... 137 501212................................................................ 115 501322 & 501322-G.......................................129 501724 & 501724-G....................................... 141
500348..............................................................145 501213................................................................159 501324 & 501324-G....................................... 117 501725 & 501725-G.......................................135
500348-500356.............................................144 501214................................................................159 501325 & 501325-G....................................... 118 501726 & 501726-G....................................... 137
500349...............................................................144 501215 & 501215-G........................................109 501326 & 501326-G....................................... 117 501727-G............................................................ 111
500350..............................................................144 501216 & 501216-G........................................ 110 501327 & 501327-G....................................... 141 501728............................................................... 161
500351...............................................................144 501217 & 501217-G......................................... 111 501328 & 501328-G...................................... 141 501729..................................................... 142, 161
500352...............................................................144 501218 & 501218-G........................................128 501329............................................................... 141 501730 & 501730-G....................................... 117
500353...............................................................144 501219 & 501219-G........................................128 501331................................................................155 501731................................................................144
500354...............................................................144 501220 & 501220-G.......................................128 501332...............................................................145 501733 & 501733-G.......................................125
500355...............................................................144 501221 & 501221-G.......................................128 501333...............................................................145 501734 & 501734-G.......................................125
500356..............................................................144 501222 & 501222-G.......................................128 501335...............................................................143 501735...............................................................142
500358.............................................................. 147 501223 & 501223-G.......................................128 501336...............................................................156 501736...............................................................142
500362 & 500362-G..................................... 147 501224 & 501224-G.......................................128 501337...............................................................144 501739 & 501739-G.......................................125
PRODUCT INDEX
500363 & 500363-G..................................... 111 501225 & 501225-G.......................................128 501338...............................................................144 501740 & 501740-G.......................................125
500364 & 500364-G..................................... 111 501226 & 501226-G.......................................128 501339...............................................................144 501741-G............................................................ 110
500365 & 500365-G..................................... 111 501227 & 501227-G.......................................128 501340-501349...............................................162 501742-G............................................................ 110
500366 & 500366-G..................................... 127 501228 & 501228-G......................................128 501341................................................................162 501743 & 501743-G.......................................128
500367 & 500367-G..................................... 127 501229 & 501229-G.......................................128 501342...............................................................162 501744 & 501744-G.......................................125
500368 & 500368-G.....................................139 501230 & 501230-G......................................128 501343...............................................................162 501745 & 501745-G.......................................125
500369 & 500369-G.....................................139 501231 & 501231-G.......................................128 501344...............................................................162 501747 & 501747-G........................................125
500370...............................................................155 501232............................................................... 119 501345...............................................................162 501748 & 501748-G.......................................125
500372...............................................................130 501233............................................................... 119 501346...............................................................162 501749 & 501749-G.......................................126
500373............................................................... 115 501234 & 501234-G.......................................120 501347...............................................................162 501750 & 501750-G.......................................126
500374...............................................................130 501235...............................................................122 501348...............................................................162 501751 & 501751-G........................................126
500376...............................................................130 501236 & 501236-G......................................122 501349...............................................................162 501752 & 501752-G.......................................126
500377............................................................... 115 501237...............................................................122 501352............................................................... 213 501753 & 501753-G.......................................128
500378 & 500378-G.....................................128 501238...............................................................122 501353............................................................... 213 501754 & 501754-G.......................................128
500379 & 500379-G.....................................128 501239 & 501239-G...................................... 112 501367............................................................... 213 501755 & 501755-G.......................................128
500380 & 500380-G.....................................129 501240 & 501240-G...................................... 118 501369............................................................... 213 501756 & 501756-G.......................................128
500381............................................................... 131 501241 & 501241-G....................................... 117 501370............................................................... 213 501757 & 501757-G.......................................128
500388..............................................................157 501242 & 501242-G....................................... 117 501371................................................................ 213 501758 & 501758-G.......................................123
500389..............................................................157 501243 & 501243-G....................................... 118 501372............................................................... 213 501759 & 501759-G.......................................123
500390..............................................................157 501244 & 501244-G....................................... 110 501373............................................................... 213 501760...............................................................142
500391...............................................................157 501245 & 501245-G....................................... 110 501375............................................................... 213 501761................................................................142
500392..............................................................157 501246 & 501246-G......................................134 501376............................................................... 213 501762................................................................142
500393..............................................................157 501247 & 501247-G.......................................143 501377............................................................... 213 501763................................................................142
500394..............................................................157 501248 & 501248-G......................................143 501378............................................................... 213 501764................................................................103
500395..............................................................157 501249...............................................................143 501379............................................................... 213 501767................................................................124
500396..............................................................157 501250...............................................................143 501381................................................................ 213 501768...............................................................124
500397...............................................................159 501251................................................................143 501601................................................................169 501770 & 501770-G....................................... 141
500421...............................................................159 501252 & 501252-G.......................................125 501603.............................................................. 256 501771................................................................154
500444 & 500444-G.....................................129 501253 & 501253-G.......................................125 501608................................................................. 64 501772 & 501772-G.......................................149
500445............................................................... 131 501254 & 501254-G.......................................125 501609.................................................... 249, 253 501773 & 501773-G.......................................149
500446 & 500446-G..................................... 118 501255 & 501255-G.......................................125 501610................................................................169 501775 & 501775-G.......................................109
500448..............................................................148 501256...............................................................129 501622........................................... 193, 194, 196 501776 & 501776-G.......................................109
500449...............................................................148 501259 & 501259-G...................................... 127 501623..................................................... 194, 196 501777................................................................ 131
500450.............................................................. 147 501260 & 501260-G...................................... 127 501624...............................................................194 501778................................................................ 119
500451 & 500451-G...................................... 116 501261 & 501261-G.......................................126 501629................................................................. 69 501779-G...........................................................138
500452 & 500452-G..................................... 116 501262 & 501262-G.......................................126 501630................................................................. 69 501780-G...........................................................138
500453............................................................... 115 501263 & 501263-G.......................................124 501631.................................................................. 69 501781-G............................................................138
500455............................................................... 115 501264 & 501264-G.......................................124 501632................................................................. 69 501782-G...........................................................138
500456 & 500456-G..................................... 115 501265 & 501265-G....................................... 111 501634................................................................. 69 501783-G...........................................................138
500457............................................................... 116 501266 & 501266-G...................................... 111 501635...............................................................169 501784-G...........................................................138
500458..............................................................149 501267 & 501267-G....................................... 111 501636.............................................................. 209 501785-G...........................................................138
500460..............................................................149 501268 & 501268-G...................................... 111 501637.............................................................. 209 501786-G...........................................................138
500462.............................................................. 147 501269............................................................... 147 501638.............................................................. 209 501787-G............................................................138
500475.....................................................200, 201 501273-501286...............................................160 501639.............................................................. 209 501788-G...........................................................138
501789...............................................................154 501941................................................................136 502161.......................................................214, 215 5377...................................................................... 84
501790............................................................... 119 501942...............................................................136 502162......................................................214, 215 5378...............................................................84, 96
501791................................................................136 501943...............................................................136 502163............................................................... 213 5381.................................................................... 178
501792................................................................136 501944...............................................................136 502166............................................................... 214 5399...............................................................82, 96
501793................................................................136 501945...............................................................136 502167............................................................... 211 5430................................................................... 236
501794................................................................136 501946...............................................................136 502168............................................................... 211 5435...................................................................... 82
501795................................................................136 501947...............................................................136 502190............................................................... 176 5436...................................................................... 82
501796...............................................................136 501948...............................................................136 502193-4........................................................... 177 5440....................................................................185
501797................................................................136 501949...............................................................136 502194................................................................. 34 5444.................................................................... 187
501798...............................................................136 501950...............................................................136 502195................................................................. 66 5447.........................................................................6
501799...............................................................136 501951................................................................136 502196................................................................. 66 5450...................................................................... 68
501800...............................................................136 501952...............................................................136 502197................................................................. 66 5451...................................................................... 68
501801................................................................136 501953...............................................................136 502198................................................................. 49 5464................................................197, 200, 203
501802...............................................................136 501954...............................................................136 502201....................................................... 23, 233 5468....................................................... 24, 27, 32
501803...............................................................136 501955...............................................................136 502204................................................................. 23 5469...................................................................... 24
501804...............................................................136 501956...............................................................136 502600................................................................ 23 5470...................................................................... 24
501805...............................................................136 501957...............................................................136 502603................................................................ 23 5475.................................................................... 216
501806...............................................................136 501958...............................................................136 502650................................................................ 23 5479....................................................................205
501807...............................................................136 501959...............................................................136 502653................................................................. 23 5482...................................................................... 24
501808...............................................................136 501960...............................................................136 502859............................................................. 238 5483...................................................................... 24
501809...............................................................136 501961................................................................136 503022..............................................................225 5489.........................................................................6
501810................................................................136 501962...............................................................136 503023..............................................................225 555001FT.......................................................... 113
501811................................................................142 501963...............................................................136 503036..............................................................169 555007FT.......................................................... 114
501812................................................................142 501964...............................................................136 503041............................................................... 177 555041FT.......................................................... 113
501816................................................................154 501965...............................................................136 503042.............................................................. 177 555042FT.......................................................... 114
501817................................................................154 501966...............................................................136 503049..............................................................225 555047FT.......................................................... 114
501818................................................................154 501967...............................................................140 503050..............................................................225 555053FT..........................................................109
501819................................................................160 501968...............................................................140 503051............................................................... 213 555054FT..........................................................109
501830............................................................... 137 501969...............................................................140 503066............................................................. 238 555056FT..........................................................109
501839............................................................... 119 501974-6............................................................ 107 503067................................................................ 37 555060FT.......................................................... 114
501842...............................................................160 501975-6........................................................... 107 503070............................................................... 176 555063FT.......................................................... 114
501844...............................................................140 501976-6............................................................ 107 503071............................................................... 176 555080FT.......................................................... 114
501846...............................................................140 501977-6............................................................ 107 503072............................................................... 176 555081FT.......................................................... 113
501850-501858...............................................160 501978-6............................................................ 107 503073............................................................... 176 555084FT.......................................................... 115
501851................................................................160 501979-6............................................................ 107 503074............................................................... 176 555086FT.......................................................... 114
501852...............................................................160 501980-6........................................................... 107 503075............................................................... 176 555190FT........................................................... 114
501853...............................................................160 501981-6............................................................ 107 503076............................................................... 176 555222F............................................................. 116
501854...............................................................160 501983............................................................... 112 503077............................................................... 176 555223F............................................................. 116
501855...............................................................160 501985...............................................................104 503078-4........................................................... 177 555227F.............................................................108
501856...............................................................160 501986...............................................................156 503079-4........................................................... 177 555229F.............................................................108
501857...............................................................160 501987............................................................... 112 503080-4.......................................................... 177 555230F.............................................................108
501858...............................................................160 501988............................................................... 111 503081-4........................................................... 176 555400NT.........................................................133
501859............................................................... 141 501989...............................................................135 503082-4.......................................................... 177 555403NT.........................................................132
501860-501864...............................................160 501990...............................................................146 503083.............................................................. 176 555406NT.........................................................133
501862...............................................................160 501993...............................................................139 503085.............................................................. 176 555407NT.........................................................133
501863...............................................................160 501994...............................................................139 503086.............................................................. 177 555419NT..........................................................132
501864...............................................................160 501996............................................................... 112 503088-10........................................................ 176 555500S............................................................ 121
501866...............................................................145 501998...............................................................135 503120.................................................... 225, 226 555501S.............................................................122
501867...............................................................145 502000............................................................... 211 503121................................................................226 555526S............................................................ 121
501868...............................................................145 502001............................................................... 211 503122...............................................................226 555541S............................................................. 121
PRODUCT INDEX
501869...............................................................145 502004...................................................... 211, 213 503209..............................................................140 555561S............................................................. 121
501870...............................................................145 502005...................................................... 211, 213 503210...............................................................139 555580S............................................................ 121
501871................................................................145 502006.............................................................. 211 503211...............................................................149 555582S............................................................ 121
501872...............................................................145 502007...................................................... 211, 213 503212............................................................... 112 555583S............................................................ 121
501873...............................................................145 502009..................................................... 211, 213 503213............................................................... 112 555584S............................................................ 121
501874................................................................145 502010............................................................... 211 503214...............................................................120 555620S............................................................122
501875...............................................................145 502011............................................................... 211 503215...............................................................120 555640S............................................................120
501876...............................................................145 502012............................................................... 211 503216...............................................................120 555641S............................................................. 121
501888-501891...............................................153 502013............................................................... 211 503217...............................................................120 555646S............................................................124
501889...............................................................153 502015...................................................... 211, 216 503231...............................................................164 555656S............................................................129
501890...............................................................153 502016............................................................... 211 503259..............................................................124 555801L.............................................................139
501891................................................................153 502017............................................................... 211 503260..............................................................124 555827L............................................................. 114
501892...............................................................156 502018............................................................... 211 503261...............................................................124 555828L............................................................ 114
501893...............................................................145 502019............................................................... 211 503262...............................................................124 56200.................................................................262
501895...............................................................152 502032............................................................... 219 503263...............................................................125 56300.................................................................262
501897...............................................................139 502033............................................................... 219 503264...............................................................125 58006.................................................................253
501898...............................................................139 502034............................................................... 219 503265...............................................................125 58450.................................................................253
501899...............................................................139 502040................................................................ 77 503266..............................................................125 5B120F-4............................................................182
501900...............................................................164 502041................................................................. 77 503267...............................................................125 5B120F-6............................................................182
501902...............................................................138 502045................................................................. 23 503268..............................................................125 600009..............................................................167
501903...............................................................138 502062................................................................ 23 503271...............................................................125 600011................................................................. 84
501904...............................................................138 502063................................................................ 23 503272...............................................................125 600012................................................................. 84
501905-501912...............................................154 502080................................................................ 23 503273...............................................................125 6820....................................................................167
501906...............................................................154 502102...............................................................194 503274...............................................................125 705............................................................................3
501907...............................................................154 502105...............................................................200 503275...............................................................125 711P................................................................27, 32
501908...............................................................154 502109................................................................. 67 503276...............................................................125 7128.....................................................................167
501909...............................................................154 502110.................................................................. 67 503277...............................................................126 712P..........................................................................4
501910................................................................154 502111............................................................... 256 503278...............................................................126 715P..........................................................................4
501911................................................................154 502112............................................................... 256 503279...............................................................126 7325...................................................................... 82
501912................................................................154 502113............................................................... 256 503280..............................................................126 7326...............................................................84, 96
501913................................................................162 502114............................................................... 256 503281...............................................................126 7335....................................................................167
501914................................................................162 502115............................................................... 256 503282..............................................................126 7341....................................................................168
501915................................................................162 502119.................................................................. 97 5052....................................................................205 7342....................................................................168
501916................................................................162 502120................................................................. 97 5153....................................................................... 57 7363....................................................................164
501923............................................................... 131 502121.................................................................. 97 5210....................................................................... 57 7364....................................................................164
501924...............................................................123 502122................................................................. 97 5233...................................................................... 57 74020................................................................... 45
501925...............................................................123 502124................................................................. 97 5340................................................................... 238 74030................................................................... 45
501930............................................................... 131 502125................................................................. 67 5361...................................................................... 57 74040................................................................... 45
501934............................................................... 161 502126.............................................................. 256 5362...................................................................... 57 74050................................................................... 45
501935...............................................................136 502127.............................................................. 256 5371.................................................................... 175 75070................................................................... 30
501936...............................................................136 502128.............................................................. 256 5372.................................................................... 175 7521...................................................................... 82
501938...............................................................136 502129.............................................................. 256 5373.................................................................... 175 7600.............................................................. 68, 69
501939...............................................................136 502157...............................................................169 5374.................................................................... 175 7600S............................................................ 68, 69
501940...............................................................136 502160............................................................... 210 5375.................................................................... 175 765-HTP................................................................ 69
77020................................................................. 181 Bath Chamber...................................................... 68 CHM1.................................................................... 57 DC amplifier system.......................................... 44
773............................................................................4 Battery Charger............................................ 18, 20 CHM2.................................................................... 57 DC3001L............................................................ 197
7B100F-4............................................................182 Battery, NiMH.........................................................7 CHM3.................................................................... 57 DC3001R............................................................ 197
7B120F-4............................................................182 BD11E.................................................................. 170 CHM4.................................................................... 57 DC3314L............................................................. 197
800100................................................................. 88 BD12E.................................................................. 170 CHM5.................................................................... 57 DC3314R............................................................. 197
800120.............................................................. 260 BDXR124............................................................ 170 CHM5M12............................................................ 57 DCAP....................................................................153
800283.............................................................. 178 BDXR13.............................................................. 170 CHM6.................................................................... 57 DCAP-L................................................................153
800292................................................................. 29 BDXR13B............................................................ 170 CHM7.................................................................... 57 DCAP-M...............................................................153
83016.....................................................................14 BDXR9................................................................. 170 CHM8.................................................................... 57 DeBakey Forceps.............................................. 112
8-Channel Digital Stimulator............................12 BEECAL.................................................................. 98 Chopstick electrode........................................... 59 Demagnetizer....................................................164
900A...................................................................... 78 Beetrode................................................................ 98 Cidex Plus...........................................................164 Derf Needle Holder..........................................134
900AP................................................................... 78 BetterSkin™ Electrodes....................................190 Circulating Bath................................................... 53 DETECTOR UPGRADEs................................... 250
900APP................................................................. 78 Beveler, Micropipette......................................... 32 Circulation Reservoirs........................................ 57 Deuterium halogen light source.................. 260
Biemer scissors.................................................. 131 clamp...................................................................201 Deuterium light source...................................261
Digital Linear Stimulus Isolator......................14
A BIF22.................................................................. 259
BIF41................................................................... 259
Clamps................................................................. 176
Cleaners..............................................................164 Digital Bridge Amplifier.................................... 46
A300 Pulsemaster...............................................16 BIF44.................................................................. 259 Cleaning Brushes..............................................164 Digital Caliper....................................................169
A310 Accupulser..................................................15 BIF62.................................................................. 259 Clear hose........................................................... 218 Digital Data Recorder.........................................71
A320D....................................................................18 BIF66.................................................................. 259 Clip Applier......................................................... 137 Digital Eyepiece Camera................................220
A320R....................................................................18 Bifurcated Fiber Optic Assemblies............... 259 clip removing forceps...................................... 137 Digital Micrometer...........................................169
A320RC..................................................................18 Bifurcated Light Guide..................................... 216 CMF20GxxL.......................................................185 Digital Micrometer Head................................194
A360LA..................................................................19 Binocular Microscope........................................ 29 CMF22GxxL.......................................................185 Digital Microscope Camera............................220
A362............................................................... 18, 21 BINOCULARLOUPE..........................................155 CMF23GxxL.......................................................185 Digital Stimulator................................................12
A365D....................................................................19 Bio-amplifier.......................................................6, 9 CMF26GxxL.......................................................185 Dilator Forceps.................................................. 113
A365R....................................................................19 Bio-amplifier System.......................................... 44 CMF28GxxL.......................................................185 DIP-NIRx.............................................................255
A365RC..................................................................19 biocide.................................................................164 CMF31GxxL.......................................................185 Dipping probe......................................... 255, 258
A382...................................................................... 20 Biopsy Punch.....................................................154 CMF34GxxL.......................................................185 DIP-UV-SRx.........................................................255
A385...................................................................... 20 Biosensing............................................................ 79 CMF35GxxL.......................................................185 DIP-UVx...............................................................255
A385R................................................................... 20 bipolar stimulation............................................. 24 CMF90UxxL.......................................................185 Displacement Transducer................................. 40
A385RC................................................................. 20 Bishop Harmon forceps...................................109 C-Mount.................................. 211, 213, 214, 215 Disposable Ag/AgCl Snap Electrodes..........190
A395.......................................................................21 blade remover...................................................143 coaxial cables, micro....................................... 171 Disposable Scalpel...........................................144
A395D....................................................................21 BLADES..........................................................27, 68 COLCAM..............................................................221 Dissecting Kit.....................................................156
A395R....................................................................21 Blades, single edge............................................ 68 COLLIMATOR.....................................................262 Dissecting Knife................................................144
A395RC..................................................................21 Blades, Stainless Steel....................................... 69 Color Video Camera........................................221 Dissecting Needles...........................................149
ABM....................................................................... 77 blood pressure..................................................... 42 Combination pH electrode............................... 98 Dissecting Pad Kit.............................................156
ABSORBANCE...................................................257 Blood Pressure Monitor..................................... 37 Compact Magnetic Stand.............................. 206 Dissecting Scissors...........................................123
Accupulser™ Signal Generator.........................15 BLOOD PRESSURE TRANSDUCER................. 37 Compound Microscope..................................... 29 Dissection Probes.............................................148
action potentials..................................................10 BLPR2.................................................................... 37 Concentric Bipolar Electrodes.......................... 24 Dissolved oxygen meter................................... 96
Adenosine Sensor.............................................. 85 Blumenthal Rongeur........................................146 Concentric Electrodes........................................ 25 DLS100..................................................................14
Adhesives................................................. 166, 167 Bone Wax...........................................................154 Conductive Electrode Gel...............................190 DMF1000 Microforge........................................ 28
Adjustable Pipetters.........................................234 Boom Stand.............................................. 211, 213 Cooled stage insert................................. 217, 219 DMF1000-H5....................................................... 29
ADPT2 Footswitch............................................227 Borosilicate..................................... 180, 182, 184 Copper Alloy Wire............................................ 171 DMP.................................................................... 239
Adson Forceps................................................... 110 BP1......................................................................... 37 Corneoscleral Punch........................................146 drain manifold..................................................... 49
Adson-Brown Forceps...................................... 110 BPCABLE2............................................................. 37 Cover Slips............................................................ 77 Dressing Forceps............................................... 111
aeration manifold............................................... 49 Brackets............................................................... 178 CPVCxxxxx......................................................... 171 DRIREF-2.............................................................100
Ag/AgCl Half-Cells............................................ 191 Brain Matrices...................................................... 27 Crile Hemostatic Forceps................................ 117 DRIREF-2SH.......................................................100
Agricola Retractor.............................................140 Bridge Amplifier.................................................. 46 Crile-Wood Needle Holder.............................134 DRIREF-450.......................................................100
AGTxxxx............................................................. 171 Bridge8.................................................................. 45 Crocodile Forceps............................................. 118 DRIREF-5.............................................................100
AGWxxxx............................................................ 171 Brightfield........................................................... 215 CU7T44G............................................................ 171 DRIREF-5SH.......................................................100
Air-Therm............................................................ 218
PRODUCT INDEX
BT-1........................................................................ 65 Culture dishes...................................................... 76 DRIREF-L.............................................................100

AL1000...............................................................227 Buffer Solutions.................................................100 Current Clamp..............................................54, 58 Dri-Ref™...............................................................100
AL2000...............................................................227 Bulldog Clamps.................................................138 Current Electrode................................................ 54 Driven guard shield.........................................3, 5
Aladdin Syringe Pumps...................................227 Current Generator................................................11 DRL..........................................................................19
Alconox...............................................................164 Dry Sterilizer......................................................163
Alligator Forceps............................................... 118
C Current Sources....................................................19
Cuticle nipper.................................................... 147 DS8000......................................................... 12, 13
Alligator scissors............................................... 131 C3005................................................................. 171 Cutters.................................................................145 DSPL...................................................................... 40
Allis Tissue Forceps.......................................... 117 Cables and Connectors................................... 174 CUV1022-10......................................................257 Dual Microiontophoresis Current Generator11
Alumina Abrasive............................................... 32 CAL900A.............................................................. 78 CUV2011-1........................................................257 Dual Microprobe System.....................................4
Amplifier Selection Guide...................................2 CALBUF-1...........................................................100 CUV2012-1........................................................257 Dual Range Force Transducer...........................41
amplitude discriminator.....................................10 CALBUF-2...........................................................100 CUV2031-1........................................................257 Dual Tool-Holder Micromanipulator............203
Angled Electrode Holder................................200 Calcium Calibration Solutions.......................100 CUV2032-1........................................................257 Dual-View Attachment.................................... 214
Animal handling gloves..................................153 Calcium Electrode............................................. 101 CUV2033-1........................................................257 Dummy Load Resistor Kit..................................19
Animal Temperature Controller....................... 66 CALICELL-HTSF.................................................... 63 CUV2034-1........................................................257 Dummy Membrane............................................ 58
APEH1.................................................................186 CaliCell™............................................................... 60 CUV2051-1........................................................257 Dumont...............................................................103
APEH2.................................................................186 Caliper.................................................................149 CUV2052-1........................................................257 Duo 773..................................................................4
Apollo 1000......................................................... 86 Caliper, Digital...................................................169 CUV2061-1........................................................257 DVC1000.............................................................. 58
Apollo 4000........................................................ 87 Camera................................................................221 CUV2062-1.......................................................257 DVC2...................................................................... 58
Applicator Spears..............................................154 Cannula, Micro..................................................184 CUV2071-1........................................................257 DVC3...................................................................... 58
Applying Forceps..............................................138 Cannulation forceps......................................... 115 CUV-ALL............................................................. 256
capillary glass....................................................180
Articulated Arm........................................ 211, 213
AS Holder............................................................. 50 Carbon Epoxy....................................................167
Cuvette Holders................................................ 256
cuvettes...............................................................257
E
ATC......................................................................... 66 Carbon fiber microelectrodes.......................... 94 CUV-MSP........................................................... 256 E210.....................................................................183
ATC1000............................................................... 66 Carbon Wire....................................................... 171 CUV-UV.............................................................. 256 E212.....................................................................183
ATP Sensor....................................................80, 85 Cardiac Hemodynamics.................................... 38 CUV-UV-10........................................................ 256 E215.....................................................................183
Audible Baseline Monitor................................. 77 cartridge electrodes........................................... 54 CUV-UV-FL......................................................... 256 E220....................................................................183
Automated TEER Measuring System............. 62 Castroviejo Needle Holder.............................132 cyanoacrylate....................................................168 Eagle Pipetters...................................................234
AUWxxxx............................................................ 171 Cautery................................................................157 Ear Bars................................................................. 23
CBL100............................................................... 175 Ear Punch............................................................145
CBL102............................................................... 175 D Ear Tags...............................................................145
B CC-3-UV............................................................. 258 D2H..................................................................... 260 Economy Manual Micromanipulator...........200
B Holder................................................................ 50 CCD Video Camera..........................................221 D2H-2................................................................. 260 EHB1....................................................................186
B203MC4.......................................................... 238 CDOM................................................................. 248 D2H-DB.............................................................. 260 EHBF....................................................................186
B203XV............................................................. 238 Cell culture cups................................................. 60 D2H-HB.............................................................. 260 EJA........................................................................ 216
Ball Bearing Boom Stand...................... 211, 213 Cell culture dishes.............................................. 76 D2H-HBER......................................................... 260 EK1.......................................................... 54, 57, 58
Ball Joint, Magnetic..........................................204 CELS....................................................................... 40 D2Lite..................................................................261 EKC.......................................................... 54, 57, 58
Ball-joint holder attachment..........................201 Ceramic Blades.................................................... 69 DAM Series Bioamplifiers....................................6 EKV.......................................................... 54, 57, 58
band pass filter................................................. 256 Ceramic Scissors...............................................129 Dam50.....................................................................6 EL203..................................................................190
Barb-to-Tubing Coupler................................... 172 Ceramic-tipped Forceps...................................108 Dam80.....................................................................7 EL204..................................................................190
Barraquer Iris Scissors..................................... 131 CF10-xxx............................................................... 94 DAM80P..................................................................7 EL204D...............................................................190
Barraquer needle holder................................132 CF30-xxx.............................................................. 94 data acquisition..............................38, 70, 71, 74 EL204S................................................................190
base plate...........................................................205 CFN10-xxx............................................................ 94 data analysis........................................................ 74 EL208..................................................................190
Base, Magnetic..................................................204 CFN30-xxx........................................................... 94 Data Recorder.......................................................71 EL208D...............................................................190
BAT-10R/LOP........................................................ 64 Chamber, Measurement................................... 88 Data-Trax.........................................38, 70, 72, 74 EL208WD...........................................................190
BAT-12R................................................................. 64 Chart Recorders................................................. 170 DBA8000.............................................................. 46
EL208WS............................................................190 FOP1-SMA......................................................... 259 Indium Wire....................................................... 171 Lab Coat..............................................................168
EL212...................................................................190 FOP1-SMA/ST................................................... 259 Infrared Blocking Filter.................................... 216 Lab Supply Selection Guide...........................165
EL212S.................................................................190 FOP1-ST............................................................. 259 Infusion Pump........................................ 228, 229 Lab-Trax..........................................................38, 70
Electro 705..............................................................3 force transducers.................................................41 Infusion/Withdrawal Pump................. 227, 230 Lapping Film, Alumina.......................................31
Electrolyte, ISO2................................................. 96 Forceps................................................................103 injector................................................................232 Lapping Film, Diamond......................................31
Electrolyte, ISO-NO............................................ 82 FORT transducers................................................41 inline filter holder............................................ 260 leadscrew positioner.......................................... 49
Electrometer............................................................3 FORT100................................................................41 Inosine Sensor..................................................... 85 LED light source................................................261
Electrosurgery Systems...................................159 FORT1000.............................................................41 INST-APOLLO................................................86, 87 LED-Lite...............................................................261
Electrosurgical Unit..........................................160 FORT10-100..........................................................41 Instrument Portfolio.........................................162 Ligature scissors................................................129
Elgiloy Microelectrodes..................................... 24 FORT25..................................................................41 Instrument Tip Protectors...............................162 Light guides........................................................ 216
ELS-370...............................................................261 FORT250...............................................................41 IntegraSlice........................................................... 69 Lighted Fan Base............................................... 210
ELS-xxx................................................................261 FORT5000.............................................................41 Intracellular Amplifier......................................3, 4 Linear Stimulus Isolator.....................................21
ENDOHM-12.........................................................61 FrameWorks....................................................... 176 intracellular injection.......................................232 Linear Variable Filters..................................... 256
ENDOHM-24SNAP..............................................61 Free Radical Analyzer.................................86, 87 Inverted Microscope........................................ 214 Liquid Ion Exchangers..................................... 101
ENDOHM-6...........................................................61 Friedman Rongeur............................................146 INV-IQ902.......................................................... 214 Liquid Waveguide Capillary Cell...................252
Endohm™...............................................................61 Frog Heart Clips.................................................138 INV-IQ902DIC................................................... 214 Lister Bandage scissors...................................129
ENZOL.................................................................164 INV-IQ903.......................................................... 214 Live cell imaging............................................... 218
Enzymatic Detergent........................................164
Enzymatic Recycling.................................91, 263
G INV-IQ903DIC................................................... 214
IO-KIT.................................................................. 240
Low Noise Preamplifier........................................9
low pass filter................................................... 256
EP05..................................................................... 191 GEL100...............................................................190 ion selective electrodes.................................. 101 Low-Pass Filter..................................................... 77
EP08.................................................................... 191 Gelpi Retractor................................................... 141 iontophoresis........................................................11 LPF30..................................................................... 77
EP1....................................................................... 191 Gillies Dissecting Forceps............................... 111 Iridium Microelectrodes.................................... 24 L-Shaped Free Radical Sensor..........................51
EP12..................................................................... 191 Glass bottom dished.......................................... 76 Iris Forceps..........................................................109 L-shaped sensors................................................ 84
EP2....................................................................... 191 Glass Capillaries................................................180 Iris Scissors.........................................................123 Luer Valve Kit..................................................... 172
EP4....................................................................... 191 Glass Cuvettes...................................................257 IRM23Exxxx........................................................ 26 Luer-to-Tubing Coupler.................................... 172
Glass Handling Forceps................................... 181 ISDB System........................................................ 44
EP8....................................................................... 191 LUME..................................................................... 40
Glass Hook........................................................... 50 ISO2....................................................................... 96
Epithelial Voltohmmeter................................... 59 LV140..................................................................227
glass micropipettes..........................................184 ISO2 Filling Solution.......................................... 96
Epoxy......................................................... 166, 167 LWCC....................................................................252
glass rod..............................................................182 ISO-80......................................................................8
ES5.......................................................................234
Glass, Holders & Electrodes.......................... 179 ISO-80P....................................................................8
ES6.......................................................................234
ES7.......................................................................234
Glucose sensor.................................................... 83 ISO-DAM..................................................................9
M
Glue Gun................................................... 167, 185 Iso-DAM8A........................................................... 44 M1........................................................................204
EVC3...................................................................... 54
Glutathione Determination.....................91, 263 ISO-DAMX...............................................................9 M10......................................................................205
EVC4000.............................................................. 54
GN-NET25..........................................................227 ISO-H2S-2............................................................. 80 M10L....................................................................205
EVOM™.................................................................. 59
GN-NET7.............................................................227 ISO-HPO-100................................................80, 84 M11......................................................................205
EVOMX.................................................................. 60
GN-PC25.............................................................227 ISO-HPO-100-H................................................... 80 M1L......................................................................204
EXT-6..................................................................... 64
GN-PC7................................................................227 ISO-HPO-100-L.............................................80, 84 M2.................................................... 197, 201, 203
Extracellular recording.........................................6
GN-TTL.................................................................227 ISO-HPO-2.....................................................80, 84 M-3...................................................197, 200, 203
Eye Scissors........................................................ 127
GO1-100............................................................. 187 Isolated Bioamplifier.............................................8 M325...................................................................203
Eyepieces................................ 211, 213, 214, 215
GO2-100............................................................. 187 Isolated Differential Amplifier............................8 M3301.................................................................200
GO3-100............................................................. 187 ISO-NOP.........................................................80, 82 M3301EH.........193, 196, 197, 200, 202, 203
F GO4-100............................................................. 187 ISO-NOP Rejuvenator........................................ 89 M3301L..............................................................200
FD35-100............................................................. 76 Gold Wire............................................................ 171 ISO-NOP007.................................................80, 83 M3301-M3-L......................................................200
FD3510-100......................................................... 76 Gold-plated pins, sockets................................. 24 ISO-NOP30...................................................80, 83 M3301-M3-R.....................................................200
FD3510B-100...................................................... 76 Goldstein Retractor..........................................140 ISO-NOP30L........................................................ 84 M3301R..............................................................200
FD35B-100........................................................... 76 GR100-4.............................................................182 ISO-NOP70L.................................................80, 84 M4C..............................197, 200, 201, 202, 203
FD35COL-100..................................................... 76 GR100-6.............................................................182 ISO-NOPF.......................................................80, 83 M5.......................................... 197, 201, 203, 204
FD35PDL-100...................................................... 76 Graefe Forceps...................................................109 ISO-NOPFH........................................................... 80 M6.................................................... 197, 201, 203
FD5040-100........................................................ 76 Grass Transducer Cable..................................... 46 ISO-NOPNM..................................................80, 82 M7....................................................................... 206
FD5040B-100..................................................... 76 Griess Reaction Nitrite Kit....................... 92, 264 ISO-OXY-100................................................80, 84 M8........................................................................204
PRODUCT INDEX
Fiber Optic Blood Pressure System................ 42 GRNK........................................................... 92, 264 ISO-OXY-100-H................................................... 80 M9........................................................................205
fiber optic cables............................................. 259 GRNK-II....................................................... 92, 264 ISO-OXY-100-L.............................................80, 84 Macro sensors..................................................... 80
Fiber Optic Collimator.....................................262 GSH Assay Kit............................................91, 263 ISO-OXY-2.....................................................80, 84 Magnetic Ball Joint...........................................204
Fiber Optic Filter Holder..................................262 GSH-KIT........................................................91, 263 Isostim....................................................................18 Magnetic Base.................................................. 206
Fiber Optic Illuminator.................................... 216 GSNO..................................................................... 89 ISO-TEMP-2.......................................................... 84 Magnetic Heating Stirrer.................................169
Fiber optic measurement.................................. 42 GSNO-100............................................................ 89 IT-14....................................................................... 65 Magnetic Holding Devices.................. 204, 206
Fiber Optic Spectrometers............................. 250 GSNO-50.............................................................. 89 IT-18....................................................................... 65 Magnifying Glasses..........................................155
Filter Forceps...................................................... 115 GSNO-500........................................................... 89 IT-18EXLONG....................................................... 65 Manometer........................................................ 239
Filter Holder, Inline.......................................... 260 Guillotine............................................................153 IT-1E....................................................................... 65 Manual Micromanipulator..............................200
Fire-Polished.......................................................180 IT-21....................................................................... 65 Manual Microsyringe Pump.......................... 239
Five-barrel glass................................................182 H IT-23....................................................................... 65 Mathieu Fine Needle Holder.........................134
Fixation Forceps................................................ 111 Mayo Scissors....................................................126
H602...................................................................... 29
Flexible Light Guides....................................... 216 MB2......................................................................204
Flexible NO Sensor............................................. 83
Haake Circulating Bath..................................... 53 J MBMPH5-7.............................................. 183, 186
Half-Cells.............................................................186 Jansen retractor................................................. 141
FLEXREF..............................................................100 MBS.........................................................................31
Heated stage insert.......................................... 219 JE671P................................................................... 99
Flow cells............................................................257 McIndoe Dressing Forceps............................. 111
Heater Controller.............................................. 218 Joystick control..............................196, 197, 202
Fluorescence......................................................257 MCL3-HS6.......................................................... 197
Heating Circulator............................................... 53 JUV......................................................................... 89
Fluorescent lamp.............................................. 211 MCL3-SM325....................................................196
Heating Coil......................................................... 34
FluoroDish............................................................ 76 McPherson-Vannas Scissors........................... 119
Heating Filament.........................................29, 30
FO-1000-SMA................................................... 259 Heating Plate....................................................... 66 K MD4L...................................................................203
FO-1000-SMA1M............................................ 259 high pass filter.................................................. 256 Kelly Hemostatic Forceps............................... 117 MD4-M3-L..........................................................203
FO-100-SMA..................................................... 259 high throughput screening............................... 62 KITE-L...................................................................200 MD4-M3-R..........................................................203
FO-100-SMA1M............................................... 259 Hooks...................................................................148 KITE-R..................................................................200 MD4R...................................................................203
FO-200AS-SMA................................................ 259 HS6......................................................................202 KITE-TB-L.............................................................200 megohm meter................................................... 27
FO-200-SMA..................................................... 259 HS6-3................................................................... 197 KITE-TB-R.............................................................200 MEH145..............................................................186
FO-200-SMA1M............................................... 259 HS6-3M............................................................... 197 KITLWCC.............................................................253 MEH1F45...........................................................186
FO-400AS-SMA................................................ 259 HT-1........................................................................ 65 KWIK-2................................................................ 101 MEH1R................................................................186
FO-400-SMA..................................................... 259 HT-2........................................................................ 65 KWIKCAL-2......................................................... 101 MEH1RF..............................................................188
FO-400SMA/ST................................................ 259 Hydrogen Electrode......................................... 101 Kwik-Cast™.........................................................167 MEH1S................................................................188
FO-400-SMA1M............................................... 259 Hydrogen Peroxide Determination......90, 262 Kwik-Gard™........................................................166 MEH1SF..............................................................188
FO-50-SMA....................................................... 259 Hydrogen Peroxide Sensors......................80, 84 KWIKGLUE..........................................................166 MEH2R................................................................188
FO-50-SMA1M................................................. 259 Hydrogen Sulfide Sensor.................................. 80 KWIKGUN...........................................................166 MEH2RF..............................................................188
FO-6000............................................................ 260 Hydrostatic pressure....................................... 239 KWIKH-2............................................................. 101 MEH2RFW..........................................................188
FO-6000FILT..................................................... 260 KWIKMIX............................................................166 MEH2RW............................................................188
FO-600AS-SMA................................................ 259 MEH2S................................................................188
FO-600-SMA..................................................... 259 I KWIKPOT-2........................................................ 101
Kwik-Sil™.............................................................167 MEH2SF..............................................................188
FO-600-SMA1M............................................... 259 IE010.................................................................... 101 Kwik-Tip™............................................................ 101 MEH2SFW..........................................................188
FOBPS-13.............................................................. 43 IE190................................................................... 101 KWIKTPP-2......................................................... 101 MEH2SW............................................................188
FOBPS-18.............................................................. 43 IE200................................................................... 101 KZ1101..................................... 37, 115, 152, 184 MEH345.............................................................188
FOBPS-28............................................................. 43 ILS gas-tight syringes............................ 230, 233 MEH3F45...........................................................188
FOIMPH...............................................................186 implantable probe.............................................. 95 MEH3FW45.......................................................188
FOIMPH-LF.........................................................186 IMPLANTABLE PROBES..................................... 65 L MEH3R................................................................188
FOMS..................................................................... 43 in vitro fertilization...........................................232 L-32-32............................................................... 216 MEH3RF..............................................................188
FOMS-13............................................................... 43 IN1003................................................................ 171 L4......................................................................... 250 MEH3RFW..........................................................188
MEH3RW............................................................188 MOD-BMH-BF.................................................... 215 Noyes Scissors...................................................122 Potassium Electrode......................................... 101
MEH3S................................................................188 MOD-TMH-BF-V................................................. 215 NSA-3.................................................................... 89 Potentiostat.......................................................... 93
MEH3SB..............................................................188 modular DC amplifier........................................ 44 NVSL...................................................................... 68 POWERCORDS.................................................. 175
MEH3SBW..........................................................189 Modular Microscopes...................................... 215 NVSLM1................................................................ 68 PPM5000...........................................................193
MEH3SF..............................................................189 Monochrome Video Camera.........................221 Preamplifier...................................................54, 58
MEH3SFW..........................................................189
MEH3SW............................................................189
Mosquito Hemostatic Forceps....................... 116
Motorized Micromanipulator............... 196, 197
O Precision Current Sources..................................19
Precision SurgioScope.................................... 209
MEH3W45.........................................................189 Motorized Micropositioner.............................199 O Ring.................................................................... 32 Pre-polarizer......................................................... 89
MEH6RF..............................................................189 Mouse Adaptor.................................................... 23 Octyl cyanoacrylate.........................................168 Pressure Ejection Kit........................................183
MEH6RFW..........................................................189 Mouse Kit............................................................ 151 OFLV-200-850................................................. 250 Pressure Manometer....................................... 239
MEH6SF..............................................................189 Mouse Vessel Cannulation Kit......................152 OFLV-350-1000............................................... 250 Pressure Pod........................................................ 78
MEH6SFW..........................................................189 Mouse/Neonatal Rat Adaptor......................... 23 Olsen-Hegar Needle holder...........................135 Pressure Sensor................................................... 40
MEH7...................................................................189 Mouse/Rat Eye Speculum..............................139 Omega-Tip-Z........................................................ 27 Probes..................................................................148
MEH7W...............................................................189 MPH1...................................................................189 OMEGA-Z.............................................................. 27 Programmable Syringe Pump.......................227
MEH8...................................................................189 MPH3...................................................................189 Oocyte injection.............................................. 238 PSMB5................................................................ 209
MEH900R...........................................................189 MPH4...................................................................189 Open Circuit Potential....................................... 54 PSMT5................................................................ 209
MEH900S...........................................................189 MPH6P................................................................189 Operating Scissors............................................128 PTM123Bxxxx..................................................... 26
MES........................................................................ 32 MPH6R................................................................189 Ophthalmic Knife..............................................144 PTM23xxxx.......................................................... 25
Metal Microelectrodes....................................... 24 MPH6S................................................................189 OR320................................................................... 99 PTPxxx................................................................. 171
Metzenbaum Scissors......................................125 MPH8...................................................................195 OR720................................................................... 99 PTTxxxx.............................................................. 171
Meyhoefer Curette...........................................149 MPM10................................................................195 Organ bath........................................................... 48 PTxxxx................................................................. 171
MF200 Microforge............................................. 30 MPM20...............................................................195 Original Pipetter Stand....................................234 PUC.......................................................................168
MF200-H2............................................................ 30 MPS-2.................................................................... 67 OXELP.................................................................... 96 PUC-Y...................................................................163
MF200-H3............................................................ 30 MS314................................................................. 197 oxygen dipping probe....................................... 95 PUL-2..................................................................... 34
MF200-H4.....................................................29, 30 MSI-150.............................................................. 216 oxygen electrode................................................ 96 Puller, Programmable........................................ 33
MT-23/3................................................................ 65 Oxygen Sensors...........................................80, 84 pulse generator............................................ 15, 16
MF28G-5............................................................185
MT-23/5................................................................ 65 OxyMicro.............................................................. 95 Pulse Train.............................................................16
MF28G67-5.......................................................185
MT-23/8................................................................ 65 OxyMini................................................................. 95 Pulsed Ultrasonic Cleaner.................... 163, 168
MF34G-5.............................................................185
Micro Burr...........................................................160 MT-26/2................................................................ 65 Pulsemaster™Multi-Channel Stimulator.........16
Micro Cannula........................ 37, 115, 152, 184 MT-26/4................................................................. 65 P Pump Selection Guide.....................................223
Micro Coaxial Cables....................................... 171 MT-26/6................................................................ 65 Pumps & Fluid Handling.................................222
P-5-10..................................................................183
Micro Hemostatic Forceps.............................. 116 MT-29/1................................................................. 65 Push-Pull Pump.................................................231
P-5-50..................................................................183
Micro pH Electrodes........................................... 98 MT-29/1B.............................................................. 65 PV820.................................................................237
P-7-10..................................................................183
Micro Sensors for NO........................................ 80 MT-29/2................................................................ 65 PV830................................................................ 236
Patch Clamp....................................................... 181
Micro Tissue Holder............................................51 MT-29/3................................................................ 65 PZMIII.................................................................. 212
PB150F-4............................................................182
Micro Tweezer................................................... 111 MT-29/5................................................................ 65 PZMIII-AAC......................................................... 212
PB150F-6............................................................182
Micro4 Controller................................... 233, 238 MT-4....................................................................... 65 PZMIII-BS............................................................ 212
Peltier microscope stage................................. 217
MicroBeveler.........................................................31 MT-D....................................................................... 65 PZMIV.................................................................. 210
perfusion chambers........................................... 56
MicroC................................................................... 93 Multi-96.................................................................61 PZMIV-BS............................................................ 210
Perfusion System................................................ 67
MICROCP.............................................................. 93 Multi-Barrel Glass..............................................182 PZMTIII................................................................ 212
Peristaltic pump..................................... 224, 226
Microdialysis Pumps....................................... 228 Multi-barrel micropipette coupling...............185 PZMTIII-AAC....................................................... 212
Peri-Star Pro.......................................................224
MICRODRILL......................................................160 Multichannel Perfusion System...................... 67 PZMTIII-AAC-CCTV........................................... 212
PeroxiLuminol............................................90, 262
Microelectrode Beveler..................................... 32 Multi-Channel Stimulator...........................16, 17 PZMTIII-BS.......................................................... 212
Pette-Clamp........................................................234
Microelectrodes................................................... 24 Multi-Channel Tissue Bath............................... 48 PZMTIII-BS-CCTV.............................................. 212
PG10150-4......................................................... 181
MicroFil................................................................185 Multipipette Puller.............................................. 33 PZMTIII-CCTV.................................................... 212
PG10165-4......................................................... 181
MicroFlow............................................................. 95 multi-port measurement chamber................. 88 PZMTIV................................................................ 210
PG52150-4......................................................... 181
Microforge.................................................... 28, 30 MULTISCOPE...................................................... 215 PZMTIV-BCS....................................................... 210
PG52151-4......................................................... 181
MicroImplant........................................................ 95 multistage puller................................................. 34 PZMTIV-BS.......................................................... 210
PG52165-4......................................................... 181
Microintraocular forceps................................. 115 Myobath II............................................................ 48 PZMTIV-CCTV.................................................... 210
pH electrode................................................ 98, 99
PRODUCT INDEX
Microintraocular scissors................................130 pH Meter........................................................97, 99

Microiontophoresis..............................................11 N pH Meter, Fiber Optic........................................ 97 Q
Micromanipulator............... 193, 196, 197, 200 Nail nippers........................................................ 147 pH mini sensors.................................................. 97 Quartz Cuvettes.................................................257
Micrometer Eyepiece....................................... 215 NANOFIL............................................................ 240 pH/ISE Meter....................................................... 99
Micrometer Head..............................................194 Nanoliter 2000................................................ 238 Phaco Sapphire Blade......................................142
Micrometer Slide Micromanipulator............203 Nanoliter Injector............................................. 238 PH-OPTICA-MICRO............................................. 97 R
Micrometer Transducer Positioner................. 49 NanoSensor.......................................................... 82 PH-OPTICA-MINI................................................. 97 Rackmounting Hardware................................ 178
Micrometer, Digital..........................................169 Needle Holder...................................................132 pHOptica™............................................................ 97 Rat Kit.................................................................. 151
Micropipette Beveler.......................................... 32 NEEDLE MICROPROBES................................... 65 Photo Tube......................................................... 214 Razor Blade Holder..........................................144
Micropipette Blanks.........................................183 Needles...............................................................136 Photocell............................................................... 40 RBMA-xxxx.......................................................... 27
Micropipette Calibration................................... 28 Neonatal Rat Adaptor........................................ 23 pH-Silver................................................................ 98 RBMS-xxxx........................................................... 27
Micropipette Holders.......................................186 Neurotransmitter Detection............................. 93 Physiology............................................................ 35 RC1....................................................................... 191
Micropipette puller......................................33, 34 NF33-36BL.........................................................241 Physiology Kit I.................................................150 RC1T.................................................................... 191
Micropipette Storage.......................................183 NF33-36BV........................................................241 Physiology Kit II................................................150 RC2....................................................................... 191
Micropositioner.................................................198 NF33BL-2............................................................241 PI-305A...............................................................183 RC2F..................................................................... 191
Micropressure System....................................... 78 NF33BV-2...........................................................241 PicoNozzle Kit................................................... 236 RC3....................................................................... 191
Microprobe Thermometers.............................. 64 NF33FBL-2.........................................................241 PiezoPatch..........................................................193 RC4....................................................................... 191
Micro-Reference Electrode.............................100 NF33FBV-2.........................................................241 PiezoPatch™ Micromanipulator.....................193 RC5....................................................................... 191
microscope stage..............................................201 NF34BL-2............................................................241 Piezo-Translator.................................................195 RC6....................................................................... 191
Microscope Stage Adapter.............................201 NF34BV-2...........................................................241 Piggyback...........................................................182 RECTAL PROBES................................................. 65
Microscopes and Cameras............................ 208 NF35BL-2............................................................241 Pipette Tips.........................................................235 Reference Electrodes.......................................100
Microsurgical Knife..........................................144 NF35BV-2...........................................................241 Pipetter Rack Stand..........................................234 Reflectance Probes.......................................... 258
microsyringe......................................................233 NF36BL-2...........................................................241 Pipetters..............................................................234 Reflex Clip.......................................................... 137
MicroTip................................................................ 95 NF36BV-2...........................................................241 Planachromatic Objective............................... 211 Reflex Clip Applier............................................ 137
Microtome............................................................ 69 NFGSK-5.............................................................241 Platinum / Iridium Teflon Wire...................... 171 REF-UV............................................................... 258
Microvolume Syringes.....................................233 NFINHLD.............................................................241 Platinum / Iridium Wire................................... 171 REMS..................................................................... 63
Millivolt & megohm meter............................... 27 NFQ34-5.............................................................241 Platinum Wire.................................................... 171 REMS AutoSampler............................................ 62
Mini Sensors........................................................ 80 Nipper.................................................................. 147 Platinum-iridium Microelectrodes.................. 24 REMS-24............................................................... 63
Miniature Micropositioners............................199 NITRALYZER II........................................... 92, 264 PM Series........................................................... 239 REMS-96............................................................... 63
Miniature Peristaltic Pump.............................226 Nitrate to Nitrite Reduction.................... 92, 264 PM01................................................................... 239 REMS-KIT.............................................................. 63
MiniFlow................................................................ 95 Nitric Oxide Sensor Guide................................ 82 PM015................................................................ 239 REMS-KIT-M......................................................... 63
MiniFoil.................................................................. 95 Nitric Oxide Sensors.......................................... 80 PM100................................................................ 239 Replacement Electrode Holder.....................200
MINISTAR...........................................................226 NMPH1.................................................................. 98 PM5............................................................ 195, 197 Replacement Needles......................................233
MiniTip.................................................................. 95 NMPH2.................................................................. 98 PM6......................................................................195 Replacement Tubing........................................225
MityFlex Peristaltic Pump...............................226 NMPH2B............................................................... 98 PM7......................................................................195 Resistance measurement...................................61
MITY-KIT..............................................................226 NMPH2-LF............................................................ 98 PMP-107............................................................... 33 RET-2...................................................................... 65
Mixter Hemostatic Forceps............................. 118 NMPH3.................................................................. 98 PNEU transducers............................................... 40 RET-3...................................................................... 65
MM1....................................................................199 NMPH3L............................................................... 98 PNEU01................................................................. 40 Retractors............................................................139
MM3....................................................................199 NMPH5.................................................................. 98 PNEU05................................................................ 40 Ribbon Handle Iris Scissors............................124
MM3-MCPRO.....................................................198 NOCHM-4............................................................. 88 PNEU15................................................................. 40 Ring Light............................................................ 216
MM3-MSPRO.....................................................199 NOCHM-P............................................................. 88 Pneumatic PicoPump...................................... 236 Ring Light Adapter............................................ 216
MMJL...................................................................202 Non-magnetic bases........................................ 176 Pointer Eyepiece............................................... 214 Ring Light Guide............................................... 216
MMJR...................................................................202 Non-Rotating Micrometer...............................194 Polishing Patch Pipettes.................................... 29 Ringstand Mounting Kit.......................................7
MMP.................................................................... 239 NOVA-186.......................................................... 216 PolyFil..................................................................185 Rochester-Carmalt Hemostatic Forceps...... 118
MMP-KIT............................................................ 239 NOVAFLEX.......................................................... 216 Post Stand........................................................... 213 Rochester-Oschner Hemostatic Forceps..... 117
Rochester-Pean Hemostatic Forceps............ 118 Stevens Needle Holder...................................132 TIP30TW1LS02................................................184 UPVIS...................................................................249
Rodent Brain Matrices....................................... 27 Stevenson Retractor.........................................140 TIP5TW1.............................................................184 USB CAM-3M.....................................................220
Rods, stainless steel......................................... 176 stimulator....................................................... 15, 16 TIP5TW1-L.........................................................184 USBCON............................................................. 250
Roger Wirecutting Scissors.............................169 Stimulator, Digital...............................................12 TIP5TW1LS01....................................................184 USBUV................................................................ 250
Rongeur...............................................................145 Stimulator/Isolator...............................................18 TIP5TW1LS02...................................................184 USBVIS............................................................... 250
RPE-KIT............................................................... 240 Stimulus Isolator............................14, 19, 20, 21 TIPCA................................................................... 101 USS1L.................................................................... 57
RTV Coating.......................................................167 Stirrer...................................................................169 TIPH...................................................................... 101 USS1S.................................................................... 57
RTV Prime Coat.................................................167 STM3.................................................................... 197 TIPK...................................................................... 101 USS2L.................................................................... 57
RTV Sealant........................................................167 Stopcock............................................................. 173 TIPMIX01-05.....................................................184 USS2S.................................................................... 57
Russian Forceps................................................. 112 Student Vannas Scissors................................. 131 TIPMIX01-05-L..................................................184 USS3L.................................................................... 57
Ryder Needle Holder.......................................134 Student tweezers.............................................. 107 TIPMIX05-10.....................................................184 USS3S.................................................................... 57
STX100................................................................. 60 TIPMIX05-10-L..................................................184 USS4L.................................................................... 57
S STX100C............................................................... 60 TIPTPP.................................................................. 101 USS4S.................................................................... 57
USS5L.................................................................... 57
STX100C96......................................................... 60 Tissue Bath........................................................... 49
sample cell.............................................. 248, 254 USS5M12L............................................................ 57
STX100F............................................................... 60 Tissue Bath Cooler............................................. 69
Sapphire Knife...................................................142 USS5M12S........................................................... 57
STX100F96.......................................................... 60 Tissue Forceps................................................... 110
SBT-5...................................................................... 64 USS5S.................................................................... 57
STX100M.............................................................. 60 Tissue Holders......................................................51
Scalpel Blades...................................................143 USS6L.................................................................... 57
STX2...................................................................... 59 Titanium Forceps..............................................108
Scalpel Handle..................................................143 USS6S.................................................................... 57
STX3...................................................................... 59 Titanium wire..................................................... 171
Scissors................................................................ 119 USS7L.................................................................... 57
Sub-microliter injection.................................. 240 TIxxxx.................................................................. 171
Scotch-Weld.......................................................166 USS7S.................................................................... 57
Super Adhesive.................................................168 TM123Axxxx....................................................... 26
Screwdriver Set.................................................169 USS8L.................................................................... 57
SUPER-Dri-Ref....................................................100 TM31xxxx............................................................ 25
SDR2....................................................................100 USS8S.................................................................... 57
SuperLuminol...................................................... 90 TM33xxxx.....................................................25, 26
Self-retaining Retractor...................................140 Ussing System..................................................... 56
Superoxide Determination............................... 90 TM53xxxx.....................................................25, 26
Senn Retractor................................................... 141 Ussing Tubing Kit................................................ 57
Surgery Table.....................................................156 Towel Clamp...................................................... 116
Sensor Guide........................................................81 µTip......................................................................184
Surgical &Microdissection Tools...................102 TPC-4/PTU.......................................................... 217
Septum Theta....................................................182 Utility eye scissors............................................124
Surgical Instrument Lubricant.......................164 TPC-4ER/PTU..................................................... 217
Seven-barrel glass............................................182 Utility Scissor.....................................................129
Surgical Needles...............................................136 TPC-4LPD............................................................ 217
SGE syringes......................................................233 UV Safety Goggles.......................................... 260
SurgioScope...................................................... 209 TPC-4SPD........................................................... 217
SI-40-8................................................................ 216 UV/VIS.................................................................247
Suturing forceps................................................ 114 TPP Electrode..................................................... 101
SI-72-8................................................................ 216 UV4..................................................................... 250
SVC108................................................................. 49 TR600TIP........................................................... 258
Signal Generator..................................................15
Sylgard................................................................166 TR600-xx........................................................... 258
SILFLEX-2...........................................................241
Silicone RTV.......................................................167
Syringe Pumps....................................... 227, 228 Trace Analysis....................................................247 V
Syringes with Luers............................... 230, 233 Trans Epithelial Electric Resistance................ 59
Silicone Tubing....................................... 225, 226 V Holder................................................................ 50
Syringes with Needles.....................................233 Transbridge.......................................................... 36
Silver Clips.......................................................... 137 Vacuum Pump...................................................227
Transducer Amplifier...................................36, 45
Silver Epoxy.......................................................167 Vannas Scissors................................................. 119
Silver Wire.......................................................... 171 T Transducers.......................................................... 40
Transmission probes............................. 255, 258
variable filter..................................................... 256
Single Barrel.......................................................180 TAXIC-600............................................................ 23 Vascular Measuring Ruler...............................149
Transparent Heated Stage Insert.................. 219
Skin Stapler........................................................ 137 TAXIC-603............................................................ 23 VCAMBW............................................................221
Trinocular Head................................................ 214
SLIT-xxx.............................................................. 250 TAXIC-650............................................................ 23 Vessel Cannulation Forceps........................... 115
Troutman needle holder.................................133
SM325................................................................196 TAXIC-653............................................................ 23 Vessel Cannulation Kit....................................152
TR-TIP-xx............................................................ 258
SM325-M............................................................196 TB-1......................................................................200 Vessel Clips.........................................................138
TR-UV.................................................................. 258
SNAP...................................................................... 89 TBM4M.................................................................. 36 vessel holders.......................................................51
TS-4...................................................................... 217
SNAP100.............................................................. 89 TBS............................................................. 197, 201 Vetbond...............................................................168
TS-4ER................................................................. 217
S-nitrosoglutathione.......................................... 89 TCJ3050............................................................. 171 Vibration-Free Tables.......................................207
TS-4SPDER......................................................... 217
S-Nitroso-N-acetyl-D,L-penicillamine............. 89 TCK3050............................................................ 171 Vibroslice.............................................................. 68
TST150-6............................................................182
SP100i................................................................ 228 TEER measurement...................... 59, 60, 61, 62 Video Cameras..................................................221
TST33xxxx....................................................25, 26
SP101i................................................................ 228 Teflon-Coated Cupped Forceps..................... 112 Voltage Clamp..............................................54, 58
TST53xxxx....................................................25, 26
SP120p................................................................231 Temperature Controller..................................... 66 Voltage Electrode............................................... 54
TTL Control Module.............................. 225, 226
PRODUCT INDEX
SP200i.................................................................229 Temperature Meter............................................. 99 Voltage/Current clamp...............................54, 58
Tubing Cartridge...............................................225
SP210c.................................................................231 temperature probe........................................... 218 VS Holder.............................................................. 50
Tungsten Halogen lamp.................................. 211
SP210iw............................................................. 230 Temperature Probes........................................... 64 VSLM1C................................................................ 68
tungsten light source...................................... 260
SP220i.................................................................229 Temperature Sensor........................................... 84 VSLM1H................................................................ 68
Tungsten Microelectrodes................................ 24
SP230iw............................................................ 230 Temperature Transducer................................... 40 Tungsten Wire................................................... 171
SP250i.................................................................229
SP260p...............................................................231
Tenotomy Scissors............................................125 TurtleSkin Gloves..............................................153 W
TGWxxxx............................................................ 171 TW100-3.............................................................180
Specimen Holder................................................ 68 Wafer Handling Forceps.................................. 116
Thermal Cautery...............................................158 TW100-4.............................................................180
SPECTRA4-HR................................................... 250 Wall Mount Plate..................................... 211, 213
Thermal Microscope Stage............................ 217 TW100-6.............................................................180
SPECTRA4-HR-CG............................................ 250 Water Bath............................................................ 57
Thermocouple Wire......................................... 171 TW100F-3...........................................................180
SpectraSuite.......................................................251 Waveguide Cleaning Kit...................... 249, 253
Thin Wall.............................................................180 TW100F-4...........................................................180
SPECTRAUSB4.................................................. 250 Wecker Spatula.................................................149
Three-barrel glass.............................................182 TW100F-6...........................................................180 Weitlaner Retractor.......................................... 141
SPECTRAUSB4-CUV.........................................251 TidasDAQ............................................................245 TW120-3.............................................................180 Westcott Stitch Scissor..................................... 121
SPECTRAUSB4-FL.............................................251 TIDASI..................................................................244 TW120-4.............................................................180 Window Discriminator.......................................10
SPECTRAUSB4-FLG......................................... 250 TIDAS-I-LWCC....................................................247 TW120-6.............................................................180 Wire...................................................................... 171
SPECTRAUSB4-LWCC......................................251 TIDAS-I-LWCC5..................................................247 TW120F-3...........................................................180 Wire Cutter............................................... 147, 169
SPECTRAUSB4-M2.......................................... 250 TIDAS-I-SPT........................................................247 TW120F-4...........................................................180 Wire Retractors..................................................139
SPECTRAUSB4-NIR......................................... 250 TIDAS-I-TIP..........................................................247 TW120F-6...........................................................180 Wirecutting Scissors.........................................130
SPECTRAUSB4-SPT..........................................251 TIDAS-I-TIPUV....................................................247 TW150-3............................................................180 WPI-118..................................................................71
SpectraView.......................................................245 TIDAS-QUAD......................................................247 TW150-4............................................................180 WSA1001.............................................................. 85
spectrometer........................................... 244, 250 Tilt Base..................................................... 197, 201 TW150F-3..........................................................180 WSA1002............................................................. 85
Spectrometer, Miniature................................ 250 Tilt Base Assembly..............................................31 TW150F-4..........................................................180 WSA1003............................................................. 85
SpectroPipetter..................................................254 TIP01TW1F.........................................................184 TW150F-6..........................................................180 WSA1004............................................................. 85
SPECTROSCOPY................................................242 TIP01TW1F-L.....................................................184 Tweezers.............................................................103 WSA2001............................................................. 85
Speculum............................................................140 TIP02TW1F........................................................184 Two-barrel glass................................................182 WSA2003............................................................. 85
Spring Scissors..................................................122 TIP02TW1F-L.....................................................184 Two-stage puller................................................. 34
SPT.......................................................................254 TIP03TW1F........................................................184 Tying Forceps..................................................... 114
SPT-2....................................................................254 TIP03TW1F-L.....................................................184 Tyrell Hook.........................................................149
X
SPT-2-UCK..........................................................254 TIP04TW1F........................................................184 xxxxD.................................................................... 57
SPT-UCK..............................................................254 TIP04TW1F-L.....................................................184
SS316xx.............................................................. 171 U
SSM123Bxxxx..................................................... 26
TIP05TW1F........................................................184
TIP05TW1F-L.....................................................184 UBATH.................................................................163
Z
SSM33xxxx.......................................................... 26 TIP10TW1...........................................................184 UCK........................................................... 254, 255 ZBEECAL............................................................... 98
SSTxxxxx............................................................ 171 TIP10TW1-L.......................................................184 ultra-fine wire.................................................... 171 Zoom Microscope....................................210, 212
stability button, SP200 Series...................... 230 TIP10TW1LS01.................................................184 UltraMicroPump II............................................232
stage inserts....................................................... 219 TIP10TW1LS02.................................................184 UltraPath............................................................ 248
Stage Micrometer...........................211, 214, 215 TIP10XV119.............................................184, 238 Ultrasonic Cleaner.................................. 163, 168
Stainless Steel Rods......................................... 176 TIP1TW1.............................................................184 UMP2...................................................................232
Stainless Steel Wire.......................................... 171 TIP1TW1-L.........................................................184 UMS.....................................................................194
Staple Remover................................................. 137 TIP2TW1.............................................................184 Uni-Core Punches.............................................154
Steel Base Plate.................................................205 TIP2TW1-L.........................................................184 Universal Focus Mount................................... 213
Stereo Zoom Microscope.......................210, 212 TIP30TW1..........................................................184 Universal Manipulator Stand.........................194
Stereotaxic............................................................ 22 TIP30TW1-L.......................................................184 Universal Pipette Tips......................................235
Sterilizer tray............................................ 106, 161 TIP30TW1LS01.................................................184 UPUV...................................................................249
Ordering Information
Orders from North America should be directed to WPI’s main office: World Orders from Austria, Germany, Greece, Italy, Netherlands, Poland, Russia,
Precision Instruments, Inc., 175 Sarasota Center Boulevard, Sarasota, Florida 34240- Switzerland (DE), Turkey, and Eastern Europe should be directed to WPI’s
9258. Telephone: 941-371-1003 (collect calls not accepted). Facsimile copies of German office: Liegnitzer Str. 15, D-10999 Berlin, Germany. Tel: +49 (0)30-
purchase orders, inquiries or other correspondence may be transmitted to WPI’s 6188845. Fax: +49 (0)30-6188670. E-mail: wpide@wpi-europe.com
Fax number: 941-377-5428. When sending written purchase orders to confirm a Orders from the countries listed below should be directed to the appropriate WPI
telephone order, please clearly mark “CONFIRMING” on the order to avoid it being distributors.
shipped a second time. Our Sales Department’s e–mail address is: sales@wpiinc.
com All other international orders should be directed to WPI’s main office and factory in
Sarasota, Florida.
North American customers may also order many products on-line through WPI’s
Web site — www.wpiinc.com. All customers may use the on-line Quote Request To expedite shipment of orders outside North America (other than to areas served
Form and on-line Purchase Order Form. by the international offices above), payment must be made in advance via wire
transfer, check payable in U.S. dollars, or charged to a credit card. Letter of Credit
Orders from Belgium, Denmark, Eire, Finland, France, Luxembourg, Norway, will also be accepted for any order over $10,000 ($600 processing fee will apply).
Portugal, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland (FR) and the United Kingdom should Request instructions for issuing an acceptable Letter of Credit before opening.
be directed to WPI’s UK office: Astonbury Farm Business Centre, Aston, Stevenage, Proforma Invoices will gladly be furnished upon request. Please specify proper
Herts SG2 7EG England. Tel: +44 (0)1438-880025. Fax: +44 (0)1438-880026. E- electrical current for your order.
mail: wpiuk@wpi-europe.com
WPI Distributors
Argentina Hong Kong México
Nodos S.A. Bioprobes Scientific & Medical Supplies Alta Tecnologia en Laboratorios S.A. de C.
Rodolfo Benvegnu Rm 702 7/Fl., Knutsford Comm. Bldg. Sucursales:
Pola 3166-1439 Buenos Aires, Argentina 4-5 Knutsford Terrace MEXICO D.F.
Telefono: (5411)-4638-0100 Tsimshatsui, Kowloon, Hong Kong, P.R. China Comoporis #43, Col el Caracol
Fax: (5411) 4638-5049 Telephone: 852-27239888 Coyoacan, Mexico D.F. C.P. 04739
E-mail: rod@nodos.com.ar Fax: 852-27242633 Telefono: 52 555 606 75 25 Y 665 03 41
E-mail: info@bioprobes.biz.com.hk Fax: 52 555 665 79 68
Australia, New Zealand E-mail: atl@prodigy.net.mx
Coherent Life Sciences Pty. Ltd. India Website: www.atlsadecv.com.mx
116 Sir Donald Bradman Dr. Prime Bioscience Pte Ltd MONTERREY
Hilton, SA 5033 Block 431 Clementi Avenue 3, #01-358 Valle de Aguayo #333
Tel: (61) 8-8150-5200 Singapore 120 431 Col. Valle del Contry
Fax: (61) 8-8352-2020 Tel: + 65 6364 0391 Guadalupe Nuevo Leon C.P. 57174
E-mail: wpi@coherent.com.au Fax: + 65 6269 0745 Telefono: 52 (81) 83 17 61 27
E-mail: info@primebioscience.com Fax: 52 (81) 17 61 22
Brasil Website: www.primebioscience.com E-mail: atl_monterrey@yahoo.com.mx
Sellex (S.A.C.) Website: www.atlsadecv.com.mx
Rua Arandu, 205 / 1105 Israel GUADALAJARA, JAL.
04562-030 - Sao Paulo - SP NBT NewBiotechnology Ltd. Av. Inglaterra #2588
Tel: (11) 5506-4646 Uri Schechter, Managing Director Col. Arcos Vallarta
Fax: (11) 5505-7433 3 Mekor Haim St. Guadalajara, Jalisco C.P. 44150
E-mail: vendas@sellex.com P.O. Box 8662 Telefono: 52 (33) 36 16 52 04 Y 36 16 24
Website: www.sellex.com Jerusalem 91086 69
Tel: 972-2-6732001 Fax: 52 (33) 36 16 97 30
Chile Fax: 972-2-6731611 E-mail: altatecenlabs@prodigy.net.mx
Equilab Ltda. nbtsales@nbtltd.com Website: www.atlsadecv.com.mx
San Isidro 1839 PO Box 66-3
Santiago de Chile Japan Singapore, Malaysia, Indonesia,
Telefono: 562-556-9974 Physio-Tech Co., Ltd. Thailand & Pakistan
Fax: 562-551-4006 1-6-3 Iwamoto-cho, Chiyoda-ku Prime Bioscience Pte Ltd
E-mail: mquiroz@equilab.cl Tokyo 100-0032 Block 431 Clementi Avenue 3, #01-358
Website: www.equilab.cl Tel: 81-3-38642781 Singapore 120 431
Fax: 81-3-38642787 Tel: + 65 6364 0391
China E-mail: sales@physio-tech.co.jp Fax: + 65 6269 0745
CIB Technology Ltd. E-mail: info@primebioscience.com
BEIJING Korea Website: www.primebioscience.com
12-5-705, Wanquan Xin Xin Jia Yuan SciTech Korea, Inc.
Haidian District, Beijing 100089, China 40-5 Wooi-dong Kangbuk-gu Taiwan
Telephone: 86-10-8255 2375 Seoul 142-8-71 Taiwan Zelon Enterprise Company, Ltd.
Fax: 86-10-8255 2075 Tel: 822-999-4419 No. 8, Fu-Jieng Street, 11th Floor
E-mail: cib@cibchina.com.cn Fax: 822-999-4416 Taipei
Website: www.cibchina.com.cn E-mail: scitech00@scitechkorea.co.kr Tel: 886-2-2715-1616
SHANGHAI Fax: 886-2-2715-5268
Room 9A, Building 3, Lane 29 E-mail: dannylee@zelon.com.tw
Puxiong Road, Shanghai 200062, China Website: www.zelon.com.tw
Telephone: 86-21-5236 3784
Fax: 86-21-5236 3774
Technical Services Hotline: 86-21-2875 4584
E-mail: cib@cibchina.com.cn
Website: www.cibchina.com.cn
Terms & Conditions
WPI values its customers and will make every effort to maintain the highest Taxes
professional and ethical standards. However, WPI regards as invalid any
special terms and conditions set forth by any other party, including purchasing, We reserve the right to add any taxes required by local law or ordinance.
quotations, warranties or other statements. WPI’s response to a quotation, Institutions operating under tax-free conditions must state applicable license or
purchase order or inquiry shall not be construed as acceptance of any contract number and be prepared to furnish necessary exemption certificate.
conditions stated therein.
Packaging and Shipping
Credit Terms Equipment is shipped in adequate commercial packing. All packages should be
Net 30 days from date of invoice to customers with satisfactory credit checked thoroughly before being discarded. Shipping and handling expenses,
references. including adequate insurance coverage, are paid by the customer.
Standard Equipment & Accessories Claims and Returns

To insure against misunderstandings or delays, always include model number, Inspect all shipments upon receipt. Missing cartons or obvious damage to
name, and significant specifications of systems and accessories when ordering. cartons should be noted on the delivery receipt before signing. Concealed
Also specify any options desired. WPI retains the right to change specifications loss or damage should be reported at once to the carrier and an inspection
or discontinue products without prior notice and without responsibility for incor requested. All claims for shortage or damage must be made within ten (10)
porating such changes into equipment previously sold. Please state the desired days after receipt of shipment. Claims for lost shipments must be made within
operating line voltage and frequency. thirty (30) days of receipt of invoice or other notification of shipment. Please
save damaged or pilfered cartons until claim is settled. In some instances,
Warranty photographic documentation may be required. Some items are time-sensitive;
WPI assumes no extended warranty or any liability for use beyond the date
WPI strives to maintain the highest quality standards in all products. We
specified on the container
warranty these products against defects in workmanship or materials, and all
WPI products retain a warranty that is stated in the product’s manual. (Typically, Do not return any goods to us without obtaining prior approval and instructions
one year for parts and labor except for consumable items such as electrodes, from our Returns Department. Goods returned unauthorized or by collect freight
glass, etc., for which warranty varies from 30 days to six months.) However, may be refused. Goods accepted for restocking will be exchanged or credited
WPI hereby specifies that no use or application of any product may be suitable to your WPI account and are subject to a restock fee of up to 25%. Goods
or successful for a specific application and therefore waives all liability in that returned which were ordered by customers in error are subject to a 25% restock
regard. It is the sole responsibility of the buyer/user to apply the product in a fee. Equipment which was built as a special order cannot be returned.
manner consistent with its intended use.
WPI products are not approved for human use unless specifically stated in Repairs
writing with accompanying FDA (or applicable) documents. WPI assumes no Contact our Returns Department for assistance in the repair of apparatus. Do
liability or legal, moral, ethical, or fiduciary responsibility for a use of any not return goods until instructions have been received. Returned items must be
product in the WPI catalog in treating or studying humans. securely packed to prevent further damage in transit. The Customer is respon
sible for paying shipping expenses, including adequate insurance on all items
Prices returned for repairs. Identification of the item(s) by model number, name, serial
WPI maintains competitive world wide pricing. Prices listed for standard items as number and proof of purchase (packing slip number or invoice number) as well
described are net and subject to change without notice. Prices (in U.S. dollars) as complete description of the difficulties experienced should be written on the
do not include shipping charges. Formal quotations are valid for a period of RMA request form and a copy of the form must be included with the item.
30 days unless otherwise specified. Purchases may be charged to your VISA,
MasterCard, or American Express account.
Keep fingerprints off your

capillaries with these Glass Bases, Rods
Handling Forceps & Clamps
See page 176
See page 181
Animal Temperature
Controller
See page 66
Neuroscience
—page 2
Physiology—
Cardiovascular
—page 35
Physiology—
Epithelial
—page 54
Physiology—
PiezoPatch™
Miscellaneous Micromanipulator
—page 64 See page 193
Biosensing
—page 79
Microdissection,
Microsurgery le
—page 102
p l a ntab or Multi-channel
Im e Sens Tissue Bath
os
GlucSee page 83
Laboratory See page 48
Supplies
—page 165
Glass, Holders,
Electrodes
—page 179
Micro-
manipulators Digital Peristaltic Pump
—page 192
See page 224
Microscopes,
Cameras
—page 208
Pumps, Fluid
Handling
—page 222
Spectroscopy,
Fluorometry
—page 242
Index
—page 265
Copyright © 2007, World Precision Instruments, Inc. All rights reserved. Printed in U.S.A.

2007 Wpi Catalog Intl

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

2007 Wpi Catalog Intl

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

INTERNATIONAL EDITION

World Precision Instruments Neuroscience

Keep in touch ...

— visit WPI on-line!

Microdissection, Microsurgery. . . . . . 102

Lab Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165

Glass, Holders, Electrodes . . . . . . . . 179

Micromanipulators, Stands. . . . 192

Microscopes, Cameras. . . . . . . 208

Pumps, Fluid Handling. . . . . . . . . . . 222

Laboratory Equipment 2007

Miscellaneous Neuroscience Instruments

Stimulators & Isolators

Stereotaxic Instruments & Accessories

Microforges, Bevelers, Pullers

705 Electro 705 Electrometer

* Although injected currents are “constant,” DUO 773 SPECIFICATIONS

Duo773, Intra 767, Cyto 721

Recording Electrode Drug or dye current

Now wi • Gated or manual current generation for histological marking,

amplifier input stage overload from stimulus transients

• An very low noise remote active headstage

DAM series amplifiers can be used as standalone

Dam50—Basic Amplifier (optional

Optional probe #5489

DAM50, DAM60, DAM70

Micromanipulator #5469 Metal Metal Microelectrodes

Extracellular recording ERG recording of fly eyes

#3294 Grounding Clip (included)

DAM80 or ISO-80 DAM80i Probe (included) FEATURE DAM50 DAM80

Gain Range 100-10K (AC), 10-1K (DC) 100-10K (AC)

High / Low Filters yes yes

DAM50 Bio-amplifier 3484 Rack Mount Kit (for 2 DAM preamps)

The improved ISO-80 provides low noise AC

Differential Application Single-Ended Application Optional Differential Application

output (Within Window or Above Window) are generated by the falling

Soft Keys and GUI interface

for use with DS8000

The introduction of WPI’s digital stimulator (DS8000) caused a major stir

Combining the accuracy of dig­i­tal

An integrated five-channel pulse generator/stim­u­la­tor including

DIMENSIONS 8.5 x 19 x 8.75 in. (22 x 45 x 22 cm)

A300 Pulsemaster™ Multi-Channel Stimulator SHIPPING WEIGHT 21 lb (9.5 kg)

A362 Battery Charger

INPUT SHIPPING WEIGHT 4 lb (1.8 kg)

● Large, easy to read vernier

WPI’s Precision Stereotaxic Instrument is

will hold any angle position without drift or

Easily Read Scales

Convenient for Electrophysiology

Dual Manipulator Model

502600 WPI Stereotaxic Frame with 18° Ear Bars

502063 Mouse/Neonatal Rat Adaptor for 502600

Kapton* tubing, indicated by “KT” in

Impedance Tungsten Elgiloy Iridium Iridium in­su­la­tion to the electrode shaft.

Gold-plated connector pins Parylene-C

Type A 3" and 5" total length

Note: Electrode diagrams not shown to scale. Type B

29 gauge stainless steel tubing 0.003" Iridium

Concentric Bipolar Electrodes exposed stainless steel surface

The tungsten electrode is sharpened to a point and is 75 microns in

Selection Guide for Metal Electrodes

Tungsten — Profile A Package of 10

Combining the accuracy of digital

An integrated five-channel pulse generator/stimulator including

Impedance Tungsten Elgiloy Iridium Iridium insulation to the electrode shaft.

CELS SPECIFICATIONS LUME SPECIFICATIONS

PNEU01, PNEU05, PNEU15 SPECIFICATIONS DSPL SPECIFICATIONS

".# ".# FT ELEVEN

".# h4v NINE